You are on page 1of 515

G E N E R A L C ATA L O G U E

❝ Our team works
together, towards a common goal: there is nothing we have done yesterday that cannot be improved today.
UNITS DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS

DISTRIBUTORS

ACTUATORS

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

ACTUATORS

2

A global company
ACTUATORS
Metal Work Concesio. One of P Services, the Italian subsidiaries. One of Metal Work subsidiaries abroad.

Metal Work was set up in 1967 for the production of push-in fittings for compressed air systems. The company gradually extended its production and sales structure to become a leader in pneumatic systems for automation. Now the production unit in Concesio has a staff of about 350, while the national and international sales organisation staff number around 450. In 1992 Metal Work has obtained the ISO 9001 certification. To the quality managment one, in 2000 we have add the one related to the enviromental managment according the ISO 14001. To these METAL WORK S.p.A. applied the OHSAS 18001 standard in 2007 to guarantee a Management System of Occupational Safety and Health. All the certifications above mentioned have been released by the German certification body DEKRA ITS, accredited by TGA. Products are distributed through 40 branches in Italy and abroad, which offer an efficient capilla y before- and after-sales service. The product quality and an efficient sales organisation are the basis on which Metal Work fi mly stands and enable the company to meet all possible requirements in pneumatic systems for automation.

3

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

ACTUATORS

4

Total quality
Metal Work obtained ISO 9001 certification in 1992 and ISO 14001 certification in 2000, and OHSAS 18001 certification in 2007, ample proof of our way of working and daily mission. Particular care is taken at all levels, from design to energy saving, and we can safely state that, compared with conventional products, the electrical power required to operate our valves has been cut by 75% over the last few years. Certification covers not only the holding company but also the other companies in the Group, allowing both our products and our philosophy to gain world-wide recognition. All Metal Work products meet EC and other standards including electromagnetic compatibility (EMC certificate) Metal Work engineers are on ISO, UNI and ASSOFLUID committees as product standardisation is always a guarantee of product quality.

5

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

The product is not Metal Work’s only strong point. Great care is taken over customer service, with the aim of providing the best possible solution for a specific requirement within the allotted time and with the utmost safety. The Metal Work or P Service sales personnel work in close co-operation with the customer, providing the necessary backup to solve any technical problems, and search for new materials or information. Metal Work invests heavily in providing the customers with the necessary training. Our range includes all types of special products suitable for use in a wide variety of applications.

FITTINGS

A customer-oriented policy

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

Metal Work is a fully integrated manufacturing company. This system guarantees the customer a fully monitored production process and a consistently top quality product. Process engineering and product engineering come together in the constant quest for perfection. Virtually all the products are manufactured at the company’s own production site allowing the company to monitor the entire process from the selection of raw materials to final assembl , thus cutting wastage and lead times. Production data and test results undergo critical analysis to enable the company to upgrade the products and the manufacturing process. Company-wide quality control is a permanent feature at Metal Work.

ACTUATORS

Quality in design, production and distribution

METAL WORK S.p.A. - Head Office - Via Segni, 5-7-9 25062 - Concesio BS Italy - Tel. 030 21 87 11 - Fax 030 21 80 569 - www.metalwork.it - metalwork@metalwork.it

ITALIAN SUBSIDIARIES

ACTUATORS

BARI P SERVICE S.r.l. Via S. Magno km 0,400 (zona industriale) 70033 Corato BA Tel. 080 898 73 94 r.a. Fax 080 898 71 45 www.pservice.it pservba@pservice.it BERGAMO P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Vienna, 28 Loc. Verdellino Zingonia 24040 Verdellino BG Tel. 035 88 53 79 Fax 035 48 20 492 www.pservice.it pservbg@pservice.it BOLOGNA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via dell’Arcoveggio, 190/d 40129 Bologna BO Tel. 051 70 27 11 Fax 051 70 31 14 www.pservice.it pservbo@pservice.it BRESCIA P SERVICE S.p.A. Via del Mella, 37 - Z.I. Fornaci 25131 Brescia BS Tel. 030 35 855 r.a. Fax 030 35 81 256 www.pservice.it pservbs@pservice.it CREMONA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Sesto, 62 26100 Cremona CR Tel. 0372 27 64 8 - 32 26 7 Fax 0372 45 71 42 www.pservice.it pservcr@pservice.it LECCO P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Provinciale per Dolzago, 39 23848 Oggiono LC Tel. 0341 26 67 11 Fax 0341 26 67 12 www.pservice.it pservlc@pservice.it FILIALE DI VARESE Via Gasparoli, 197 21012 Cassano Magnago VA Tel. 0331 28 09 20 Fax 0331 28 09 21 www.pservice.it pservva@pservice.it MANTOVA P SERVICE S.r.l. Viale d/Libertà, 9 - 46030 San Giorgio di Mantova MN Tel. 0376 37 41 81 Fax 0376 37 47 27 www.pservice.it pservmn@pservice.it

MILANO P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Altiero Spinelli, 57 20862 Arcore MB Tel. 039 61 80 056 039 61 50 064 Fax 039 60 120 29 www.pservice.it pservmi@pservice.it MODENA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via S. Giovanni Bosco, 267 41100 Modena MO Tel. 059 23 98 06 Fax 059 23 98 76 www.pservice.it pservmo@pservice.it NOVARA P SERVICE S.r.l. Piazzale A. Antonelli, 8 28060 S. Pietro Mosezzo Fr. Nibbia NO Tel. 0321 43 79 86 Fax 0321 43 79 93 www.pservice.it pservno@pservice.it PARMA P SERVICE S.r.l. P.za Lunardi 27/A 43100 Parma PR Tel. 0521 24 09 64 Fax 0521 24 28 47 www.pservice.it pservpr@pservice.it PAVIA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via F.lli Cagnoni, 7/9 27029 Vigevano PV Tel. 0381 83 333 Fax 0381 82 733 www.pservice.it pservpv@pservice.it PRATO P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Onorio Vannucchi, 21 59100 Prato PO Tel.: 0574 757298 Fax: 0574 757258 www.pservice.it pservpo@pservice.it RIMINI P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Piane, 23/A 47853 Coriano RN Tel. 0541 65 87 15 0541 65 81 36 Fax 0541 65 68 69 www.pservice.it pservrn@pservice.it

TORINO METAL WORK S.r.l. Via Bruino, 22/2 10040 Rivalta di Torino TO Tel. 011 90 32 666 Fax 011 90 03 632 www.pservice.it metalwto@pservice.it TREVISO P SERVICE S.r.l. Via P. A. Gemelli, 34/d 31038 Postioma di Paese TV Tel. 0422 48 45 78 r.a. Fax 0422 48 45 79 www.pservice.it pservtv@pservice.it VERONA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Del Perlar, 92 37135 Verona VR Tel. 045 50 31 23 Fax 045 82 50 038 www.pservice.it pservvr@pservice.it VICENZA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Progresso, 70 36035 Marano Vicentino VI Tel. 0445 56 05 90 Fax 0445 56 01 33 www.pservice.it pservvi@pservice.it

DOCUMENTATION
6

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

ITALY AUTHORIZED DEALER
NORTH PADOVA ATI S.r.l. Via Facca, 58 SS Valsugana 35013 Cittadella PD Tel. 049 94 01 777 Fax 049 94 00 665 www.aticompressori.it ati@aticompressori.it TRENTINO ALTO ADIGE E.B.I. GROUP S.r.l. Via Maccani, 197 38100 Trento TN Tel. 0461 82 55 75 (4 linee) Fax 0461 82 48 02 www.ebigroup.it info@ebigroup.it UDINE M.P. A. S.r.l. Via IV Novembre, 86 33010 Feletto Umberto UD Tel. 0432 57 52 56 Fax 0432 57 50 31 mpa@mpaservice.it CENTRE MACERATA TORRESI RAFFAELE & C S.r.l. Via Sandro Pertini, 51 62012 Civitanova Marche MC Tel. 0733 80 11 20 Fax 0733 80 11 30 www.torresiraffaele.it info@torresiraffaele.it LAZIO ATILSYSTEM S.r.l. Via Pantanaccio, 76 04100 Latina LT Tel. 0773 48 80 08 Fax 0773 69 13 04 www.atilsystem.com info@atilsystem.com CDC S.p.A. Via Casilina, 57/57A 00182 Roma RM Tel. 06 70 70 031 Fax 06 70 27 217 www.cdcspa.it info@cdcspa.it R.C.A. S.r.l. Via le lame, 20 03100 Frosinone - FR Tel.: 0775 29 23 17 Fax: 0775 29 03 22 rca@rcafr.191.it SOUTH CAMPANIA A.R.A. S.a.s. di C. Argenziano & C. Via Appia, 123/125 83042 Atripalda AV Tel. 0825 62 56 03 Fax 0825 62 47 19 www.araforniture.it info@araforniture.it OLEODINAMICA & PNEUMATICA S.a.s. di Ardolino G. & Co. Via M.le Manfredi, 24 80039 Saviano NA Tel. 081 82 11 468 Fax 081 82 11 181 oleodi15@oleodinamicadiardolino.191.it R.C.P. Service S.r.l. Via Nuova delle brecce, 176 80147 Napoli NA Tel. 081 75 24 238 Fax 081 75 22 067 www.rcpcasale.com info@rcpcasale.com

ITALY AGENCY
SARDEGNA G.CARLO LAI Via Ranieri Sampante, 6 09121 Cagliari CA Tel./Fax 070 280235 Cell. 328 3517832 lai.gianc@gmail.com

7

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

ACTUATORS

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES

ACTUATORS

EUROPE BELGIUM Metal Work België/Belgique Mechelsesteenweg 277 B-1800 Vilvoorde - Belgium Tel. 0032 02 75 16 120 Fax 0032 02 75 16 161 metalwork@metalworkpneumatic.be www.metalworkpneumatic.be DENMARK Metal Work Danmark A/S Korskildelund 1 2670 Greve - Denmark Tel. 0045 70 22 23 11 Fax 0045 70 22 27 59 metalwork@metalwork.dk www.metalwork.dk FINLAND Metal Work Finland OY Läkkisepäntie 11 00620 Helsinki - Finland Tel. 00358 10 836 5700 Fax 00358 09 272 2712 metalwork@metalwork.fi www.metalwork.fi FRANCE Metal Work France Sarl Parc d’Activités de l’Esplanade - BP 222 14 Rue Enrico Fermi 77463 Saint Thibault des Vignes Cedex - France Tel. 0033 01 60 94 00 00 Fax 0033 01 60 94 01 94 metalwork@metalwork.fr www.metalwork.fr GERMANY Metal Work Deutschland GmbH GERMAN OFFICE Rankinestraße 2 D-86899 Landsberg am Lech Germany Tel. 0049 08191 42894-0 Fax 0049 08191 42894-26 metalwork@metalwork.de www.metalwork.de AUSTRIAN OFFICE Tel. 0043 720 010100 Fax 0043 720 010100-99 metalwork@metalwork.at HOLLAND Metal Work Nederland B.V. Postbus 90 - 6710 BB EDE Voltastraat 9 - 6716 AJ EDE Holland Tel. 0031 0318 66 51 11 Fax 0031 0318 66 51 15 metalwork@metalwork.nl www.metalwork.nl POLAND Metal Work Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Szamotulska 1, Baranowo 62-081 - Przezmierowo - Poland Tel. 0048 061 65 01 840 Fax 0048 061 65 01 849 metalwork@metalwork.pl www.metalwork.pl PORTUGAL Metal Work Portugal Lda Estrada Nacional, 1 P.C. Emiauto Pav-D Sobreiro Torio 3850 - Albergaria a Velha Portugal Tel. 00351 23 45 25 425 Fax 00351 23 45 25 426 www.metalwork.eu 8 CZECH REPUBLIC Metal Work Pneumatics CZ, s.r.o. Ostravská 494 73925 Sviadnov Czech Republic Tel. 00420 596 748 577 Fax 00420 596 728 010 info@metalwork.cz www.metalwork.cz RUSSIA OOO Metal Work Pneumatic 121354, Moscow, Dorogobuzhskaya str., 14 build. 6 Tel.:+7 499 558 10 40 Fax:+7 499 558 10 40 info@metalworkpneumatic.ru www.metalworkpneumatic.ru SPAIN Metal Work Iberica S.A. Pol. Ind. Can Magí c/Can Magí, 9 08210 Barbera del Valles (Barcelona) - Spain Tel. 0034 937 180 244 Fax 0034 937 188 070 metalwork@metalwork.es www.metalwork.es DELEGACION NORTE Tel. 0034 946 203 999 Fax 0034 946 202 642 48220 Abadiño (Bizkaia) metalwork.norte@metalwork.es DELEGACION CENTRO Tel. 0034 916 586 048 Fax 0034 916 710 638 28823 Coslada (Madrid) metalwork.centro@metalwork.es SWEDEN Metal Work Sverige AB Modemgatan, 7 235 39 Vellinge - Sweden Tel. 0046 040 42 07 00 Fax 0046 040 42 07 20 metalwork@metalwork.se www.metalwork.se SWITZERLAND Metal Work Pneumatik GmbH Langfeldstrasse 88 8500 Frauenfeld - Switzerland Tel. 0041 052 369 40 40 Fax 0041 052 369 40 41 metalwork@metalwork.ch www.metalwork.ch UK Metal Work UK Ltd Blackhill drive - Wolverton Mill Milton Keynes - MK 12 5TS Tel. 0044 01908 22 22 88 Fax 0044 01908 22 28 24 sales@metalwork.co.uk www.metalwork.co.uk UKRAINE Metal Work Ukraine TOV 26-G, Dniprovska Naberezhna Str., Litera ”A”, 02098 Kiev Ukraine Tel. 00380 44 502 95 71 Tel. 00380 44 502 95 72 Tel./Fax 00380 44 502 95 73 www.metalwork.com.ua

AMERICAS BRAZIL Metal Work Pneumática do Brasil Ltda RIO GRANDE DO SUL Av. Thomaz Edison, 2648 Scharlau CEP. 93125 - 140 São Leopoldo/RS - Brazil Tel. 0055 51 3590 - 7100 Fax 0055 51 3590 - 7111 metalwork@metalwork.com.br www.metalwork.com.br USA Metal Work Pneumatic USA, Inc. 1120 Eden Road, Suite 106 Arlington, TX 76001 Tel. 001 817 701 4000 Fax 001 817 701 4004 metalwork@metalwork.org www.metalwork.org

ASIA - OCEANIA AUSTRALIA Metal Work Pneumatic AUSTRALIA PTY Limited MELBOURNE OFFICE P.O.Box 4209 Dandenong South VIC 3164 10 Mickle Street Dandenong VIC 3175 Tel. 0061 03 97 06 67 18 Fax 0061 03 97 06 67 19 vicsales@metalwork.com.au www.metalwork.com.au SYDNEY OFFICE P.O. Box 6483 Wetherill Park BC NSW 2164 Unit 2, 504 - 508 Victoria Street Wetherill Park NSW 2164 Tel. 0061 2 97 25 35 99 Fax 0061 2 97 25 23 61 nswsales@metalwork.com.au CHINA Metal Work Pneumatic Components (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. SHANGHAI OFFICE Block C1, N°3, Fulian third Road 201906 - Baoshan District, Shanghai - China Tel. 0086 21 36043088 Fax 0086 21 36043077 info@metalworkchina.cn www.metalworkchina.cn GUANGZHOU OFFICE Room 1923, Jinxiu Building, No. 1, Tianhe Road, Guangzhou, 510075 Tel: 0086 20 87308172 Fax: 0086 20 87308176 INDIA Metal Work Pneumatic India Private Limited BANGALORE OFFICE No. 18-20, 1St Cross, Bilekahalli Industrial Area Adj. IIMB Compound, Bannerghatta Road Bangalore - 560 076 (India) Tel. 0091 80 26480076 Fax 0091 80 26480012 sales@metalwork.in www.metalwork.in PUNE OFFICE Shop No. 1, 531/1, Shedge Villa, Post Bhugaon, Near Heera Garden, Pune-Paud Road, Tal. Mulshi, District Pune - 412 115 (India) sales.pune@metalwork.in MALAYSIA Metal Work Pneumatic (M) SDN BHD 11 Jalan Anggerik Mokara 31/52 Seksyen 31, Kota Kemuning 40460 Shah Alam Selangor Darul Ehsan - Malaysia Tel. 03 5131 3838 Tel. 03 5131 4848 Fax 03 5131 5666 metalwork@metalworkmal.com www.metalwork.it THAILAND Metal Work Pneumatic (Thailand) Co. Ltd 29/67 Moo 2, 345 Road Lumpo, Bangbuatong, Nonthaburi 11110 - Thailand Tel. 00662 961 7000 Fax 00662 961 7227 metalwork@metalwork.co.th www.metalwork.eu

DOCUMENTATION

ACCESSORIES

FITTINGS

UNITS

DISTRIBUTORS

Macedonia Tel. AUTOMATION LTD HAAMELIM ST P. 0047 64 97 97 97 Fax 0047 64 97 98 99 post@pmcservi.a.no REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA Devit Compressor and Pneumatic Systems Ul. Minas 1634 . 00593 22 95 28 88 Fax 00593 22 28 19 21 info@ecuatorianaindustrial.neumaticar.entra-sys.C.Taiwan Tel.tw YEMEN U-TECH Al-zera’ a street P. Har.com UNITED ARAB EMIRATES ACME Industrial Hardware Trading L. 0090 232 469 7961 Fax 0090 232 433 9625 info@hpa.South Africa Tel. Str. +381 11 3961 195 Fax +381 11 3961 359 shift@shift.o.A.com EGYPT EL MASRY MFG. 00967 1 200415 Fax 00967 1 473393 alhowry@yemen. 00966 38 97 84 95 Fax 00966 38 93 51 20 moiz.com CYPRUS Andrew Chr.Road Hsin Taipei Hsien.deltacontrolalger. COMPOUNDS EL-OBOUR EGITTO 11828 Tel.com IRAN ERA FEAT SANAAT QESHM TRADING CO Flat 7 .Algeria Tel.Morocco Tel. HYDRAULIC ASITANA IND.ecuatorianaindustrial. BOX 17445-4 Tehran . 00971 432 32 628 Fax 00971 432 32 608 acmedxb@eim.6000 Koper Capodistria .kamatic. Estado Carabobo Venezuela Tel.uy www.net www. 0022 521250401 Fax 0022 521365774 anomine@aisgroupafrica.HAIFA BAY Tel. 0082 31 90 61 100 Fax 0082 31 90 61 101 mail@seowoncorp.Bulgaria Cell. IND. . 0058 241 83 26 464 Fax 0058 241 83 26 283 ventas@neumaticar.O.hpa.Cyprus Tel. Box 9068 1620 Nicosia .Greece Tel.fide mar.Serbia Tel.com www. 00357 22 43 14 50 (4 lines) Fax 00357 22 43 73 15 a. 0035 31 45 68 111 Fax 0035 31 45 68 108 NORWAY PMC Servi AS P.com. 2 26110 . of Benin Tel.Bluebell Dublin 12 .tr HUNGARY ENTRA-SYS KFT Bakay Nándor u. Box 1284 Industrial Zone BL 56B 57022 .o. H-6724 Szeged .ae SOUTH KOREA Seowon Corporation 1001 Ilsan Technotown 1141-1 Beksuk-Dong Ilsandong-Gu.com URUGUAY Fidemar S.ro SERBIA SHIFT d. Atlas Locales 10 y 11 Valencia. Corner Aiakos Nemeseos ST Pollouriotissa . Razlovecko Vostante 24/13 MK . 00598 2 40 21 717 Fax 00598 2 40 21 719 info@fidema .S.Sindos .no www. 9N Kuklensko shose Plovdiv .OCEANIA SAUDI ARABIA Mechanical World for Technical Services P.com.o.FOREIGN AUTHORIZED DEALER EUROPE BULGARIA Ka Matic Ltd. P.o.com ECUADOR Ecuatoriana Industrial Termoval Cia Ltda Concepción E5-37 y Valparaiso Quito .O.Box 3813 Damman 31481 Saudi Arabia Tel. Box 3230 1402 Ski . Ltd.Turkey Tel. 0057 1 3752501 Fax 0057 1 2779920 antonio. 00202 46100399 00202 46100445 Fax 00202 46100404 info@el-masry. 0098 21 88 32 28 05 Fax 0098 21 88 30 02 97 info@erafeatco.pmcservi.ro www.P.ahmed@mwfts.r. Cluj Romania Tel. 1201/1 Sokak No: 4/A P21 Yenisehir .net REPUBLIC OF BENIN AIS GROUP COTONOU 02 BP 2083 Akpakpa .uy VENEZUELA Neumatica Rotonda c.B.demetriades@cytanet.rs office@shift. 0030 23 10 72 25 55 Fax 0030 23 10 72 28 28 info@akritidis.cy GREECE Dim. Goyang City Gyunggi-Do 410-722 South Korea Tel.BOX 06 PB 9484 Ouagadougou Burkina Faso Tel.novotrade.O. Akritidis Co. S. Mileševska 52/5 11000 Beograd . Ulica 15.Norway Tel.C.O.com REPUBLIC OF TOGO AIS GROUP Baguida face a la station Texaco Lomè 01 .linares@neumaticar.net.O.l.Ecuador Tel. Ibn Tachfine Casablanca .P.co.O. 0040 264 434100 Fax 0040 264 403655 novotech@novotech.129. 0022 650501250 Fax 0022 650501251 straore@aisgroupafrica. 0022 59021338100 Fax 0022 59021336788 sysoro@aisgroupafrica. 0036 62 468 478 62 547 267 62 547 268 Fax 0036 62 421 403 entra-sys@vnet.net.africroulement.Izmir .com MOROCCO Afric Roulement 125 .shift. 10115.Uruguay Tel.Rep.O. 00389 2 3091 660 Fax 00389 2 3061 548 devit@devit.il TAIWAN Century Automatiom Corporation 5F-8.gr IRELAND Pneumatics Ltd Old Naas Road .com www.com BURKINA FASO AIS GROUP BURKINA P.Iran Tel.Building 34 Southern Iranshahr Ave.com www. 00386 5 62 51 343 Fax 00386 5 62 51 344 lipro@siol.com.Demetriades Ltd.Ireland Tel. 00886 22 29 88 436 Fax 00886 22 29 88 436 century@cenauto.hu AFRICA ALGERIA SARL DELTA CONTROL Rue Yahia Belhayat.C.maja 22 .E.Slovenia Tel.com www.O. 0022 82719871 Fax 0022 82272094 aisgroup-togo@cafe.com ISRAEL R. Jud. 09 16035 Hydra Alger .com REPUBLIC OF IVORY COAST AIS GROUP 26 BP 1404 Abidjan Costa d’Avorio Tel.rs SLOVENIA and CROATIA Lipro d.com.: 00359 88 827 9840 Tel.com. Benrose Johannesburg 2094 .A.neumaticar. Box 3636 Dubai United UAE Tel.RP Du Togo 01BP997 Tel.repac.net AMERICAS COLOMBIA NEUMATICA R.tg SOUTH AFRICA Goldquest International Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd 26 Barney road.ye DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS UNITS DISTRIBUTORS ACTUATORS . Novo trade s. no. P.r www.: 00359 32 677 772 Fax: 00359 32 677 774 info@kamatic.tr www. Michelena C.Hungary Tel. Bd.Yemen Tel. Prolongacion Av.com ASIA .lipro. S ˛ ˛ ˛ti. 21 407035 Apahida. 00972 48403012 Fax 00972 48403013 rep@repac.CP 11200 Montevideo .com.24.net www.co. 00212 022 407010 13 Fax 00212 022 407014 roulement@iam.1000 SKOPJE .il www.seowoncorp. +27 11614 2004 Fax +27 11614 2033 admin@bmghydraulics.com www.com. 00213 21 69 25 57 00213 21 69 25 59 Fax 00213 21 60 42 50 deltacontrol@gmail.L.1 Wu-Chuan 1 St. P. Libertaii.O.hu www. Ic ve Dis Tic.ma www.mk ROMANIA S. BOX 3234 Sana’ a .si 9 TURKEY HPA Teknoloji Gelistirme Makina ˛ ve Yedek Parc Imalat ˛a San.bmghydraulics.c.com www. Carrera 28A 15-10 Local 2 Paloqueumao Bogota Colombia Tel.

DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS UNITS DISTRIBUTORS ACTUATORS 10 .

B .C . 1-2 ACTUATORS 11 PAG. PROPORTIONAL VALVES.D TAPARED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE PAGE PAGE PAGE 3-2 3-49 UNITS DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS 3-74 PAGE 3-144 PAGE 3-191 PAGE PAGE PAGE 4-4 4-28 4-33 4-50 PRECISION REGULATORS. 1-229 PAG. PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-205 AUTOMATIC FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY PAGE FITTINGS P P P P ACCESSORIES P P P P P P LINE ON LINE COUPLINGS FLOW REGULATOR AUXILIARY VALVES VARIOUS ACCESSORIES PNEUMO POWER TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX) ALPHANUMERIC INDEX PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 5-3 5-41 5-51 5-69 5-81 6-02 6-14 6-22 6-26 6-30 PAGE 5-101 DOCUMENTATION P P P P P SAFETY COMPONENTS: OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS PAGE DISTRIBUTORS .INDEX ACTUATORS P P P P P P P CYLINDERS GRIPPERS ROTARY ACTUATORS SLIDES HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC ELECTRIC CYLINDER SENSORS. T-SLOT ACCESSORIES. 1-247 PAG. 1-285 PAGE 2-2 PAGE 2-139 PAGE 2-189 DISTRIBUTORS P P P UNITS P P P P P P SYNTESI BIT SKILLAIR NEW DEAL ONE AUTOMATIC FITTINGS FITTINGS SERIES A . 1-167 PAG. 1-187 PAG. TESTER VALVES VALVES ISLANDS SLAVES FIELDBUS PAG. 1-205 PAG.

DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS UNITS DISTRIBUTORS ACTUATORS .

1-167 PAG. 1-247 PAG. 1-2 ACTUATORS 1-1 PAG. TESTER PAG. T-SLOT ACCESSORIES. 1-229 PAG. 1-187 PAG.ACTUATORS P P P P P P P CYLINDERS GRIPPERS ROTARY ACTUATORS SLIDES HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC ELECTRIC CYLINDER SENSORS. 1-205 PAG. 1-285 .

CYLINDERS SUMMARY P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1-4 ACTUATORS CYLINDERS ACCORDING TO STANDARDS AND VARIANTS P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-10 CYLINDERS SUMMARY P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES TP PAGE 1-13 P ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS PAGE 1-15 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-22 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-23 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A PAGE 1-25 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3 PAGE 1-27 P ISO 15552 LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-28 P ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-29 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET PAGE 1-31 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS PAGE 1-32 P ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS PAGE 1-35 P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-37 P TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC PAGE 1-49 P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200 PAGE 1-54 P ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER PAGE 1-60 P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC PAGE 1-72 P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT 1-2 PAGE 1-84 .

WITH BALL CIRCULATION GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU PAGE -133 1 PAGE -139 1 P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE PAGE -149 1 STAINLESS STELL CYLINDERS P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER PAGE -153 1 P STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC PAGE -157 1 P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE -161 1 1-3 CYLINDERS SUMMARY ACTUATORS .P COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER PAGE 1-87 P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR ISO CMPC. GUIDE “V”. TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS PAGE 1-91 OTHER CYLINDER P ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC PAGE 1-98 P SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY PAGE -103 1 P CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC PAGE -110 1 P COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG PAGE -112 1 RODLESS CYLINDERS P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD PAGE -118 1 P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” PAGE -123 1 P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE PAGE -127 1 P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES DOUBLE PAGE -132 1 P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS STD.

avoiding peak loads. in which case no maintenance is required. the compressed air to use is class 3-4-3. If lubricated air is used. Cylinder operating life The life of cylinders depends on numerous factors including axial and radial loads.5 mm 12 - 100 -0.2 2 3 Metal Work’s own standards are more rigorous than ISO standards. These masses may prevent the sensors from switching correctly. However. If you intend to use the cylinder piston rod with side loads. but air loss still occurs. However.000 km.6 0. by guiding the piston rod. glycols • Hot water. In this case. involving high temperatures at the sliding lips. esters. air loss (limits). ISO 6432 cylinders and SSC cylinders with NRB gaskets: 15 million cycles. the tie rods of short-stroke and compact cylinders should preferably be made of stainless steel. These versions feature specifi tribological properties and preferably polyurethane gaskets. in which case non-magnetic materials should be used. With reference to ISO/DIN 8573-1. no-stick-slip cylinders are recommended as they allow smooth operation. This makes them ideal for use on rodless cylinders. frequency of use. high-speed applications. steam. Stroke tolerances The actual cylinder stroke has a tolerance with respect to the nominal stroke. alkali. Magnetic sensors The magnetic fiel generated by permanent magnets housed in the piston assembly changes in shape and intensity depending on the presence of magnetic metal masses in the vicinity of the cylinder. They are not binding or guaranteed due to the variability of different factors.GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS Compressed air The cylinders have been designed for use with unlubricated air. butane. In particular. Some families of Metal Work cylinders are available with gaskets made of different materials. =1 micron and 500 particles/m3 with d . propane. temperature. atmospheric agents.5 mm 12 - 50 • SSC cylinders -1 +1 mm 63 - 100 -1 +1. GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA 1-4 . considering the production technological limits. NBR: These gaskets have a shorter life than polyurethane gaskets.5 mm • Rodless cylinders -1 +2 mm 16 - 40 Air loss All the cylinders have air losses. acids. = +3 °C • Oil classe 3: Concentration total oil .000 particles/m3 with d . alkali • Superheated water vapour • Low molecular organic acids (formic and acetic acid) No-stick-slip cylinders Standard cylinders are designed to ensure trouble-free operation under any conditions. Chemically compatible with: • Methane. ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with NBR gaskets: 8. toluene) • Chlorinated hydrocarbons (tetrachloroethylene) • Fuels • Ozone. within the following ranges: 32 - 50 • ISO 15552 cylinders -0 +2 mm 63 - 200 -0 +2. methylethylchetone. Indicatively.5 +1. = 5 micron • Humidity classe 4: Pressure dewpoint . particularly at high speed. ISO 10099 establishes the maximum loss allowed in a new cylinder (see table below): Cylinder diameter 8-10-12 16-20-25 32-40-50 63-80-100 125-160-200 Loss (Nl/hour) 0. SSC cylinders and compact cylinders with polyurethane gaskets: 30 million cycles.: • Solid particle classe 3: 10. Chemically compatible with: • Pure aliphatic hydrocarbons (butane. ethers • Alcohos. = 1 mg/m3 Gasket material Please refer to page 6-7 of the technical documentation for compatibility data.5 +1. where polyurethane gaskets may tend to deteriorate quickly due to hydrolysis. Polyurethane: the best in terms of long-life. Chemically compatible with: • Mineral oil and grease. Strokes exceeding the maximum value specified in the catalogu Metal Work can supply cylinders with strokes greater than those specifie in the catalogue.5 mm • Compact cylinders • Compact cylinders ISO 21287 20 - 100 -0.5 +1. etc. i.e. The Metal Work Sales Department can provide you will full details.000 km. butane. amines. they are recommended for use in environments causing the formation of water condensate. in compliance with any applicable laws. Radial oscillation of the piston rod These cylinders have been designed to apply forces in the direction of the axis and not to withstand side loads. speed. mainly around the gaskets. Below are a few factors that must be taken purely as a reference. Rodless cylinders: 5. oily acids • Aliphatic hydrocarbons • Lubrication oils • Gasoline Not compatible with: • Ozone and exposure to sunlight • Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature NBR version only) FKM/FPM: Can withstand temperatures as high as 150°C. alcohol.000 km. such as tropical climates. it is up to the end user to use these special cylinders properly. 1and 3 • Silicon oil and grease • Animal and vegetable oil and fat • Aliphatic hydrocarbons (gasoline. shocks. amines. propane. dioxane) • Glycol-based brake fluid • Ammonia gas.8 1. • Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature PU version only). ageing Not compatible with: • Polar solvents (acetone. lubrication must be continuous because the additional lubrication removes the lubricant applied at the factory. diethyl ether. resistance to wear and reduced friction. the play between the piston rod and guide bushing must be taken into account.5 mm -1 +1 mm 8 - 25 • ISO 6432 • Round cylinders 32 - 50 -0. natural gas) • Aromatic hydrocarbons (benzol. each 100-mm stroke corresponds to 1-mm radial oscillation measured at the end of the piston rod. propane. Operation tends to be irregular and jerky at very low speeds in the presence of side loads. acid or alkaline compounds) can chemically attack polyurethane • Mineral oil and grease (some additives can chemically attack the material) • Silicone oil and grease • Water up to +50°C • Resistance to ozone and ageing Not compatible with: • Ketones. Without radial load: ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with polyurethane gaskets: 15. slight swelling with oil grade ASTM no. gasoline) Any impurities (moisture. ISO 6432 cylinders.

5 CHART OF SPEED / MAXIMUM ABSORBABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without suffering damaging impact due to intensity and repetition. The following formulae can be used to do this. the piston rod of the cylinder CONSTRAINT behaves like a rod subjected to peak load (bending + compression). it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the relative work generated. Calculating the minimum acceptable piston rod diameter with a given stroke and force: $ 0. 1-5 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS . The maximum absorbable load depends on the transference speed and the absorption capacity of the standard pneumatic cushion in the various cylinders.CALCULATING PEAK LOAD ON THE PISTON ROD During operation. under the best regulation conditions and in a horizontal direction. In the case of long strokes. Calculating the maximum force with a given stroke and piston rod diameter: # K 2 0. A. it is necessary to make sure the diameter of the piston rod is correct for the load applied and the type of cylinder and piston rod mounting.7 B.5 Where: F Force applied [N] ø Diameter of the piston rod [mm] C Stroke [mm] K Free length coefficient depending on the mounting – see diagrams 2 1 1. The chart gives the speed and absorbable mass in various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.

100 0.0211 0.0090 0.54 0.0110 2.016 3.100 0.088 0.0050 0.862 70.0057 0.803 0.076 12.0540 3.885 2.628 0.104 1.308 50.312 0.603 0.352 0.227 0.0080 0.062 0.0020 0.147 1.13 0.0121 0.025 0.035 0.78 0.048 0.021 0.032 0.318 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL) ISO 15552 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS Force with spring Max.072 0.115 0.CONSUMPTION OF AIR IN THE CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Cylinder bore D mm 12 16 20 25 Piston rod diameter d mm 4 6 8 12 12 16 20 20 25 32 32 40 40 Motion thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Useful area Air consumption during thrust and traction in Nl/cm of stroke. stroke compressed N mm 3.0030 0.456 301.074 0.050 0.111 2.573 0.0100 0.064 0.809 2.049 0.126 0.49 0.0100 0.16 0.804 1.0221 1.0068 0.59 0.754 0.141 0.245 0.343 28.211 0.318 0.319 1.0060 0.0138 0.0076 0.076 0.249 0.635 0.140 0.0060 0.282 0.093 0.91 0.24 0.206 1.0034 0.262 201.884 2.218 0.050 0.0245 0.0126 0.014 0.0158 0.0227 0.454 0.042 0.0188 0.0052 0.705 0.088 0.785 0.196 0.564 0.226 1.04 0.9 10 9.0090 0.6 10 13.402 0.0113 0.408 0.64 0.471 0. stroke compressed N mm 6 25 7 25 12 25 14 25 33 50 45 50 70 50 81 50 ROUND SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS Force with spring Max.91 0.549 0.377 0.156 0.118 0.917 1.145 3.0104 0.0045 0.628 0.0094 0.0053 0.099 0.033 0.0220 0.73 0.0442 0.0102 0.0185 0.0251 0.181 31.138 0.0132 0.028 0.187 0.016 0.50 0.15 0.032 1.196 0.0283 0.0196 0.0086 0.125 0.0157 0.402 0.500 78.0098 0.157 0.0181 0.0040 0.301 0.0124 1.3 15 Force with spring extended N – – – – – – – – – .490 0.0113 0.905 1.351 0.280 0.01 0.0344 0.314 0.157 0.513 2.039 0.942 1.272 0.106 0.0290 4.459 0.14 0.021 0.066 0.079 0.423 0.0063 0.0314 0.66 0.0121 0.55 0.714 3.063 0.706 0.138 10.091 0.053 0.032 0.216 16.0202 0.132 0.942 1.810 2.058 0.696 1.736 0.168 0.0161 0.0415 8.571 1.150 0.0393 0.070 0.3 10 3.084 0.224 0.0069 0.0173 0. stroke compressed N mm 86 250 95 250 108 250 Bore mm 32 40 50 63 Force with spring extended N 35 51 64 64 Bore mm 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Force with spring extended N 1.613 0.06 0.112 0.130 1.493 0.7 5 7.603 0. stroke compressed N mm 3 50 5 50 7 50 20 50 22 50 28 50 Force with spring extended N 1 1 3 5 12 17 Bore mm 32 40 50 Force with spring extended N 34 50 62 P1 = Force with spring extended P2 = Force with spring compressed Cx = Required stroke Cmax = Max stroke 1-6 Bore mm 6 10 16 6 10 16 6 10 16 SINGLE-ACTING CARTRIDGE CYLINDERS Force with spring Max.673 314.059 0.8 5 7.137 0.063 0.211 188.206 1.0295 0.042 0.0079 0. stroke compressed N mm 63 250 88 250 102 250 102 250 SSC SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS Force with spring Max.0070 0.67 0.250 0.0147 0.0141 0.177 0.238 0.0491 0.095 0.010 2.280 0.407 1.0023 0.9 15 9.00 0.113 0.552 45.508 1.36 0.0189 0.149 0.688 0.116 19.0302 0.098 0.200 0.349 114.508 1.040 0.49 0.1 15 13.368 0.0151 0.02 0.775 122.344 0.181 0.565 0.056 0.257 1.2 5 3.165 0.827 3.056 0.038 0.0346 2.0340 0.063 0.63 0.608 1.502 0.0079 0.0156 0.981 1.0264 0.382 0.199 2.56 0.0040 0.0080 0.082 0.088 6.452 0.859 0.024 0.0238 0.0190 3.363 0.005 1.252 0.413 2.0106 0. depending on the working pressure P in bar at 20°C cm2 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 bar 1.0264 0.080 0.0378 0.0035 0.229 0.5 3 4 5 6 15 20 25 Bore mm 8 10 12 16 20 25 ISO 6432 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS Force with spring Max.

3 58.8 1.4 78.5 20.1 5.7 7.12 50.1 28.3 20.0 2.9 78.4 1.1 14.5 4.6 6.6 24.9 148.1 12.1 125.9 377.7 2.27 47.8 1206.5 5.9 613.7 471.4 589.5 1131.6 10 bar 5.3 45.7 245.63 17.01 1.2 157.8 63.0 49.8 22.4 344.6 2111.91 12.2 5.1 50.6 10.1 176.3 859.5 2.2 441.6 16.3 2827.5 1256.0 981.2 196.7 5.9 4.1 18.1 31.4 1407.2 40.14 2.0 424.4 125.5 20.1 31.7 6.0 26.9 2.1 15.6 17.3 44.2 502.9 70.1 140.3 62.6 15.5 0.2 29.1 112.2 17.7 18.2 8.3 176.0 3.6 2.0 1.3 262.1 16.8 75.7 329.4 12.4 12.6 22.1 16.3 164.4 1508.7 9.6 11.6 311.1 235.3 64.5 102.3 58.1 49.8 137.3 73.2 301.64 3.1 2513.7 2.8 1885.9 8.2 804.5 73.0 10.5 99.0 100.4 62.4 0.1 2.8 15.2 6.4 88.2 48.7 123.1 44.1 8.4 1608.0 3.57 10.0 4.13 0.7 136.57 11.1 13.16 31.3 47.0 7.6 4.2 1005.1 1.3 93.0 2.8 75.5 124.7 27.4 13.1 3.3 5.3 56.0 565.7 291.27 45.2 904.2 117.3 301.7 50.7 280.1 176.6 3.6 736.2 549.5 29.7 35.2 80.0 8.9 25.4 4.0 100.7 114.4 688.1 452.1 2.5 628.4 736.3 100.2 31.63 16.6 3.0 662.6 24.6 3015.1 3.51 3.9 187.2 15.1 16.7 471.4 4.9 4.1 603.3 62.5 3.4 368.1 1.7 50.7 19.5 9.3 2.3 1 bar 0.1 18.2 249.03 50.4 1032.5 131.5 88.4 157.2 68.7 201.4 88.3 220.5 754.9 10.1 802.5 116.2 252.9 147.0 158.7 18.3 9.8 22.3 8.0 6.4 26.0 204.6 24.79 0.5 3.9 84.1 28.36 78.8 2010.3 7.1 105.4 4.7 28.91 4.72 114.1 9.1 13.6 377.1 188.8 137.6 49.8 272.5 21.1 12.0 218.1 402.3 3.4 280.5 5.9 311.8 515.2 224.8 7.8 2.7 57.06 188.7 155.3 44.0 39.3 72.2 490.1 32.2 168.6 19.6 282.9 6.4 39.5 3.6 314.3 502.0 1.6 15.3 87.5 113.5 229.6 122.2 52.4 603.8 21.1 37.6 19.7 573.9 6.5 6.6 4.4 30.38 0.9 9.0 4.1 41.2 249.1 3.7 1.1 233.9 1-7 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS .1 17.66 1.6 1885.0 37.56 19.0 1809.7 453.8 0.4 12.2 25.01 1.1 2412.50 0.1 22.9 402.2 1146.8 7.6 39.1 24.8 14.6 34.1 452.6 351.1 84.85 2.3 9.4 157.8 18.7 42.5 113.8 201.04 6.7 1104.6 12.0 458.2 39.1 181.1 0.4 16.3 45.0 115.6 58.7 155.4 11.14 2.0 10.8 14.7 114.5 1.0 8.0 10.0 6.9 2.4 188.7 19.3 942.4 39.3 1206.4 4.1 14.5 124.59 Thrust and traction force in daN depending on the operating pressure in bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 1.9 294.7 105.6 145.6 56.2 117.4 12.5 6.0 25.8 628.4 226.8 35.3 4.4 280.5 150.0 10.16 301.54 73.0 3141.6 11.0 25.62 19.2 196.0 1319.1 317.7 917.5 150.1 251.6 5.36 4.3 5.2 8.5 0.8 175.50 314.0 3.2 52.9 402.6 41.1 21.68 201.7 2714.5 66.73 2.6 80.6 10.6 1570.5 18.4 55.6 3.5 48.5 1809.4 69.91 4.2 12.2 28.3 4.5 235.5 31.0 942.5 314.5 29.17 28.8 201.8 20.9 187.6 13.0 1696.3 93.1 251.8 7.4 3.2 141.1 100.9 12.4 94.5 62.9 408.4 141.0 50.4 23.5 368.8 14.3 62.4 95.2 1.FORCES GENERATED DURING THRUST AND TRACTION (THEORETICAL) Cylinder bore D mm 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 80 100 125 160 200 Piston rod diameter d mm 4 4 6 6 8 8 10 8 10 12 12 16 16 20 16 20 20 25 25 32 40 40 Motion thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction thrust traction Useful area cm2 0.12 8.17 29.3 1227.8 6.1 16.3 2.49 31.5 98.0 6.0 4.0 91.3 706.41 4.5 98.1 37.3 301.6 785.5 34.6 351.9 33.0 82.2 9.9 34.3 7.6 196.1 23.4 31.0 2199.63 122.8 13.4 90.5 34.9 78.5 362.44 12.0 218.7 33.0 1.5 1508.9 4.2 392.

72 260 4.73 3219 10.491 133 0.91 854 10.02 1851 14.98 709 7.05 88 1.92 13800 30 17000 28 18000 39 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Cylinder series ISO 15552 type A.50 1340 6.58 3836 7.536 Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Single-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 45 1.22 783 4.78 1702 7.9 2692 30.628 131 1.09 576 3.90 109 1.89 621 10.04 185 4.69 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Cylinder ISO 15552 series 3 Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 434 2.39 252 3.33 3100 19.13 2027 16.6 104 2.15 282 4.94 Ø 32 40 50 63 Cylinder ISO 15552 Ultra-low frictions Single-rod Weight [g] Stroke = 0 504 774 1245 1697 Weight [g] each mm 1.57 1348 7.29 457 5.64 2.334 41 0.42 779 7.51 171 2.635 93 0.76 343 4.07 3520 11.09 587 9.05 412 7.05 620 7.234 55 0.49 3260 10.14 386 5.24 63 1.377 101 0.92 1945 8.57 2988 16.17 370 4.726 4364 11.98 716 4.47 64 1.908 207 1.56 1624 15.87 2841 25.81 204 2.08 916 5.722 Ø 16 20 25 Micro-cylinder ISO 6432 series TP Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 66 0.03 1718 7.59 105 1.09 660 3.33 6988 13.05 306 3.65 189 3.63 7581 17.97 1427 4.32 393 14.79 4425 12.19 660 3.9 1740 25.03 144 0.77 Compact cylinder series CMPC Through-rod Non-ratating Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 104 1.94 Short-stroke cylinder series SSCY Through-rod Non-ratating Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 52 1.419 111 0.95 181 2.90 124 1.604 94 0.21 1054 10.56 295 5.16 3897 8.57 1485 16.44 2815 7.41 673 21. ISO 15552 type A TWO-FLAT Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 460 3.WEIGHT OF CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA Micro-cylinder series ISO 6432 Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 40 0.90 977 8.30 495 3.48 4779 13.37 167 3.93 3710 17.08 768 9.82 105 1.371 77 0.74 3965 9.41 552 6.121 241 1.11 Through-rod non-rotating Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 114 2.86 1513 8.14 275 5.2 494 3.9 592 7.32 220 3.20 214 3.04 1443 5.11 8642 18.36 1-8 .87 Oscillating Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 272 4.100 334 1.24 2774 6.708 181 0.73 246 3.94 373 5.42 8040 18 12979 22.96 408 5. ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 433 2.78 3850 21.09 889 9.15 783 4.49 437 8.73 1087 4.09 3.64 656 8.78 233 3.02 7093 14.66 1155 5.257 59 0.33 1524 5.80 1079 4.35 201 2.25 200 4.732 233 1.12 129 2.75 126 2.34 1468 12.02 3.33 2886 9.65 91 2.70 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Cylinder series ISO 15552.14 144 3.20 605 7.84 495 6.58 6529 11.32 - Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Single-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 96 1.35 72 2.

63 Rodless cylinder Series Double Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 561 1.26 Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Compact guided cylinder Non-cushioned (approximate) Cushioned (approximate) Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 295 4.22 759 1.500 4.57 1680 15.86 1.77 486 6.04 660 1.65 13.421 2.325 1250 0.949 23.04 4.38 550 10.10 991 10.81 1065 4.98 845 7.52 6270 10.99 3.54 3.210 4.02 with Guida “V” Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 953 1.58 3737 7.262 795 0.98 2.76 2000 3.03 1499 3.22 – with Guide Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 460 1.04 1.68 – – – – – – Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Twin-rod cylinder series TWNC Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 725 2.9 8500 7.58 1869 13.13 2300 3.78 7.76 1900 32.04 1355 23.78 2029 17.150 3.79 3.90 1524 12.75 10.98 330 5.05 394 4.275 14.79 945 2.56 3910 55.9 7000 4.9 Compact Stopper cylinder Trunnion version Weight [g] 210 420 1.26 12000 7.34 129 8.72 4.77 414 4.62 197 4.14 1235 3.48 - Ø x Stroke 20x15 32x20 50x30 80x30 80x40 Roller version Weight [g] 220 460 1.51 1.22 420 1.01 942 16.9 4750 4.78 759 1.479 18.38 543 6.02 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 ISO 21287 cylinder series LINER Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 98 2.78 374 0.78 150 0.750 1-9 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS .41 432 5.434 6.72 2360 5.59 4730 15.Ø 32 40 50 Round cylinder series RNDC Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 404 1.27 - Ø 25 32 40 50 Rodless cylinder series PU Weight [g] Stroke = 0 1009 1535 2702 4875 Guide unit Type GDS Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 150 0.63 133 3.57 790 3.55 9.56 2.22 772 1.13 3300 4.24 182 3.51 1028 18.17 297 4.42 648 7.300 4.50 228 4.59 1507 6.76 1900 3.50 Ø 16 20 25 Rodless cylinder series MAGNETIC SLIDE Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 490 0.03 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 Compact cylinder series CMPC TWO-FLAT Single-rod Through-rod Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm 261 3.25 461 6.77 5710 73.85 4300 9.76 1000 1.13 3800 4.49 110 3.230 9.79 1.44 455 2.01 735 10.67 9.96 1737 5.67 355 7.10 119 2.714 32.11 1066 12.78 420 1.09 243 4.8 Standard Ø 16 25 32 40 63 (Std) 63 (Heavy) Weight [g] Stroke = 0 244 746 1707 2911 7280 – Weight [g] each mm 0.190 - Weight [g] each mm 2.21 3.52 487 8.72 2628 8.58 808 3.860 10.354 16.89 6775 16.76 1.84 5.025 5.72 1607 3.22 1200 1.29 595 6.487 Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Type GDH and GDM Weight [g] Weight [g] Stroke = 0 each mm 374 0.

Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories: • with or without magnet • single and double acting – single or through rod • with pneumatic cushioning (ø 16-20-25) • gaskets made of NBR. must be continuous 8. Through-rod cushioned. Lubrication. Can be used with different types of sensors.8 0. Higher values can create operating problems COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. Through-rod. NBR or FKM/FPM h MAGNET: plastoneodymium i CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM j NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement safety system even when fully open k BUSHING (optional): self-lubricating bronze 1-10 . and low-temperature gaskets • special executions on request • fixin accessories.6 0.ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES STD ACTUATORS ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES STD Mini-cylinders to ISO 6432 with a chamfered stainless steel barrel. no-stick slip All versions come complete with magnet. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. Version with piston rod block. guide units and mechanical rod locking TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Standard strokes ✚ bar MPa °C mm mm Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low temperature Versions Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure single piston rod through-rod Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes bar bar 10 1 –10 to +80 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) –35 to +80 Unlubricated air. 16. POLYURETHANE. and FKM/FPM (for high temperatures). NBR or FKM/FPM d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert e BARREL: AISI 304 steel f HALF-PISTON: acetal resin g PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane.8 0.6 0. Double-acting cushioned.8 0.8 0. 20. thick chromed b HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane. if used. Supplied without magnet on request. cushioned: for bores ø 16 strokes from 1 to 300 for bores ø 20 to 25 strokes from 1 to 500 Double-acting. Single-acting retracted piston rod. 10. 12.8 0. 25 Chamfered barrel Single-acting: for bores ø 8 to 25 strokes from 1 to 50 Double-acting: for bores ø 8 to 10 strokes from 1 to 100 for bores ø 12 to 16 strokes from 1 to 200 for bores ø 20 to 25 strokes from 1 to 500 Double-acting.6 1 1 1 0. ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.2 m/s to prevent surging.8 See page 1-7 See page 1-8 For speeds lower than 0. The cylinder head dimensions have been reduced for some sizes so that they can be used where there are space restrictions. ø 8 ø 10 ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 0.

5 M22x1.-2.5 17.9 33 øD1 4 4 6 6 8 10 G 6 6 6 6 8 9 EE M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 LL 102 102 125 132 156 173 L3 12 12 17 17 17 20 L4 10 10 10 10 15.7 16.5 4.5 M22x1.25 WF ±1.9 33 øD1 4 4 6 6 8 10 E M5 M5 M5 1/8 1/8 1/8 G 6 6 6 6 8 9 EE M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 EW d13 8 8 12 12 16 16 L 6.2 16 16 22 22 24 28 KW 7 7 8 8 7 7 KV 19 19 24 24 32 32 NA 15 15 17 18 24 30 NB 15 15 17 18 24 30 SW 7 7 10 10 13 17 CH 3 3 5 5 7 8 K 3 3 3.25 M16x1.0 12 12 16 16 20 22 BE M12x1.5 M22x1.0.25 M12x1.7 27.5 4.5 6.6 5 1-11 ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES STD ACTUATORS .5 17.-2.2 16 16 22 22 24 28 KW 7 7 8 8 7 7 KV 19 19 24 24 32 32 MR 12 12 16 16 18 21 NA 15 15 17 18 24 30 NB 15 15 17 18 24 30 SW 7 7 10 10 13 17 CH 3 3 5 5 7 8 K 3 3 3.5 3.5 9 9 12 12 L1 86 86 104 111 129 143 L2 10 10 13 13 14 17 L3 12 12 17 17 17 20 L4 10 10 10 10 15.5 M16x1.5 M16x1.5 øD 16.5 M22x1.25 M12x1.0 12 12 16 16 20 22 BE M12x1.0.6 5 DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 AM +0.7 19 19.1 L5 46 46 49 56 68 73 KK M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1.DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS + = ADD STROKE Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 AM +0.7 27.25 XC ±1 64 64 75 82 95 104 WF ±1.25 M16x1.5 øCD H9 4 4 6 6 8 8 øD 16.7 16.7 19 19.5 KK M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1.5 3.1 L5 46 46 49 56 68 73 L6 46 46 47 53 61 66.

KEY TO CODES ACTUATORS CYL 101 102 104 n 106 n 109 110 111 112 n 113 ✱ t 114 ✱ t n 115 ◆ 116 n 117 ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES STD 112 TYPE SE axial coupling DEM axial coupling SE through-rod SE cushioned DEA DE SE DEM DEMA DEM through-rod DEMA through-rod DEM for mechanical lock DEMA for mechanical lock 0 0 Standard U Bronze rear head bushing V Without head nut S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 16 BORE t 08 t 10 t 12 t 16 t 20 t 25 0020 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. not magnetic) Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) Magnetic double-acting (cushioned) Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic) Single-acting (magnetic) ● s t n ◆ ✱ Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z) For speeds lower than 0. to prevent surging. look at the technical data A C Z X C MATERIAL C45 chrome rod. Use no-lubricated air only Stainless steel piston rod Available from ø 16 Available from ø 12 For ø 16 to 25 aluminium piston. technopolymer piston rod Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston P GASKETS P Polyurethane N NBR ● V FKM/FPM ● B Low temperature DE: DEM: DEMA: DEA: SE: Double-acting (non-cushioned. stainless stell piston rod NOTES 1-12 .2m/s. aluminium piston rod C45 chrome rod.

8 1 1 1 0. Double Through-rod (for both there are magnetic and non magnetic versions) See page 1-7 See page 1-8 ø 8 ø 10 ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 0. if used.ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES TP Minicylinders manufactured according to the ISO 6432 regulation having high resistance technopolymer heads and anodized aluminium liner. Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories: • with or without magnet • single and double acting-single or through rod • gaskets made of POLYURETHANE • fixin accessories and guide units.6 0. 20.6 0. ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.8 The standard version is lacking of the head nut Use of fittings with a taper thread is NOT recommended.8 0. 25 Aluminium liner chamfered on the heads ø 16: from 1 to 200 ø 20 to 25: from 1 to 500 Double-acting.6 0. thick chromed b HEADS: high resistance technopolymer c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane d GUIDE OPERATOR: technopolymer e BARREL: drawn anoside aluminium alloy f PISTON GASKET: polyurethane g MAGNET: plastoneodymium h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR i COVER PLATE: technopolymer 1-13 ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES TP ACTUATORS . Lubrication. Higher values can create operating problems. must be continuous 16.8 0.8 0.8 0. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Standard strokes ✚ Versions Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Inrush pressure single piston rod through-rod Notes bar MPa °C mm mm mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 –10 to +60 Unlubricated air. bar bar COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel.

5 L5 56 68 73 KK M6 M8 M10x1.5 Ø 16 20 25 MAX LOCKING TORQUE [Nm] BE (front/rear) EE 12/8 1.5 øD 21 25 30 øD1 6 8 10 G 4.25 WF 22 24 28 KW 8 7 7 KV 24 32 32 SW 10 13 17 CH 5 7 8 K 3.5 15.5 M22x1.5 15. DEM: Double action magnetic (unless otherwise specified not cushioned.25 XC(±1) 82 95 104 WF 22 24 28 KW 8 7 7 KV 24 32 32 MR 16 18 21 SW 10 13 17 CH 5 7 8 K 3.6 5.5 15.7 EE M5 1/8’’ 1/8’’ EW (d13) 12 16 16 OH 12 16 17 L 11 15 15 L1 111 129 143 L2 13 14 17 L3 17 17 20 L4 9.5 M22x1. As standard the cylinders are already no stick-slip version.6 5.5 M22x1.2 22/15 3 22/15 3 DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 16 20 25 AM 16 20 22 BE M16x1.5 M22x1.7 7. 1-14 . ● This version don’t provide the nut on the head.7 7.5 L5 56 68 73 KK M6 M8 M10x1.7 7.5 4. look at the technical data C MATERIAL C C45 chrome rod X Stainless rod P GASKETS P Polyurethane DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned. n ø 16 will be only in version with stainless rod (X). not magnetic).5 CD (H9) 6 8 8 øD 21 25 30 øD1 6 8 10 G 4.DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS ACTUATORS ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES TP + = ADD STROKE Ø 16 20 25 AM 16 20 22 BE M16x1.5 4.5 15.5 Ø 16 20 25 MAX LOCKING TORQUE [Nm] BE EE 12 1.7 7.7 EE M5 1/8’’ 1/8’’ OH 12 16 17 LL 132 156 173 L3 17 17 20 L4 9.2 22 3 22 3 KEY TO CODES CYL 110 TYPE 110 DE non-magnetic minicylinder 112 DEM minicylinder 114 DEM through-rod minicylinder 3 ● 3 TP heads (standard) 4 TP heads (standard) + head nut 16 BORE n 16 20 25 0 0 S Standard Non-magnetic 020 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes.

5 4.5 TF Js14 30 30 40 40 50 50 UF 40 40 52 52 66 66 UR 22 22 30 30 40 40 S 3 3 4 4 5 5 Weight [g] 10 10 26 26 52 52 Note: Individually packed COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC Code Ø W0950080005 8 W0950080005 10 W0950120005 12 W0950120005 16 W0950200005 20 W0950200005 25 *ISO 6432 values AO 2.6 0.5 5.5 4.5 6.4 24 24 32 32 36 40 AU 11 11 14 14 17 17 AO 5 5 6 6 8 8 NH ±0.5 12.5 6.25 CH 7 7 10 10 13 17 H 3 3 4 4 5 6 Weight [g] 0.5 R 6 6 7 7 10 10 S 2.5 2 2 4 4 LG 22 22 25 25 32 32 TR Js13 12.25 M12x1.5 M22x1.2 24 24 27 27 30 30 MO 18 18 25 25 30 30 ø AB1 4 4 6 6 8 8 ø AB H13 4.5 6.5 5.5 6.5 CH 19 19 24 24 32 32 H 7 7 8 8 7 7 Weight [g] 12 12 20 20 44 44 Note: Individually packed NUT FOR PISTON RODS MODEL DA Code 0950080011 0950080011 0950120011 0950120011 0950200011 0950322010 Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 F M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1.25 M16x1.3 16 16 20 20 25 25 TR Js14 25 25 32 32 40 40 US 35 35 42 42 54 54 ø AB H13 4.5 M16x1.5 M22x1.5 5.6 1 1 3 7 Note: Individually packed 1-15 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS ACTUATORS øD 12 12 16 16 22 22 XS ±1.5 5.4 13 13 18 18 19 23 ø FB H13 4.5 6.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS: FIXINGS FOOT MODEL A Code Ø W0950080001 8 W0950080001 10 W0950120001 12 W0950120001 16 W0950200001 20 W0950200001 25 *ISO 6432 values Note: Individually packed FLANGE MODEL C Code Ø W0950080002 8 W0950080002 10 W0950120002 12 W0950120002 16 W0950200002 20 W0950200002 25 *ISO 6432 values øD 12 12 16 16 22 22 W ±1.5 4.5 2.5 5.5 3 3 4 4 Weight [g] 24 24 40 40 78 78 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings NUT FOR HEADS MODEL D Code 0950080010 0950080010 0950120010 0950120010 0950200010 0950200010 Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 F M12x1.5 6.5 2.5 15 15 20 20 NH ±0.5 R 10 10 13 13 20 20 S 3 3 4 4 5 5 Weight [g] 22 22 42 42 90 90 .5 5.

e.g.5 20 D 24 26 28 32 36 41.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N.3 14 14 F 9 9 9 9 9 9 Note: Individually packed G UNIVERSAL SENSOR CIRCLIP Code Bore W0950001103 8 to 25 Model Sensor circlip Note: Individually packed MATERIAL Circlip: stainless steel Sensor holder: plastic 1-16 .3 12. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N.5 m W0952028184 REED N.3 26.5 17. sensor.FORK MODEL GK-M ACTUATORS Code W0950080020 W0950080020 W0950120020 W0950120020 W0950200020 W0950322020 Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 øM 4 4 6 6 8 10 C 8 8 12 12 16 20 B 4 4 6 6 8 10 A 8 8 12 12 16 20 L 21 21 31 31 42 52 F 16 16 24 24 32 40 D M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1. sensor. vertical insertion 2.O. sensor.5 m W0952029394 HALL N. DSW Code W0950000608 W0950000610 W0950000612 W0950000616 W0950000620 W0950000625 Bore 8 10 12 16 20 25 Model Circlip DSW - 08 Circlip DSW - 10 Circlip DSW - 12 Circlip DSW - 16 Circlip DSW - 20 Circlip DSW - 25 Ø 9.75 9 10.5 15 øG1 11 11 13 13 16 19 CH 9 9 11 11 14 17 Weight [g] 22 22 28 28 50 78 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS: MAGNETIC SENSORS E RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code Description W0952025390 HALL N. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion HS 2.3 16. sensor.O.5 E 12.3 21. sensor.3 13. sensor.O.75 6. vertical insertion HS 2.O.3 øB 12.3 11.5 m W0952128184* REED N.3 20. vertical insertion 2.3 29.25 N 11 11 16 16 22 26 Weight [g] 8 8 20 20 48 92 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS ROD EYE MODEL GA-M Code W0950080025 W0950080025 W0950120025 W0950120025 W0950200025 W0950322025 Ø 8 10 12 16 20 25 øM 5 5 6 6 8 10 C 10 10 11 11 13 15 B 8 8 9 9 12 14 B1 6 6 6.5 m W0952029504* HALL N.3 17. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N. For technical data see page 1-288 Note: Individually packed F SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD.O.3 C 11 12 13 15. sensor.O.3 14. sensor.25 øG 9 9 10 10 12.3 12.O.3 24. near metal masses.5 A 18 18 20 20 24 28 L 36 36 40 40 48 57 F 27 27 30 30 36 43 D M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1.O.3 12.

3 21. DSM ACTUATORS B 10 10 10 10 10 10 B 10 10 10 10 10 10 Code W0950000201 W0950000222 W0950000232 Bore 8 to 25 8 to 25 8 to 25 Model REED sensor DSM2 - C525 HS HALL PNP sensor DSM3 - N225 HALL NPN sensor DSM3 - M225 For technical data see page 1-286 Note: Individually packed B SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DXF FOR STAINLESS STEEL BARREL Code W0950000508 W0950000510 W0950000512 W0950000516 W0950000520 W0950000525 Bore 8 10 12 16 20 25 Model Circlip DXF - 09 Circlip DXF - 11 Circlip DXF - 13 Circlip DXF - 17 Circlip DXF - 21 Circlip DXF - 26 Ø 9.3 A 15 16.3 26.5 18.3 17.A SENSORS MOD.5 21 23. USE SENSORS SERIES STD SERIES TP 1-17 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS . DXF FOR ALUMINIUM BARREL Code W0950000108 W0950000110 W0950000112 W0950000116 W0950000120 W0950000125 Bore 8 10 12 16 20 25 Model Circlip DXF 12- 8 Circlip DXF 14-10 Circlip DXF 16-12 Circlip DXF 20-16 Circlip DXF 24-20 Circlip DXF 29-25 Ø 12 14 16 20 24 29 A 17 18 19 21 23 28 Note: Individually packed.3 11.5 17.3 13.5 Note: Individually packed C SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. for the ø20 and ø25 1 reduction ring. For the ø16 in addition to the circlip 2 reduction rings.

2). the two shoes (A) lock the cylinder rod in both directions (Fig.2) 57 57 72 76 Weight [g] 100 100 100 100 1-18 .ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS: MECHANICAL PISTON ROD LOCK TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS Operating pressure Temperature range Installation Mechanics Operation Fluid Locking force Pilot port MATERIALS body shoe spring piston gasket bar MPa °C ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS 3 to 6 0.5 M16x1.5 M22x1. With pneumatic piloting. which means that it is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically before locking the part mechanically. 1).5 40 40 D 20 20 20 20 E M5 M5 M5 M5 F M16x1.6 -10 to +80 In any position Double shoe with mechanical locking Mechanical stick-slip NC bidirectional Lubricated or unlubricated compressed air ø 12-16: 180 N / ø 20: 250 N ø 25: 400 N M5 Aluminium Brass NBR Synthetic.5 M22x1.3 to 0. It is important to remember that the mechanical piston rod lock is a static type. 1 Fig. Fig. the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to each other and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the piston rod can slide (Fig. with added teflo NBR ® OPERATING PRINCIPLE The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.5 G 12 12 23 23 H 19 19 21 21 I 23 23 24 24 L 47 47 58 58 M 52 52 65 68 N 53 60 71 76 P(±1. In the absence of pneumatic piloting. 2 DIMENSIONS + = ADD STROKE BLOCK WITH THREADLOCKER Code W5010001099 W5010001099 W5010001100 W5010001101 Ø 12 16 20 25 A m / 25 m / 25 27 27 B 25 m / 25 m / 38 38 C 31.5 31.

The guide units can be used separately or combined in order to get complete handling units: in which case the guide units can be coupled using the type A and C anchorage (foot and flange) The guide unit can be coupled to ISO 6432 cylinders (ø 12 - ø 25). The following versions are available: U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS) H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH) H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM) For weights. see technical data page 1-8 * With bronze guide bushing ** With ball guide bushing GUIDE ELEMENTS SERIES GDS-GDH Body: Guide bushing: Piston rod: Body: Guide bushing: Piston rod: aluminium alloy self-lubricating syntered bronze and wiper rings chromed rolled steel aluminium alloy linear guide ball bearings and wiper rings tempered and chromed steel SERIES GDM GUIDE UNIT LOAD DIAGRAM S = PROJECTION B = BARYCENTRE P = USEFUL LOAD 1-19 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS: GUIDE UNIT Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment and anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected to it.

DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDH-GDM ACTUATORS ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS + = ADD THE STROKE ✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES Ø 12 16 20 25 A 30 30 34 34 A1 27 27 32 32 B 65 65 79 79 B1 63 63 76 76 C 75 75 108 108 C1 10 10 12 12 Ch 8 8 13 13 Ch1 19 19 27 27 D 4 4 6 6 D1 5 5 E 15 15 20 20 E1 32 32 40 40 E2 54 54 68 68 E3 6.5 4.1 5.5 32.5 5.5 E6 22 22 23 23 E7 11 11 15 15 F M4 M4 M6 M6 F1 M4 M4 M5 M5 F2 8.5 6.5 32.5 10. The table here shows the stroke/cylinder range that can be used depending on the nominal stroke of the guide. 1-20 .5 E4 24 24 38 38 E5 32.5 F4 7. it is possible to extend the use of GDH/GDM guides to cylinders with strokes up to 25 mm above the nominal guide stroke.5 9 9 F5 4.5 7.5 10. 50 = 050).5 8.g.5 71 65 15 7 76 65 15 7 S U 10 37 10 37 12 58 12 58 GDH (BRONZE GUIDE BUSHING) Code W0700122… W0700162… W0700202… W0700252… Bore 12 16 20 25 Type UNIT MW DH 012 UNIT MW DH 016 UNIT MW DH 020 UNIT MW DH 025 STROKE Cylinder stroke [mm] from to 0 75 75 125 125 175 175 225 225 275 275 345 345 425 425 525 Guide stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 320 400 500 …Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.5 8. GDM (BALL GUIDE BUSHING) Code W0700123… W0700163… W0700203… W0700253… Bore 12 16 20 25 Type UNIT MW DM 012 UNIT MW DM 016 UNIT MW DM 020 UNIT MW DM 025 …Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.1 6. Note: Thanks to the dimensional features.5 60 54 15 5.g.5 32.5 6.5 8. 50 = 050).5 5.5 G H I L 15 15 46 130 15 15 46 130 22 20 58 160 22 20 58 160 L1 M N P 53 54 15 5.5 F3 5.

5 4.5 10 + = ADD THE STROKE ✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES Ø A 20 40 25 40 A1 38 38 A2 24 65 B B1 100 90 100 90 C 48 48 C1 12 12 Ch 13 13 Ch1 D 27 6 27 6 E 15 15 E1 70 70 E2 55 55 E3 E4 E5 8.5 24 6.5 12 GDS (BRONZE GUIDE BUSHING) Code W0700121… W0700161… W0700201… W0700251… Bore 12 16 20 25 Type UNIT MW DS 012 UNIT MW DS 016 UNIT MW DS 020 UNIT MW DS 025 STROKE Cylinder stroke [mm] from to 0 50 51 100 101 150 151 200 201 250 Guide stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 …Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.5 4. Note: Thanks to the dimensional features.5 5.5 22 H 20 20 I 76 76 L 77 77 L1 71 76 M 65 71 N 17 17 P 9 9 P1 S 6.5 46. 50 = 050).5 15 M4 M4 8.5 12 6.5 10 5. 1-21 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .5 5.5 22 6.5 24 E5 25 25 E6 22 22 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G M4 M4 8.g.DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDS + = ADD THE STROKE ✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES Ø A 12 30 16 30 A1 27 27 B 65 65 B1 63 63 C 38 38 C1 10 10 Ch 8 8 Ch1 D 19 4 19 4 E 15 15 E1 32 32 E2 54 54 E3 E4 6.5 4.1 7. without the guide piston rods projecting beyond the cylinder fixin value (L1 +).5 32 8.1 7. it is possible to use the range of strokes - cylinders. as shown in the table here.5 32 E6 10 10 E7 30 30 F F1 F2 M8 M6 14 M8 M6 14 F3 9 9 F4 11 11 F5 G 6.5 15 H 15 15 I 46 46 L 70 70 L1 53 60 M 54 54 N 13 13 P P1 S 5.5 4.5 46.

4 bar ø 80. 100. 40: 0. High-temperature.) –35 to +80 Unlubricated air. 63. Low friction. Lubrication. must be continuous mm 32. These cylinders are called series STD. NBR or FKM/FPM d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert e BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium f HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with built-in cushioning olives (aluminium with PTFE pad for diameters 80-100-125) g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane. NBR or FKM/FPM k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement safety system even when fully open l SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly 1-22 .2 m/s to prevent surging. Through-rod cushioned. 125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0. 80. Supplied without magnet on request. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM gaskets (for high temperatures. if used. consequently. 125 Heads with Tap Tite screws mm Single-acting: for bores 32 to 63 strokes from 1 to 250 Double-acting: for bores 32 to 80 strokes from 1 to 2800 for bores 100 to 125 strokes from 1 to 2600 Double-acting cushioned. which differ according to the shape of the barrel and. ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. NBR or FKM/FPM h MAGNET: plastoferrite i BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM j CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane. the type of sensors and accessories that can be mounted. They are available in three series. strokes > 1500 mm: 0.ISO 15552 CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431) ACTUATORS ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions and with a wide range of accessories: • Configuratio with or without magnet • Single-or double acting – single-or through-rod • Wide choice of NBR. Long cushioning. type A. series 3. Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned. 100.4 bar ø 50. All versions come complete with magnet. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bore Design Standard stroke ✚ bar MPa psi °C Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature Versions Sensor magnet Inrush pressure Notes Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights 10 1 145 –10 to +80 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cyl. for low temperature) • Special versions on request • Fixing accessories. Piston rod lock. Oil seal. 40. strokes > 1500 mm: 0. thick chromed b HEAD: die cast aluminium c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane. Through-rod oil seal.2 bar. 50.3 bar. ø 32. guide units and mechanical piston rod lock. Higher values can create operating problems See page 1-7 See page 1-8 COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. Non-stick-slip.4 bar For speeds lower than 0. 63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.

This means it is easier to clean the cylinder and there are fewer points where dirt can collect. featuring a smooth barrel with no longitudinal slots. BARREL CROSS SECTION 1-23 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD ACTUATORS . Specifi brackets are required for mounting magnetic sensors.ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD (EX ISO 6431) ISO 15552 cylinders.

to prevent surging. 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. look at the technical data A C Z X C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. type C Low friction. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. non-cuschioned Opposed Single-acting Tandem Rod lock version Version with piston rod lock Piston rod lock + guide unit 0 0 Diameter S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 n 100 n 125 0050 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. non-magnetic Double-acting. 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type F 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 A1 = ø 100 A2 = ø 125 0050 STROKE ø 32 to 80 stroke 1 to 2800 mm ø 100 to 125 stroke 1 to 2600 mm C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type D Low friction. 100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. type A Low friction. cuschioned. aluminium piston rod: standard for all cylinders with ≥ 1000 mm-stroke cylinders and for cylinder with ø 80 mm and over C45 chromed rod. 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD ACTUATORS CYL 120 121 122 124 125 ✚ 126 127 134 ✱ 136 ✱ ◆ 137 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD 121 TYPE Double-acting. 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. technopolymer piston: standard for cylinders of ø 32 to 63 mm with <1000 mm strokes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston P GASKETS N NBR gaskets P Polyurethane gaskets V FKM/FPM gaskets A C Z X KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD LONG-CUSHIONING CYL 131 A B C D E F G H I L M N O Q R S T U V A TYPE 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type E Low friction. 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 0050 STROKE 1 to 2600 mm C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. Use no-lubricated air only ◆ Available up to ø 100 ✱ Not available for gaskets V or B KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD LOW-FRICTION CYL 123 A B C D E F A TYPE Low friction. cushioned Through-rod Double-acting. aluminium piston rod for all sizes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston P GASKETS N NBR gaskets P Polyurethane gaskets V FKM/FPM gaskets A Z 1-24 .2 m/s. aluminium piston rod: standard for all cylinders with ≥ 1000 mm-stroke cylinders and for cylinder with ø 80 mm and over C45 chromed rod. ø 125 becomes A2 ● Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) ✚ Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z) s For speeds lower than 0. type B Low friction. technopolymer piston: standard for cylinders of ø 32 to 63 mm with <1000 mm strokes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston ● N P V B P GASKETS NBR gaskets Polyurethane gaskets FKM/FPM gaskets Low temperature n In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1. 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.

ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A (EX ISO 6431) ISO 15552 cylinders. BARREL CROSS SECTION a SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR 1-25 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A ACTUATORS . featuring a barrel with longitudinal slots on three sides for inserting and securing retractable sensors. The same slots can also be used for valves and other mechanical parts.

100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type E Low friction. type C Low friction. 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 0050 STROKE 1 to 2600 mm A MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. non-cuschioned 125 Opposed ✚ 126 Single-acting 127 Tandem 134 Rod lock version ✱ 136 Version with piston rod lock ✱ ◆ 137 Piston rod lock + guide unit A A Standard s B No stick slip C Non-magnetic 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 A1 = ø 100 A2 = ø 125 0050 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.2 m/s. type D Low friction. aluminium piston rod: standard for all cylinders with ≥1000 mm-stroke cylinders and for cylinder with ø 80 mm and over C45 chromed rod. technopolymer piston: standard for cylinders of ø 32 to 63 mm with <1000 mm strokes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston P GASKETS N NBR gaskets P Polyurethane gaskets V FKM/FPM gaskets A C Z X KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING TYPE “A” CYL 130 A B C D E F G H I L M N O Q R S T U V A TYPE 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. aluminium piston rod: standard for all cylinders with ≥1000 mm-stroke cylinders and for cylinder with ø 80 mm and over C45 chromed rod. aluminium piston rod for all sizes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston P GASKETS N NBR gaskets P Polyurethane gaskets V FKM/FPM gaskets A Z 1-26 . type F 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 A1 = ø 100 A2 = ø 125 0050 STROKE ø 32 to 80 stroke 1 to 2800 mm ø 100 to 125 stroke 1 to 2600 mm C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. to prevent surging. technopolymer piston: standard for cylinders of ø 32 to 63 mm with <1000 mm strokes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston ● N P V B P GASKETS NBR gaskets Polyurethane gaskets FKM/FPM gaskets Low temperature ● ✚ s ◆ Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z) For speeds lower than 0.KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 TYPE “A” ACTUATORS CYL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A 121 TYPE 121 Double-acting. look at the technical data A C Z X C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type B Low friction. cushioned 122 Through-rod 124 Double-acting. 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. type A Low friction. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. Use no-lubricated air only Available up to ø 100 ✱ Not available for gaskets V or B KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION TYPE “A” CYL 129 A B C D E F A TYPE Low friction. 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.

technopolymer piston: standard for cylinders of ø 32 to 63 mm with <1000 mm strokes Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston N GASKETS NBR gaskets Polyurethane gaskets FKM/FPM gaskets Low temperature A C Z X ● N P V B ● Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) ✚ Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z) ◆ For speeds lower than 0. BARREL CROSS SECTION a SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR KEY TO CODES CYL 121 122 124 125 ✚ 126 127 134 n 136 n ✱ 137 121 TYPE Double-acting. cushioned Through-rod Double-acting. look at the technical data C MATERIAL C45 chromed rod.2 m/s. to prevent surging. The other three sides of the barrel are smooth. featuring specially-shaped barrels designed to reduce weight to a minimum. with no slots.ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3 (EX ISO 6431) ISO 15552 cylinders. aluminium piston rod: standard for all cylinders with ≥1000 mm-stroke cylinders and for cylinder with ø 80 mm and over C45 chromed rod. and hence easy to clean. non-cuschioned Opposed Single-acting Tandem Rod lock version Version with piston rod lock Piston rod lock + guide unit 3 ◆ 3 4 5 Series 3 Series 3 No stick slip Series 3 Non-magnetic 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 A1 = 100 A2 = 125 0050 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. Two T-slots on the same side as the threaded fitting can take retractable sensors. Use no-lubricated air only ✱ Available until ø 100 n Not available for gasket V or B 1-27 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3 ACTUATORS .

TYPE Rear chamber pressure Rear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact Rear chamber pressure and piston rod gasket Rear chamber pressure.ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431) CODE 123 FOR SERIES STD CODE 129 FOR TYPE A ACTUATORS ISO 15552 LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring. 3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty environments. 2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area. The configuration are shown below: 1) The best type is A as it involves less friction. 4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty environments. see point 2. Cushioning is only for emergency use. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN SPRING. NB. It acts as a shock absorber in the case of malfunction. cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasket Front chamber pressure Front chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact A B C D E F GASKETS 1 1+3 1+5 1+3+5 2+5 2+5+4 COMPONENTS a Rear chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (ø 32 to 125) b Front chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (ø 32 to 125) c Rear chamber cushioning gasket made of polyurethane d Front chamber cushioning gasket made of polyurethane e Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane 1-28 . 6) For type F. 5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.

06 ø 50 = 0. Metal Work’s ultra-low friction cylinder is designed as a double-acting one. The gaskets are made of NBR. which means the compressed air can be fed into the rear or either the front chamber. ACTUATORS . A through-rod version is not available. Double-acting non-magnetic (always “no stick slip” cylinder) All the versions with or without magnet bar ø 32 = 0.ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431) TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bore Standard stroke Design Versions Sensor magnet Inrush pressure bar MPa psi °C NBR 10 1 145 –10 to +80 Unlubricated air mm 32. 63 mm 1 to 1200 Heads with Tap Tite screws Double-acting magnetic.04 See page 1-7 See page 1-8 There may be leakage between the two chambers in the presence of low pressures (up to 1 bar) Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. It is single acting. 50. They are built to comply with ISO 15552 and are available with or without a magnet. thick chromed b HEAD: die cast aluminium c PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze insert e BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium f PISTON GASKET: NBR g HALF-PISTON: aluminium alloy h MAGNET: plastoferrite i GUIDE RING: special technopolymer j BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement safety system even when fully open l SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly 1-29 ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS A typical ultra-low friction cylinder is generally used as an oscillating or tensioning cylinder. 40. An external force acts on the other side. Supplied with a series 3 barrel. in the sense that compressed air is normally fed into one of the two chambers only.08 ø 40 = 0. These cylinders are always non-cushioned.05 ø 63 = 0. A full range of accessories is available.

DIAGRAM OF THE CLEAN FRICTIONS ACTUATORS ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS Friction clearly “a” [N] Pressure “P” [bar] The clean friction values “a” in N have been obtained by inserting in the back chamber the pressure “P” in bars. aluminium piston rod Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston N GASKETS N NBR gaskets A Z ALL the cylinders are no stick slip.81] where “S” is the thrust section in cm2 KEY TO CODES CYL 123 TYPE 123 Ultra-low friction 3 3 5 Double-acting magnetic Double-acting not magnetic 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 0100 STROKE From 1 to 1200 mm A MATERIAL C45 chromed rod. and simultaneously by detecting the necessary force “F” in N to make the rod re-enter. applying the following formula: a = F – [(P x S) x 9. Ultra-low friction cylinders are not available in the through-rod version. 1-30 . ALL the cylinders are non-cushioned.

magnetic. other gaskets NBR. 63. The outer projection of the scraper ring secures the cylinder head in its seat. In critical applications they are unable to scrape dirt off the surface of the piston rod. so the cylinder head is standard. COMBI piston rod gaskets are designed to solve these problems. 1-31 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET In some applications the piston rod is exposed to pollutants and dirt. Ordinary gaskets are made of relatively soft elastomers as their main job is to provide a pneumatic seal. Dirt d deposits on the piston rod b. made of highly wear-resistant plastic. piston rod made of C45 chrome. Maximum recommended speed: 1 m/s. dual-acting. They are made up of two separate parts: • a sealing element. outside the cylinder. the last letter C identifying the type of gasket.ISO 15552 CYLINDERS WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET (EX ISO 6431) FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES COMBI gaskets have three functions - sealing. • a scraper ring. The cylinder head seat is the same as for other Metal Work cylinder gaskets. 40. diameter 32. Example: 1210320100CC: ISO 15552 cylinder. inside the cylinder. The materials used in the scraper ring and sealing element make the gasket extremely long lasting. 80. The same as for ISO 15552 cylinders with NBR gaskets. 100. cushioned. ACTUATORS . made of a special NBR elastomer with a Shore A hardness of 80 to provide a pneumatic seal. The projection g on the scraper ring secures the gasket in the cylinder head seat. COMBI piston rod gasket. OPERATING PRINCIPLE The gasket is housed in the cylinder head a. which tend to adhere to the surface. scraping and securing. so steel retaining rings are not required. Inside the cylinder there is compressed air c. Friction is reduced. stroke 100 mm. Cylinders with COMBI gaskets can be used with unlubricated dry air. The scraper ring f cleans the piston rod. The sealing element e provides the pneumatic seal. TECHNICAL DATA Bores: 32. KEY TO CODES The codes for ISO 15552 cylinders apply. This eliminates the risk of corrosion due to the presence of metal. 125. 50.

5 N 4.5 17.Ø 63 158 158 182.ISO 15552 CYLINDERS DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION ACTUATORS + = ADD THE STROKE TYPE A SERIES STD SERIES 3 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE SERIES STD SERIES 3 TYPE A Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 PL 10 12 14 16 18 20 25 VD 6.5 94 111 135 L 120 135 143 158 174 189 225 L0 94 105 106 121 128 138 160 ZM 146 165 180 195 220 240 290 BG 14.5 M16x1.5 282 306.Ø 32 94 94 115 136 157 178 199 220 241 262 L0 .5 21.5 14.Ø 40 135 135 159.5 5.5 72 89 110 VA 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 F 22 24 32 32 40 40 54 EE G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 RT M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 E 46 54 64.Ø 40 105 105 129.5 305 329.5 317 L .Ø 50 143 143 167.5 301 L0 .5 192 216.Ø 32 120 120 141 162 183 204 225 246 267 288 L .5 M20x1.5 17.5 354 ISO ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO NON ISO 1-32 .5 8 13 14 12 14 20 A 10 10 10 10 12 12 10 B 30 35 40 45 45 55 60 B1 28 33 38 40 43 49 54 WH 26 30 37 37 46 51 65 C1 16 20 25 25 33 38 45 CH1 10 13 17 17 22 22 27 CH2 17 19 24 24 30 30 41 CH3 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 KK M10x1.5 204 228.5 184 208.5 253 277.5 154 178.25 M16x1.Ø 50 106 106 130.5 38 46.5 25.5 290 314.5 203 227.5 M27x2 D 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 TG 32.5 5.5 252 276.5 207 231.5 219 243.5 331 L .5 P 6 6 6 6 10 10 12 Q 4 4 6 6 7 7 8 VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING) Upper limit 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 Stroke < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ < C ≤ Lower limit 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 L0.Ø 63 121 121 145.5 5.5 5.5 75.5 4.5 6.5 268 292.5 241 265.5 302 L0 .5 170 194.5 233 257.5 21.5 155 179.5 56.5 M20x1.5 339 L .5 256 280.25 M12x1.

5 L1 200 212 219.5 56.5 113.5 P 6 6 6 6 Q 4 4 6 6 DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION Ø 32 40 50 63 WH1 156 157 162.5 8 13 14 A 10 10 10 10 B 30 35 40 45 B1 29 34 38 38 WH1 106 107 113.5 N 4.5 VA1 79 76.25 M16x1.5 283.5 5.5 4.5 176.5 C2 146 147 150.5 101.DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION + = ADD THE STROKE SERIES STD SERIES 3 TYPE A Ø 32 40 50 63 PL 10 12 14 16 VD 6.5 5.25 M12x1.5 119.5 234.5 75.5 201.5 38 46.5 C2 196 197 201.5 VA1 179 176.5 F 22 24 32 32 EE G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 RT M6 M6 M8 M8 E 46 54 64.5 DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION Ø 32 40 50 63 WH1 206 207 213.5 334.5 C2 96 97 101.5 L1 300 312 319.5 CH1 10 13 17 17 CH2 17 19 24 24 CH3 6 6 8 8 CH4 27 30 35 35 KK M10x1.5 VA1 129 121.5 123.5 L1 250 262 268.5 176.5 76.5 D 12 16 20 20 TG 32.5 17.5 14.5 M16x1.5 213.5 1-33 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS ACTUATORS .5 17.5 76.5 162.5 L0 94 105 106 121 BG 14.5 150.

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION ACTUATORS ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 WH 26 30 37 37 46 51 65 VA 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 R 55 55 68 68 92 92 120 L 243 265 280 310 348 368 440 L1 273 299 321 351 398 423 511 Refer to standard cylinders for other values. DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1 X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2 a b Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 WH 26 30 37 37 46 51 65 R 55 55 68 68 92 92 120 L 243 265 280 310 348 368 440 L1 295 325 354 384 440 470 570 Refer to standard cylinders for other values. 1-34 .

cuschioned 122 Through-rod 0 0 S s G Diameter Non-magnetic No stick slip 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 0050 STROKE ✚ ø 32 stroke 1 to 300 mm ✚ ø 40 stroke 1 to 400 mm ✚ ø 50 to 63 stroke 1 to 500 mm F MATERIAL “Two Flat” piston rod AISI 303 stainless steel nut P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets F ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. with a smooth barrel. The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bush that matches the profil of the piston rod and prevents it from rotating on its own axis.4 ø 50 = 1 ø 63 = 1 ø 32 = 0.2 m/s. cuschioned. A special polyurethane gasket ensures pneumatic seal and prevents the accumulation of dirt. if used. one piston rod is Two Flat. cuschioned 122 Through-rod A A s B C Standard No stick slip Non-magnetic 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 0050 STROKE ✚ ø 32 stroke 1 to 300 mm ✚ ø 40 stroke 1 to 400 mm ✚ ø 50 to 63 stroke 1 to 500 mm F MATERIAL “Two Flat” piston rod AISI 303 stainless steel nut P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets F ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Through-rod cushioned. ø 32 = 0. bar Nm degrees KEY TO CODES FOR ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT STD CYLINDERS CYL 121 TYPE 120 Double-acting. Higher values can create operating problems s For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging. non-magnetic 121 Double-acting.65° See page 1-7 See page 1-8 * For speeds lower than 0. Lubrication. Higher values can create operating problems s For speeds lower than 0. with a barrel with slots for retractable sensors. through rod. to prevent surging. This technical solution is more reliable and gives a better pneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal piston rods. it is made of stainless steel. Use no-lubricated air only KEY TO CODES FOR ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT TYPE A CYLINDERS CYL 121 TYPE 121 Double-acting.4 ø 40 = 0.4 ø 50 = 0. 63 Heads with Tap Tite screws ø 32 = 300 ø 40 = 400 ø 50 = 500 ø 63 = 500 Double-acting cushioned. single piston rod • double acting.3 ø 32 = 0. the other cylindrical • fixin accessories. must be continuous 32.2 m/s. The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinal surfaces. and type A. Use no-lubricated air only 1-35 ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixe to the piston rod at an angle and to apply torques within the specifie limits. Supplied in series STD. ACTUATORS .2 ø 40 = 0. 40.3 ø 63 = 0. They are available in several versions and with a wide range of accessories: • with or without magnet • double acting.65° ø 63 = 0.70° ø 40 = 0. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air.ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431) TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bore Design Maximun stroke Versions Sensor magnet Inrush pressure Max torque on piston rod Maximum rotation on the rod Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes bar MPa psi °C mm mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 –10 to +80 Unlubricated air. 50. Supplied without magnet on request.75° ø 50 = 0. to prevent surging. no-stick slip All versions come complete with magnet.

5 38 46.5 E1 5 5 5 5 F 22 24 32 32 G G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1 M6 M6 M8 M8 H 47 53 65 75 L 120 135 143 158 L0 94 105 106 121 L1 74 81 78 89 L2 146 165 180 195 M 9 9 12 12 N 4.5 D1 12 16 20 20 D2 15 19 19 23 E 32.5 4.5 P 6 6 6 6 Q 4 4 6 6 1-36 .5 M16x1.5 5.5 5.5 56.25 M16x1.25 M12x1.DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS ACTUATORS ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS + = ADD THE STROKE DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 A 10 12 14 16 A1 7 9 14 14 A2 10 10 10 10 B 30 35 40 45 C 26 30 37 37 C1 16 20 25 25 CH 10 13 17 17 CH1 6 6 8 8 CH2 10 13 17 17 CH3 17 19 24 24 D M10x1.

4 washers ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 STD. 2 snap-rings. 1 pin MALE HINGE . 4 washers 1-37 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .MODEL A + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322001 W0950402001 W0950502001 W0950632001 W0950802001 W0951002001 W0951252001 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ø AB 7 9 9 9 12 14 16 AH 32 36 45 50 63 71 90 AO 11 15 15 15 20 25 15 AT 4 4 4 6 6 6 7 AU 24 28 32 32 41 41 45 TR 32 36 45 50 63 75 90 E 45 52 65 75 95 115 140 XA 144 163 175 190 215 230 270 SA 142 161 170 185 210 220 250 Weight [g] 76 100 162 266 456 572 1130 Note: ndividually packed with 2 screws FEMALE HINGE . TWO FLAT: FIXINGS FOOT . TYPE A. 4 washers CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B .MODEL GL Code W0950322008 W0950402008 W0950502008 W0950632008 W0950802008 W0951002008 W0951252008 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 A 26 28 32 40 50 60 70 B 19 26 26 33 33 44 44 C 7 9 9 11 11 14 14 D 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 E 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 F 20 32 32 50 50 70 70 G 32 45 45 63 63 90 90 H 37 54 54 75 75 103 103 I 41 52 52 63 63 80 80 L 18 25 25 32 32 40 40 M 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 22 Weight [g] 96 216 212 440 464 985 1000 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 4 washers.MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322004 W0950402004 W0950502004 W0950632004 W0950802004 W0951002004 W0951252004 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 EW 26 28 32 40 50 60 70 FL 22 25 27 32 36 41 50 MR 11 13 13 17 17 21 26 øCD 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 L 12 15 15 20 20 25 30 XD 142 160 170 190 210 230 275 Weight [g] 94 124 220 316 578 850 1590 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. SERIES 3.MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322003 W0950402003 W0950502003 W0950632003 W0950802003 W0951002003 W0951252003 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 UB 45 52 60 70 90 110 130 CB 26 28 32 40 50 60 70 FL 22 25 27 32 36 41 50 øCD 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 XD 142 160 170 190 210 230 275 MR 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 L 12 15 15 20 20 25 30 Weight [g] 116 160 252 394 670 1085 2000 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322006 W0950402006 W0950502006 W0950632006 W0950802006 W0951002006 W0951252006 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 DL 22 25 27 32 36 41 50 MS 16 19 19 24 24 30 36 L 12 15 15 20 20 25 30 XN 142 160 170 190 210 230 275 øCX 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 EX 14 16 16 21 21 25 31 Weight [g] 106 142 236 336 572 840 1520 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

5 27. HINGE FOR MODEL B .5 C 32.5 56.5 38 46.5 M27x2 H 6 7 8 9 12 CH 17 19 24 30 41 Weight [g] 6 12 20 32 74 Note: Individually packed 1-38 .25 M16x1.25 M12x1.5 M20x1.5 72 89 D 45 52 65 75 95 115 E 7 7 9 9 11 11 G 32 36 45 50 63 73 J 11 13 13 17 17 21 L 10 10 12 12 16 16 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 Weight [g] 106 138 252 350 655 980 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL AB7 Code W0950322017 W0950402017 W0950502017 W0950632017 W0950802017 W0951002017 W0951252017 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 EM 26 28 32 40 50 60 70 B 20 22 26 30 30 38 45 ØHB 6.5 31.MODEL C Code W0950322002 W0950402002 W0950502002 W0950632002 W0950802002 W0951002002 W0951252002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 TF 64 72 90 100 126 150 180 UF 80 90 110 120 153 178 220 E 50 55 65 75 95 115 140 MF 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 R 32 36 45 50 63 75 90 øFB 7 9 9 9 12 14 16 W 16 20 25 25 30 35 45 Weight [g] 246 290 522 670 1420 2040 4300 Note: Supplied with 4 screws REAR FLANGE .5 59.6 9 9 11 11 14 ØCK 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 TE 38 41 50 52 66 76 94 RA 18 22 30 35 40 50 60 PH 32 36 45 50 63 71 90 UR 31 35 45 50 60 70 90 UL 51 54 65 67 86 96 124 L 3 2 3 2 7 5 10 BT 8 10 12 14* 14 17* 20 EA 10 15* 16 16 20 20 30 P 21 21 21 21 21 11 21 Q 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Weight [g] 60 85 162 191 332 522 960 * Dimensions not to ISO 15552 FRONT FLANGE .6 6.5 49.MODEL C + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322002 W0950402002 W0950502002 W0950632002 W0950802002 W0951002002 W0951252002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 TF 64 72 90 100 126 150 180 UF 80 90 110 120 153 178 220 E 50 55 65 75 95 115 140 MF 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 R 32 36 45 50 63 75 90 øFB 7 9 9 9 12 14 16 ZF 130 145 155 170 190 205 245 Weight [g] 246 290 522 670 1420 2040 4300 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 39.MODEL S Code 0950322010 0950402010 0950502010 0950802010 0951252010 Ø 32 40 50/63 80/100 125 F M10x1.MODEL GS ISO ACTUATORS Code W0950322108 W0950402108 W0950502108 W0950632108 W0950802108 W0951002108 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 B 25. ROD NUT . 4 washers ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ISO 15552 HINGE FOR MODEL B .

5 40 CH 17 19 22 22 30 30 41 øG1 19 19 22 22 27 27 50 Weight [g] 78 116 226 226 404 404 1190 Note: Individually packed SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER .5 M20x1.5 22 22 27.5 M16x1.25 M12x1.FORK MODEL GK-M Code W0950322020 W0950402020 W0950502020 W0950502020 W0950802020 W0950802020 W0951252020 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 øM 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 C 20 24 32 32 40 40 54 B 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 A 20 24 32 32 40 40 55 L 52 62 83 83 105 105 148 F 40 48 64 64 80 80 110 D M10x1.25 M12x1.5 M20x1.5 B 20 24 32 32 40 40 C 20 20 32 32 40 40 D 71 75 103 103 119 119 øF 22 22 32 32 32 32 øE 4 4 4 4 4 4 SW1 12 12 20 20 20 20 SW2 30 30 41 41 41 41 SW3 30 30 41 41 41 41 SW4 19 19 30 30 30 30 SW5 17 19 24 24 30 30 Weight [g] 216 220 620 620 680 680 Note: Individually packed NOTES 1-39 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .5 M20x1.5 M27x2 øG 15 17.5 M20x1.5 12 15 15 18 18 25 B 14 16 21 21 25 25 37 A 28 32 42 42 50 50 70 L 57 66 85 85 102 102 145 F 43 50 64 64 77 77 110 D M10x1.5 M16x1.MODEL GA-M Code W0950322025 W0950402025 W0950502025 W0950502025 W0950802025 W0950802025 W0951252025 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 øM 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 C 15 17 22 22 26 26 36 B1 10.5 M16x1.25 M16x1.25 M12x1.5 M20x1.5 27.25 M16x1.25 M16x1.5 M20x1.5 M27x2 N 26 32 40 40 48 48 65 Weight [g] 92 148 340 340 690 690 1835 Note: Individually packed ROD EYE .MODEL GA-K Code W0950322030 W0950402030 W0950502030 W0950502030 W0950802030 W0950802030 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A M10x1.

5 H 10.5 104 113.MODEL EL Code W0950322009 W0950402009 W0950402009 W0950632009 W0950632009 W0951002009 W0951002009 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 A 46 55 55 65 65 75 75 A1 32 36 36 42 42 50 50 B 18 21 21 23 23 28.MODEL EN.5 104 113.5 10.5 135 XV 73 82.5 155 TM 50 63 75 90 110 132 160 TL 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 TD e 9 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 TK 22 28 32 35 40 45 50 UW 65 75 95 105 130 145 175 Weight [g] 282 582 880 1230 2030 2600 3900 ACTUATORS Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws.5 8.5 28.5 116 126.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS: INTERMEDIATE HINGE INTERMEDIATE HINGE .5 12. 2 pins ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS INTERMEDIATE HINGE .5 12. FOR STD AND STD TWO-FLAT SERIES + = ADD THE STROKE + 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE Code 0950322007 0950402007 0950502007 0950632007 0950802007 0951002007 0951252007 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 X (min) 63 72 83 86.MODEL EN.5 116 126.5 90 97.5 90 97.5 8.5 155 TM 50 63 75 90 110 132 160 TL 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 TD e 9 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 TK 22 28 28 36 36 45 50 UW 65 75 95 105 130 145 175 Weight [g] 170 360 580 950 1480 2140 2950 Note: Supplied with 8 grub screws. 2 pins COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN .5 110 120 145 X (max) 83 93 97 108.5 110 120 145 X (max) 83 93 97 108.5 C 30 36 36 40 40 50 50 C1 15 18 18 20 20 25 25 D1 11 15 15 18 18 20 20 D2 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 D 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 E 6.5 135 XV 73 82.5 10. FOR TYPE A AND TYPE A TWO-FLAT SERIES = ADD THE STROKE + + 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE Code 0950322107 0950402107 0950502107 0950632107 0950802107 0951002107 0951252107 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 X (min) 63 72 83 86.5 12 12 13 13 16 16 øL 22 28 28 35 35 40 40 Weight [g] 162 278 278 414 414 715 715 Note: 2-pieces pack with 4 screws 1-40 .

Fig.4 to 0. In the absence of pneumatic piloting.5 72 89 110 T1 13 13 16 16 20 20 30 M M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 Z M6x20 M6x20 M8x30 M8x30 M10x35 M10x35 M12x40 Q M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 L0 94 105 106 121 128 138 160 L 162 180 200 215 251 266 347 Weight [g] 150 200 500 700 1700 2700 5600 1-41 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Pilot pressure Temperature range Operation Mechanics bar MPa °C °F 4 to 8 0. the two shoes (A) lock the cylinder rod in both directions (Fig. which means that it is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically before locking the part mechanically. 2 DIMENSIONS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W5010001102 W5010001103 W5010001104 W5010001109 W5010001106 W5010001107 W5010001108 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 L1 58 65 82 82 110 115 167 L2 48 55 70 70 90 100 122 L4 8 8 15 15 18 18 22 L7 45 50 60 70 90 105 140 L8 34 38 48 49.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS: MECHANICAL ROD BLOCK TECHNICAL DATA Locking force MATERIAL body shoe spring piston gasket Pilot port Aluminium Brass NBR Synthetic material with added Teflo NBR M5 or 1/8’’ ® OPERATING PRINCIPLE The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.5 53 64 75 95 110.8 -10 to +80 14 to 176 NC - bidirectional Double shoe with mechanical lock Mechanical stick-slip ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 N 650 1100 1600 2500 4000 6300 8700 . 2). With pneumatic piloting.5 56.5 61 68 86.5 38 46. 1). the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to each other and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the piston rod can slide (Fig.5 150 A 32.5 D 12 16 20 20 25 25 32 D1 30 35 40 45 45 55 60 D2 35 40 50 60 80 100 130 D3 25 28 35 38 48 58 65 H 46. It is important to remember that the mechanical piston rod lock is a static type. 1 Fig.

see technical data page 1-9) COMPONENTS SERIES GDS-GDH Body: Guide bushing: Piston rod: Body: Guide bushing: Piston rod: aluminium alloy self-lubricating sintered bronze and wiper rings chromed rolled steel aluminium alloy ball linear bearings and scraper ring tempered stainless steel SERIES GDM GRAPH OF GUIDE UNIT LOADS S = PROJECTION B = BARYCENTRE P = PAY LOAD 1-42 . in which case the guide units can be coupled using the type A and C anchorage (pin and flange) The guide units can be coupled to ISO 15552 cylinders (ø 32 to 100).ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS: GUIDE UNITS ACTUATORS ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment and anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected to it. The guide units can be used separately or combined in order to get complete handling units. The following versions are available: U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS) H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH) H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM) STANDARD STROKES: 50 - 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 320 - 400 - 500 * Bronze guide bushings ** Ball guide bushings (For weights.

5 6.5 38 46.5 38 46.3 11 18.DIMENSIONS TYPE GDS + = ADD THE STROKE ✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES VIEW X-Y Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 48 56 66 76 98 118 A1 45 53 63 73 95 115 B 100 106 125 132 165 185 B1 95 101 120 127 160 180 C 48 58 59 76 90 110 C1 12 15 15 15 16 16 DH7 6 6 6 6 6 6 E 32.5 6.5 72 89 E2 78 84 100 105 130 150 E3 61 69 85 100 130 150 F M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 F1 6.8 9 10.8 10 6.5 38 46.5 72 89 E1 32.5 56.5 56.5 ØS 12 12 16 16 20 20 CH 15 15 22 22 27 27 DIMENSIONS TYPE GDH-GDM + = ADD THE STROKE ✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES VIEW X-Y Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 49 58 69 85 105 129 A1 45 54 63 79 99 120 B 97 115 137 152 189 213 B1 90 110 130 145 180 200 C 125 139 148 182 215 220 C1 12 15 15 15 20 20 CH 13 15 22 22 27 27 DH7 6 6 6 6 6 6 E 32.8 20 20 O1 7.5 8.3 9.5 56.5 50 70 E2 78 84 100 105 130 150 E3 58 64 80 95 130 150 F M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 F1 6.3 21 24.5 8.5 8.5 15.5 11 11 F2H7 6 6 6 6 6 6 G 18 21 24 24 31 31 H 31 36 45 45 56 56 I 74 87 104 119 148 172 L 177 192 205 237 280 280 L1 94 105 106 121 128 138 M 47 53 63 62 76 76 N 17 21 26 26 34 39 O 4.5 11 11 F2H7 6 6 6 6 6 6 G 18 21 24 24 31 31 H 31 36 45 45 56 56 I 74 80 96 104 130 152 L 108 120 130 145 170 190 L1 94 105 106 121 128 138 M 46 52 65 65 71 71 N 17 21 25 25 34 39 O 7.3 9.5 ØS 12 16 20 20 25 25 U 76 81 78 111 128 128 1-43 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .5 8.8 10 6.

UNIT MW DS 040. W0700631.g.. UNIT MW DH 100....ORDER CODE GUIDE UNIT ACTUATORS Version Sliding on bronze bushings (GDS) Code W0700321.. W0700503.. UNIT MW DS 080. UNIT MW DM 040... 137 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 C 74 85 107 107 136 143 1-44 ..... UNIT MW DH 040..... UNIT MW DH 063.... UNIT MW DS 050... 32 40 50 63 80 100 UNIT MW DH 032. W0700403.... UNIT MW DS 063... Note: To complete the type and code. W0701001. ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH) W0700322... W0700502. W0701002. add the 3-digit stroke (e. W0700802....... 50=050) DIMENSIONS PISTON ROD LOCK + GUIDE UNIT COD.. Bore 32 40 50 63 80 100 Type UNIT MW DS 032.. W0700633.......... UNIT MW DM 050. W0700501.... UNIT MW DS 100.. W0700632........ W0700801. UNIT MW DM 100.... W0700402... UNIT MW DH 080... W0701003. W0700803. Sliding on ball bearing (GDM) W0700323. UNIT MW DM 063...... W0700401... UNIT MW DH 050... UNIT MW DM 080. 32 40 50 63 80 100 UNIT MW DM 032.

sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. DST (ø 32 to 125) c Adaptor d Retractable sensor with insertion from above Code W0950000712 Description Bracket D. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. Can be used on all ISO 15552 cylinders.O. sensor. 1-288 ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR Code W0950000711 Description Bracket D. sensor. Use the adaptor to secure to STD cylinders. vertical insertion 2.50 DST 81 ø 80 to 125 Code W0950000713 Description Bracket D. sensor.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS: MAGNETIC SENSORS RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE SENSOR MOD. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 Code Description W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS W0950000222 E. 1-286 ACTUATORS .O. For technical data see pag.O. sensor.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 W0950000232 E. For technical data see pag.O. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N. sensor.5 m REED N. sensor. vertical insertion 2.32 DST 80 ø 50 to 63 Code W0950001001 Description Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM a ISO 15552 cylinder with Serie STD or Serie 3 barrel b Sensor bracket mod.5 m HALL N.O. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 Can be used on ISO 15552 cylinders in the STD series and series 3. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. near metal masses.O.5 m HALL N.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. DSM SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS FOR SENSORS DSM ø 32 to 40 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.g.80-100-125 DST 82 1-45 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.O. e.

the kit on which the valve is to be mounted (codes shown in the tables) will be fitte to the cylinder using the special plates (A) and the screws (B) listed in the table.5 104.5 76.5 71. This can be done using the special plates (A). screws M5x50 with washer Adaptor + ISO 1 BASE SIDE + screws + washers (Fig.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) – – Valve assembly kit – – – – 0950002001 0950002002 FIXING BRACKET SERIES KCV FOR TYPE A AND SERIES 3 CYLINDERS Fig.5 67.5 D 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 ISO 1 E 64.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) – A4. A) Code 0950322090 0950402090 0950502090 0950632090 0950802090 0951002090 0951252090 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 A 54 59.5 32. A Fig.VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER FOR TYPE A AND SERIES 3 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS With this type of cylinder.5 98.5 148 B 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 C 29.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) A4.5 99 119. B VALVE FIXING BRACKET .B) Adaptor + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + screws + washers (Fig.5 117. screws M3x25 with washer 2 hex. FOR SERIES KCV BRACKETS Code 0950002003 0950002004 0950002006 0950002001 0950002002 Valve kit MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 Series 70 1/2 ISO 1 ISO 2 Composition 2 hex.5 73. screws M4x50 with washer 2 hex. For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves.B) Weight [g] 4 8 20 230 350 1-46 .2 37 42 53.2 72 77 88.5 D 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 ISO 2 E 70.5 81. the valves (D) can be mounted directly using the retracting sensor slot. Type of valve to mount (D) MACH 11 SERIE 70 1/8 SERIE 70 1/4 SERIE 70 1/2 ISO 1 ISO 2 M3 fixing plate (A) code 0950003002 n° 2 – – – – – M4 fixing plate (A) code 0950003001 – n° 2 n° 2 n° 2 n° 2 n° 2 Screw (B) for connection to cylinder (one per plate) M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A) M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A) Washer (B) (one per screw) A3. without requiring the use of intermediate brackets.2 78 83 94.5 111. and screws (B) of the size. type and quantity shown in the table below.9 Applicable valves MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 Weight [g] 80 86 93 101 222 258 298 KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS.5 63.CYLINDER (Fig. which come with both the M3 and M4 threads.

. . .VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER FOR ø 32-40-50-63 FOR ø 80-100-125 CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A” TWO-FLAT: SPARE PARTS Code 009 . . . 0800 Bore ø 32 to 63 ø 32 to 63 ø 32 to 63 ø 32 to 63 ø 32 to 63 ø 32 to 63 Type Set of polyurethane gaskets Complete polyurethane front head kit Complete polyurethane rear head kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit Magnet Parts 4-5-6-9-10 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18 9-10-16-17 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18 12 1-47 ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS . . . . . 0704F 009 . . . 0604 009 . 0110F 009 . 0111 009 . . 0101F 009 .

. . . 0604 009 . 0502 009 . . . 0305 009 . . 0800 Bore ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 125 Type Complete set of polyurethane gaskets Complete set of NBR gaskets Complete polyurethane front head kit Complete NBR front head kit Complete polyurethane rear head kit Complete NBR rear head kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete NBR piston kit Complete NBR piston kit Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit Magnet Parts 2-4-5-9-10 2-4-5-9-10 1-2-3-4-5-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-17-18 4-5-8-17-18 4-5-8-17-18 9-10-16-17 9-10-11-13-15-18 9-10-16-17 9-10-11-13-15-18 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18 12 OLD RELEASE STD TYPE A Code 009 . . . 0502 009 . . . 0604 009 . . . . . . . . . . 0704 009 . . . 0304N 009 . . 0602 009 . 0704 009 . . . . . 0702 009 . 0604 009 . . 0702N 009 . . 0110 009 . . . . . . . 0101 009 . . . . 0602 009 . . . . 0101 009 . 0305N 009 . . . 0304 009 . . . 0111N 009 . TYPE “A” AND SERIES 3: SPARE PARTS NEW RELEASE STD ACTUATORS SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS TYPE A SERIES 3 Code 009 . . . . . 0602 009 . . 0704N 009 . . 0800 Bore ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 125 ø 32 to 125 Type Complete set of polyurethane gaskets Complete set of NBR gaskets Complete polyurethane front head kit Complete NBR front head kit Complete polyurethane rear head kit Complete NBR rear head kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete NBR piston kit Complete NBR piston kit Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit Magnet Parts 2-4-5-9-10 2-4-5-9-10 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18 9-10-16-17 9-10-11-13-15-18 9-10-16-17 9-10-11-13-15-18 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18 12 1-48 . 0604 009 . 0110N 009 . 0702 009 . . . . . . . 0111 009 .CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD. . 0704N 009 . . 0602 009 . . . 0702N 009 .

must be continuous. Lubrication. • standard configuratio with magnet • double-acting – passing twinner rods and single passing rod • polyurethane gasket TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Strokes ✚ Design Esecution Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction bar MPa psi °C mm mm 10 1 145 –10 to +80 Filtered. unlubricated air. 100 from 25 to 500 Extruded profil Magnetic standard cushioned ø 32: 434/350 ø 40: 678/597 ø 50: 1060/940 ø 63: 1683/1471 ø 80: 2714/2295 ø 100: 4241/3812 See page 1-9 ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. 50. Serie STD barrel. 32. 40.TWIN-ROD CYLINDER SERIES TWNC Anti-rotation cylinders with axial dimensions to ISO 15552. 80. rear polyurethane k NEEDLE: OT 58 brass l SCREWS: Tap Tite for fixin and assembly m GUIDE RING: special technopolymer n REAR CUSHIONING CONE: OT58 brass o FRONT CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium p FLANGE: zinc-plated steel 1-49 TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC ACTUATORS . if used. Higher values can create operating problems N Weight Notes COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel b HEAD: aluminium alloy c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane d GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze e BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy f PISTON: aluminium alloy g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane h MAGNET: plastoferrite i BUFFER+STATIC O-rings: NBR j CUSHIONING GASKET: front NBR. 63.

1-50 .5 4.5 4.5 17.5 N 4. magnetic.5 N 4.5 75.5 10 10 10 12 12 B 30 35 40 45 45 55 CH3 6 6 8 8 10 10 TG 32.5 P 6 6 6 6 10 10 P1 8 6 6 6 10 10 P2 19 22 30 38 50 70 Q 4 4 6 6 7 7 Q1 4 6 6 7 7 C 15 15 18 22 25 25 I 18 22 30 38 48 60 K h9 32 40 50 63 80 100 S 10 10 12 16 22 22 O 4 4 5 5 5 5 V 40 40 43 47 50 50 U 45 49 54 69 89 109 G2 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 M12 G3 M8 M10 M12 M12 SINGLE THROUGH-ROD CYLINDER + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 PL 10 12 14 16 18 20 PL1 13 12 14 16 18 20 A 10 10 10 10 12 12 A1 10.5 17.5 21.5 72 89 EE G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 RT M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 E 46 54 64.5 56.5 21.5 17.5 17.5 M20x1.5 21.5 M20x1.5 5.5 38 46.5 56. cushioned W142 Double-acting cylinder.25 M12x1.5 75.5 5.5 M16x1.5 94 111 L0 100 100 106 116 131 138 BG 14.5 5.5 S 10 10 12 16 22 22 O 4 4 5 5 5 5 V 40 40 43 47 50 50 VD 6. cushioned single through-rod 032 BORES 032 040 050 063 080 100 0025 STROKE ✚ 0025 to 0500 mm ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.5 21.5 14.5 38 46.5 5.5 8 13 14 12 14 U 45 49 54 69 89 109 G2 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 M12 G3 M8 M10 M12 M12 WH 26 30 37 37 46 51 KEY TO CODES CYL W140 TYPE W140 Double-acting cylinder. magnetic.5 5. Higher values can create operating problems.5 5.5 94 111 L0 100 100 106 116 131 138 BG 14.5 P 6 6 6 6 10 10 P1 8 6 6 6 10 10 P2 19 22 30 38 50 70 Q 4 4 6 6 7 7 Q1 4 6 6 7 7 C 15 15 18 22 25 25 C1 16 20 25 25 33 38 D 12 16 20 20 25 25 F 22 24 32 32 40 40 I 18 22 30 38 48 60 K h9 32 40 50 63 80 100 KK M10x1.5 72 89 VA 4 4 4 4 4 4 EE G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 RT M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 E 46 54 64.5 10 10 10 12 12 B 30 35 40 45 45 55 CH1 10 13 17 17 22 22 CH2 17 19 24 24 30 30 CH3 6 6 8 8 10 10 TG 32.TWIN RODS CYLINDER ACTUATORS TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 PL 10 12 14 16 18 20 PL1 13 12 14 16 18 20 A 10 10 10 10 12 12 A1 10.5 5.25 M16x1.5 14.5 5.

4 washers.ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER: FIXINGS FOOT . it is advisable to use a DIN 7984 sunk-headed screw FEMALE HINGE .MODEL A/S + = ADD THE STROKE Note: Individually packed with 2 screws For fixin the leg to the supporting surface. 1-51 ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC ACTUATORS Code W0950323001 W0950403001 W0950503001 W0950633001 W0950803001 W0951003001 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 AB 7 9 9 9 12 14 AH 32 36 45 50 63 71 AO 35 43 47 47 61 66 AT 4 4 4 6 6 6 AU 24 28 32 32 41 41 TR 32 36 45 50 63 75 UH 45 52 65 75 95 115 H1 164 168 181 195 222 229 H2 148 156 170 180 213 220 Weight [g] 76 98 156 246 406 540 . REAR FLANGE .MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322006 W0950402006 W0950502006 W0950632006 W0950802006 W0951002006 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 E 22 25 27 32 36 41 F 16 19 19 24 24 30 H 10 10 12 12 16 16 H3 162 165 176 195 217 229 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 N 14 16 16 21 21 25 Weight [g] 106 142 236 336 572 840 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322004 W0950402004 W0950502004 W0950632004 W0950802004 W0951002004 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 D 26 28 32 40 50 60 E 22 25 27 32 36 41 F 11 13 13 17 17 21 G 10 12 12 16 16 20 H 10 10 12 12 16 16 H3 162 165 176 195 217 229 Weight [g] 94 124 220 316 578 850 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 4 washers ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .MODEL C + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322002 W0950402002 W0950502002 W0950632002 W0950802002 W0951002002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 B 64 72 90 100 126 150 B1 80 90 110 120 153 178 B2 50 55 65 75 95 115 B3 10 10 12 12 16 16 B4 32 36 45 50 63 75 D4 7 9 9 9 12 14 L 140 140 149 163 181 188 Weight [g] 246 290 522 670 1420 2040 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 4 washers. 2 snap-rings and 1 pin MALE HINGE .MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322003 W0950402003 W0950502003 W0950632003 W0950802003 W0951002003 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 D 26 28 32 40 50 60 E 22 25 27 32 36 41 F 11 13 13 17 17 21 G 10 12 12 16 16 23 H 10 10 12 12 16 16 H3 162 165 176 195 217 229 L 45 52 60 70 90 110 Weight [g] 116 160 252 394 670 1085 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

2 pin COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN .5 104.5 39.FRONT FLANGE .5 72 89 D 45 52 65 75 95 115 E 7 7 9 9 11 11 G 32 36 45 50 63 73 J 11 13 13 17 17 21 L 10 10 12 12 16 20 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 Weight [g] 106 138 252 350 655 980 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL C/S ACTUATORS Code W0950323002 W0950403002 W0950503002 W0950633002 W0950803002 W0951003002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 B 64 72 90 100 126 150 B1 80 90 110 120 153 178 B2 50 55 65 75 95 115 B3 10 10 12 12 16 16 B4 32 36 45 50 63 75 D4 7 9 9 9 12 14 V1 30 30 31 35 34 34 Weight [g] 228 288 486 569 1145 1760 Note: Supplied with 4 screws ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC INTERMEDIATE HINGE .5 8.MODEL GL Code W0950322008 W0950402008 W0950502008 W0950632008 W0950802008 W0951002008 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 26 28 32 40 50 60 B 19 26 26 33 33 44 C 7 9 9 11 11 14 D 10 12 12 16 16 20 E 25 32 32 40 40 50 F 20 32 32 50 50 70 G 32 45 45 63 63 90 H 37 54 54 75 75 103 I 41 52 52 63 63 80 L 18 25 25 32 32 40 M 8 10 10 12 12 16 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 Weight [g] 96 216 212 440 464 985 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 Weight [g] 282 582 880 1230 2030 2600 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 108 110.5 12 12 13 13 16 ØL 22 28 28 35 35 40 Weight [g] 162 278 278 414 414 715 Note: 2-pieces pack with 4 screws COUNTER-HINGE CETOP FOR MODEL B .5 12.5 119 A8 103 98 103.5 113.5 38 46.MODEL EL Code W0950322009 W0950402009 W0950402009 W0950632009 W0950632009 W0951002009 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 46 55 55 65 65 75 A1 32 36 36 42 42 50 B 18 21 21 23 23 28.5 H 10.MODEL EN + = ADD THE STROKE +1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE Code 0950322007 0950402007 0950502007 0950632007 0950802007 0951002007 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 N1 50 63 75 90 110 132 N2 12 16 16 20 20 25 N3 12 16 16 20 20 25 N4 22 28 32 35 40 45 N5 65 75 95 105 130 145 A6 79 82 91.5 123 127.5 31.5 95.5 10. 4 washers 1-52 .5 C 32.5 10.MODEL GS Code W0950322108 W0950402108 W0950502108 W0950632108 W0950802108 W0951002108 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 B 25.5 C 30 36 36 40 40 50 C1 15 18 18 20 20 25 D1 11 15 15 18 18 20 D2 7 9 9 11 11 13 D 12 16 16 20 20 25 E 6.5 115.5 8.5 56. 4 washers COUNTER-HINGE ISO FOR MODEL B .5 27.5 A7 91 90 97.5 59.5 49.

HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 E.80-125 DST 82 NOTES 1-53 ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC ACTUATORS Code W0950000201 W0950000222 W0950000232 Description REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS E.32-40 DST 80 ø 50 to 63 Code W0950000712 Description Bracket D.HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 .ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER: MAGNETIC SENSORS SENSOR SERIES DSM For technical data see page 1-286 SENSOR BRACKET ø 32 to 40 Code W0950000711 Description Bracket D.50-63 DST 81 ø 80 to 100 Code W0950000713 Description Bracket D.

thick chromed b HEAD: die cast aluminium c PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM d GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze e BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy f PISTON: aluminium g PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM h MAGNET: plastoferrite i CUSHIONING CAP: aluminium j CUSHIONING GASKET+ Static O-rings: NBR or KM/FPM F k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement safety system even when fully open l SCREWS: galvanised steel m TIE RODS: galvanised steel n GUIDE BELT: technopolimer 1-54 .ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200 (ex ISO 6431) ACTUATORS ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions and with a wide range of accessories: • configuratio with or without magnet • double-acting – single-or through-rod • NBR gaskets or FKM/FPM (high temperature) • available with mounted intermediate hinge • special configuration on request TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Design Standard strokes Weight Forces generated at 6 bar (tensile stress) bar MPa °C mm NBR 10 1 FKM/FPM -10 to +150 Round barrel with tie rods 25-50-75-80-100-125-150-200-250-300-350-400-500-600-700-800-900-1000 See page 1-8 See page 1-7 -10 to +80 COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel.

In your order. please specify the desired value for H1 1-55 ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 ACTUATORS .DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 160 200 B 180 220 øC 65 75 øE 65 75 D 140 175 G 50 60 L1 124 122 L2 260 275 Q 80 95 K 28 29 DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 160 200 B 180 220 øC 65 75 øE 65 75 D 140 175 G 50 60 L1 124 122 L2 260 275 L3 338 370 Q 80 95 K 28 29 DIMENSIONS OF VERSION WITH INTERMEDIATE HINGE + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 160 200 E 200 250 øF 32 32 H1 150 165 H2 190 205 I 32 32 L2 260 275 Q 80 95 S 40 40 For the missing values. refer to standard cylinders.

Double-acting. through-rod Double-acting. components and dimensions are the same as for the round barrel version. KEY TO CODES FOR SHAPED BARREL CYL 120 121 122 124 121 TYPE Double-acting. cushioned. non-cuschioned 160 DIAMETER-EXECUTION 160 160 200 200 SA3 160 non magnetic SA4 200 non magnetic ● GA3 160 no stick-slip ● GA4 200 no stick-slip 0050 STROKE ✚ 0025 to 2800 mm A MATERIAL A C45 chromed. non-cushioned 160 DIAMETER-EXECUTION 160 200 160 stainless steel piston rod 200 stainless steel piston rod 160 FKM/FPM gasket. to prevent surging. through-rod. cushioned. cushioned.2 m/s. cuschioned. Use no-lubricated air only VERSION WITH SHAPED BARREL An alternative to the round barrel version is a version with a shaped barrel. to prevent surging. Note: Type with intermediate hinge not available. W122 Double-acting. non-magnetic Double-acting. cuschioned. stainless steel piston rod VA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket. non magnetic W121 Double-acting. Higher values can create operating problems ● For speeds lower than 0. piston rod N GASKETS N NBR gaskets V FKM/FPM gaskets ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. through-rod W123 Double-acting. stainless steel piston rod KA3 160 FKM/FPM gasket. cuschioned. Higher values can create operating problems ● For speeds lower than 0. The technical data.2 m/s. cushioned.KEY TO CODES FOR ROUND BARREL ACTUATORS CYL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 W121 TYPE W120 Double-acting. C45 piston rod KA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket. C45 piston rod AA3 160 + intermediate hinge AA4 200 + intermediate hinge ● GA3 160 no stick-slip ● GA4 200 no stick-slip 160 200 XA3 XA4 VA3 ✚ 0050 STROKE 0025 to 2800 mm 0200 EXECUTION Specify H1 value ONLY for version with intermediate hinge ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. piston rod Z Stainless steel chromed. Use no-lubricated air only 1-56 . non magnetic W124 Double-acting.

4 washers.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200: FIXINGS FOOT . 2 snap rings MALE HINGE . 4 washers FLANGE .MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø W0951602004 160 W0952002004 200 O1 90 90 øO 30 30 P 20 25 N 35 35 F3 314 335 V 25 25 Weight [g] 2150 3550 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR) + = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø W0951602002 160 W0952002002 200 A 180 225 B 270 312 B2 230 270 D1 115 135 øK 18 22 R1 59 70 P 20 25 F1 279 300 Weight [g] 6900 12800 Note: Individually packed with 4 screws 1-57 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 ACTUATORS Code Ø W0951602001 160 W0952002001 200 AB 18 22 AH 115 135 AO 80 100 AT 10 10 AU 60 70 H1 319 345 H2 300 320 TR 115 135 UH 180 220 Weight [g] 2400 4000 .MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø W0951602003 160 W0952002003 200 U 170 170 O 90 90 øQ 30 30 P 20 25 N 35 35 F3 314 335 V 25 25 Weight [g] 3300 4300 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.MODEL A + = ADD THE STROKE Note: Individually packed with 2 screws FEMALE HINGE .

5 48 Weight [g] 2740 2740 Note: 2-pieces pack with 4 screws ROD EYE .5 22.MODEL GL ACTUATORS += ADD THE STROKE Code Ø W0951602008 160 W0951602008 200 B4 110 110 B5 154 154 D4 63 63 D5 110 110 N2 55 60 N3 140 140 S3 50 50 øK3 18 18 P F3 Weight [g] 20 314 2300 20 335 2300 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.5 22.5 48 16.MODEL GA-M Code Ø øM W0952002025 160 35 W0952002025 200 35 Note: Individually packed C 41 41 B1 28 28 B 43 43 A 80 80 L F D øG 165 125 M36x2 46 165 125 M36x2 46 CH 50 50 øG1 58 58 Weight [g] 1645 1645 FORK .MODEL S Code Ø F W0951602010 160 M36x2 W0951602010 200 M36x2 Note: Individually packed H 14 14 CH 55 55 Weight [g] 170 170 1-58 .MODEL GK-M Code Ø øM W0951602020 160 35 W0951602020 200 35 Note: Individually packed C 72 72 B 35 35 A 70 70 L F D 188 144 M36x2 188 144 M36x2 N 84 84 Weight [g] 3850 3850 ROD NUT . 4 washers ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 COUNTER-HINGE MODEL EL Code Ø A W0951602009 160 92 W0951602009 200 92 A1 60 60 B 40 40 C 60 60 C1 30 30 D1 25 25 D2 17 17 D 32 32 E H øL 16.CETOP COUNTER-HINGE .

NB: For technical data see page 1-288 ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR Code 0951602093 Description Bracket 160-200 SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR OLD VERSION BARREL (SHAPED) ø 160 Code W0950001001 Description Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM a ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel b Sensor bracket mod.O. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m HALL N. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 Code Description W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 W0950000222 E. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.5 m HALL N.O. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. sensor. sensor.O. vertical insertion 2. sensor. ST (ø 160 and 200) c Adaptor d Retractable sensor with insertion from above Code W0950000715 Description Bracket ST 160 ø 200 Code W0950000716 Description Bracket ST 200 1-59 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200 ACTUATORS . sensor.O.O. vertical insertion 2.O. sensor. sensor.5 m REED N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O.HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 NB: For technical data see page 1-286 SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR STANDARD VERSION (WITH ROUND BARREL) * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.5 m REED N. near metal masses.ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200: MAGNETIC SENSORS RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE MAGNETIC SENSOR Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.g. e. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 W0950000232 E.O.O.

50.6 0. if used. The heads have been eliminated for ease of installation. 32. Double-acting non-rotating.ISO 21287 CYLYNDER SERIES LINER ACTUATORS ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER Compact cylinder to ISO 21287. 63. perforated through piston rod • Single acting. Single-acting through-rod.4 0. single or through piston rod • Double acting. Double-acting through-rod. Double-acting through-rod non-rotating.4 0. thick chromed b END CAP: high-performance technopolymer c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) e MAGNET: plastoneodimio f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) g GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) 1-60 . ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100 0. 40. Lubrication. 80.4 0. 25.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.8 see page 1-7 see page 1-9 For correct operation. Supplied without magnet on request. The lining virtually acts as a “bearing” to which most of user accessories are attached.4 0. Double-acting through-rod perforated. The wide range of anchors provide numerous fixin points.4 0.6 0. 100 with ISO 21287 fixin centre distances With profil Double-acting.6 0. tensile stress and impact.4 0. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Versions bar MPa psi °C mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 FKM/FPM Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure for single piston rod for through-rod Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes bar bar -10 to +60 (ø 20 to 63) -10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) -10 to +80 (ø 80 to 100) Unlubricated air. must be continuous. Retractable magnetic limit switches can be mounted to identify the position in the cylinder grooves. All versions come complete with magnet. The metal lining is designed to withstand heavy-duty work. Single-acting extended or retracted rod.8 0. improved sturdiness and precision. extended.4 0. available in different versions to meet all possible requirements: • With or without magnet • Double acting. it is advisable to use 50 mm filtere air For speeds lower than 0. Technopolymer parts can withstand dynamic and pneumatic thrust. perforated through rod • Double acting anti-rotating version and double acting through piston rod • Polyurethane or FKM/FPM gaskets (for high temperatures) also available • Dimensions and centre distances to ISO 21287. No stick slip All versions are available with male or female piston rod. 20. COMPONENTS Ø 20-25 a PISTON ROD: stainless steel. LINER series.2 m/s to prevent surging. retracted or through piston rod • Single acting. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air.

1-61 ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS . Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e. AISI 304) C Fixing with feet. the ordering code covers the supply of a flang and four screws for fixin to the cylinder E Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixin to the cylinder. thick chromed b END CAP: high-performance technopolymer c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) e MAGNET: ø 32 plastoneodimio - ø 40 to 63 plastoferrite f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) g GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) COMPONENTS Ø 80-100 a PISTON ROD: C45 stell or stainless steel. using the thread in the heads B Direct fixin from above using long through screws or tie rods. the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixin to the cylinder D Fixing with a flang mounted on the front or rear head.g. thick chromed b END CAP: anodized aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) e MAGNET: plastoferrite f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM (for high temperature) FIXING OPTIONS A Fixing to structural work with a through screw.COMPONENTS Ø 32-63 a PISTON ROD: C45 stell or stainless steel.

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL) ACTUATORS Bore Min.80 53.90 Ø 25 13. load (N) Max. recommended strokes for non-rotating cylinders ø 20 to 63 R 120 mm ø 80 to 100 R 150 mm Max recommended strokes for through-rod perforated ø 20 to 40 R 5 to 80 mm ø 50 to 63 R 5 to 100 mm ø 80 to 100 R 5 to 160 mm Maximum recommended strokes.90 33. load (N) Ø 20 8.60 118.00 35. recommended strokes for other types ø 20 to 25 R 300 mm ø 32 to 63 R 400 mm ø 80 to 100 R 500 mm Max. Higher values can create operating problems MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION TRANSVERSAL FORCE FOR NON-ROTATING TRANSVERSAL FORCE FOR NON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD TORQUE DEPENDING ON STROKE Stroke (mm) 1-62 .30 Ø 80 77.90 Ø 100 131.30 62.20 Ø 32 19.40 20.20 Ø 63 50.20 82.70 Ø 50 36.80 183.30 ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS ISO 21287 Standard stroke for single-acting cylinders ø 20 to 100 R 25 mm Standard stroke for other types ø 20 to 25 R 5 to 60 mm ø 32 to 100 R 5 to 80 mm Max.90 Ø 40 24.

5 17.5 LA 4.2 56.5 21.2 5.5 114 EE G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 KF M10 M12 M12 KK M12x1.5 72 89 WH 8 10 10 ZA+0.25 M12x1.5 E 35.5 4 4 3 TG±0.8 EE M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 KF M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 KK M8 M8 M10x1.5 14 14 E 76.25 M10x1.5 8.5 9 9 10.5 17 AM 16 16 19 19 22 BG 17.4 -0 49 54 67 ZB 57 64 77 1-63 ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS .2 22 26 32.5 66.2 4.8 RT M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 T2 3 3.5 114 E1 78.5 67.3 95.5 4 4 TG ±0.5 CH 13 17 22 CH1 19 24 30 ØD1H9 8 8 8 ØD5 10.5 19.5 21.25 LA 4.8 8.1 5.5 E1 36.2 56.5 5 5 ØMM 16 20 25 PL1 8 14 19 PL 15.5 16.5 7.5 21 CH 8 8 10 10 13 CH1 13 13 17 17 19 ØD1H9 6 6 6 6 6 ØD5 7.5 RT M8 M10 M10 T2 3.5 WH 6 6 7 7 8 ZA+0.5 47 55.25 M16x1.5 95.2 ØRR 6.1 6.5 ØMM 10 10 12 12 16 PL 12 13 16 16 15.5 25.5 39.2 4.DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 20 to 50 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 20 to 50 SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD + * 1 2 = ADD THE STROKE = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE = SENSOR SLOT = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD Ø 20 25 32 40 50 AF 14 14 16.5 40 48.5 ØRR 4.5 38 46.2 4 4 4.5 16.5 M16x1.3 -0 37 39 44 45 45 ZB 43 45 51 52 53 DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 63 to 100 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 63 to 100 SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD + * 1 2 = ADD THE STROKE = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE = SENSOR SLOT = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD Ø 63 80 100 AF 17 22 24 AM 22 28 28 BG 21 22.

5 9 47 9 55.DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 20 to 50 ACTUATORS SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 2 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER Ø 20 25 32 40 50 AF 14 14 16.5 4 PL 12 13 16 16 15.5 17 25.5 21 CH 8 8 10 10 13 CH1 13 13 17 17 19 ØD5 E 7.2 56.2 8.2 4.1 5.2 22 26 32.25 M12x1.5 39.25 4.2 5.5 78.5 8.5 ØMM 10 10 12 12 16 ØP1 3 3 4 4 6 ØP2 1.25 M10x1.5 66.2 56.5 7.5 35.5 22 CH1 19 24 30 ØD5 E E1 EE KF 10.5 10.5 G1/8 M12 14 114 114 G1/8 M12 KK LA ØMM M12x1.5 17.5 ØRR 4.5 38 46.4 -0 49 54 67 ZB 57 64 77 ZM 65 74 87 1-64 .5 5 25 ØP1 6 G1/8 G1/8 ØP2 4 5 6 PL1 8 14 19 PL ØRR 15.5 67.25 LA 4.3 -0 37 39 44 45 45 ZB 43 45 51 52 53 ZM 49 51 58 59 61 DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 63 to 100 SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 2 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD Ø 63 80 100 AF 17 22 24 AM 22 28 28 BG CH 21 13 22.5 5 20 M16x1.5 40 48.5 E1 36.5 16 M16x1.5 21.5 RT M8 M10 M10 TG ±0.8 EE M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 KF M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 KK M8 M8 M10x1.1 6.8 16.5 17 AM 16 16 19 19 22 BG 17.5 19.5 21.5 2.5 6.5 1.3 G1/8 M10 14 95.2 4.5 95.5 16.2 4 4 4.8 RT M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 TG±0.5 WH 6 6 7 7 8 ZA+0.5 76.5 72 89 WH 8 10 10 ZA+0.5 2.

5 17.5 3.25 M10x1.5 67.5 21.5 21 CH 8 8 10 10 13 CH1 13 13 17 17 19 ØD1H9 6 6 6 6 6 ØD4 17 22 28 33 42 ØD5 7.5 47 55.5 16.5 4 38 3 46.5 39.DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 20 to 50 + * 1 2 = ADD THE STROKE = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE = SENSOR SLOT = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 20 25 32 40 50 AF 14 14 16.1 6.5 7.2 4.5 17 AM 16 16 19 19 22 BG 17.5 5 T2 TG±0.2 4 4 4.5 26 4 32.5 ME 8 8 10 10 12 ØMM 10 10 12 12 16 PL 12 13 16 16 15.25 M12x1.5 WH 6 6 7 7 8 ZA+0.3 -0 37 39 44 45 45 ZB 43 45 51 52 53 ZM 49 51 58 59 61 1-65 ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS .1 5.5 66.8 RT M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 T1 3.8 EE M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 ØFB 4 5 5 5 6 KF M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 KK M8 M8 M10x1.5 21.5 40 48.5 9 9 10.5 ØRR 4.5 E1 36.5 3.5 D6 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 ØD7H9 14 17 17 22 E 35.2 4.2 56.2 3 22 3.25 LA 4.2 5.

5 114 EE G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 ØFB 6 8 10 KF M10 M12 M12 KK M12x1.5 RT M8 M10 M10 T1 5 7.5 M16x1.5 114 E1 78.5 4 4 TG±0.2 56.3 95.5 7.5 19.5 95.5 T2 3.25 M16x1.2 ØRR 6.5 16.5 CH 13 17 22 CH1 19 24 30 ØD1H9 8 8 8 ØD4 50 65 80 ØD5 10.4 -0 49 54 67 ZB 57 64 77 ZM 65 74 87 1-66 .5 LA 4.5 72 89 WH 8 10 10 ZA+0.5 25.5 14 14 D6 M6 M8 M10 ØD7H9 22 24 24 E 76.5 8.DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 63 to 100 ACTUATORS + * 1 2 = ADD THE STROKE = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE = SENSOR SLOT = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø AF 63 17 80 22 100 24 AM 22 28 28 BG 21 22.8 8.5 5 5 ME 12 14 14 ØMM 16 20 25 PL1 8 14 19 PL 15.

Use no-lubricated air only ◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1 E Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version m Compulsory for ø 20 and ø 25 version Z ✱ Only for ø 32 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) e Only for ø 20 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) f Only for ø 32 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) p Only for ø 20 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) NOTES 1-67 ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS .KEY TO CODE CYL 28 TYPE 28 Compact cylinder ISO 21287 male piston rod 29 Compact cylinder ISO 21287 female piston rod 0 ● ● ● ● t 0 Double-acting 1 Double-acting through-rod 2 Double-acting through-rod perforated 3 Single-acting retracting piston rod 4 Single-acting extended piston rod 5 Single-acting through-rod 6 Single-acting through piston rod perforated 7 Double-acting non-rotating A Double-acting through-rod non-rotating 0 0 Magnetic m S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 20 BORE 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 ◆ 100 0 0 Standard 050 STROKE ✱✱ ✱ e f p X MATERIAL C C45 piston rod chromium plated X Stainless steel piston rod and nut A C45 chromed rod. aluminium piston Z Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets E V FKM/FPM gaskets ✱✱ For the maximum suppliabe stroke. see page 1-62 ● Can also be used as double-acting with spring return t For versions 29 only (female piston rod) s For ø 20 to 25 the standard version (0 or S) For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s. to prevent surging.

MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR) + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322002 W0950402002 W0950502002 W0950632002 W0950802002 W0951002002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 E 50 55 65 75 95 115 ØFB 7 9 9 9 12 14 MF 10 10 12 12 16 16 R 32 36 45 50 63 75 TF 64 72 90 100 126 150 UF 80 90 110 120 153 178 ZF 61 62 65 69 80 93 Weight [g] 246 290 522 670 1420 2040 Note: Supplied with 4 screws 1-68 .MODEL A + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950206001 W0950256001 W0950322001 W0950402001 W0950502001 W0950632001 W0950802001 W0951002001 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 ØAB 6.6 MF 10* 10* TF 55 60 UF 70 76 ZF 53* 55* Weight [g] 184 226 Note: Supplied with 4 screws * IMPORTANT: Non ISO 21287 norm fixin distance FLANGE Ø 32 to 100 . Cylinder pins to ISO 15552 are used. 2 snap-rings and 1 pin MALE HINGE-MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950206004 W0950256004 W0950322004 W0950402004 W0950502004 W0950632004 W0950802004 W0951002004 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 ØCD H9 8 8 10 12 12 16 16 20 EW 16 16 26 28 32 40 50 60 FL 20 20 22 25 27 32 36 41 L 14 14 12 15 15 20 20 25 MR 8 8 11 13 13 17 17 21 XD 63 65 73 77 80 89 100 118 Weight [g] 44 48 94 124 220 316 578 850 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322003 W0950402003 W0950502003 W0950632003 W0950802003 W0951002003 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 CB H14 26 28 32 40 50 60 ØCD H9 10 12 12 16 16 20 FL 22 25 27 32 36 41 L 12 15 15 20 20 25 MR 10 12 12 16 16 20 UB H14 45 52 60 70 90 110 XD 73 77 80 89 100 118 Weight [g] 112 159 250 390 668 1047 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.6 6. 4 washers FLANGE Ø 20 to 25 .ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 21287 CYLINDERS: FIXING FOOT .6 6.MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR) + = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø W0950206002 20 W0950256002 25 E 36 40 ØFB 6.6 7 9 9 9 12 14 AH 27 30* 32* 36* 45 50 63 71* AO 6 6 11* 15* 15* 15* 20* 25* AT 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 AU 16 16 24* 28* 32* 32* 41* 41* E 36 40 45 52 65 75 95 115 SA 69 71 92* 101* 109* 113* 136* 149* TR 22 26 32 36 45 50 63 75 XA 59 61 75* 80* 85* 89* 105* 118* Weight [g] 46 52 76 100 162 266 456 572 ACTUATORS ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER Note: Individually packed with 2 screws * IMPORTANT: Values not to ISO 21287. 4 washers.

5 15 15 17.5 14.25 M12x1.5 13 14.5 22 22 øG1 16 16 19 19 22 22 27 27 L 48 48 57 57 66 66 85 85 øM 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 Weight [g] 50 50 78 78 116 116 226 226 Note: Individually packed 1-69 ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS Code W0950322006 W0950402006 W0950502006 W0950632006 W0950802006 W0951002006 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 ØCX 10 12 12 16 16 20 DL 22 25 27 32 36 41 EX 14 16 16 21 21 25 MS 16 18 21 23 28 30 R1 12 15 19 20 24 25 XN 73 77 80 89 100 118 Weight [g] 106 142 236 336 572 840 .5 F 32 32 40 40 48 48 64 64 L 42 42 52 52 62 62 83 83 øM 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 N 22 22 26 26 32 32 40 40 Weight [g] 48 48 92 92 148 148 340 340 Note: Individually packed ROD EYE .5 17.5 14.5 10.5 19.25 M10x1.MODEL GK-M Code W0950200020 W0950200020 W0950322020 W0950322020 W0950402020 W0950402020 W0950502020 W0950502020 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 16 16 20 20 24 24 32 32 B 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 C 16 16 20 20 24 24 32 32 D M8 M8 M10x1.25 M10x1.25 M12x1.25 M12x1.MODEL GA-M Code W0950200025 W0950200025 W0950322025 W0950322025 W0950402025 W0950402025 W0950502025 W0950502025 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 24 24 28 28 32 32 42 42 B 12 12 14 14 16 16 21 21 B1 9 9 10.5 M16x1.25 M12x1.5 12 12 15 15 C 13 13 15 15 17 17 23 23 CH 14 14 17 17 19 19 22 22 D M8 M8 M10x1. 4 washers FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS Code 0950203060 0950253060 0950323060 0950403061 0950503061 0950633061 0950803061 0951003061 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 M 12.5 M16x1.5 12.25 M16x1.5 Weight [g] 45 57 88 106 158 258 452 801 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin. 4 screws ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS FORK .25 M16x1.MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 14.ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .5 16.5 F 36 36 43 43 50 50 64 64 øG 12.

5 S 12 12 15 15 20 20 S1 10 10 13.25 M16x1.5 F M10x1.5 15 15 Weight [g] 172 172 286 286 628 628 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER COUNTER-HINGE CETOP Ø 32 to 100 Code W0950322008 W0950402008 W0950502008 W0950632008 W0950802008 W0951002008 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 26 28 32 40 50 60 B 19 26 26 33 33 44 C 7 9 9 11 11 14 D 10 12 12 16 16 20 E 25 32 32 40 40 50 F 20 32 32 50 50 70 G 32 45 45 63 63 90 H 37 54 54 75 75 103 I 41 52 52 63 63 80 L 18 25 25 32 32 40 M 8 10 10 12 12 16 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 Weight [g] 96 216 212 440 464 985 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws. near metal masses.5 10.5 10.5 10.25 M16x1.5 øG 39.MODEL GA-K Code W0950200030 W0950200030 W0950322030 W0950322030 W0950402030 W0950402030 W0950502030 W0950502030 Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A M8 M8 M10x1.5 B 20 20 20 20 24 24 32 32 C 20 20 20 20 20 20 32 32 D 57 57 71 71 75 75 103 103 øE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 øF 12.O.COMPENSATION JOINT .5 M16x1.5 8.5 m HALL N.25 M12x1.5 6. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.MODEL BC Code Ø W0950200005 20 W0950200005 25 A 32 32 B 30 30 B1 16 16 C 20 20 øD 6. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion 2.5 22 22 22 22 32 32 SW1 7 7 12 12 12 12 20 20 SW2 17 17 30 30 30 30 41 41 SW3 17 17 30 30 30 30 41 41 SW4 11 11 19 19 19 19 30 30 SW5 13 13 17 17 19 19 24 24 Weight [g] 56 56 216 216 220 220 620 620 Note: Individually packed RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.5 6. sensor.5 44 44 59 59 ØG1 17 17 19 19 26 26 P 6.25 M12x1. sensor.5 13.5 12. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.25 M12x1. vertical insertion 2.O.5 10. NB: For technical data see page 1-288 1-70 .5 m REED N.25 M10x1. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.5 8. sensor.5 8. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.g.O. sensor.5 m HALL N.O.5 6. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.5 8.O.MODEL GA ACTUATORS Code W0950326021 W0950326021 W0950406021 W0950406021 W0950506021 W0950506021 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 49 49 59 59 79 79 B 36 36 42 42 58 58 C 30 30 36 36 44 44 CH 13 13 15 15 22 22 øD 11 11 14 14 17 17 øD1 6. e.25 M10x1.5 E 4 4 F 30 30 øM 8 8 R 10 10 S 4 4 Weight [g] 78 78 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER .O. sensor.5 39. 4 washers COUNTER-HINGE Ø 16 to 25 .O.5 m REED N.O. sensor.5 M16x1.O.25 M12x1.

L901 009 . 80. . .7401 009 . . .L201 009 . .L001 009 . .SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 21287 CYLINDER COMPACT CYLINDERS ISO 21287 (POLYURETHANE) Code 009 . .L201 009 .L001 009 . . 25 ø 32 to 63 ø 80 to 100 ø 20.L401 009 . . 100 ø 20. 25 ø 32 to 63 ø 80. 25. 25. . . .L101 009 . . 100 ø 32 to 63 ø 20.7501 009 . . 100 Type Complete set of gaskets polyurethane Complete set of gaskets polyurethane Complete set of gaskets polyurethane Front head kit Front head kit Rear head kit Rear head kit Piston kit polyurethane Piston kit polyurethane Piston kit polyurethane Magnet Magnet Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane Parts dfh dfhlq dfhl bfgh bfghq hj hjq dek deklmq deklm e eq bdefghjk bdefghjklmq bdefghjklm NOTES 1-71 SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER ACTUATORS . . . . .7401 009 .L001 009 . . . 25.L101 009 . . 100 ø 32 to 63 ø 20. 25 ø 32 to 63 ø 80. . . . .L901 009 . 80.L901 Bores ø 20. 100 ø 32 to 63 ø 20. . . . . 80. .L501 009 .

4 0.6 0. 100 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixin centre distances With profile heads with screws Double-acting. retracted or through-rod • Dual-acting non-rotating and dual-acting through-rod versions • Tandem with two. 63.4 See page 1-7 See page 1-8 For correct operation. Single-acting extended or retracted rod. Supplied without magnet on request. 32. 40. Through-rod perforated. Through-rod non-rotating.6 0.4 0. 50. 80. 100 with ISO 15552 fixin centre distances ø 20. must be continuous ø 12. thick chromed b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM e MAGNET: neodymium-plastic f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel 1-72 .6 0. no-stick slip All versions come complete with magnet.8 0. 40.6 0.6 0.2 m/s to prevent surging. Lubrication. it is advisable to use 50 mm filtere air For speeds lower than 0.8 0. it is possible to mount retracting magnetic limit switches.COMPACT CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC Compact cylinder series CMPC available in numerous versions to meet a full range of requirements: • With or without magnet • Single-acting extended rod. The special profil and outer heads locked onto the barrel by screws ensure optimal guiding of the cylinder and multiple fixin options with a wide range of mountings. if used. To determine the position in the relevant cylinder slots. 63. 25. COMPONENTS Ø 12 to 25 a PISTON ROD: stainless steel.4 0.4 0. 80.6 0.4 0.4 0. Single-acting through-rod. Through-rod. three or four stages • Multi-position with two and three stages • Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 from ø 32 to ø 100 and from ø 20 to ø 100 complying with French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP). 50.8 0. Available also in a version having FKM/FPM gaskets (for high temperature) from ø 20 to ø 100. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. 16.4 1 0. interchangeable with similar products ø 32. ø 12 and ø 16 have centre distances compatible with trade cylinders. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Versions Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure single piston rod through-rod Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes bar MPa psi °C mm mm mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 FKM/FPM bar bar –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) Unlubricated air.4 0.4 0. ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100 0.

COMPONENTS Ø 32 to 100 a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. All mountings come complete with cylinder assembly screws f Sensor slot g Piston rod with male or female thread as required COMPACT CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS A Fixing to structural work with a through screw. thick chromed b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM e MAGNET: ø 12 to 32 neodymium-plastic ø 40 to 100 plastoferrite f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert h STATIC O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel TECHNICAL DATA a Compact cylinder available with two separate fixin centre distances • ø 32 to 100 to ISO 15552 • ø 20 to 100 to NFE 49-004-1 and 2 b Pre-wired retracting sensor with or without connector c Plastic strip to keep out dirt and/or protect the sensor wire cod. the ordering code covers the supply of a flang and four screws for fixin to the cylinder E Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixin to the cylinder 1-73 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS . AISI 304) C Fixing with feet. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e. W0950000160 d Ball-and-socket joint code W095… 2030 e Example of cylinder mounting with feet code W095… 6001.g. using the thread in the heads B Direct fixin from above using long through screws or tie rods. the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixin to the cylinder D Fixing with a flang mounted on the front or rear head.

90 Ø 100 131.90 Ø 25 13.80 Ø 16 4.40 20.30 Ø 80 77.90 33.90 14.20 82. recommended strokes for non-rotating cylinders ø 12 to 63 R 120 mm ø 80 to 100 R 150 mm Max recommended strokes for through-rod perforated ø 20 to 40 R from 5 to 80 mm ø 50 to 63 R from 5 to 100 mm ø 80 to 100 R from 5 to 160 mm Maximum recommended strokes.80 53. Higher values can create operating problems MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION TRANSVERSAL FORCE FOR NON-ROTATING TRANSVERSAL FORCE FOR NON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD TORQUE DEPENDING ON STROKE Stroke (mm) 1-74 . load (N) Max.20 Ø 20 8.40 9.20 Ø 63 50. recommended strokes for other types ø 12 to 25 R 200 mm ø 32 to 40 R 300 mm ø 50 to 63 R 400 mm ø 80 to 100 R 500 mm Max.FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL) ACTUATORS Bore Min.20 Ø 32 19.80 183.00 35.30 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS Standard stroke for single-acting cylinders ø 12 R 10 mm ø 16 to 100 R 25 mm Standard stroke for other types ø 12 to 16 R from 5 to 40 mm ø 20 to 25 R from 5 to 50 mm ø 32 to 100 R from 5 to 80 mm Max.70 Ø 50 36.60 118.90 Ø 40 24. load (N) Ø 12 4.30 62.

5 8.25 M12x1.5 B 18 18 22 26 ØC 6 8 10 10 CH 5 7 8 8 CH1 10 13 17 17 D 30 30 37.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 24 N 50.2 8.5 H 8 8 8 8 H1 30 30 30 31.5 64 76.5 8 10 1-75 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD ACTUATORS .5 42.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 40 S1 6 6.5 ØE H9 6 6 6 6 F 4 4 4 4 G 38 38 38 39.25 M16x1.25 S 16 20 22 22 S1 4.5 M20x1.2 4.4 -0.5 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 ISO 5.2 4.2 6.2 5.DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 12 to 25 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 12 to 25 SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD + = ADD THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 A 29 29 36.1 -0.5 47.5 42.5 4.5 19 M 8 10 12 12 N 42.5 41.5 5.25 M10x1.5 ØO1 UNITOP 5.5 10.5 8.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 R M10x1.5 5.2 5.5 18.5 72 89 B UNITOP 32 +0.2 8.5 4.5 7.5 56 L 4 4.5 18.5 69 82 105 126 ØE H9 6 6 6 8 8 8 F 4 4 4 4 4 4 G 44.5 56.5 8.4 38 46.5 7.5 NORM UNITOP UNITOP DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 32 to 100 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 32 to 100 SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD + = ADD THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to ø 100 8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 47 56 67 80 102 123 ISO 32.1 42 50 62 82 103 B2 – – – 13 17 21 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 25 CH 10 10 13 13 17 22 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 30 D 48.5 52 53 57.5 7.5 H1 37 38 38 42.5 50 56 66.5 5.5 45.2 6.5 45.25 M10x1.2 P M3 M4 M5 M5 Q M5 M5 M5 M5 R M6 M8 M10x1.5 40.5 4.5 7.5 45 O M4 M4 M5 M5 ØO1 3.5 5.5 8.2 3.5 H 7.5 +0.25 M12x1.5 57.5 L 18.5 7.2 6.

5 ØE H9 6 6 6 6 F 4 4 4 4 G 38 38 38 39.6 ØC 6 8 10 10 ØC1 5 5 6 6 CH 5 7 8 8 CH1 10 13 17 17 D 30 30 37.5 40.5 7 12 45 N1 48.9 12 15.5 18.5 5 10 42.DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 12 to 25 ACTUATORS COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE * = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE 1 = SENSOR SLOT NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 A 29 29 36.5 L 18.25 M10x1.5 B 18 18 22 26 B1 9.5 18.5 48.5 7 12 42.5 19 M1 x strokes .5 4 ØU H9 6 8 10 14 ØV H8 3 3 4 5 Z M3 M3 M4 M5 NORM UNITOP UNITOP 1-76 .2 P M3 M4 M5 M5 Q M5 M5 M5 M5 R M6 M8 M10x1.25 S 16 20 22 22 T 2 2 3.5 53 N2 53 53 55 58.5 50.2 4.5 H 8 8 8 8 H1 30 30 30 31.2 3.5 O M4 M4 M5 M5 ØO1 3.2 4.5 41.5 >5 N 5 8 42.9 9.

25 M10x1.4 46 56.5 64 76.5 7.2 6.5 5.25 M12x1.2 5.2 8.5 8.5 CH 10 10 13 13 17 22 ØO1 UNITOP 5.5 50 56 66.5 Z M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M10 1-77 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS .5 B3 16.5 B1 19.6 N1 60.1 20 24 30 38.5 78 90.5 56 ØV H8 5 5 6 6 8 10 L 4 4.5 ØU H9 17 17 22 22 28 30 H1 37 38 38 42.5 8.5 F 4 4 4 4 4 4 S 22 22 24 24 32 40 G 44.DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 32 to 100 + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE * = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 100 8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 47 56 67 80 102 123 ISO 32.5 72.5 5.5 6 6 8 9 H 7.5 48 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 25 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 ØC1 8 8 10 10 12 12 ISO 5.5 68.5 57.3 29.5 T 4.4 -0.5 8.2 8.2 5.5 45.5 47.1 -0.5 62 65 69.5 4.5 5.1 42 50 62 82 103 N 50.25 M12x1.8 23.25 M16x1.5 8.5 7.5 77 86 100.5 45.5 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 30 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 D 48.7 35.5 +0.2 6.5 69 82 105 126 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 ØE H9 6 6 6 8 8 8 R M10x1.2 6.5 7.4 38 46.5 10.5 4.5 72 89 M1 x strokes .5 >5 14 9 14 9 16 11 16 11 20 15 24 19 B UNITOP 32 +0.5 52 53 57.5 M20x1.5 56.5 B2 – – – 13 17 21 N2 66.

2 P M3 M4 M5 M5 P2 – – 1.5 1.5 10.5 5.5 42.1 -0.5 +0.5 >5 N 14 9 50.5 B 18 18 22 26 ØC 6 8 10 10 CH 5 7 8 8 CH1 10 13 17 17 D 30 30 37.2 6.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 P1 – – – – 1/8 1/4 P2 2.5 19 M 8 10 12 12 M1 x strokes .2 6.5 >5 5 8 5 10 7 12 7 12 N 42.5 ØO1 UNITOP 5.4 -0.5 56.2 4.5 8.5 45 N2 47 47 47 50.4 38 46.5 5.5 8.5 Q M5 M5 M5 M5 R M6 M8 M10x1.5 2.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 40 1-78 .5 8.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 24 M1 x strokes .5 18.5 18.5 N2 56.5 57.5 42.5 H 8 8 8 8 H1 30 30 30 31.5 45.5 69 82 105 126 G 44.5 G 38 38 38 39.5 4 4 5 6 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 R M10x1.2 5.5 7.25 M10x1.2 3.25 M10x1.5 60.5 14 9 52 16 11 53 16 11 57.25 M12x1.2 5.5 H1 37 38 38 42 47.2 4.25 M16x1.25 M12x1.5 20 15 64 24 19 76.5 45.5 H 7.5 8.2 8.25 S 16 20 22 22 NORM UNITOP UNITOP DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 32 to 100 + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 100 8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD SE-DE MALE THROUGH-ROD Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 47 56 67 80 102 123 ISO 32.5 M20x1.5 58.2 8.2 6.5 56 L 4 4.5 41.5 7.5 5.5 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 ISO 5.1 42 50 62 82 103 B2 – – – 13 17 21 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 25 CH 10 10 13 13 17 22 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 30 D 48.5 4.5 50 56 66.DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 12 to 25 ACTUATORS + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC SE-DE MALE THROUGH-ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 A 29 29 36.5 7.5 O M4 M4 M5 M5 ØO1 3.5 65 72 86.5 L 18.5 40.5 72 89 B UNITOP 32 +0.

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 20 to 25 .5 ØE H9 6 6 F 4 4 G G1 114.25 22 NORM UNITOP UNITOP 1-79 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS .5 O M5 M5 P M5 M5 Q M5 M5 R S M10x1.5 89 118 92 G2 63.25 22 M10x1.5 41.4-STAGES ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE +++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE ++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 2 = CYLINDERS OUT 5 = CYLINDERS IN MALE PISTON ROD TANDEM 3 STAGES TANDEM 2 STAGES Ø 20 25 A 36.5 123.5 N2 68 71.5 66 H 8 8 H1 8 8 L 10 10 M 12 12 N N1 119 93.5 40.5 B 22 26 ØC 10 10 CH 8 8 CH1 17 17 D 37.5 97.

5 7.5 57.2 5.5 135.2 6.5 182 204.2 6.4 38 46.5 14.5 +0.2 8.5 7.5 10.5 5.5 113.5 M20x1.5 7.2 8.5 8.5 56.5 7.5 – – K – – – – 10.5 7.5 14.5 8.5 7.5 130 131.5 212.5 8.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 R M10x1.5 5.2 5.4 -0.5 163 194 N2 87 91 92.5 253 N1 123.5 163.DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 32 to 100 .5 H1 7.25 M12x1.4-STAGES ACTUATORS ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE +++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE ++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE 2 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR ø 32 to 63 5 = CYLINDERS IN FOR ø 32 to 63 6 = CYLINDERS IN FOR ø 80.5 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 L 4 4.5 K1 – – – – 10.5 H 7.5 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 ISO 5.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 40 1-80 .5 124 138 155 184 G2 81 84.5 85 94 105.5 243 G1 117.1 42 50 62 82 103 B2 – – – 13 17 21 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 25 CH 10 10 13 13 17 22 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 30 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 D 48.25 M12x1.5 8.5 F 4 4 4 4 4 4 G 154 162.25 M16x1.5 5.5 101.5 72 89 B UNITOP 32 +0.5 123.5 69 82 105 126 ØE H9 6 6 6 8 8 8 ØO1 UNITOP 5. 100 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to 100 8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS MALE PISTON ROD COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TANDEM 3-STAGES TANDEM 2-STAGES Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 47 56 67 80 102 123 ISO 32.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 24 N 160 169 171 189.1 -0.5 4.25 M10x1.2 6.5 145. 100 9 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR ø 80.5 125.

5 63.5 93.5 34 H3 59 59 59 60 L 10 10 10 10 M 8 10 12 12 N 93.5 40.25 M10x1.3-STAGES 1 = SENSOR SLOT 2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT 3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT 4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT 5 = CYLINDERS 1-2-3 IN X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE X3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE MALE PISTON ROD CIL 3 CIL 2 CIL 1 MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES 2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT 3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT 5 = CYLINDERS 1-2 IN X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE CIL 2 CIL 1 Ø 12 16 20 25 A 29 29 36.5 ØE H9 6 6 6 6 F 4 4 4 4 G 89 89 89 92 G1 63.5 33.DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 12 to 25 .5 63.25 S 16 20 22 22 NORM UNITOP UNITOP 1-81 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS .5 33.5 N1 68 68 68 71.5 B 18 18 22 26 ØC 6 8 10 10 CH 5 7 8 8 CH1 10 13 17 17 D 30 30 37.5 97.5 66 H 8 8 8 8 H1 8 8 8 8 H2 33.5 93.5 O M4 M4 M5 M5 P M3 M4 M5 M5 Q M5 M5 M5 M5 R M6 M8 M10x1.5 41.

5 K1 – – – – 10.25 M12x1.25 M12x1.5 7.5 86 95.5 8.2 6.3-STAGES ACTUATORS 1 = SENSOR SLOT 2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR ø 32 to 63 3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR ø 32 to 100 4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT FOR ø 32 to 100 5 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR ø 32 to 63 6 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR ø 80 to 100 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to 100 8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS 9 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR ø 80 to 100 X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE X3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE MALE PISTON ROD COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES 2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR ø 32 to 63 3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR ø 32 to 100 5 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR ø 32 to 63 6 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR ø 80 to 100 9 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR ø 80 to 100 X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 47 56 67 80 102 123 ISO 32.5 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 ISO 5.5 69 82 105 126 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 ØE H9 6 6 6 8 8 8 F 4 4 4 4 4 4 ØO1 UNITOP 5.2 6.5 5.5 7.5 M20x1.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 R M10x1.5 56.4 38 46.5 85.5 – – H2 44 46.2 6.5 8.5 5.5 H 7.5 7.5 135.5 85 94 105.5 125.2 8.5 101.5 5.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 40 1-82 .5 8.2 5.5 14.25 M10x1.5 130 131.5 128 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 K – – – – 10.25 M16x1.5 163 194 N1 87 91 92.3 H3 80.5 G 117.5 10.5 H1 7.5 72 89 B UNITOP 32 +0.4 -0.5 4.1 42 50 62 82 103 B2 – – – 13 17 21 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 25 CH 10 10 13 13 17 22 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 30 D 48.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 24 N 123.5 113.5 58 69.5 7.2 5.5 7.5 145.5 +0.5 14.5 57.5 124 138 155 184 G1 81 84.5 123.5 47 51.1 -0.DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 32 to 100 .5 107.5 7.5 L 4 4.5 8.2 8.

Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 2 stages Ø 20 strokes 40 + 10 (total stroke 50 mm) male rod: 1° STADIO (P) : 230020P040XP + 2° STADIO (R): 230020R050XP Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 3 stages Ø 20 strokes 15 + 30 + 40 (total stroke 85 mm) male rod: 1° STADIO (P): 230025P015XP + 2° STADIO (R): 230025R045XP + 3° STADIO (T): 230025T085XP 1-83 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC ACTUATORS . see page 1-74 ◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1 n Codes only for cylinders ø 32 to100 ● Can also be used as double-acting with spring return ✚ Available from ø 20 t For versions 24 and 26 only (female piston rod) s For ø 12 to 25 the standard version (0 or S) it’s already no stick slip For speeds lower than 0. to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only E Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version m Compulsory for ø 20 and ø 25 version Z ✱ Only for ø 32 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) e Only for ø 12 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) f Only for ø 32 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) p Only for ø 20 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) ● ● The ordering codes for a Multi-position cylinder is a combination of several codes. FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS MULTI-POSITION TANDEM LEGENDA P = Stage 1 stroke R = Stage 2 stroke T = Stage 3 stroke Fa Fb Fc Fd = F1+F2 [N] = F1+F2+F3 [N] = F1+F2+F3+F4 [N] = F5 [N] 1 = STAGE 1 2 = STAGE 2 3 = STAGE 3 KEY TO CODE CYL 23 TYPE 23 Compact cylinder centre distances to UNITOP male piston rod 24 Compact cylinder centre distances to UNITOP female piston rod n 25 Compact cylinder centre distances to ISO male piston rod n 26 Compact cylinder centre distances to ISO female piston rod 1 0 Double-acting 1 Double-acting through-rod ✚ 2 Double-acting through-rod perforated ● 3 Single-acting retracting piston rod ● 4 Single-acting extended piston rod ● 5 Single-acting through-rod ● ✚ 6 Single-acting through-rod piston rod perforated t 7 Double-acting non-rotating A Double-acting through-rod non-rotating 0 0 Magnetic m S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 25 BORE 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 ◆ 100 O 0 A B C Standard 2-stage tandem 3-stage tandem 4-stage tandem 050 STROKE ✱✱ ✱ e f p X MATERIAL C C45 piston rod chromium plated X Stainless steel piston rod and nut A C45 chromed rod. each describing a stage.2 m/s. aluminium piston Z Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets E ✚ V FKM/FPM gaskets ✚ ✚ ✚ MULTI-POSITION ●● P Stage 1 ●● R Stage 2 ●● T Stage 3 ✱✱ For the maximum suppliabe stroke.

2. A special polyurethane gasket guarantees air-tightness and dirt removal. Supplied without magnet on request ø 32 = 0. must be continuous 32. 80 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixin centre distances With profile heads with screws ø 32-40 = 300.65° See page 1-9 ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. 50.70° . two-fla b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane e MAGNET: ø 32 neodymium - ø 40 to 100 plastoferrite f PISTON ROD GASKET TWO-FLAT: polyurethane g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze h STATIC O-rings: NBR i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel 1-84 . The front head of the cylinder includes a sintered bronze bush that engages the piston rod and prevents it from rotating. The special profil and the fact that the external heads are screwed onto the liner give an excellent guide. from ø 40 to 80 = 0. single piston rod • dual-acting. 63. ø 80 = 500 Double-acting.75°. Lubrication.6 ø 32 and 40 = 0. ø 80 = 1 ø 32 and 40 = 0. 40. 63. 50. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. bar Nm degrees COMPONENTS Ø 12 to 25 a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. through piston rod – one piston rod is two-flat and the other is cylindrical • fixin centre distances compatible with . Higher values can create operating problems For speeds lower than 0. if used. ø 50-63 = 400. 80 with ISO 15552 fixin centre distances 32.ISO 15552 (former ISO 6431). ø 50 and 63 = 0. Double-acting Through-rod All versions come complete with magnet.8. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Maximum strokes ✚ Versions Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure Max torque on piston rod Maximum rotation on the rod Weights Notes bar MPa psi °C mm mm mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 -10 to +80 Unlubricated air. Retractable magnetic limit switches can be mounted in slots in the cylinder to measure the position. or with French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).COMPACT CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT ACTUATORS COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT This version is used to keep at an angle the objects fixe onto the piston rod and to apply torques within the specifie limits.2 m/s to prevent surging. Numerous fixin options are available thanks to wide range of anchor points. 40. The piston rod in two-fla cylinders has two opposing longitudinal surfaces and is made entirely of stainless steel. These compact cylinders come in the following versions: • with or without a magnet • dual-acting.4. This technical solution is more airtight and reliable than square or hexagonal piston rods. ø 50 and 63 = 0. ø 80 = 0.

Use no-lubricated air only 1-85 COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT ACTUATORS . D Fixing with a flang mounted on the front or rear head.g. look at the technical data s For speeds lower than 0. the ordering code covers the supply of a flang and four screws for fixin to the cylinder E Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixin to the cylinder KEY TO CODE CYL 23 24 25 26 23 TYPE Compact cylinder centre distances to UNITOP male piston rod Compact cylinder centre distances to UNITOP female piston rod Compact cylinder centre distances to ISO male piston rod Compact cylinder centre distances to ISO female piston rod 1 0 Double-acting 1 Double-acting through-rod 0 0 Magnetic S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 32 BORE 32 40 50 63 80 0 0 Standard 050 STROKE ✱ F MATERIAL F “TWO-FLAT” piston rod AISI 303 stainless stell P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets ✱ For the maximum suppliable strokes. to prevent surging. AISI 304) C Fixing with feet.2 m/s.FIXING OPTIONS A Fixing to structural work with a through screw. using the thread in the heads B Direct fixin from above using long through screws or tie rods. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e. the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixin to the cylinder.

5 72 76.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 N 59.5 8.5 4.DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING ACTUATORS + = ADD THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to 100 8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS DE MALE PISTON ROD COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT Ø 32 40 50 63 80 A 47 56 67 80 102 ISO 32.5 4.5 N 14 9 50.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 R M10x1.5 45.1 -0.5 7.5 57.5 69 82 105 ØE H9 6 6 6 8 8 F 4 4 4 4 4 G 44.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 1-86 .5 7.1 42 50 62 82 B2 – – – 13 17 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 C1 9 9 11.4 38 46.25 M12x1.5 5.5 M 14 14 16 16 20 M1 x strokes >5 .2 5.4 -0.2 6.2 8.25 M12x1.5 67.5 56.5 14 9 52 16 11 53 16 11 57.5 72 B UNITOP 32 +0.5 H1 37 38 38 42 47.5 45.25 M16x1.2 8.5 ØK 30 35 40 45 45 L 4 4.5 13 CH 10 10 13 13 17 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 D 48.5 69 82 105 G 44.2 8.5 45.5 +0.5 11.2 6.5 7.5 13 CH 10 10 13 13 17 CH1 17 17 19 19 24 D 48.5 ØO1 UNITOP 5.5 57.5 45.2 5.5 7.25 M10x1.5 56.5 20 15 64 N2 65.5 7.2 5.5 ØK 30 35 40 45 45 L 4 4.5 5.5 P M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 R M10x1.5 50 56 H 7.2 6.25 M10x1.5 7.5 50 56 H 7.5 +0.5 ØO1 UNITOP 5.5 85 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 ISO 5.5 5.1 42 50 62 82 B2 – – – 13 17 ØC 12 12 16 16 20 C1 9 9 11.1 -0.25 M12x1.4 -0.5 11.5 S 22 22 24 24 32 DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 80 8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS DE MALE PISTON ROD Ø 32 40 50 63 80 A 47 56 67 80 102 ISO 32.5 8.2 6.2 6.5 72 B UNITOP 32 +0.2 6.2 5.5 69 77 ISO M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 O UNITOP M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 ISO 5.25 M12x1.4 38 46.5 8.5 H1 37 38 38 42.2 8.25 M16x1.5 8.5 5.5 61 64.5 47.

it is advisable to use 50 mm filtere air COMPONENTS Ø 20 a PISTON ROD: Stainless steel. ø 80 x 30. ø 80 and French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP). ø 32-50: 1.5 See page 1-9 For correct operation. ø50 x 30. ø 50 x 30. Lubrication. ø 80 x 40 with ISO 15552 fixin centre distances With profile heads with screws Single-acting extended rod. • With or without magnet execution • Single-acting. In the relevant cylinder slots. Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return All versions come complete with magnet.COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER Compact stopper cylinders designed for stopping moving parts or chucks. if used. ø 50. thick chromed b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane e MAGNET: neodymium-plastic f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel j RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel k WHEEL: zinc-plated steel 1-87 COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER ACTUATORS .2. Supplied without magnet on request bar ø 20: 1. must be continuous mm ø 20 x15. it is possible to mount retracting magnetic sensor. ø 80: 0. oversize extended piston rod • Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return • Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 for ø 32. ø 80 x 30. ø 32 x 20. Chuck impact direction TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Stroke bore Design Versions Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure Weights Notes bar MPa psi °C 10 1 145 –10 to +80 Unlubricated air. ø 80 x 40 a with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixin centre distances (UNITOP) mm ø 32 x 20.

using the thread in the rear heads B Direct fixin from above using long through screws or tie rods. The values shown are only valid with about 1 mm plastic deformation (stopper on chuck).7 21. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.2 115. load (N) Ø 20 x 15 13. using the thread in the front heads. FORCE OF SPRINGS IN COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL) Stroke bore Min. Ø 80 ACTUATORS COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER a PISTON ROD: Stainless steel. h STATIC O-rings: NBR i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel j RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel k WHEEL: zinc-plated steel COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS A Fixing with screws. D Fixing using flang fixe onto the cylinder.2 Ø 32 x 20 22. AISI 304) C Fixing with screws.5 Ø 80 x 40 71.5 LOAD GRAPH TRUNNION VERSION ROLLER VERSION Impact mass [kg] Impact velocity [m/min] Impact mass [kg] Impact velocity [m/min] With stopper cylinders it is important to keep to the values shown in the graph to prevent early breakage of the mechanical parts.9 178.0 178.4 36.COMPONENTS Ø 32.g. 1-88 .0 Ø 50 x 30 50. thick chromed b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane e MAGNET: ø 32 neodymium-plastic - ø 50 to 80 plastoferrite f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert. Ø 50.9 Ø 80 x 30 97. load (N) Max.

stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder.Ø 20 STROKE 15 mm TRUNNION VERSION 1 = SENSOR SLOT Code Description 23B0200015XP Compact stopper cylinder.5 UNITOP 32 +0. trunnion ø 50. stroke 15 23BS200015XP Compact stopper cylinder. trunnion ø 50.4 -0.5 75. trunnion ø 20. stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. stroke 20 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder.1 -0. stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) 1-89 COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER ACTUATORS .4 46. stroke 15 (non-magnetic version) Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm. trunnion ø 50. trunnion ø 50. stroke 30 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder. trunnion ø 32.5 69 D1 38 53 ØE H9 6 6 F 4 4 G 64. stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. trunnion ø 20.5 +0.2 Q G1/8 G1/8 Code 23B0320020XP 25B0320020XP 23BS320020XP 25BS320020XP 23B0500030XP 25B0500030XP 23BS500030XP 25BS500030XP Description Compact stopper cylinder. trunnion ø 32.5 H 7. Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm TRUNNION VERSION 1 = SENSOR SLOT 8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS B Ø A 32x20 47 50x30 67 ISO 32.2 6.2 ØO1 UNITOP 5.2 6.5 N1 20 30 ISO M6 M8 O UNITOP M6 M8 ISO 5.5 H1 57 68 L 4 4.1 50 ØC 20 32 D 48.5 N 80. trunnion ø 32.5 99. stroke 30 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.5 7. trunnion ø 32. stroke 20 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.

5 99. roller ø 50.5 5.5 127. stroke 15 23CS200015XP Compact stopper cylinder. roller ø 32.5 H2 3 4 8 8 H3 6 6 10 10 H4 3.5 +0.5 8. roller ø 32. roller ø 80. roller ø 80.2 6. roller ø 80. roller ø 20.5 ØO1 UNITOP 5. roller ø 80. stroke 40 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) 1-90 . stroke 20 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder.5 8. stroke 20 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.Ø 20 STROKE 15 mm ROLLER VERSION ACTUATORS COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER 1 = SENSOR SLOT Code Description 23C0200015XP Compact stopper cylinder. stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. stroke 30 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder.5 7.5 H1 57 68 117.5 8.1 -0. stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. roller ø 50. stroke 40 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder.5 L1 8 10 18 18 N 80. stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder.5 63 73 Q G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 R 9 12.5 75.2 6. stroke 30 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.5 72 72 B UNITOP 32 +0.4 46.5 8. stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder.5 5.2 8. roller ø 32. roller ø 80.5 18 18 Code 23C0320020XP 25C0320020XP 23CS320020XP 25CS320020XP 23C0500030XP 25C0500030XP 23CS500030XP 25CS500030XP 23C0800030XP 25C0800030XP 23CS800030XP 25CS800030XP 23C0800040XP 25C0800040XP 23CS800040XP 25CS800040XP Description Compact stopper cylinder. roller ø 32. stroke 30 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.2 8. roller ø 80. stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version) Compact stopper cylinder. stroke 15 (non-magnetic version) Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm.5 69 105 105 D1 38 53 76 76 ØE H9 6 6 8 8 G 64. Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm. roller ø 20.5 7 11 11 H5 7. Ø 80 STROKE 30 AND 40 mm ROLLER VERSION 1 = SENSOR SLOT 7 = ONLY FOR ø 80 8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS Ø 32x20 50x30 80x30 80x40 A 47 67 102 102 ISO 32. roller ø 80. roller ø 50.5 141 151 N1 38 50. stroke 30 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder.5 12 18 18 ISO M6 M8 M10 M10 O UNITOP M6 M8 M10 M10 ISO 5. roller ø 80. stroke 40 ISO 15552 Compact stopper cylinder.1 50 82 82 B2 17 17 ØC 20 32 50 50 D 48. roller ø 50.4 -0. stroke 40 UNITOP Compact stopper cylinder.5 126 136 F 4 4 4 4 H 7.5 L 4 4.

TWO-FLAT UNITOP Code Ø B W0950126004 s 12 12 W0950126004 s 16 12 W0950206004 20 16 W0950256004 25 16 CMPC ISO.5 111 S 10 12 15 Weight [g] 210 502 1575 UNITOP Code W0950326302 W0950506302 W0950806302 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS FOOT .5 42.5 109.5 104 104 116 132.5 59.9 36 45 50 63 71 N 74.MODEL A + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC UNITOP.5 114 138 148.5 85.5 101.5 62. s Non UNITOP norm fixin distance MALE HINGE-MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC UNITOP. Ø 80 + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 50 80 A 50 68 107 B 80 110 160 C 64 90 135 D 32 45 63 E 7 9 12 N 54.5 57.6 6.5 92.5 N1 92. Ø 50.5 R 6 6 8 8 S 6 6 6 6 Weight [g] 24 24 44 48 B 26 28 32 40 50 60 D 22 25 27 32 36 41 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 N 72.5 S 4 4 4 6 6 6 Weight [g] 76 100 162 266 456 572 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.5 47 47 59.5 R 11 13 13 17 17 21 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 Weight [g] 94 124 220 316 578 850 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 80 85 89. TWO-FLAT ISO Code Ø W0950322004 32 W0950402004 40 W0950502004 50 W0950632004 63 W0950802004 80 W0951002004 100 D 16 16 20 20 M 6 6 8 8 N 58.5 94 109.5 72 72 77 77 84.9 42.5 74.5 6. TWO-FLAT UNITOP Code Ø A W0950126001 s 12 30 W0950126001 s 16 30 W0950206001 20 36 W0950256001 25 40 W0950322001 32 45 W0950406001 40 60 W0950406001F ✱ 40 60 W0950506001 50 68 W0950506001F ✱ 50 68 W0950636001 63 84 W0950636001F ✱ 63 84 W0950806001 80 102 W0951006001 100 123 ✱ Only for Two-Flat version CMPC ISO.5 112 S 10 12 16 Weight [g] 210 447 1190 ACTUATORS .5 58.5 78 N 55.5 55. 4 washers s Non UNITOP norm fixin distance 1-91 ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS ISO Code W0950326302 W0950506312 W0950806312 Ø 32 50 80 A 50 65 95 B 80 110 153 C 64 90 126 D 32 45 63 E 7 9 12 N 54.6 7 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 13.5 S 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 Weight [g] 26 26 46 52 76 88 88 176 176 276 276 392 558 A 45 52 65 75 95 115 B 35 43 47 47 61 65 C 32 36 45 50 63 75 D 24 28 32 32 41 41 ØE 7 9 9 9 12 14 H 31.5 77 80 89.5 57.5 17.5 105 117.5 58.5 85. TWO-FLAT ISO Code Ø W0950322001 32 W0950402001 40 W0950502001 50 W0950632001 63 W0950802001 80 W0951002001 100 B 17.5 100 117.ACCESSORIES FOR STOPPER CYLINDER FLANGE Ø 32.5 93.5 93.5 5.5 84.5 62.5 58.5 22 22 35 28 28 32 32 39 39 42 45 C 18 18 22 26 32 42 42 50 50 62 62 82 103 D 13 13 16 16 24 20 20 24 24 27 27 30 33 ØE 5.5 H 22 22 27 30 31.5 65.5 N1 64 64 70 71.

5 R 11 13 13 17 17 21 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 Weight [g] 116 160 252 394 670 1085 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.5 100 117. TWO-FLAT ISO Code Ø W0950322003 32 W0950402003 40 W0950502003 50 W0950632003 63 W0950802003 80 W0951002003 100 ACTUATORS B1 26 28 32 40 50 60 D 22 25 27 32 36 41 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 M1 14 14 18 23 28 N 72.MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR) + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC UNITOP Code W0950322002 W0950406002 W0950506002 W0950636002 W0950806002 W0951006002 TWO FLAT UNITOP Code W0950322002 W0950406002F W0950506002F W0950636002F W0950806002F Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 50 60 68 87 107 128 B 80 102 110 130 160 190 C 64 82 90 110 135 163 D 32 36 45 50 63 75 E 7 9 9 9 12 14 N 54.5 12.5 62 72 82.5 55.5 65 71 81.5 55. 4 washers.5 S 10 10 10 10 Weight [g] 112 112 184 226 Note: Supplied with 4 screws s Non UNITOP norm fixin distance FLANGE Ø 32 to 100 .5 57. TWO FLAT ISO Code Ø W0950322002 32 W0950402002 40 W0950502002 50 W0950632002 63 W0950802002 80 W0951002002 100 Note: Supplied with 4 screws A 50 55 65 75 95 115 B 80 90 110 120 153 178 C 64 72 90 100 126 150 D 32 36 45 50 63 75 E 7 9 9 9 12 14 N 54.5 57. FLANGE Ø 12 to 25 .5 55.6 N 48 48 48 49.5 100 117.5 S 10 10 12 15 15 15 Weight [g] 246 454 655 1255 1900 2700 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 A 50 60 68 87 107 B 80 102 110 130 160 C 64 82 90 110 135 D 32 36 45 50 63 E 7 9 9 9 12 N 54.5 15 15 20 S 10 9 11 11 13 15 Weight [g] 116 184 266 470 670 1110 ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS B 45 52 60 70 90 110 B1 26 28 32 40 50 60 D 22 25 27 32 36 41 M 10 12 12 16 16 23 N 72.FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC UNITOP.5 5.5 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 Weight [g] 246 290 522 670 1420 2040 1-92 .5 77 80 89.5 R 11 12.MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR) + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC Code W0950126002 s W0950126002 s W0950206002 W0950256002 Ø 12 16 20 25 A 29 29 36 40 B 55 55 70 76 C 43 43 55 60 E 5.6 6.5 65 71 S 10 10 12 15 15 Weight [g] 246 454 655 1255 1900 CMPC ISO.5 57.5 77 80 89.5 6. TWO-FLAT UNITOP Code Ø B W0950322003 32 45 W0950406003 40 52 W0950506003 50 60 W0950636003 63 70 W0950806003 80 90 W0951006003 100 110 CMPC ISO.

4 washers FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS CMPC UNITOP Code 0950123060 s 0950123060 s 0950203060 0950253060 0950323060 0950403060 0950503060 0950633060 0950803060 0951003060 CMPC ISO Codice – – – – 0950323060 0950403061 0950503061 0950633061 0950803061 0951003061 Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 M 12.25 W0950402020 63 24 12 24 M12x1. TWO FLAT ISO Code Ø W0950322006 32 W0950402006 40 W0950502006 50 W0950632006 63 W0950802006 80 W0951002006 100 B 14 16 16 21 21 25 D 22 25 27 32 36 41 M 10 12 12 16 16 20 N 72.25 W0950322020 32 20 10 20 M10x1.ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .5 Note: Individually packed F 24 32 40 40 40 40 48 48 64 80 L 31 42 52 52 52 52 62 62 83 105 ØM 6 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 20 N 16 22 26 26 26 26 32 32 40 48 Weight [g] 20 48 92 92 92 92 148 148 340 690 1-93 ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .5 R 16 19 19 24 24 30 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 Weight [g] 106 142 236 336 572 840 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.5 12.25 W0950502020 80 32 16 32 M16x1.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 12.5 77 80 89.5 100 117.5 19. 4 screws s Non UNITOP norm fixin distance ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS FORK .25 W0950402020 50 24 12 24 M12x1.MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE CMPC ISO.MODEL GK-M CMPC UNITOP AND ISO.25 W0950322020 25 20 10 20 M10x1. TWO FLAT UNITOP AND ISO Code Ø A B C D W0950120020 12 12 6 12 M6 W0950200020 16 16 8 16 M8 W0950322020 20 20 10 20 M10x1.5 13 14.5 W0950802020 100 40 20 40 M20x1.25 W0950322020 40 20 10 20 M10x1.5 Weight [g] UNITOP ISO 29 – 29 – 45 – 57 – 88 88 106 106 172 158 274 258 470 452 826 801 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin.5 16.

5 8. C 30 30 30 30 36 36 44 51 CH 13 13 13 13 15 15 22 27 ØD 11 11 11 11 14 14 17 19 ØD1 6.5 6.5 13.125 M12x1.25 W0950402025 63 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.75 11 11 M6 W0950200025 16 24 12 9 13 14 M8 W0950322025 20 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1. 4 washers F 20 32 32 50 50 70 G 32 45 45 63 63 90 H 37 54 54 75 75 103 I 41 52 52 63 63 80 L 18 25 25 32 32 40 M 8 10 10 12 12 16 N 10 12 12 15 15 22 Weight [g] 96 216 212 440 464 985 COUNTER-HINGE Ø 16 to 25 .25 W0950322025 25 28 14 10.5 Note: Individually packed.5 10.5 22 27.5 17.5 8.5 15 15 15 15 17.25 M12x.5 44 44 59 69 ØG1 17 17 17 17 19 19 26 31 P 6.25 M10x1. TWO FLAT UNITOP AND ISO Code Ø A B C D E W0950322008 32 26 19 7 10 25 W0950402008 40 28 26 9 12 32 W0950502008 50 32 26 9 12 32 W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 W0950802008 80 50 33 11 16 40 W0951002008 100 60 44 14 20 50 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.5 ØG1 13 16 19 19 19 19 22 22 27 34 L 40 48 57 57 57 57 66 66 85 102 ØM 6 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 20 Weight [g] 28 50 78 78 78 78 116 116 226 404 COMPENSATION JOINT .MODEL GA CMPC UNITOP.25 W0950502025 80 42 21 15 23 22 M16x1.5 W0950802025 100 50 25 18 27 30 M20x1.5 10.25 M10x1.5 12.5 M20x1.5 6.5 6.ROD EYE .5 F M10x1.25 W0950322025 32 28 14 10.25 M10x1. ISO.5 6.5 8.25 W0950322025 40 28 14 10.5 6.5 39.5 S 12 12 12 12 15 15 20 20 S1 10 10 10 10 13.5 12. ACTUATORS ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS F 30 36 43 43 43 43 50 50 64 77 ØG 10 12.5 ØG 39.25 M16x1.5 6.5 8.5 15 20 Weight [g] 172 172 172 172 286 286 628 1200 COUNTER-HINGE CETOP Ø 32 to 100 CMPC UNITOP AND ISO.5 39.5 15 17 M10x1.5 39.5 5.5 6.5 15 17 M10x1.5 15 17 M10x1.5 E 2 2 4 4 F 27 27 30 30 ØM 6 6 8 8 R 7 7 10 10 S 3 3 4 4 Weight [g] 40 40 78 78 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings 1-94 . TWO FLAT Code Ø A B W0950326021 20 49 36 W0950326021 25 49 36 W0950326021 32 49 36 W0950326021 40 49 36 W0950406021 50 59 42 W0950406021 63 59 42 W0950506021 80 79 58 W0950806021 100 89 65 Note: Individually packed. TWO FLAT UNITOP AND ISO Code Ø A B B1 C CH D W0950120025 12 20 9 6.5 6.MODEL BC CMPC UNITOP Code W0950120005 W0950120005 W0950200005 W0950200005 Ø 12 16 20 25 A 25 25 32 32 B 25 25 30 30 B1 12 12 16 16 C 15 15 20 20 ØD 5.MODEL GA-M CMPC UNITOP AND ISO.25 W0950402025 50 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.

25 20 20 W0950402030 50 M12x1.5 32 32 W0950802030 100 M20x1. sensor. sensor.5 40 40 Note: Individually packed. vertical insertion 2.5 22 22 22 22 22 22 32 32 SW1 5 7 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 20 SW2 SW3 13 13 17 17 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 41 41 41 41 SW4 7 11 19 19 19 19 19 19 30 30 SW5 10 13 17 17 17 17 19 19 24 30 Weight [g] 24 56 216 216 216 216 220 220 620 680 RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.25 24 20 W0950502030 80 M16x1.MODEL GA-K CMPC UNITOP. vertical insertion 2. without requiring the use of intermediate brackets. and screws (B) of the size. the plates can be secured to the cylinder.25 20 20 W0950322030 32 M10x1.5 m REED N. D 35 57 71 71 71 71 75 75 103 119 ØE 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ØF 8. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. type and quantity shown in the table below.5 m HALL N.5 12. This can be done using the special plates (A) which come with both M3 and M4 threads. vertical insertion HS 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. Type of valve to mount (D) MACH 11 SERIE 70 1/8 SERIE 70 1/4 Fixing plate (A) CODE 0950003000 n° 2 n° 2 n° 2 Position memory: grub screw (C) to be used M4 M3 M3 Screw (B) for connection to the cylinder (one per plate) M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) Washer (B) (one per screw) A3.O.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) — A4.25 24 20 W0950402030 63 M12x1. The plates are supplied complete with 2 stud pins. sensor. sensor.25 20 20 W0950322030 40 M10x1. NB: For technical data see page 1-288 VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER With this type of cylinder.O.O. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.O. near metal masses.O.SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER . A “position memory” will be created to facilitate subsequent maintenance on the valve. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. After the valve centre distance and the position of the valve have been determined.g. TWO FLAT UNITOP E ISO Code Ø A B C W0950120030 12 M6 10 10 W0950200030 16 M8 20 20 W0950322030 20 M10x1. the valves (D) can be mounted directly using the retracting sensor slot. e.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) 1-95 ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS ACTUATORS . ISO. sensor. one M3 and one M4 (C). sensor.5 m HALL N.O.25 20 20 W0950322030 25 M10x1.O.O.O.

8101F 009 . . . . SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT Code 009 . . 7401 009 . . . . . . COMPACT TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Code 009 . . 7501 009 . . . . . . . 8201 009 . 8101 009 . .SPARE PARTS COMPACT CYLINDERS. . . 8901F Bores ø 32 to 80 ø 40 to 80 ø 32 ø 40 to 80 ø 40 to 80 ø 32 ø 40 to 80 ø 32 to 80 ø 32 to 80 ø 40 to 80 ø 32 ø 40 to 80 Type Set of gaskets Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 Front cylinder head kit for ISO Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO Piston kit Magnet Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO Parts dhl bgfhi bgfhi bgfhi hij hij hij deklim e bdefghijklm bdefghijklm bdefghijklm 1-96 . . 7501 009 . . 7001F 009 . . . . . 7401 009 . 7001 009 . 7901 0090327901 009 . . . . . . . 7201 0090327201 009 . 8901 Bores ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 32 ø 40 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 32 ø 40 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 32 ø 40 to 100 Type Complete set of gaskets polyurethane Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane Front cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane Rear cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane Piston kit polyurethane Magnet Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP polyurethane Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO polyurethane Parts dfh bgfhi bgfhi bgfhi hij hij hij deklm e bdefghijklm bdefghijklm bdefghijklm COMPACT CYLINDERS. 7101F 0090327101F 009 . SERIES CMPC SPARE PARTS FOR COMPACT. 7901F 0090327901F 009 . . . 7101 0090327101 009 . . 8201 009 . 7201 0090327201 009 . . .

. . 8160 009 . . . 50. 7201 009 . . 50. 50. 8260 0090207401 009 . 80 ø 20. 80 ø 20. . . 32. 80 ø 32 ø 50. 80 ø 32 ø 50.COMPACT CYLINDERS. . . STOPPER Code 009 . . 8960 Bores ø 20. . 80 Type Complete set of gaskets Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 Front cylinder head kit for ISO Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP ø 20 - ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO Piston kit ø 20 Piston kit Magnet Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO Parts dfh bgfhi bgfhi bgfhi hij hij hij hij dek deklm e bdefghijklm bdefghijklm bdefghijklm NOTES 1-97 SPARE PARTS FOR COMPACT. . . . 32. 7960 0090327960 009. 80 ø 32 ø 50. . 7060 009 . 7501 009 . 32. . 80 ø 20. 32 ø 50. 80 ø 20. . . 7160 0090327160 009 . 80 ø 20 ø 32. COMPACT TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS ACTUATORS . 50. 7460 009 . . 7260 0090327201 009 . 32. . 50.

50 Screwed heads Double-acting. no-stick slip All versions come complete with magnet.4 - ø 50: 0. Double-acting through-rod. NBR or FKM/FPM c GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert d BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy e HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with integrated cushioning olives f MAGNET: plastoferrite g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane. POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM (for high temperatures) TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Versions Magnet for sensors Standard strokes ✚ bar MPa psi °C POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 –10 to +80 NBR FKM/FPM LOW TEMPERATURE Inrush pressure Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weights Notes 10 10 10 1 1 1 145 145 145 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) –35 to +80 Unlubricated air. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. Lubrication. Single-acting through-rod.ROUND CYLINDER SERIES RNDC ACTUATORS ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC Clean profil cylinders available in different versions: • configuratio with or without magnet • single- and double-acting - single or through-rod • pneumatic cushioning on request • range of gaskets available in NBR. 40.2 m/s to prevent surging. must be continuous mm 32. Single-acting. NBR or FKM/FPM h HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy i HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy 1-98 . COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. Double-acting cushioned. Supplied without magnet on request mm Single-acting: for bores ø 32 to 50 strokes from 1 to 250 Double-acting: for bores ø 32 to 50 strokes from 1 to 500 ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. thick chromed b PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane. Higher values can create operating problems bar ø 32 and 40: 0. Double-acting through-rod cushioned.3 See page 1-7 See page 1-9 For speeds lower than 0. if used.

5 229 264.5 328 R1 Ø 40 146 178.5 178 210.5 426 For all the other values. C # .5 291 326.5 211 243. C # Upper limit 50 100 150 200 250 Ø 32 96 125 154 183 212 Ø 50 120 155.5 381 Lower limit 0 50 100 150 200 Stroke .5 262 Ø 32 172 201 230 259 288 Ø 50 220 255.5 F 22 24 32 ØG 30 38 45 CH1 10 13 17 I 96 113 120 L 172 198 220 M M10x1.5 316 348. except for T and R which are both replaced by R1 1-99 ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC ACTUATORS .5 362 Ø 32 127 156 185 214 243 Ø 50 158 193.25 M12x1. C # .25 M16x1. C # .DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS + = ADD STROKE DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSIONS + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD DOUBLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD Ø 32 40 50 D M30x1.5 M38x1. C # .5 300 Ø 32 220 249 278 307 336 Ø 50 284 319.5 N 14 16 18 O G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 ØP 38 46 57 R 78 89 96 ØS 12 16 20 SW 17 19 24 T 49 57 62 CH2 36 43 54 V 30 35 38 W 40 45 50 L1 220 251 284 DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SINGLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD I Ø 40 113 145.5 355 390.5 243 L Ø 40 198 230.5 276 L1 Ø 40 251 283. see previous table.5 M45x1.5 191 226.5 263 295.5 E M8x1 M10x1 M12x1.

to prevent surging. not magnetic) Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) Magnetic double-acting (cushioned) Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic) Single-acting (magnetic) ● Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z) s For speeds lower than 0. Use no-lubricated air only n Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) NOTES 1-100 .2m/s. look at the technical data A C Z X C MATERIAL C45 chrome rod.KEY TO CODES ACTUATORS CYL n 104 109 110 n 111 112 113 114 115 ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC 112 TYPE SE through-rod DEA DE SE DEM DEMA DEM through-rod DEMA through-rod 0 0 Standard s G No stick slip S Non-magnetic 32 BORE 32 40 50 0025 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. aluminium piston rod C45 chrome rod. technopolymer piston rod Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston P N ● V ● B P GASKETS polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM low temperature DE: DEM: DEMA: DEA: SE: Double-acting (non-cushioned.

ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER: FIXINGS FOOT MODEL AC + = ADD STROKE Note: Individually packed COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC + = ADD STROKE Code W0950320005 W0950400005 W0950500005 Ø 32 40 50 A 40 50 54 B 35 40 45 C 24 30 34 D 4 5 6 E 7 9 9 F 8 10 10 G 12 13 14 H 46.5 B 45 50 58 C 7 8 9 Weight [g] 46 56 124 Note: Individually packed FORK MODEL GK-M Code W0950322020 W0950402020 W0950502020 Ø 32 40 50 ØM 10 12 16 C 20 24 32 B 10 12 16 A 20 24 32 L 52 62 83 F 40 48 64 D M10x1.5 N 26 32 40 Weight [g] 92 148 340 Note: Individually packed 1-101 ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC ACTUATORS Code W0950320002 W0950400002 W0950500002 Ø 32 40 50 A 124 153 160 B 50 60 64 C 7 10 10 D 4 5 6 E 14 20 20 F 52 60 70 G 7 9 9 H 14 18 20 I 28 30 40 L 150 178 190 M 66 80 90 N 49 58 70 O 28 33 40 Weight [g] 104 190 296 .25 M16x1.1 I 20 28 36 L 127 146 158 M 60 72.25 M12x1.1 56.5 M38x1.1 69.5 89 R 12 13 14 SW 13 17 19 Weight [g] 152 262 401 Note: Supplied with 2 screws HEAD LOCK RING MODEL G Code W0950320010 W0950400010 W0950500010 Ø 32 40 50 A M30x1.5 M45x1.

5 B 10 10 10 a FOR MOUNTING ON THE CYLINDER ø 50 INSERT THE ALUMINIUM SPACER a YOU FIND IN THE PACKAGE 1-102 .25 M12x1.5 øG 39.25 M16x1.5 10.5 44 59 ØG1 17 19 26 P 6.SPHERICAL JOINT MODEL GA-M ACTUATORS Code W0950322025 W0950402025 W0950502025 Ø 32 40 50 øM 10 12 16 C 15 17 22 B1 10.25 M12x1.5 34.5 8.5 38. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 N.5 22 CH 17 19 22 Weight [g] 78 116 226 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC ARTICULATED JOINT MODEL GA-K Code W0950322030 W0950402030 W0950502030 Ø 32 40 50 A M10x1.25 M12x.5 8.MODEL GA Code W0950326021 W0950406021 W0950506021 Ø 32 40 50 A 49 59 79 B 36 42 58 C 30 36 44 CH 13 15 22 øD 11 14 17 øD1 6.5 10.5 B 20 24 32 C 20 20 32 D 71 75 103 øE 4 4 4 øF 22 22 32 SW1 12 12 20 SW2 30 30 41 SW3 30 30 41 SW4 19 19 30 SW5 17 19 24 Weight [g] 216 220 620 Note: Individually packed FLEXIBLE COLLAR .5 12 15 B 14 16 21 A 28 32 42 L 57 66 85 F 43 50 64 D M10x1.B. HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 E.5 S 12 15 20 S1 10 13.5 15 Weight [g] 172 286 628 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER: MAGNETIC SENSORS SENSOR Code W0950000201 W0950000222 W0950000232 Description REED sensor DSM2 - C525 HS E.25 M16x1.: For technical data see page 1-286 SENSOR CIRCLIP Code W0950000132 W0950000140 W0950000150 Bore 32 40 50 Model Circlip DXF 36 - 32 Circlip DXF 45 - 40 Circlip DXF 52 - 50 Ø 36 45 55 A 29.5 F M10x1.5 øG 15 17.125 M16x1.

4 0.8 0.4 0.4 0. 80 .4 0. For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel. stroke 5 to 130 mm ø 80 to ø 100. 40 . no-stick slip* All versions come complete with magnet.4 0. stroke 5 to 50 mm Anti-rotation: ø 12 to ø 63.4 1 0.6 0.6 0. Anti-rotation. stroke 5 to 120 mm ø 80 to ø 100.2 m/s. 16 . to prevent surging. stroke 5 to 100 mm ø 50 to ø 63. stroke 5 to 50 mm ø 32 to ø 40. stroke 5 to 150 mm Perforated through-rod: ø 20 to ø 40. stroke 5 to 70 mm ø 50 to ø 63. Supplied without magnet on request ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100 0. POLYURETHANE or FKM/FPM gaskets • special design on request. TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Standard strokes ✚ bar MPa °C mm mm Polyurethane 10 1 –10 to +80 NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature Versions Magnet for sensors Inrush pressure single piston rod through-rod Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction Weight Notes bar bar 10 10 10 1 1 1 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) –35 to +80 Unlubricated air. Lubrication.8 0. 100 With profil Double acting: ø 12 to ø 25.6 0. Double-acting through-rod. Perforated through-rod. Single acting extended piston rod.4 0. NBR or FKM/FPM GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy HALF-PISTON: ø 12 to 63 acetal resin ø 80 to 100 in aluminium with PTFE guide pad PISTON GASKET: polyurethane. 20 . if used.4 0.8 0.6 0. Single-acting through-rod. stroke 5 to 110 mm ø 80 to ø 100. 63 . Oscillating male. stroke 5 to 165 mm ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Oscillating female.4 See page 1-7 See page 1-8 * Using for speeds lower than 0.6 0.6 0. stroke 5 to 150 mm Single-acting: ø 12 to ø 25. thick chromed HEAD: ø 12 to 25 nichel-plated brass ø 32 to 100 anodised aluminium PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane. Single-acting retracted piston rod.SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS SERIES SSCY Compact cylinders suitable for installation in limited spaces: • configuratio with or without magnet • single or double-acting - single or through-rod • anti-rotation version and with built-in fixing • possible choice of NBR. must be continuous 12 . 50 . Higher values can create operating problems Double-acting. 32 . NBR or FKM/FPM MAGNET: ø 12 to 25 neodymium - ø 32 to 100 plastoferrite Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM 1-103 SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY ACTUATORS .4 0. 25 . stroke 5 to 25 mm ø 32 to ø 63.

5 36.5 10.5 42.2 61.2 48.5 3.5 19 21 28 32 35. RETRACTED PISTON ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 stroke 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 A 23.7 75.7 54.5 40.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 J 3.2 61.7 4.3 56.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 H1 10.7 56.8 9 M 7 10 10 10 15 15 18 18 N 38 37.5 56 E 26 28 32 39 48 F 11 11 11 18 18 G 32.5 8.7 6.5 8.5 5.7 73 88 110 134 E 26 28 32 39 48 54.5 10 10 11 15 15 18 L 3.6 4.7 46.6 5.5 10.5 33 32 33 37 45 39.5 66 80 100 124 F 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 23 26 26 G 32.3 øO 20 25 30 35 35 44 56 P M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 Q M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 R 20 22 28 36 40 50 62 82 103 øS 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 19 19 CH 5 7 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22 T 2 2 2 2 2.3 53.8 44.5 42 57 64 G1 36.5 39.7 65.7 4.5 8. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.6 9 9 11 K 6 6 7.5 10.5 10 11 14 18 20 25 31 V 16.2 53.5 U 9.5 10 10 11 12 H1 10.5 3.7 3.5 10.5 48.5 2.5 7.5 3.8 44.7 3.5 42 50 G1 36.5 28 32 37 45 54.5 18 73 88 66 80 18 23 G1/8 40 G1/8 50 G1/8 62 1-104 .5 66 80 100 124 B 13 20 22 26 32 40 50 62 82 103 øC 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 øC1 5.5 28 32 37 45 B 13 20 22 26 32 øC 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 øC1 5.6 4.5 40.3 53.5 40 48 54.5 40 48 60 72 DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING.7 6.2 84.7 5.5 9 9 11 11 15 15 19 24 D 28 33 37 47.5 47.5 56 62.7 6.5 3.7 H 6.5 10 10 11 12 J 3.5 6.7 52.5 7.7 67.5 19 21 28 32 35.7 5.8 9 9 11 M 7 10 10 10 15 15 18 18 18 20 N 38 37.7 46.5 V 16.8 48. DIMENSIONS STANDARD VERSIONS + = ADD THE STROKE DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE ACTING Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 23.5 2.7 6.5 42.6 4.5 4 5 U 9.5 10 11 14 18 20 25 31 41 51.2 74.FIXING METHOD ACTUATORS SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY Fix directly from above using long through-screws or tie rods.5 8.5 6.2 57.g.5 7.7 øO 20 25 30 35 35 P M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 Q M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 R 20 22 28 36 øS 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 CH 5 7 8 8 10 10 13 13 T 2 2 2 2 2.6 5. AISI 304).5 6.7 4.5 5.5 48.5 36.6 9 K 6 6 7.5 47.5 40 66 80 50 62 62.5 10 10 11 15 L 3.7 H 6.5 39.7 4.5 9 9 11 11 15 15 D 28 33 37 47.7 3.2 48.6 4.5 6.6 5.2 54.2 57.5 33 32 33 37 39.7 3.5 7.2 53.6 5.

5 19 21 28 32 35.5 47.5 18 73 88 66 80 18 23 G 32.5 H1 J 10.5 42.7 3.5 6.7 52.5 36.5 47.5 13 øC 6 øC1 5.7 6.5 10 11 14 18 20 25 31 V 16.5 10.5 8.8 48.7 54.5 40 48 G1/8 40 G1/8 50 G1/8 62 DIMENSIONS OF Ø 12 ANTI-ROTATION + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 12 A B 23.7 65.6 9 K 6 6 7.5 3.5 10 10 11 12 H1 10.2 48.5 D 28 E 26 F 11 G H 32.5 FF M3 øGG 4 1-105 SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY ACTUATORS .5 M6 L 12 N 38 Z1 16 Z2 11 Q M5 øS 8 U 9.DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING EXTENDED PISTON ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 stroke 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 A 23.5 U 9.5 10.2 54.5 28 32 37 45 B 13 20 22 26 32 øC 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 øC1 5.5 5.7 5.5 39.5 56 E 26 28 32 39 48 F 11 11 11 18 18 54.6 4.6 5.7 46.5 10 10 11 12 J 3.5 48.8 44.7 3.5 7.5 øCC 6 øDD 3.5 8 BB 3.5 40 66 80 50 62 62.5 V AA 16.7 4.5 9 9 11 11 15 15 D 28 33 37 47.3 56.7 56.5 33 32 33 37 45 39.6 5.5 42 50 G1 36.5 7.8 9 M 7 10 10 10 15 15 18 18 N 38 37.2 61.2 53.5 6.5 3.5 10 10 11 15 L 3.7 H 6.2 61.6 4.7 øO 20 25 30 35 35 P M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 Q M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 R 20 22 28 36 øS 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 CH 5 7 8 8 10 10 13 13 T 2 2 2 2 2.5 6.7 6.3 53.5 2.5 8.5 40.7 4.2 57.

5 7.5 8 10 10 11 15 15 18 FF M3 M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 øGG 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 øO 20 25 30 35 35 44 56 1-106 .5 9 9 11 11 15 15 19 24 D 33 37 47.5 9 9 9 øEE 6 7.7 6.7 73 88 110 134 E 28 32 39 48 54.5 40 48 60 72 AA 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 17 BB 3.7 4.5 6.5 5.5 39.2 48.5 5.7 46.5 V 19 21 28 32 35.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 J 3.7 4.8 44.2 74.2 84.6 9 9 11 K 6 7.5 8.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 H1 10.5 4.2 53.5 56 62.7 5.2 57.5 42.7 75.7 6.5 40.5 6.3 53.6 4.5 66 80 100 124 B 20 22 26 32 40 50 62 82 103 øC 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 øC1 7.5 8.5 66 80 100 124 F 11 11 18 18 18 18 23 26 26 G 33 32 33 37 39.6 5.5 10.6 4.5 5 5 6 6 7 9 9 9 øCC 6 7.6 5.5 36.8 9 9 11 N 37.5 10 10 11 14 14 14 øDD 3.5 7.7 H 6.5 5.3 Z1 20 22 22 26 34 43 55 70 94 Z2 15 18 22 26 34 43 55 70 94 Q M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 R 20 22 28 36 40 50 62 82 103 øS 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 19 19 CH 7 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22 U 10 11 14 18 20 25 31 41 51.5 4.5 10 10 11 15 15 18 L 3.DIMENSIONS OF Ø 16 TO Ø 100 ANTI-ROTATION ACTUATORS SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 28 32 37 45 54.5 42 57 64 G1 36.5 48.7 67.

6 5.7 3.6 5.5 10 11 14 18 X* 5.4 104.7 4.0 54.DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD DIMENSION OF DOUBLE ACTING THROUGH-ROD AND PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 23.5 10.6 9 9 11 K 6 6 7.5 8.5 4.6 4.5 66 80 100 124 B 13 20 22 26 32 40 50 62 82 103 øC 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 øC1 5.5 40 7 7 48 9 9 V 16.5 35.9 60.8 45.5 52. 20: (N 1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+) 1-107 SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY ACTUATORS .5 56 62.7 45.9 74.6 øO 20 25 30 35 35 44 56 P M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 Q M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 R 20 22 28 36 40 50 62 82 103 øS 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 19 19 CH 5 7 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22 T 2 2 2 2 2.5 66 80 100 124 F 11 11 11 18 18 18 18 23 26 26 G2 36.8 9 M 7 10 10 10 15 15 18 18 N1 47.5 10.5 28 32 37 45 54.4 63.5 9 9 11 11 15 15 D 28 33 37 47.5 31 * for ø 12.9 55.5 10.9 57.5 49.9 66.9 66.5 25 13 3.4 81.7 6.5 42 57 64 G3 42.9 52.7 3.5 5.5 1.6 5.6 4.5 9 9 11 11 15 15 19 24 D 28 33 37 47.7 59.7 45.5 5.5 7 9 8 9.4 H 10.9 73.7 73 88 110 134 ød** 1.9 52.5 28 32 37 45 B 13 20 22 26 32 øC 6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 øC1 5.7 5.5 2.5 2.5 56 E 26 28 32 39 48 F 11 11 11 18 18 G2 36.5 U 9.6 4.5 47.5 4.5 49.9 55.6 * for ø 12.5 19 21 28 32 54.8 36 35.5 10.7 44.7 44.5 20 13 3.4 85.5 7.7 4.5 6 7.5 3.5 7.5 10.7 36.5 10 10 11 12 H1 10.5 8.5 66.7 4.5 3.6 5.5 8.5 2.5 67.5 10.5 2.7 54.5 66.5 7.5 40 66 80 50 62 62.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 H1 10.5 18 73 88 66 80 18 23 M6 G1/8 40 15 M8 G1/8 50 15 M8 G1/8 62 15 10 2.0 57.4 øO 20 25 30 35 35 P M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 Q M5 M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 R 20 22 28 36 øS 8 8 8 15 15 CH 5 7 8 8 10 T 2 2 2 2 2.7 5.5 7.6 9 K 6 6 7.5 42 50 G3 42. 16.5 4.5 4.5 19 21 28 32 35.5 8.8 9 9 11 M 7 10 10 10 15 15 18 18 18 20 N1 47.5 8. 20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+) ** column for perforated through-rod only DIMENSION OF SINGLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 stroke 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 5 to 25 > 25 to 50 A 23.7 3.7 36.7 3.8 36 35.5 10 10 11 12 J 3.5 6 7.7 37 45 39.5 8.6 4.5 39.4 77.8 45.5 6.7 6.9 74.4 93.7 4.5 6.5 V 16.9 73.5 10 11 14 18 20 25 31 41 51.5 10 10 11 12 14 15 J 3.5 10 10 11 15 L 3.5 40 48 60 72 X* 5. 16.7 37 39.5 4 5 U 9.5 39.5 10.5 47.4 H 10.7 59.5 4 5 6 E 26 28 32 39 48 54.5 8.5 10.5 7.5 10 10 11 15 15 18 L 3.

refer to the standard version DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 221 VERSION (MALE HINGE MOD. B) + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 stroke 5 to 70 5 to 70 5 to 110 5 to 110 D2 10 12 12 16 G 59 64. non-magnetic Single-acting. 1-108 .2 80.7 R 11 13 13 17 S1 26 28 32 40 S2 45 52 60 70 Note: For other dimensions. to prevent surging. extended rod Double acting.2 89.5 74 G 62.KEY TO CODES ACTUATORS CYL n 208 n 209 n 210 n 211 212 213 214 n 215 217 t 218 221 222 n 223 SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY 212 TIPOLOGIA Single-acting retracted rod.7 H6 22 25 27 32 H8 10 10 12 12 N 70.7 H6 22 25 27 32 H8 10 10 12 12 N 70.5 66.7 R 11 13 13 17 S1 26 28 32 40 Note: For other dimensions.2 80.7 73. refer to the standard version.3 78.2 89. aluminium piston rod ø 12 to 63 mm C C45 chrome rod. perforated through-rod Oscillating male hinge (up to ø 63 only) Oscillating female hinge (up to ø 63 only) Single-acting. non-magnetic Single-acting extended rod.3 78.2 m/s.5 74 G1 62.8 69.7 73.5 66.2 80. retracted. BA) + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 stroke 5 to 70 5 to 70 5 to 110 5 to 110 D2 10 12 12 16 G 59 64. through-rod Single-acting. anti-rotation Double acting.8 69. Use no-lubricated air only DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 222 VERSION (FEMALE HINGE MOD. magnetic Double acting. retracted rod Single acting.2 80. anti-rotation Double acting. through-rod 0 0 Standard S Non-magnetic s G No stick slip 40 BORE 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 ◆ 100 0010 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes. look at the technical data C MATERIAL A C45 chrome rod. technopolymer piston rod (standard ø 80 to 100 mm) Z Stainless steel piston rod and nut aluminium piston ø 12 to 63 mm X Stainless steel piston rod and nut technopolymer piston (standard ø 80 to 100 mm) P N ● V ● B P GASKETS Polyurethane gaskets NBR gaskets FKM/FPM gaskets Low temperature ◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1 n Available up to ø 63 t Available from ø 20 ● Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z) s For speeds lower than 0. non-magnetic Double acting.

. . . . 0011 009 . 0023 009 . . 0010 009 .DIMENSIONS OF MALE NIPPLE FOR PISTON ROD Code 219001200 219001600 219001600 219002500 219003200 219004000 219005000 219005000 219008000 219010000 Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 ØD M6 M8 M8 M10x1. . 0031 009 . .5 Ød M3 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 B 16 20 20 22 22 24 32 32 40 40 C 6 9 9 9 12 12 15 15 15 18 CH 4 6 6 7 7 10 13 13 17 17 Weight [g] 3 8 8 12 14 14 20 20 96 102 ACCESSORIES FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS: MAGNETIC SENSORS Code W0950000252 W0950000253 W0950014360 Bore 12 to 100 12 to 100 12 to 100 Model Reed sensor DCB 2C-425 Sensor HALL PNP DCB3-N225 Sensor HALL NPN DCB3-M225 Version Reed connector + bracket - CB Hall PNP connector + bracket - CB Hall NPN connector + bracket - CB N.25 M10x1. 0015 009 . . 0033 009 . . . . . .5 M20x1. . .5 M20x1. 0006 009 . 0021 009 . .25 M12x1. 0005 009 . .25 M16x1. 0001 Bores ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 ø 12 to 100 Type Complete polyurethane front head kit Complete NBR front head kit Complete NBR rear head kit Complete polyurethane piston kit Complete NBR piston kit Complete set of polyurethane gaskets Complete set of NBR gaskets Complete polyurethane front+rear head kit + piston Complete NBR front+rear head kit + piston Magnet Parts abcdef abcdef ghij klmno klmno bdehjmo bdehjmo abcdefghijklmno abcdefghijklmno p 1-109 ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY ACTUATORS . . .: For technical data see page 1-287 SPARES PARTS FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS Code 009 .5 M16x1.B. .

5 16x1. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Strokes Port Versions Design Seal OR on the body (not included in the supply) bar MPa °C 2 to 6 0. 15 M5 Single-acting Mechanically edged Ø 6 10 16 Ø 6 10 16 OR 7x1 9. 10 .5x1.2 to 0. ATTENTION: in case of cycles with high frequences it’s advisable that the piston doesn’t reach the end of the stroke during the rod coming out stage.5 STROKE 5 10 14 16 30 35 76 84 mm mm Weight g 15 19 40 90 COMPONENTS a Nickel-plated brass body b NBR rubber piston rod gasket c AISI 303 steel piston/piston rod (for ø 6 - ø 10) Brass piston (for ø 16) d Steel spring e Zinc-plated steel nut f Brass bushing g AISI 303 steel piston rod (for ø 16) h Zinc-plated steel nut 1-110 . owing to the external O-ring which ensures perfect seal. 16 5 . Lubrication. must be continuous 6 . 10 .CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER SERIES CRTC ACTUATORS CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC Single-acting micro-cylinders with threaded body for fixin in small space or directly inside the machine body.6 –10 to +80 Lubricated or unlubricated air. if used.

5 M22x1.5 12 19 H M10x1 M15x1. CRTC-006-0015-S000-00 CYL.5 M22x1. 16 Ø 6 10 16 C 5 7 6 CH 9 14 20 CH1 5. CRTC-016-0005-S000-00 CYL. CRTC-006-0005-S000-00 CYL.5 M M5 M5 M5 N 2.4 2 4 S 3 4 5 SW 14 19 27 ASSEMBLY SEAT DIMENSIONS L Stroke 10 5 6 7 L1 Stroke 10 17 17 20 L2 Stroke 10 19 19 21 L3 Stroke 10 24 26 31 Ø 6 10 16 5 5 6 7 15 5 6 7 5 10 11 15 15 24 24 25 5 12 13 17 15 26 26 27 5 16 20 26 15 31 34 36 K 8.5 21.5 28. CRTC-010-0015-S000-00 CYL.5 16 22.5 7 8 E 8 10.5 27 32 37 B Stroke 5 10 15 14.5 36. CRTC-016-0015-S000-00 KEY TO CODES CYL C R T C TYPE Cartridge microcylinder 010 DIAMETER 006 010 016 0010 STROKE 0005 0010 0015 S 0 00 TYPE Single-acting retracted piston rod 0 0 FURTHER DESCRIPTION 0 0 SPECIAL DESIGN 1-111 CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC ACTUATORS A Stroke 5 10 15 19.5 13 F M3 M4 M5 G 8.5 KEY TO CODES Code W1000060005 W1000060010 W1000060015 W1000100005 W1000100010 W1000100015 W1000160005 W1000160010 W1000160015 Description CYL.5 29. Ø 6.5 21 26 31 . CRTC-006-0010-S000-00 CYL. CRTC-016-0010-S000-00 CYL.5 26. 10. CRTC-010-0010-S000-00 CYL.5 12 19 M1 M10x1 M15x1. CRTC-010-0005-S000-00 CYL.5 23 29.5 33.CARTRIDGE CYLINDER DIMENSIONS.

Ø 25: 20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200 Ø 32 to Ø 63: 25-50-75-100-150-175 Ø 32 to Ø 100: 25-50-75-100-150-200 Other strokes on request but with the same cylinder dimensions as the standard stroke immediately above With bronze bushings With ball bearings See page 1-9 * only bronze bushings version COMPONENTS a BARREL: anodized aluminium alloy b PISTON ROD: grinded chrome steel c GUIDE ROD: grinded chrome steel d GUIDE ROD: hardened and tempered chrome steel e REAR BASE: anodized aluminium alloy f FRONT BASE: anodized aluminium alloy g GUIDE BUSHING: self-lubricating bronze h BUFFER GASKET: NBR i PISTON: aluminium alloy j MAGNET: plastoferrite k PISTON GASKET: (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR l GUIDE RING: PTFE m SLIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze n BALL BEARINGS o DUST SCRAPER RING: NBR or FKM/FPM p GREASE NIPPLES: zinc-plated or stainless steel q FLANGE: anodized aluminium alloy 1-112 . TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Strokes bar MPa psi °C °F mm mm CUSHIONED NO-CUSHIONED Version Weights 1 to 10 0. Threaded holes and calibrated holes are provided for fixin the dowel pins. 63 16. 20. mast be continuos 16. 63. 80. 100 Ø 16: 20 - 30-40-50 Ø 16: 10-20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200 Ø 20. 20. 40. 40. 50. 25. The rod guiding bushes are mounted directly in the anodized aluminium alloy lining. There are grooves on one side of the body to house the retractable sensors. if used. In the non-cushioned version. the stop is silenced by NBR front gaskets. Ø 25: 20-30-40-50-75-100-150 Ø 20. chromed and ground steel rods. or ball recirculation bushes coupled with tempered. Two guiding solutions are available: sintered bronze bushes coupled with ground carbon chromed steel rods.5 to 145 -10 to +80 14 to 176 Unlubricated air. and the cushioned version has adjustable pins to graduate braking. 25.COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS SERIES CMPG ACTUATORS COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG The guided compact cylinder series CMPG is a robust and practical solution with a built-in guide unit. 50. Lubrication. 32.1 to 1 14. 32.

36 0.30 10.40 2.18 2.5 3.54 0.78 9.7 8.4 1.44 10.MAXIMUM SIDE LOAD 10 35 29 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 20 29 31 52 56 71 72 – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 27 – 50 – 67 – 197 89 197 89 295 138 295 138 354 236 540 471 30 26 27 45 48 61 62 – – – – – – – – – – – – 40 23 38 39 79 54 78 – – – – – – – – – – – – 100 14 24 49 50 66 52 109 217 109 217 177 314 177 314 207 687 344 1074 150 10 12 38 27 50 37 78 138 78 138 125 184 125 184 153 413 254 629 175 – – – – – – 70 122 70 122 112 163 112 163 – – – – 200 8 8 31 32 41 30 65 110 65 110 103 148 103 148 128 335 213 511 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 NB: Forces are expressed in N MAXIMUM TORQUE ON PLATE Ø mm 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Guide unit Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls 10 0.28 0.38 2.36 3.7 49.34 22.85 3.46 7.73 63.32 1.44 2.61 1.20 1.46 11.82 1.45 0.40 – 0.94 11.08 1.51 0.12 0.46 – – – – 200 0.92 1.90 1 1.90 0.80 4 4.38 19.04 1.02 1.55 2.49 0.62 16.43 1.40 2.9 4.28 1.16 – – – – – – – – – – – – Stroke (mm) 50 75 0.45 0.40 1.97 2.38 5.6 NB: Forces are expressed in Nm ASSEMBLY OPTIONS If the compact guided cylinder is mounted as shown in figur A.55 21.84 5.46 0.42 – 3.45 7.05 1.78 1.59 1.56 0.20 0.70 2.8 6.32 0.40 2.60 2.40 11.38 5.73 2.69 0.1 150 0.35 4.18 1.56 30 0.74 – – – – – – –´ – – – – – – – – – 20 0.79 1.5 14.77 9.05 4.46 5.24 1.06 3.98 – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 0.64 1.90 21.65 26.97 4.55 2.50 0.96 3. there need to be two through holes in the frame for the guide columns.50 3.90 2.78 4.88 31.55 1.96 1.40 10.68 13.72 1.6 175 – – – – – – 1.46 1 2.45 2.94 1.72 0.88 24.3 6.25 0.24 2.70 – – – – – – – – – – – – 40 0.72 100 0.65 0.80 7.4 4.24 0. 1-113 COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls Bushes Balls ACTUATORS Ø mm 16 Guide unit Stroke (mm) 50 75 20 16 34 29 35 58 70 54 48 78 73 60 168 138 60 276 168 138 60 276 256 216 89 393 256 216 89 393 305 256 158 864 471 413 314 1374 .44 1.95 2.45 6.4 8.9 9.4 5 5.10 1.66 2.60 0.85 – 1.40 2.35 0.70 3 3 4.

STOPPER FUNCTIONS ACTUATORS The graph refers to a 50mm-stroke cylinder. COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG LIFTING FUNCTIONS The graph refers from 25 to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit The graph refers from 75 to 100 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit The graph refers to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with bushing guide unit 1-114 .

5 1.5 15 1.5 11 1.5 29.5 84 ØQ 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 30 R 13 13 14 16 17 17 20 21 25 T 20 20 25 20 20 25 25 30 35 U Z1 8 5.5 2 2 1-115 COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG ACTUATORS .5 Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 33 36 42 51 51 59 72 92 112 A1 25 29 38 49 49 56 69 88 108 B 64 74 88 114 124 140 150 188 224 B1 62 72 86 112 122 138 148 185 221 C 33 37 37.5 1.5 1.5 72 89 KH7 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 8 I 40 46 56 80 90 100 110 140 170 L * * * 73.5 12.5 19 E 16 18 26 30 30 40 50 60 80 E1 7 10 10 5 10 10 10 15 15 E2 52 60 70 96 106 120 130 160 190 E3 54 64 76 100 110 124 132 166 200 F M5 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 F1 M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 F2 – – – M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 G 10.5 25.5 37.5 44 44 49 56.5 49.5 36 46 56 N 8 9 8 15 21 27 31.5 56.5 73.5 12.5 8 4.5 9 2 11 1.5 11 11.5 0 to 50 45 49 49.5 66 C1 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 D 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 15.5 36 46 56 M3 18 19 21 25.5 1.5 37 40 P 45 49 49.5 29.5 56 58 63 74.5 2 1.5 38 46.5 14 14 14 19 23 H – – – 32.DIMENSIONS OF NO-CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS + = ADD THE STROKE BORE 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 ØS Version BA (Bronze Bushings) 10 12 16 20 20 25 25 28 35 Version BB (Ball Bearings) 10 10 16 20 20 ** ** 25 30 ** for strokes 25 and 50 = 20 for strokes ≥75 = 25 *= BORE 16 20 25 L stroke 75 to 200 – 76 79.5 2.5 25.5 18 2 21 2 Z2 2.5 83 83 93 105 M 22 26 32 38 38 44 44 56 62 M1 42 52 62 80 90 100 110 140 170 M2 15 17 21 25.

5 29.5 KH7 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 I 40 46 56 80 90 100 110 L * * * 106.5 108.5 69 69 74 C1 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 D 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 E 16 18 26 30 30 40 50 E1 32 35 35 30 35 35 35 E2 52 60 70 96 106 120 130 E3 54 64 76 100 110 124 132 F M5 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 F1 M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 F2 – – – M6 M6 M8 M8 G 10.5 89 93 98 ØQ 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 R 13 13 14 16.5 8 4.5 17 17 20 T 20 20 25 20 20 25 25 U Z1 8 5.5 82.DIMENSIONS OF CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS ACTUATORS COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG + = ADD THE STROKE BORE 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 ØS Version BA (Bronze Bushings) 10 12 16 20 20 25 25 Version BB (Ball Bearings) 10 10 16 20 20 ** ** ** for strokes 25 and 50 = 20 for strokes ≥75 = 25 *= BORE 16 20 25 L stroke 75 to 200 – 105.5 12.5 1.5 1.5 118 118 M 22 26 32 38 38 44 44 M1 42 52 62 80 90 100 110 M2 15 16.5 2.5 2 1.5 ◆ for bronze bushings = 78.5 11 11.5 38 46.5 15 1.5 1.5 25.5 Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 A 33 36 42 51 51 59 72 A1 25 29 38 49 49 56 69 B 64 74 88 114 124 140 150 B1 62 72 86 112 122 138 148 C 58 62 62.5 56. for ball bearing = 75 1-116 .5 106.5 29.5 14 14 14 H – – – 32.5 1.5 62.5 21 25.5 Z2 2.5 36 M3 18 19.5 36 N 8 9 8 15 21 27 31.5 12.5 21 25.5 9 2 11 1.5 25.5 0 to 50 70 74 74.5 11 1.5 P ◆ 78 78.

sensor.O. 100.g. 150. 30. 50. 50 Ø 20 to 25: 20. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N. 50. 75. 20. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N. 200 ◆ Other strokes on request but with the same cylinder dimensions as the standard stroke immediately above.5 m W0952029394 HALL N. vertical insertion 2. sensor.O.O. sensor. 75.O.O. 50. vertical insertion 2. 100. 50. 200 Ø 20 to 25: 20. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N. 175 NOT CUSHIONED VERSION ◆ Ø 16: 10. ✱ Not cushioned version only ● Bronze bushings version only ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER: MAGNETIC SENSORS RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code Description W0952025390 HALL N. 150. 40. sensor. 30. 40.5 m W0952029504* HALL N. sensor.O.5 m W0952028184 REED N. sensor. 40. 100.5 m W0952128184* REED N. e. 30. 200 Ø 32 to 100: 25. sensor. 150. 100.O. 75. vertical insertion HS 2. 30. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. NB: For technical data see page 1-288 NOTES 1-117 ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG ACTUATORS . 75. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N. 75.KEY TO CODES W 1 4 3 TYPE 0 3 2 DIAMETER 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 ✱ 80 ✱ A1=100 2 3 4 5 2 VERSION bronze bushings ball bearings cushioned with brass bushings cushioned with ball bearings 02 5 STROKE CUSHIONED VERSION Ø 16: 20. 100. ● 25.O. near metal masses. ● 25. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. 40. 150 Ø 32 to 63: 25. 150.O. 50.

ø 16. 32.8 14. • Calibrated extruded anodized aluminium alloy barrel • Sensor slots and accessory slots in the barrel itself • Longitudinal seal by means of specially-shaped indeformable stainless steel strips • Strokes 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm intervals • Adjustable integrated pneumatic cushioning • Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time • For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards). use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. speed with decelerators Weight Notes 1 to 8 0.1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM) See page 1-9 For speeds lower than 0. 40 and 63 mm – and the design incorporates numerous innovations.1 to 0. 25. must be continuous. 25. the valves can be fitte directly using the retracting sensors without requiring any intermediate brackets. Refer to the table on page 1-46 TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Type of construction Strokes bar MPa psi °C °F mm mm NBR FKM/FPM Recommended speeds Max. 40. 32. 32 e 40: from 100 to 5700 with 1mm interval ø 63: from 100 to 5500 with 1mm interval V . if used.1 m/s (NBR) V $1 m/s (FKM/FPM) .5 to 116 –10 to +80 14 to 176 50 mm unlubricated filtere air Lubrication.2 m/s to prevent surging.RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES STD ACTUATORS RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD Rodless cylinders come in fiv different bores - ø 16. 63 Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system ø 16: from 100 to 5000 with 1mm interval ø 25. COMPONENTS a CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy b BARREL: profile anodized aluminium alloy c PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM d CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy e SCRAPER: Hostaform® f O-RING: FKM/FPM g PISTON: Hostaform® h CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM j SLIDE: aluminium alloy k OUTER STRIP: stainless steel l INNER STRIP: stainless steel m BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform® 1-118 .

The maximum cushionable load depends on the traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders.3 1 2 4 8 Mv max [Nm] 0. it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the work generated.B.DIMENSIONING . it is advisable to keep to the following equations.5 3 4 8 24 . Piston rate [m/sec] Mass to be buffered [Kg] MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS Load L (N) Distance K [mm] 1-119 RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD N.FORCE AND TORQUE 16 25 32 40 63 DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without intense or repeated impact which would damage it. Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv ACTUATORS Bore Centre Distance Y 9 14 18 22 44 Actual Force F at 6 bar [N] 110 250 420 640 1550 Cushioning stroke [mm] 15 21 26 32 40 Max.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force. load L [N] 120 300 450 750 1650 Ma max [Nm] 4 15 30 60 200 Mr max [Nm] 0. The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.

5 15 K 32 50 55 55 M M4 M5 M6 M6 M1 M3 M5 M6 M6 M2 M5 M6 M8 M8 N 7 12 14 17.5 20 30 36 W2 9 13.75 3.6 36 36.5 53 74 85 Z2 24 33 44 49 Z3 4.5 22 24 J 6.5 6.5 66 86 97 R 23.5 10.8 S 18 23 27 28 T 2.BARREL CROSS SECTION RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD DIMENSIONS Ø 16 to 40 + = ADDED STROKE Ø 16 25 32 40 ACTUATORS A 130 200 250 300 B 12 17 23 45 C 15 23 27 30 D 76 120 150 150 E 64 100 110 110 F 48 80 90 90 G M5 1/8 1/4 1/4 H 12 18.5 8 11.8 Z4 28 42 70 70 1-120 .4 U 10 15 18 18 V 18 27 40 54 VS 18 27 36 54 W 27 40 56 69 WS 27 40 52 72 W1 13.5 22 27 Y 4.4 8.5 29.5 N1 8 11 12 12 O 6 13 12 12 P 43.5 8 9 Z1 37.3 4.4 4.5 6.

D. H to feed the right chambers Note: B. B.5 M8 C 13 20 38 38 32 D 2 3 5 5 8 E 20 30 90 90 80 F 10 16 75 75 65 G – – 55 55 37 H 47-50 72-75 91-100 111-120 155-162 L 28 42 70 70 82 1-121 RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD ACTUATORS .5 5. F. B feed the left chambers E. H feed the left chambers VERSION WITH SWING CARRIAGE NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 A 25 37 70 70 80 ØB 4. G.5 6. D to feed to left chambers E. F.5 6. you can arrange: all feeds from the left all feeds from the right A. F feed the right chambers C. G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder. C.DIMENSIONS Ø 63 + = ADDED STROKE Basic supply A. D feed the right chambers G. C.

Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s ✚ Available up to ø 32 1-122 .7 19 Stroke 10.5 5 4 1.5 W8 46 67 89 108 153 WS4 42 50 60 75 103 Y1 7.5 – Z4 7 8 10 12. thrust force [N] 220 530 890 1550 2220 For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1-137 KEY TO CODES CYL 27 TYPE 27 Rodless cylinder 0 ✚ 0 1 2 3 Standard With swing drive Twin cushioned series “Double” Double-acting cushioned Magnetic + adjustable limit switches and shock absorbers 0 0 Magnetic S Non-magnetic n G No stick slip 2 5 BORE 16 25 32 40 63 0050 STROKE ø 16: from 100 to 5000 mm ø 25 to 40: from 100 to 5700 mm ø 63 from 100 to 5500 mm C N GASKETS N NBR gasket ● V FKM/FPM gasket n For speeds lower than 0.2 12.5 M36x1. to prevent surging.5 M20x1.5 E – 17 29 32.8 – G – 9 11 14 – W7 38 53 74 89 128.5 9. cushioned force For stroke [J] For hour [J] 10 14125 26 34000 54 53700 90 70000 160 91000 Max. impact force [N] 1000 2800 3750 5500 11120 Max.4 16 22 25 25 Max.DIMENSIONS VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD ACTUATORS Ø 16 25 32 40 63 B Max 42 72 90 105 105 C1 22 44 56 74 65 D M12x1 M14x1.5 16 Z5 7.8 12.5 M25x1.2 m/s.

63 Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system mm ø 25. on which a cover with two acetalic resin wearresistant pads slides. 40. which can be replaced without the need for dismantling the cylinder. sensor slots and accessory holding slots. In this way the carriage only transfers loads axially and does not support loads and moments in other directions.1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM) See page 1-9 For speeds lower than 0.8 to 116 –10 to +80 14 to 176 50 mm unlubricated filtere air Lubrication. COMPONENTS a CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy b BARREL: profile anodized aluminium alloy c PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM d CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy e SCRAPER: Hostaform® f O-RING: FKM/FPM g PISTON: Hostaform® h CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM j SLIDE: aluminium alloy k OUTER STRIP: stainless steel l INNER STRIP: stainless steel m BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform® n “V” GUIDE PLATE: Hostaform® 1-123 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” Two opposed V-shaped guide units are obtained directly in the anodized aluminium cylinder liner.2 m/s to prevent surging.8 21. 32. They can be purchased separately and applied at any time to the basic cylinders as well. if used. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. ACTUATORS . must be continuous mm 25. speed with decelerators Weight Notes bar MPa psi °C °F NBR FKM/FPM 1. 32 and 40: from 100 to 5700 with 1mm interval ø 63: from 100 to 5500 with 1mm interval V . The play of the pads can be adjusted by means of side threaded grub screws.15 to 0.RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Type of construction Strokes Recommended speeds Max. Therefore. A version is available with adjustable limit switches and hydraulic decelerators.1 m/s (NBR) V $1 m/s (FKM/FPM) .5 to 8 0. This family of rodless cylinders has the same features as the basic versions: such as an integrated adjustable pneumatic cushioning. The cover has a tip-up-type carriage-piston rod coupling. it is possible to recover the wear of pads.

For higher speeds. Piston rate [m/sec] Mass to be buffered [Kg] MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS Load L (N) Distance K [mm] 1-124 .2 m/s.B. load L [N] 350 400 700 1800 Ma max [Nm] 22 40 70 250 Mr max [Nm] 5 10 26 80 Mv max [Nm] 22 40 70 250 N.FORCE AND TORQUE ACTUATORS Bore 25 32 40 63 Centre Distance Y 14 18 22 44 Actual Force F at 6 bar [N] 200 300 490 1300 Cushioning stroke [mm] 21 26 32 40 Max.B.DIMENSIONING .: The loads can be applied for speeds below 0.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force. The maximum cushionable load depends on the traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders. it is advisable to keep to the following equations Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without intense or repeated impact which would damage it. The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar. it is advisable not to exceed 1 m/s N. it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the work generated.

5 Q 21 17.5 R 46 66 80 S 26 45 45 T 10 10.5 V 27 40 54 VS 27 36 54 W 40 56 69 WS 40 52 72 W1 20 30 36 W2 13.5 17.6 9.8 1-125 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” ACTUATORS .5 22 27 Y 6.BARREL CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS Ø 25 to 40 + = ADDED STROKE Only for ø 25 Ø 25 32 40 A 200 250 300 AG 25 25 AO 2 2.5 10.9 Z3 6.4 6.5 6.5 53.5 8 11.5 79.5 88 98.4 B 17 23 45 C 23 27 30 D 120 150 150 E 90 110 110 F 45 40 40 G 1/8 1/4 1/4 H 18.5 15 K 45 55 55 M M5 M5 M6 M1 M5 M6 M6 M2 80 90 90 N 12 15 17.5 22 24 J 8.5 8 9 Z1 57.5 N1 8 12 12 øO 5.5 17.5 89.9 Z2 37.4 P 67.5 49.

D feed the right chambers G.2 m/s.5 16 Z5 9. D to feed to left chambers E. you can arrange: all feeds from the right all feeds from the left A.5 W8 67 89 108 153 WS4 50 60 75 103 Z4 8 10 12. Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s 1-126 . F.DIMENSIONS Ø 63 ACTUATORS RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” + = ADDED STROKE Basic supply A. F feed the right chambers C.5 100 40 120 60 14 M25x1.2 12. G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder. B.5 100 63 122 65 M36x1. ø 40 ø 63 Ø B Max C1 C2 D F 25 84 35 9 M14x1. C. H to feed the right chambers Note: B. H feed the left chambers DIMENSIONS VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS ø 25 ø 32. G.7 19 Stroke 16 22 25 25 Max. cushioned force For stroke [J] For hour [J] 26 34000 54 53700 90 70000 160 91000 Max. F. impact force [N] 2800 3750 5500 11120 Max. thrust force [N] 530 890 1550 2220 KEY TO CODES CYL 27 TYPE 27 Rodless cylinder 7 7 Double-acting cushioned Magnetic with guide “V” 8 Double-acting cushioned Magnetic with guide “V” + adjustable limit switches and decelerator 0 0 Magnetic S Non-magnetic ✱ G No stick slip 2 5 BORE 25 32 40 63 0050 STROKE ø 25 to 40: from 100 to 5700 mm ø 63 from 100 to 5500 mm C N GASKETS N NBR gasket ● V FKM/FPM gasket ✱ For speeds lower than 0. to prevent surging. B feed the left chambers E.5 80 32 110 45 11 M20x1. C.5 120 For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1-137 W7 53 74 89 128.8 12. D.

For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards). speed with decelerators Weight Notes 0.2 m/s to prevent surging. 40 and 63. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air. they only need lubricating every 2000 km or once a year. using type 2 grease. Besides the general features specifie for standard rodless cylinders. G1/4”. 25. G3/8” As required . • Extra sturdy slide support with various holes for fixin the loads. acting in all directions without discharging onto the cylinder slide.1 m/s $1 m/s . must be continuous ø 16. 63 Doubl-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system ø 16: from 100 to 1350 with 1 interval ø 25: from 100 to 2300 with 1 interval ø 32: from 100 to 2300 with 1 interval ø 40: from 100 to 2250 with 1 interval ø 63 standard: from 100 to 2100 with 1 interval ø 63 heavy: from 100 to 2650 with 1 interval M5. the other main features are: • Very high load capacity. • 100 to 2650 stroke at intervals of 1 mm. 25. 40. complete with 2 zinc-plated or burnished nuts for fixin g DECELERATOR SUPPORT: anodised aluminium h BRACKET: hardened-and-tempered and zinc-plated steel 1-127 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE The range of rodless cylinders with ball circulation guides is available with fiv different bores ø 16. • Hardened steel guide connected fi mly to the cylinder barrel.5 to 8 0. G1/8”. • Ball circulation shoes constructed using special technology that make them very silent when the guide slides. with very long maintenance intervals. preferably containing lithium soap.RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Type of construction Strokes bar MPa Psi °C °F mm mm NBR FKM/FPM Threaded ports Assembly Recommended speed Max. the valves can be fitte directly using the retracting sensors without requiring any intermediate brackets. Refer to the table on page 1-46 ACTUATORS . • Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time. if used. COMPONENTS For version 275 a CYLINDER: see construction details on page 1-118 b GUIDE: hardened steel c SHOE: steel with hardened ball circulation d SLIDE SUPPORT: anodised aluminium For version 276 Besides the details specifie above: e END-OF-STROKE STUD PIN: zinc-plated steel. 32. Holes for centring pins are also provided. complete with 2 zinc-plated nuts for fixin f DECELERATOR: burnished steel.05 to 0. For example. • Integrated pneumatic adjustable cushioning.8 7 to 116 -10 to +80 14 to 176 50 mm unlubricated filtere air lubrication. The bore 63 can be supplied in two versions: the “standard” one for intermediate loads and the “heavy” one for considerably weighty loads. 32.1 m/s 2 m/s See page 1-7 For speeds lower than 0.

FORCES AND MOMENTS Actual force F at 6 bar [N] 16 – 110 25 – 250 32 – 420 40 – 640 63 standard 1550 63 heavy 1550 ACTUATORS Ø Version Cushioning stroke [mm] 15 21 26 32 40 40 K [mm] 35 50. The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.5 59 68 84 91 X [mm] 16 21 22.2 Y [mm] 29 44 53.B. it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the work generated.5 58 79 79 Z [mm] 33 51.DIMENSIONING . it is advisable to keep to the following equations Ma = F x (hr + Y) Mr = G x (hr + z) + Lx (hv + X) Mv = F x (K + hv) DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without intense or repeated impact which would damage it.7 23.: when the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force.5 70 73 100 88 Max load L [N] 500 1500 3000 4000 6000 10000 Max load G [N] 500 1500 3000 4000 6000 10000 Ma max [Nm] 16 100 200 200 400 600 Mr max [Nm] 15 50 100 140 140 400 Mv max [Nm] 16 100 200 200 400 600 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE N. Piston rate [m/sec] Mass to be buffered [Kg] MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS Load L (N) Distance K [mm] 1-128 . The maximum cushionable load depends on the traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders.5 24.1 29.

8 1-129 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE ACTUATORS .5 88 Y 8 9 Z1 74 85 Z3 8 11.5 P 86 97 V 40 54 VS 36 54 W 56 69 WS 52 72 WS1 85 104 W1 30 36 W2 22 27 W3 95 98 W4 70 73 W5 99 102 W6 78.DIMENSIONS Ø 16 + = ADD THE STROKE DIMENSIONS Ø 25 + = ADD THE STROKE DIMENSIONS Ø 32. Ø 40 + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 32 40 A 250 300 B 23 45 C 27 30 H 22 24 J 10.5 15 N 14 17.

D to feed to left chambers E. G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs. D feed the right chambers G. H to feed the right chambers Note: B. support code (1) Leg code (2) W0950164004 W0950167001 W0950254004 W0950257001 W0950324004 W0950327001 W0950404004 W0950407001 W0950637036 W0950637001 1-130 . F. D. C. support code (1) Leg code (2) W0950164004 W0950167001 W0950254004 W0950257001 W0950324004 W0950328035 W0950404004 W0950407001 W0950637032 W0950637001 B min 12 10 11 5 – Vertical layout Interm. B feed the left chambers E. F feed the right chambers C.DIMENSIONS Ø 63 ACTUATORS RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE HEAVY Basic supply A. H feed the left chambers STANDARD + = ADD THE STROKE ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS Ø 16 25 32 40 63 A min 8 10 4 3 – Horizontal layout Interm. you can arrange: all feeds from the right all feeds from the left A. If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder. C. B. F. G.

8 12.5 16 16 Z5 7.7 19 19 Stroke 10.5 91 108 – – WS4 42 50 60 75 103 103 Y1 7.5 M36x1.5 9.5 M25x1.5 W8 46 67 89 108 153 153 WS2 52 71 82. cushioned force Per stroke [J] Per hour [J] 10 14125 26 34000 54 53700 90 70000 160 91000 160 91000 Max.5 M36x1.4 16 22 25 25 25 Max.5 E – 17 29 32. to prevent surging.5 92 – – WS3 56 80. Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s 1-131 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE ACTUATORS .5 – – Z4 7 8 10 12.5 5 4 1.8 – – G – 9 11 14 – – W7 38 53 74 89 128. impact force [N] 1000 2800 3750 5500 11120 11120 Max.2 12.2 m/s.5 M20x1.DIMENSION VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 16 to 63 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 63 Version – – – – standard heavy B max 50 72 90 105 105 105 C1 22 44 56 74 65 65 D M12x1 M14x1. thrust force [N] 220 530 890 1550 2220 2220 For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1-137 KEY TO CODES CYL 27 TYPE 27 Rodless cylinder 5 5 6 Double-acting cushioned magnetic with ball circulation guides Double-acting cushioned magnetic with ball circulation guides + adjustable limit switch and shock absorbers 0 S n G A n B C 0 STD Magnetic STD Non-magnetic STD No stick slip HEAVY Magnetic HEAVY No stick slip HEAVY Non-magnetic 2 5 BORE 16 25 32 40 63 0050 STROKE ø 16: 100 to 1350 mm ø 25 - 32: 100 to 2300 mm ø 40: 100 to 2250 mm ø 63 std: 100 to 2100 mm ø 63 heavy: 100 to 2650 mm C N GASKETS N NBR gasket ● V FKM/FPM gasket n For speeds lower than 0.5 128.

5 74 DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without intense or repeated impact which would damage it.5 S 42 59 77.5 53.5 4.B. it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the work generated.5 7 8 Z 37.5 74 95 R 48 66 86.5 U 34 50 70 VW 42 63 86 VS 18 27 40 WW 51 72 100 WS 27 41 56 Y 4.5 T 3 3. it is advisable to keep to the following equations. DOUBLE SERIES + = ADD THE STROKE Ø 2x16 2x25 2x32 A 130 200 250 B 12 17 23 C 15 23 27 D 76 120 150 E 64 100 110 F 48 80 90 G M5 1/8 1/4 H 12 18.5 10. The maximum cushionable load depends on the traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders.5 K 32 50 55 M M5 M6 M6 N 10 15 12 M1 M3 M5 M6 N1 7 12 14 O 16 20 20 P 53. The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.5 Mv max [Nm] 1 6 10 N.RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES DOUBLE DIMENSIONING – FORCES AND MOMENTS ACTUATORS Bore Ø 2x16 2x25 2x32 Actual force F at 6 bar [N] 200 480 820 Cushioning stroke [mm] 15 21 26 Max load L [N] 240 600 900 Ma max [Nm] 8 30 60 Mr max [Nm] 2. Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES DOUBLE For technical data see page 1-118 For the weights see page 1-9 DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER.5 J 6.4 8. Piston rate [m/sec] Mass to be buffered [Kg] 1-132 .4 8 16.5 22.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force.

* For the guide “V” version only INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 32. 40 + = ADDED STROKE Code W0950327001 W0950407001 Ø 32 40 ØAB 6. GUIDE “V”.5 AH 5 7 AO 55 60 AT 8 8 AV 40 45 TR 61. 25 FOR STD AND GUIDE A “V” Code W0950167031 W0950257031 0950254024* Ø 16 25 25 ØAB 5. 4 fixin plates 1-133 ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD.6 9 AH 4 2 AO 25 25 AT 20 20 AU 8 11.6 5. WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE CYLINDERS FOOT Ø 16.5 AU 4 6 TR 18 27 UH 26 40 H 150 232 Weight [g] 10 32 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws FOOT Ø 32.5 5. 25 + = ADDED STROKE Code W0950167001 W0950257001 Ø 16 25 ØAB 3. 40 FOR STD AND GUIDE A “V” Code W0950327032 W0950407032 Ø 32 40 ØAB 6.5 AH 3 4 4 AO 20 20 20 AT 5 6 6 TR 41 48 48 UH 53 60 60 Weight [g] 4 6 6 Note: Individually packed.5 5.6 2. WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .5 70-75 UH 73 85 Weight [g] 72 104 Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws.5 AH 1.5 6.5 AV 20 30 TR 36 54 UH 51 71 H 284 327 Weight [g] 88 112 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws FOOT Ø 63 + = ADDED STROKE Code W0950637001 Ø 63 ØAB 11 AT 7 AO 64 AU 15 TR 78 UH 103 H 460 Weight [g] 360 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16.ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD.5 2 AO 14 22 AT 1. GUIDE “V”.

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT Ø 63 FOR HORIZONTAL POSITION BALL RECIRCULATING Code W0950637036 Ø 63 ØAB 8.5 ØAB1 AH M3 3 M5 4 AO 12 20 AV 6 10. NOTES 1-134 .5 AH 7.5 5. GUIDE “V”.5 6.5 AO 55 AT 7. 4 fixin plates ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD.5 TR1 4 6 TR2 8 12 UH 32.5 TR 78 UH 103 Weight [g] 330 Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws.5 49 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 32 to 40 FOR BALL RECIRCULATING Code W0950324004 W0950404004 Ø 32 40 ØAB 6. 4 plates.5 ØAB1 AH M6 5 M6 6.INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 63 FOR VERSION STD.5 AO 55 AT 8.5 TR 78 UH 103 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws. GUIDE “V” AND VERTICAL POSITION BALL RECIRCULATING ACTUATORS Code W0950637032 Ø 63 ØAB 8. 4 plates.5 TR2 13 15 UH 66 77 Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.5 TR 20 30. WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE CYLINDERS INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 16 to 25 FOR BALL RECIRCULATING Code W0950164004 W0950254004 Ø 16 25 ØAB 3.6 AO 55 60 AT 5 8 AV 40 45 TR 55 63 TR1 6 7.5 AH 7.

6 2x25 5.5 2 AO 14 22 AT 1.ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIE DOUBLE FOOT Ø 16.5 5.5 AH 1.5 6.5 AU 4 6 TR 42 63 UH 51 72 H 150 232 Weight [g] 18 54 .5 111. 8 fixin plates (plates for ø 32 only) 1-135 ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIE DOUBLE ACTUATORS Code W0950168001 W0950258001 Ø ØAB 2x16 3. 25 Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws FOOT Ø 32 Code W0950328036 Descrizione Foot DOUBLE ø 32 Weight [g] 156 Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws VERTICAL FOOT Ø 16.6 2. 25 Code W0950167001 W0950257001 Ø ØAB 2x16 3.6 2.5 AU 4 6 TR 18 27 UH 26 40 H 150 232 Weight [g] 10 32 Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws VERTICAL FOOT Ø 32 Code W0950328035 Description Vertical foot ø 32 Weight [g] 92 Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16 to 32 Code W0950168037 W0950258037 W0950328037 Ø 2x16 2x25 2x32 ØAB 3.5 UH 64 96 123 Weight [g] 16 34 96 Note: Supplied complete with 8 screws.6 2x25 5.5 AH 1.5 AH 3 4 5 AO 12 20 55 AT 6 6 8 AV 6 10.5 4 AO 14 22 AT 1.5 84.5 40 TR 60.

5 m REED N. sensor.O. 40.5 6. 1 pin. 25 Code W0950167033 W0950257033 Ø 16 25 A 25 37 ØB 4.ACCESSORIES FOR CONVERTING STD RODLESS CYLINDERS INTO SWING CYLINDERS KIT TO TRANSFORM INTO SWING VERSION ACTUATORS ø 16 to 40 ø 63 Code W0950167035 W0950257035 W0950327035 W0950327035 W0950637035 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Weight [g] 34 118 450 450 810 Note: ø 16 to 40: Supplied complete with 1 adaptor. vertical insertion 2. For technical data see page 1-288. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.O. vertical insertion HS 2. 1 bushing ø 63: Supplied complete with 1 plate. sensor. sensor. 2 bushings.g.5 M8 C 38 38 32 D 5 5 8 E 90 90 80 F 75 75 65 G 55 55 37 Weight [g] 274 274 400 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES: SENSOR MAGNETIC SLIM SENSOR Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. 1 pin. near metal masses. sensor. WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS DRIVE PIN Code W0950167034 W0950257034 W0950327034 W0950327034 W0950637034 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 A 2. sensor. sensor. 1 support. 63 Code W0950327033 W0950327033 W0950637033 Ø 32 40 63 A 70 70 80 ØB 6. SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 For use on the rodless cylinder guide “V” Ø25 or when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.O. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.5 m HALL N.5 5. 4 screws ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD. 1 support. 2 screws 1-136 .9 5 8 8 10 B 28 42 70 70 82 ØC 5 8 12 12 14 Weight [g] 6 16 52 52 100 Note: Individually packed SWING SUPPORT Ø 16. 25 Code 0950164001 Description Sensor support STD Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin. vertical insertion 2. sensor.5 C 13 20 D 2 3 E 20 30 F 10 16 Weight [g] 14 40 Note: Individually packed SWING SUPPORT Ø 32. e.O.O.O.O.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. GUIDE “V”.

1 limit switch grub screw. 1 pin ACCESSORIES: SHOCK ABSORBERS ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT ø 16 ø 25 to 40 ø 63 Code Description Weight [g] 125 0950164002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 16 0950254002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 260 460 0950324002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 32 730 0950404002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 40 1620 0950634002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 63 Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support.5 Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1. 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø 63). 1 bracket. 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for ø 32 and ø 40) SHOCK ABSORBERS Code 0950004003 0950004004 0950004005 0950004006 0950004007 Description Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1 Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1. Refer to the diagrams above to select the correct option. 1 limit switch grub screw. 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for ø 32 and ø 40) ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” ø 25 to 40 ø 63 Code 0950254004 0950324004 0950404004 0950634004 Description Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 32 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 40 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 63 Weight [g] 260 460 730 1620 Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support. 1 bracket screw. GUIDE “V”.5 Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1. 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø 63) . 1 shock absorber nut. 4 locking grub screws (for ø 25).5 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS ø 16 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 63 The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCK ABSORBERS is supplied standard. 4 locking grub screws (for ø 16 and ø 25). 1 standard shock absorber. 1 standard shock absorber. 1 bracket screw. 1 bracket. WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Code sensor support Description sensor support Type sensor support Mounting on the carriage opposite side • Mounting on the guide opposite side . 1-137 ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD.5 Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1. 1 shock absorber nut.SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16 FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH RECIRCULATING BALL 0950164003 0950164001 Sensor support short Sensor support std A B • Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws. Other options can be selected depending on the speed [m/sec] and the maximum work force [J/stroke] to dissipate at each stroke.

WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE Solid orange scraper a Bands support Kit b Piston kit c d e f g j NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for g) c d e f g j FKM/FPM gaskets Kit h i Bands Kit (inner/outer) k “V” guide plate kit BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y) Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Code White 0090165080 0090255080 0090325080 0090405080 *0090635080 Code Black 0090165081 0090255081 0090325081 0090405081 *0090635081 Code Orange 0090165082 0090255082 0090325082 0090405082 *0090635082 Code Light grey 0090165083 0090255083 0090325083 0090405083 *0090635083 Code Dark grey 0090165084 0090255084 0090325084 0090405084 *0090635084 Spare parts label on one cylinder side BANDS KIT (INNER AND OUTER) POS 8-9 Code Yellow 0090165085 0090255085 0090325085 0090405085 *0090635085 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Code 0090166… 0090256… 0090326… 0090406… 0090636. two kits must be ordered for each cylinder Complete the code with the 4 figur cylinder stroke PISTON KIT POS 2 (X) Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Code Type 0 (0 rings) 0090165015 0090255015 0090325015 0090405015 0090635015 Code Type 1 (1 rings) 0090165016 0090255016 0090325016 0090405016 0090635016 Code Type 2 (2 rings) 0090165017 0090255017 0090325017 0090405017 0090635017 Code Type 3 (3 rings) 0090165018 0090255018 0090325018 0090405018 0090635018 Code Type A (4 rings) – 0090255019 0090325019 – – NBR GASKET KIT POS 3-4-5-6-7-10 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Code 0090165022 0090255022 0090325022 0090405022 0090635022 FKM/FPM GASKET KIT POS 3-4-5-6-7-10 Ø 16 25 32 40 63 Code 0090165023 0090255023 0090325023 0090405023 0090635023 NOTES If the ends of the carriage appear as below indicated..SPARE PARTS FOR STD RODLESS CYLINDERS. the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered Therefore. GUIDE “V”.. “V” GUIDE PLATE KIT POS 11 Ø 25 32 40 63 Code 0090255060 0090325060 0090325060 0090635060 * For ø 63. GUIDE “V”. BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE. please contact our commercial department for the spare parts “INTERMEDIATE RELEASE” “OLD RELEASE” Allen screw with self-locking nut Allen screw with self-locking nut Solid orange scraper Black Finned scraper 1-138 . DOUBLE “LAST RELEASE” CYLINDER ACTUATORS Round-headed Allen screw SPARE PART FOR STD RODLESS CYLINDERS.

2 . even with long strokes. 32. They engage V-slots in the cylinder liner. These can also be added at a later stage by purchasing the relevant kit. It is particularly suitable for high-speed and highly cyclical applications. must be continuous 25. One version has hydraulic decelerators + adjustable limit switches. This solution gives excellent air tightness values.8 14. The anodised aluminium cylinder liner has a T-slot on either side for housing the retracting sensors. Cylinder control solenoid valves can also be housed in these slots and secured by means of plates and screws (see General Catalogue page 1-46). which merely provides protection against of foreign bodies entry. 40. if used. ACTUATORS . 50 Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system from 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm interval .2 m / s to prevent surging. is made of harmonic steel. use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air m/s m/s COMPONENTS a CYLINDER HEAD: anodized aluminium alloy b BARREL: profile anodized aluminium alloy c PISTON GASKET: polyurethane d V-SHAPED GUIDE SHOE: Hostaform® e DUST SCRAPER: Hostaform® f PISTON: Hostaform® g CUSHIONING CONE: anodized aluminium alloy h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR i SLIDE: anodized aluminium alloy j OUTER STRIP: stainless steel k INTERNAL STRAP: polyurethane + steel strands l DIRECTION CHANGE: Hostaform® m BUFFER: NBR 1-139 RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU Series PU rodless cylinders have an internal strip for longitudinal tightness made of polyurethane (PU) with a harmonic steel wire core. There are plastic anti-wear guide shoes on either side of the carriage to increase the load capacity. The external strip.1 to 0.RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES PU TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Type of construction Strokes Recommended speeds Max.2 See page 1-9 For speeds lower than 0. speed with decelerators Weight Notes bar MPa psi °C °F mm NBR 1 to 8 0. All the cylinders incorporate adjustable pneumatic cushioning.5 to 116 -10 to +80 14 to +176 50 mm unlubricated filtere air Lubrication. The balanced drive version avoids having to transmit transverse torques and forces to the carriage whenever the load is supported by guides outside the cylinder.

B. Piston speed [m/sec] Mass to be buffered [Kg] MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS Load L (N) Distance K [mm] 1-140 .DIMENSIONING . Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without intense or repeated impact which would damage it. it is advisable to keep to the following equations.1 40 25.5 32 20.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force.3 50 30. it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy of the moving mass and the work generated.4 Cushioning stroke [mm] 20 24 33 39 Actual Force F at 6 bar [N] 250 420 640 1000 G [N] 350 450 750 900 Max.FORCE AND TORQUE ACTUATORS Bore Centre Distance Y 25 16. load L . The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar. The maximum cushionable load depends on the traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders.[N] 350 450 750 900 Ma max [Nm] 22 40 70 90 Mr max [Nm] 5 10 26 32 Mv max [Nm] 10 20 35 45 RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU N. load L + [N] 480 650 900 1100 Max.

4 W5 21.5 115 R 40 48 60 74 S 19 19 21 24 S1 33 42 V 32.5 7.5 2.9 W4 25.3 9.7 18 18 J K 11 30 11 50 12.2 Z3 9.7 15.3 11 11 F 50 30 40 50 F1 100 130 150 G G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 H 15.5 106 E 84 124 150 170 Z2 51.5 31.2 37.3 29.2 5.7 46.5 8.5 168 264.8 19.5 19.1 2 2 O 4 4 5.5 43 1-141 RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU ACTUATORS .2 6.7 53.5 P 63 73 92.5 19 22 31.BARREL CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS 1 and 6 feed the left-hand chamber from the left side 4 feeds the left-hand chamber from the right side 2.6 C 20 20 23 23 D D1 max 131 171 214. 4.7 97 E1 11 11 5.5 6.5 19.5 80 M M5 M5 M6 M8 M1 M4 M5 M5 M6 M2 5.5 2.5 70 12.4 W2 20.9 37.2 6.3 24.2 27 31. 5 and 6 are closed with threaded caps Ø 25 32 40 50 Ø 25 32 40 50 A 200 250 300 350 W3 16.5 D2 10 10 Z1 57 67 83.8 B 14.5 M3 H10 M4 8 M6 8 M6 10 M5 12 M6 N 13 13.7 51.5 15 16 N1 7.5 N2 2. 3 and 5 feed the right-hand chamber from the right side NOTE: 3.1 2.3 198 W6 4 W7 2.5 31.5 11 12.5 2.5 40 49 72 W 42 52 63 86 W1 26.2 61 75.

thrust force [N] 530 890 1550 1550 For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1-137 KEY TO CODES CYL 27 TYPE 27 Rodless cylinder 0 0 1 3 Double acting cushioned magnetic Double acting with swing carriage Double acting + adjustable limit switch and shock absorbers 0 3 Magnetic n 4 No stick slip 5 Non-magnetic 2 5 BORE 25 32 40 50 0100 STROKE from 100 to 5700 mm C C P GASKETS P Polyurethane gaskets n For speeds lower than 0.5 74.3 13.5 125. to prevent surging.3 L 42 42 49 49 DIMENSIONS VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270 Ø 25 32 40 50 B Max 50 75 88 82 D M14x1.5 W8 72 88.5 17. impact force [N] 2800 3750 5500 5500 Max.5 6.5 5.5 Z5 6 11.4 86.7 108.3 - 128.7 36 49 G 12 14 16 20 W7 61.2 10. 1-142 . Use no-lubricated air only.5 6.5 26.8 D 3 3 5 5 E 30 30 90 90 F 16 16 77 77 F1 37 37 H 73 - 75 83 - 85 103.5 M20x1.RODLESS CYLINDER WITH SWING CARRIAGE ACTUATORS RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270 Ø 25 32 40 50 A 37 37 52 52 ØB 5.2 m/s. cushioned force For stroke [J] For hour [J] 26 34000 54 53700 90 70000 90 70000 Max.8 26.5 C 20 20 26.5 E 21.2 13 9 Stroke 16 22 25 25 Max.5 - 105.5 M25x1.7 106 129 WS4 42 52 63 86 Z4 9.5 M25x1.

1 limit switch block.5 m W0952128184* REED N.6 6. 4 grub screws and 2 plates for pack (ø 50) SIDE INTERMEDIATE FOOT Code 0950254051 0950324051 0950404051 0950504051 Ø 25 32 40 50 ØAB 5.5 6.5 38 45 65 UH 42 52 63 86 H 226 284 335 400 Weight [g] 30 60 90 203 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws INTERMEDIATE FOOT Code W0950257038 W0950327038 W0950407038 W0950507038 Ø 25 32 40 50 ØAB 5.O. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N.O. e.5 m W0952029504* HALL N. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N. vertical insertion HS 2.5 4 4. sensor.O. sensor.5 61 75 90 Weight [g] 20 32 36 101 Nota: 1 bracket.O.5 7 7 AH 3.5 4 4 10 AO 28 40 40 40 AT 3. sensor. sensor. For technical data see page 1-288 ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT Code 0950254013 0950324013 0950404013 0950504013 Ø 25 32 40 50 Description Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 series PU Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 32 series PU Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 40 series PU Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 50 series PU Weight [g] 220 420 675 967 Note: supplied complete with 1 decelerator bracket.5 11 TR 32.6 9 9 AH 2 3 3 10 AO 28 33 38 43 AT 3.5 4 4 10 TR1 5 5 8 8 TR2 14 12 16 19 UH 57. vertical insertion 2. sensor. sensor. 2 screws and 2 plates per pack SLIM SENSOR Code Description W0952025390 HALL N. 1 limit switch grub screw.O. 1 standard decelerator.g.ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES PU FOOT + = ADDED STROKE Code 0950254041 0950324041 0950404041 0950504041 Ø 25 32 40 50 ØAB 5. sensor. 2 block screws and 2 decelerator bracket screws (nr 4 decelerator bracket screw for ø 40 and ø 50) 1-143 ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU ACTUATORS . vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N.5 5. 2 brackets. 1 decelerator nut. vertical insertion 2. sensor.O.O. near metal masses.O. 1 limit switch grub screw nut.5 m W0952028184 REED N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.5 6. vertical insertion HS 2.5 12 TR 60 73 90 106 UH 70 85 105 122 Weight [g] 16 30 42 121 Nota: 2 brackets and 4 grub screws per pack (ø 25-32-40).5 m W0952029394 HALL N.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N.6 9 AH 2 3 3 6 - 10 AO 19 24 26 36 AT 3 4 5 6 AU 6 7 8.

P 50 Complete the code with the 4-figur cylinder stroke PISTON KIT POS 2 Code 0090255009P 0090325009P 0090405009P 0090505009P Note: 2 pistons Ø 25 32 40 50 1-144 ...P 32 0090406 .SHOCK ABSORBERS ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU ACTUATORS Code 0950004004 0950004005 0950004006 Ø 25 32 40-50 Description Shock absorbers PRO25 MC2 + nut M14x1. SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES PU DUST SCRAPER KIT POS 6 Code Ø 0090255025P 25 0090255025P 32 0090405025P 40 0090505025P 50 Note: 2 dust scrapers GASKET KIT POS 3-4-5 Code Ø 0090255024P 25 0090325024P 32 0090405024P 40 0090505024P 50 Note: 2 gasket for position BANDS KIT (inner and outer) POS 8-9 Code Ø 0090256 ....5 Shock absorbers PRO50 MC2 + nut M20x1..P 40 0090506 .. Other options can be selected depending on the speed [m/sec] and the maximum work force [J/stroke] to dissipate at each stroke.. Refer to the diagrams above to select the correct option..5 Shock absorbers PRO100 MF2 + nut M25x1.P 25 0090326 ...5 GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS ø 25 ø 32 ø 40-50 The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCK ABSORBERS is supplied standard..

NOTES 1-145 ACTUATORS .

NOTES 1-146 ACTUATORS .

NOTES 1-147 ACTUATORS .

NOTES 1-148 ACTUATORS .

with adjustable pneumatic cushioning or non-adjustable cushioning. start with CLOSE flow microregulators. The cylinder is secured at the ends by means of nuts. with magnetic coupling transmission system Magnet for limit switch sensor Hex nuts (supplied standard) - Legs - Flanges 118 185 288 200 300 500 0. in the basic or swinging versions. there must be no air leaks or impurities must be prevented from entering. This solution is recommended when there is limited space for assembly.2 to 0. The slide runs freely along the liner. During the setup of the actuator.RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE N. if used. and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed.4 See page 1-9 Lubricate the slide every 2000 km or once a year. Available with three bores ø 16-20-25.7 29 to 101 -10 to 60 14 to 140 Unlubricated 50 mm filtere air. must be continuous 16.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators. thick-chromed d BARREL: AISI 304 stainless steel e HEAD: anodized aluminium alloy f CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR g NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle-out movement safety system. force and speed ranges shown in the catalogue.4 0. 20. it disengages. flange and brackets. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Strokes Versions Design Position sensing Fixing Theoretic force at 6 bar Magnetic coupling force (static condition) Max speed Weight Notes bar MPa psi °C °F mm mm Ø 16 Ø 20 Ø 25 N N m/s 2 to 7 0. Lubrication.B. The load is fixe onto the slide using four threaded holes. It is therefore important to operate within the pressure. through the lubricators COMPONENTS Ø 20 a SLIDE: anodized aluminium alloy b WIPER RING: polyurethane c TIE ROD: stainless steel.4 0. thanks to the magnetic coupling force between the two. ACTUATORS . If an axial force exceeding the magnetic coupling force is applied to the slide. Designed for use with magnetic sensors. 25 from 10 to 1000 with 1 intervals Magnetic uncushioned/cushioned Swinging magnet uncushioned/cushioned Double-acting rodless cylinder. following the piston movements. even when fully open h HEAD NUT: OT 58 nickel-plated i HALF-PISTON: aluminium alloy j PISTON GASKET: polyurethane k BUFFER: NBR l INT/EXT MAGNETS: neodymium m INT/EXT GUIDES: thermoplastic resin with lubricating additive n GREASE NIPPLE: steel o Static O-rings: NBR 1-149 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE The magnetic-slide rodless cylinder operates pneumatically and is equipped with a piston and a slide with magnets.

5 75 L7 22 17 19 L8 6 8 9 CH 24 32 32 H 8 7 7 X 14 17. customer must provide supports) Ø 16 20 25 A 35 42 50 B 125 135 150 C M5 G1/8 G1/8 DC 17.5 M22x1.5 DT M16x1.ADMISSIBLE AXIAL FORCE “F” AS A FUNCTION OF THE LEVER ARM “A” ADMISSIBLE AXIAL FORCE “F” AS A FUNCTION OF THE STROKE “C” RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE ACTUATORS DIMENSIONS + = ADD STROKE MAGNETIC SENSOR SLOT DIMENSIONS a Grease nipple b External cursor.5 17.3 26.5 21.5 F M5x7 M5x10 M6x11 F1 8x3 8x3 10x4 I 26 32 36 L 205 217 238 L1 181 185 206 L2 169 169 188 L3 12 16 16 L4 10 15.1 L5 28 25 28 L6 62.5 M22x1.5 Y 9 9 9 1-150 .5 67. 360° adjustment c Sensor magnet d Position for magnetic sensors (N.3 21.B.

look at the technical data X MATERIAL X Stainless steel tie rod P GASKETS P Polyurethane DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned) NOTES 1-151 RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE ACTUATORS .KEY TO CODES CYL 27 TYPE 27 Rodless cylinder A VERSION A Magnetic sliding DEM B Magnetic sliding DEMA C Magnetic sliding swinging DEM D Magnetic sliding swinging DEMA 0 0 Magnetic 1 6 BORE 16 20 25 0050 STROKE For the maximum suppliable strokes.

e. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. vertical insertion HS 2.O. It can also be used to compensate for misalignments with respect to the load guide.O.5 6. vertical insertion 2.O.5 m HALL N.O.O. sensor.5 m REED N.O. Max alignment error ±1mm.5 5. For technical data see page 1-288.5 TF Js14 40 50 50 UF 52 66 66 UR 30 40 40 L 189 195 216 S 4 5 5 Weight [g] 26 52 52 Note: individually pocket KIT FOR SWING VERSION Code 0950164050 0950204050 0950254050 Ø 16 20 25 A 67 74 87 B 40 42 50 D 10 10 12 F ±0.O.5 96. sensor.5 32 38 H1 46 53 63 H2 40 43 50 H3 7 7 8 I 26 32 36 I2 26 32 36 L 73.1 5. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. Note: Individually packed.3 27 30 30 R 13 20 20 F ±0. sensor.5 6. ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. sensor.g.5 L1 53 60 68 L2 52 59 68 S 4 4 5 Weight [g] 288 345 576 Note: individually pocket.5 6.5 6.5 6. sensor.2 5. vertical insertion 2. sensor.5 H 28.ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING: FIXING FOOT ACTUATORS + = ADD STROKE Code 0950164040 0950204040 0950204040 Ø 16 20 25 D 16 22 22 A 42 54 54 B 20 25 25 C 14 17 17 H ±0. near metal masses.O. Supplied with 8 screws The swinging version kit can be used to avoid bending moments and lateral loads on the slide.5 I Js 32 40 40 L 209 219 240 L1 161 161 182 S 4 5 5 Weight [g] 50 105 105 Note: individually pocket ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE FLANGIA MOD.5 m REED N.5 m HALL N.5 80. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.O. sensor. 1-152 . C + = ADD STROKE Code W0950120002 W0950200002 W0950200002 Ø 16 20 25 D 16 22 22 FB H13 5.

Supplied without magnet on request. Higher values can create operating problems COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel b HEAD: AISI 304 steel c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM d GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze e BARREL: AISI 304 steel f PISTON: brass g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM h MAGNET: plastoferrite i Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM 1-153 STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER ACTUATORS . 25 Chamfered heads mm max 500 Double-acting. must be continuous mm 16.STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER ISO 6432 stainless steel micro-cylinders are available in various versions with a wide range of accessories • with or without magnet execution • double-acting - single or through-rod • gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures) • fixin accessories TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Standard strokes ✚ Versions Magnet for sensors Notes POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM bar 10 MPa 1 °C –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) Unlubricated air. Lubrication. ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. if used. 20. Double-acting through-rod All versions come complete with magnet.

5 M22x1.5 156 169 L3 18 20 22 L5 55 67 68 NB 18 25.2 22 24 28 KEY TO CODES W 1 8 Stainless steel cylinder 0 1 0 TYPE DEM DEM through-rod 0 S V 0 VERSION Standard (magnetic) Non-magnetic FKM/FPM gasket 1 6 DIAMETER 16 20 25 0 0 2 0 STROKE ✚ 0 to 500 mm DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.5 28.5 WF ±1.5 øCD H9 6 8 8 CH 5 7 9 øD 19 27 30 øD1 6 8 10 EE M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 EW d13 12 16 16 G 5 8 8 KK M6 M8 M10x1.5 M22x1.25 L 9 12 12 L1 109 131 140 L2 11 16 14 L3 18 20 22 L5 55 67 68 MR 16 18 21 NB 18 25.5 CH 5 7 9 øD 19 27 30 øD1 6 8 10 EE M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 5 8 8 KK M6 M8 M10x1.5 28.5 M22x1.DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING ACTUATORS STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER + = ADD STROKE Ø 16 20 25 AM 16 20 22 BE M16x1.5 M22x1.5 WF 22 24 28 XC 82 95 104 DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 16 20 25 AM 16 20 22 BE M16x1. Higher values can create operating problems 1-154 .25 LL 129.

5 6.6 W ±1.6 AO 2 4 4 LG 25 32 32 MO 24 31 31 N 12.5 M22x1.5 6.1 NH 27 30 30 R 7 10 10 S 3 4 4 TR 15 20 20 Weight [g] 40 78 78 Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR HEADS Code W095X120010 W095X200010 W095X200010 Ø 16 20 25 CH 22 27 27 F M16x1.6 6.4 18 19 23 S 4 5 5 TF 40 50 50 UF 52 66 66 UR 30 40 40 Weight [g] 26 52 52 *ISO 6432 values Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC Code W095X120005 W095X200005 W095X200005 Ø 16 20 25 AB1 6 8 8 AB 5.5 H 5 8 8 Note: Individually packed 1-155 ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER ACTUATORS Code W095X120001 W095X200001 W095X200001 Ø 16 20 25 ØAB 5.6 AU 14 17 17 AO 6 8 8 D 16.6 6.4 22 36 40 R 13 20 20 S 4 5 5 TR 32 40 40 US 42 54 54 Weight [g] 42 90 90 .5 M22x1.ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER: FIXINGS STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL A *ISO 6432 values Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE MODEL C Code W095X120002 W095X200002 W095X200002 Ø 16 20 25 D 16 22 22 FB 5.1 16.1 16.1 22.1 22.6 6.1 NH 20 25 25 XS ±1.5 6.

O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.5 m HALL N.O. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.25 H 4 5 6 Weight [g] 1 3 7 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M Code W095X120020 W095X200020 W095X322020 Ø 16 20 25 A 12 16 20 B 6 8 10 C 12 16 20 D M6 M8 M10x1.O.O. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. sensor.5 m REED N.O.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O. sensor.O. vertical insertion HS 2. e. near metal masses.25 F 24 32 40 L 31 42 52 ØM 6 8 10 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS SLIM SENSOR Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. For technical data see page 1-288 Note: Individually packed SENSOR CIRCLIP Code W0950001103 Bore 8 to 63 Description Sensor circlip Note: Individually packed MATERIAL Circlip: stainless steel Sensor holder: plastic 1-156 . vertical insertion HS 2.5 m HALL N.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. vertical insertion 2.5 m REED N. sensor. sensor.STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS ACTUATORS Code W095X120011 W095X200011 W095X322011 Ø 16 20 25 CH 10 13 17 F M6 M8 M10x1. sensor.g. sensor. vertical insertion 2.

if used. 40. Lubrication.STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC Stainless steel clean profil cylinders available in different versions: • with or without magnet execution • double-acting - single or through-rod • gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures) TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Versions Magnet for sensors Standard strokes ✚ Notes bar MPa psi °C mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 FKM/FPM mm –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) Unlubricated air. max 500 ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Double-acting through-rod All versions come complete with magnet. Higher values can create operating problems COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel b PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM c GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze d BARREL: AISI 304 steel e PISTON: aluminium f MAGNET: plastoferrite g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM h i HEAD:AISI 304 steel j BUFFER: polyurethane k GUIDE RING: PTFE 1-157 STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC ACTUATORS . Supplied without magnet on request. 63 Chamfered heads Double-acting. must be continuous 32. 50.

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING ACTUATORS STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC + = ADD STROKE DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 A 36.5 F 20 24 32 32 ØG 30 38 45 45 I 96 113 120 124 L 168 198 220 224 L1 212 251 284 288 M M10x1.5 M45x1.5 M14x1.5 CH1 10 13 17 17 D M30x1.5 E M8x1 M10x1 M12x1.5 M45x1.5 44 55 67.75 M16x2 M16x2 N 14 16 18 18 O G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 ØP 38 46 57 70 R 78 89 96 98 ØS 12 16 20 20 T 47 57 62 63 V 30 35 38 38 W 38 45 50 50 CHIAVE DI CODIFICA W 1 8 Stainless steel cylinder 0 1 0 TYPE DEM DEM through-rod 0 S V 0 VERSION Standard (magnetic) Non-magnetic FKM/FPM gasket 3 2 DIAMETER 32 40 50 63 0 0 3 2 STROKE ✚ ø 32 to 63 stroke 0 to 500 mm DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems 1-158 .5 M12x1.5 M38x1.

5 M12x1.5 M45x1.ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDER: FIXINGS STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL AC + = ADD STROKE Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC + = ADD STROKE Code W095X320005 W095X400005 W095X500005 W095X630005 Ø 32 40 50 63 A 40 50 54 65 B 35 40 45 50 C 24 30 34 35 D 4 5 6 6 E 7 9 9 9 F 8 10 10 15 G 12 13 14 16 H 46.1 99.5 M38x1.1 R 12 13 14 16 Nota: Supplied complete with 2 screws STAINLESS STEEL HEAD RING NUT MODEL G Code W095X320010 W095X400010 W095X500010 W095X500010 Ø 32 40 50 63 A M30x1.5 M45x1.75 M16x2 M16x2 F 40 48 64 64 L 52 62 83 83 ØM 10 12 16 16 Note: Individually packed 1-159 ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC ACTUATORS Code W095X320002 W095X400002 W095X500002 W095X630002 Ø 32 40 50 63 A 124 153 160 164 B 48 60 64 64 C 7 10 10 10 D 4 5 6 6 E 14 20 20 20 F 52 60 70 76 G 7 9 9 9 H 14 18 20 20 I 28 30 40 50 L 148 178 190 194 M 66 80 90 96 N 49 58 70 80 O 28 33 40 45 .1 56.1 82.1 70.1 I 20 28 36 42 L 125 146 158 161 M 58.1 86.5 B 45 52 58 58 C 7 8 9 9 Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M Code W095X320020 W095X400020 W095X500020 W095X500020 Ø 32 40 50 63 A 20 24 32 32 B 10 12 16 16 C 20 24 32 32 D M10x1.1 69.

5 CH 5 6 6 8 D 8 9. sensor.5 M12x1. For technical data see page 1-288 Note: Individually packed SENSOR CIRCLIP Code W0950001103 Bore 8 to 63 Description Sensor circlip Note: Individually packed MATERIAL Circlip: stainless steel Sensor holder: plastic 1-160 . sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. near metal masses. sensor.5 m HALL N.O.O.STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS ACTUATORS Code W095X320011 W095X400011 W095X500011 W095X500011 Ø 32 40 50 63 F M10x1. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.5 m HALL N. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. e. sensor.O.g. vertical insertion 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.5 11 13 E 14 16. sensor. vertical insertion 2.O.5 m REED N. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.O.5 M14X1.O.5 m REED N.O.O.5 20 26 øF 10 12 14 16 H 51 61 75 92 L1 125 146 158 161 L4 47 57 62 63 ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS SLIM SENSOR Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.O.75 M16x2 M16x2 CH 17 19 24 24 H 6 7 8 8 Weight [g] 6 12 20 20 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC STAINLESS STEEL OSCILLATING PIN + = ADD STROKE Code W095X320007 W095X400007 W095X500007 W095X630007 Note: 2- piece pack Ø 32 40 50 63 A M8X1 M10X1 M12X1.

must be continuous 32. if used. 40. Supplied without magnet on request ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Double-acting through-rod cushioned All versions come complete with magnet. 63.STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431) Stainless steel cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions and with a wide range of accessories: • with or without magnet execution • double-acting – single- or through-rod • gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures) • fixin accessories. 100 Heads with tie rods max 1000 Double-acting cushioned. 50. Lubrication. guide units and mechanical piston rod lock TECHNICAL DATA Max operating pressure Temperature range Fluid Bores Design Standard strokes ✚ Versions Magnet for sensors Notes bar MPa psi °C mm mm POLYURETHANE 10 1 145 FKM/FPM –10 to +80 –10 to +150 Unlubricated air. 80. Higher values can create operating problems COMPONENTS a PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel b HEAD: AISI 304 steel c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM d GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze e BARREL: AISI 304 steel f ENBLOC GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM g MAGNET: plastoferrite h Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM i CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM j CUSHIONING NEEDLE: AISI 304 steel k TIE ROD: AISI 316 steel l NEEDLE-RETAINING RING: technopolymer 1-161 STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS .

7 15.8 11.5 KEY TO CODES W 1 8 Stainless steel cylinder 4 5 4 TYPE DEMA DEMA through-rod 0 S ● V 0 VERSION Standard (magnetic) Non-magnetic FKM/FPM gasket 3 2 DIAMETER 32 40 50 63 80 A1=100 0 0 3 2 STROKE ✚ 0 to 1000 mm DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned) ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.7 15.DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING ACTUATORS STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS + = ADD STROKE DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD + = ADD STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 14 14 14 16 16 18 A1 9 9 9 9 9 9 A2 11.5 38 46.5 M16x1.5 M20x1.5 25 35 38 CH 10 13 16 16 21 21 CH1 6 6 8 8 10 10 D M10x1. Higher values can create operating problems ● For this version the cylinder will be not magnetic 1-162 .5 B 30 35 40 45 45 55 C 26 30 37 37 46 51 C1 18 22 25.8 16.5 72 89 E1 4 4 4 4 4 4 F 22 24 32 32 40 40 G G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 H 50 55 65 75 95 110 L 121 135 143 158 174 189 L0 95 105 106 121 128 138 L1 67 77 78 89 96 102 L2 147 165 180 195 220 240 P 6 8 11.25 M16x1.5 56.5 15.3 13 12.5 D1 12 16 20 20 25 25 E 32.25 M12x1.5 M20x1.3 15.

2 15.5 15.MODEL EN Note: Supplied complete with 8 grub screws STAINLESS STEEL SHORT FOOT MOUNTING + = ADD THE STROKE Code W095X322001 W095X402001 W095X502001 W095X632001 W095X802001 W095XA12001 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Ø AB 7 9 9 9 12 14 AH 32 36 45 50 63 71 AO 35 36 47 45 55 57 AT 4 4 5 5 6 6 AU 24 28 32 32 41 41 TR 32 36 45 50 63 75 UH 45 52 65 75 95 115 H1 145 163 175 190 215 230 H2 143 161 170 185 210 220 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws STAINLESS STEEL FEMALE HINGE .2 19 Note: Supplied with 2 snap-rings 1-163 ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Code W095X322007 W095X402007 W095X502007 W095X632007 W095X802007 W095XA12007 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 N1 50 63 75 90 110 132 N2 12 16 16 20 20 25 N3 12 16 16 20 20 25 N4 22 28 32 35 40 45 N5 65 75 95 105 130 145 .1 1.1 1. WITHOUT PIN.ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS ISO 15552 CYLINDER: FIXINGS STAINLESS STEEL INTERMEDIATE HINGE .MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W095X322003 W095X402003 W095X502003 W095X632003 W095X802003 W095XA12003 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 B 45 52 65 75 95 115 D 26 28 32 40 50 60 E 22 25 27 32 36 41 ØG 10 12 12 16 16 20 H3 142 160 170 190 210 230 R 10 12 12 16 16 20 S 9 9 11 11 14 14 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.1 1.6 11.3 D 10 12 12 16 16 20 E 9.5 11.1 1. 4 washers. FEMALE HINGE INOX PIN Code W095X322050 W095X402050 W095X502050 W095X632050 W095X802050 W095XA12050 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 53 60 68 78 98 118 B 46 53 61 71 91 111 C 1.1 1.

6 9 9 11 11 D 10 12 12 16 16 20 E 38 41 50 52 66 76 F 18 22 30 35 40 50 G 32 36 45 50 63 71 H 31 35 45 50 60 70 I 51 54 65 67 86 96 L 3 2 3 2 7 5 M 8 10 12 14 14 17 N 10 15 16 16 20 20 Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEE FRONT FLANGE .MODEL BA ACTUATORS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W095X322004 W095X402004 W095X502004 W095X632004 W095X802004 W095XA12004 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 D 26 28 32 40 50 60 E 22 25 27 32 36 41 F 10 12 12 16 16 20 ØG 10 12 12 16 16 20 H 9 9 11 11 14 14 H3 143 160 170 190 210 230 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL C Code W095X322002 W095X402002 W095X502002 W095X632002 W095X802002 W095XA12002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 80 90 110 120 150 170 A1 64 72 90 100 126 150 B 45 52 65 75 95 115 B1 32 36 45 50 63 75 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 ØD 7 9 9 9 12 14 W 16 20 25 25 30 35 Note: Supplied with 4 screws STAINLESS STEE REAR FLANGE .6 6.MODEL C + = ADD THE STROKE Code W095X322002 W095X402002 W095X502002 W095X632002 W095X802002 W095XA12002 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 80 90 110 120 150 170 A1 64 72 90 100 126 150 B 45 52 65 75 95 115 B1 32 36 45 50 63 75 S 10 10 12 12 16 16 ØD 7 9 9 9 12 14 L 105 115 118 133 144 154 Note: Supplied with 4 screws 1-164 . 4 washers ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS STAINLESS STEEL ISO COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL B .STAINLESS STEEL MALE HINGE .MODEL GS Code W095X322008 W095X402008 W095X502008 W095X632008 W095X802008 W095XA12008 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 26 28 32 40 50 60 B 20 22 26 30 30 38 C 6.

25 M12x1. sensor.5 H 6 7 8 8 9 9 CH 17 19 24 24 30 30 Weight [g] 6 12 20 20 32 32 . vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.5 M16x1.O. sensor. sensor.O. sensor. For technical data see page 1-288 Note: Individually packed SENSOR BRACKET Code W0950001100 Bore 32 to 100 Description Sensor bracket Note: Individually packed MATERIAL Bracket: zinc-plated aluminium Sensor holder: zinc-plated aluminium Fixing screw: zinc-plated aluminium 1-165 ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ACTUATORS Code W095X322011 W095X402011 W095X502011 W095X502011 W095X802011 W095X802011 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 F M10x1.O.5 m HALL N.5 m HALL N.25 M16x1.5 M20x1. sensor. sensor.STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS Note: Individually packed STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M Code W095X322020 W095X402020 W095X502020 W095X502020 W095X802020 W095X802020 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 A 20 24 32 32 40 40 B 10 12 16 16 20 20 C 20 24 32 32 40 40 D M10x1. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor.O.25 M16x1.5 M20x1.5 m REED N. sensor.5 M20x1.5 M16x1.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.5 F 40 48 64 64 80 80 L 52 62 83 83 105 105 ØM 10 12 16 16 20 20 Note: Individually packed ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS SLIM SENSOR Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. sensor.O. vertical insertion HS 2.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. vertical insertion 2.5 M20x1. near metal masses. e.25 M12x1. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.g.O. vertical insertion 2.O.

NOTES 1-166 ACTUATORS .

SERIES P1 PAGE 1-172 P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS. LONG STROKE. SERIES P4 PAGE 1-176 P GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS. SERIES P2 PAGE 1-174 P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS.GRIPPERS SUMMARY P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS PAGE 1-168 P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS. SERIES P8 PAGE 1-181 P GRIPPERS 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9 PAGE 1-183 P GRIPPERS WITH THREE PARALLEL JAWS. SERIES P7 PAGE 1-179 P TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS. SERIES P11 PAGE 1-185 1-167 GRIPPERS SUMMARY ACTUATORS .

There may be two. The clamping fingers can retract fully from the work top. the position of the axis of the clamped part varies (see fig.5) • If the part has varying dimensions. Hinged gripper: the jaws are hinged and move along the arc of a circle. 1-168 . the contact area changes (see fig. It is generally cheaper than a parallel gripper but there are some limitations (see fig. it is possible to avoid one linear retraction motion (see fig. with F = 25 N. The opening angle is 90° so it acts as retracting gripper.1 TYPES Parallel gripper: the jaws move in a straight line.GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS NOMENCLATURE ACTUATORS a b c d e GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS f g h i Pneumatic gripper Jaws Clamping finge Sensor slot F = clamping force of one jaw only If a gripper has three jaws. in ce tain cases. Three-jaw grippers can be used for cylindrical parts with different diameters. 1. 1. so the total clamping force is 25 x 3 = 75 N Load L = distance between the barycentre of the load and the reference surface C = stroke of a single jaw Fa = maximum axial force applied to the grippers FIG. so the part cannot be released accidentally.6 • If the part is cylindrical with varying dimensions. 1.5) Toggle gripper: a hinged gripper with a toggle-action mechanism to achieve high clamping forces. The clamping force is high within a limited angle only. Number of jaws: two-jaw grippers are used for prism-shaped parts or cylindrical ones with a single diameter. Clamping is irreversible even when there is no pressure. three or even four jaws. and so. 1. 1.7 Gripper with retracting jaws: the jaws have an opening angle of about 90°.

The longer the clamping fingers. they do not increase friction (see fig.3 NO EXAMPLE OF CLAMPING FINGERS FIG.2 FIG. 1. 1.7 1-169 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS ACTUATORS . 1. 1.5 EXAMPLE OF USE LIMITATIONS OF HINGED GRIPPERS FIG.3) FIG.2 Wider fingers are only heavie . 1. the less force is available (see fig. 1.4 OK EXAMPLE OF RETRACTING HINGED GRIPPERS FIG. 1.6 FIG.CLAMPING FINGERS The clamping fingers must be as light and sho t as possible to keep inertia to a minimum. 1.

Data M n F Mass of part Number of jaws Clamping force of each jaw Unit of measurement kg – N Formula Example 1. determine the necessary clamping force.8 APPROXIMATION METHOD Clamping force of each jaw [N] $ 200 x weight of part [kg] / number of jaws. 1. Then decide which type of gripper can ensure this force with required pressure and clamping distance. DRAWING TO CALCULATE GRIPPER CLAMPING FORCE FIG. To help designers calculate the clamping force. we propose two levels of calculation.CALCULATIONS ACTUATORS GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS First of all.2/3 = 80 $ 200 x M/n 1-170 .2 3 $ 200 x 1.

2 x 5 = 6 N Fz = O Ft eq Equivalent tangential force N Fy eq Equivalent perpendicular force N Fs teo Theoretical clamping force N Greater of (Fteq/2m) and (Fyeq) Greater of (42. Vulkolan Coupled shape (vedi fig.0. e.5 = 160 N NOTES 1-171 GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS ACTUATORS .02) and 75 = 107 F Clamping force N FsTeo · 1.g.4 m=1 Fx Fy Fz N N N N N N M x 9. assess for each direction: Force x weight Force of inertia x linear acceleration Force of inertia x angular velocity Force along gripper axis Force perpendicular to jaw Force tangent to jaw Force equivalent to clamping centre: Unit of measur.2 m = 0.81 = 11.2 x 9.2 5 in direction Y 0 8 16 0 0 25 0.8 N Fy = F.1 m = 0. Kg m/s2 rad/s mm mm mm mm mm Formula Example 1.3 m = 0. When determining the forces.PRECISION COMPUTING METHOD Data M a Ω T d ax ay az m Mass of part Acceleration Angle speed Width of clamping finge Clamping diameter of part Distance along X of the barycentre from clamping centre Distance along Y of the barycentre from clamping centre Distance along Z of the barycentre from clamping centre Finger/part friction coefficien Some examples: Smooth steel on smooth metal Rough steel on smooth metal Soft material.81 Mxa MxΩ2xr Fx = weight 1.4 Forces applied to barycentre of part.5 (safety coefficient = 107 · 1.8/2. of inertia = 1.2 . 1.

8 29 to 116 5 to 70 20 µm filtere . it must be continuou 20 32 70 170 5 0. Bottom or side fixing. Anodized aluminium alloy body and tempered steel jaws. lubricated or unlubricated air. lubrification if used.50 5 0.70 TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION 1-172 .3 bar 20 mm from the top surface during opening and closing Single jaw stroke Weight mm N mm Kg 2 to 8 0.2 to 0.GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P1 ACTUATORS GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P1 • • • • Dual-acting parallel gripper for internal and external clamping. All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C P1-20 P1-32 Temperature range Fluid Bores Clamping force at 6.

sensor. sensor. sensor.5 m HALL N.O.O. sensor. vertical insertion 2.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. For technical data see page 1-288 1-173 GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P1 120 ACTUATORS Code W1550200001 Description Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P1-20 .O.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.3 bar 160 120 4 bar 8 bar 80 2 bar 40 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L [mm] ACCESSORIES RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.3 bar 4 bar L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-32 Code W1550320001 Description Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P1-32 F (N) 280 240 200 6. sensor.O.O. sensor.O. vertical insertion 2. sensor.5 m REED N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.O.g. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion HS 2.DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-20 F (N) 140 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 2 bar 50 60 70 80 90 8 bar 6. e. near metal masses. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O.5 m REED N.

12 0. All the grippers come with magnet and sensor slots. lubricated or unlubricated air. it must be continuou 16 20 25 16 20 25 4 5 7 45 100 135 0. lubrification if used. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C cycles/s P2 -16 P2-20 P2.3 bar 20 mm from the top surface during opening and closing Weight mm mm N Kg 2 to 8 0.8 29 to 116 -10 to +80 2 20 µm filtered.GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P2 ACTUATORS GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL ROLLER-RECIRCULATION JAWS SERIES P2 Double-acting system with clamping in both directions.45 TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION 1-174 .24 0.2 to 0.25 Operating temperature Maximum operating frequency Fluid Size Bore Single jaw stroke Clamping force at 6.

3 bar 4 bar 2 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-20 Code W1570200200 Description Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P2-20 F (N) 160 140 8 bar 120 6.3 bar 4 bar 2 bar 8 bar 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L [mm] ACCESSORIES SENSOR Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 1-175 GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P2 ACTUATORS Code W1570160200 Description Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P2-16 .3 bar 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 4 bar 2 bar L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-25 Code W1570250200 Description Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P2-25 F (N) 280 240 200 160 120 80 40 0 0 6.DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-16 F (N) 100 8 bar 80 60 40 20 0 6.

The mechanical design makes them suitable for clamping bulky parts. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C cycles/s mm mm N kg P4-10 P4-12 P4-16 P4-25 P4-30 Operating temperature Maximum operating frequency Fluid Bore Single jaw stroke Clamping force at 6. All grippers.3 bar 20 mm from the top surface during opening and closing Weight 3 to 7 0.5 2.18 0. except for the smallest ones.7 43 to 101 -10 to +80 1 20 µm filtered. lubrification if used.95 3.3 0.3 to 0.7 TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION 1-176 .GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4 ACTUATORS GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4 These are grippers with 2 parallel long-stroke jaws. can mount a retracting magnetic proximity sensor. it must be continuo 2 x 10 2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 30 2 x 30 5 10 15 30 60 30 45 75 280 280 0. lubricated or unlubricated air.

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-10 F (N) 50 40 30 20 10 0 6.3 bar 4 bar L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-16 Code W1580160200 Description Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-16 F (N) 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 8 bar 6.3 bar 4 bar 3 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-12 Code W1580120200 Description Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-12 F (N) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 3 bar 8 bar 6.3 bar 4 bar 3 bar L [mm] 1-177 GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4 8 bar ACTUATORS Code W1580100200 Description Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-10 .

O. sensor. sensor.3 bar 4 bar 3 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L [mm] 80 90 100 110 120 ACCESSORIES SENSOR FOR P4 10 Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE FOR P4-12-30 Code Description W0952025390 HALL N.O. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N. vertical insertion HS 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion HS 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N. e.5 m W0952028184 REED N.3 bar GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4 4 bar 3 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L [mm] 80 90 100 110 120 DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-30 Code W1580300200 Description Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-30 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 F (N) 8 bar 6. vertical insertion 2.5 m W0952029504* HALL N. sensor.O.5 m W0952029394 HALL N.O.DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-25 ACTUATORS Code W1580250200 Description Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-25 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 F (N) 8 bar 6. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N. vertical insertion 2.5 m W0952128184* REED N.O. sensor. sensor.O. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N. sensor. sensor.O. * For technical data see page 1-288 1-178 .O.g.O. near metal masses.

2 to 1 29 to 145 29 to 145 29 to 145 29 to 145 20 µm filtered. lubrification if used.3 bar 4 bar 2 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 L [mm] 1-179 GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED JAWS – SERIES P7 ACTUATORS . 20.2 to 1 0.12 0.5 1.GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED JAWS – SERIES P7 Hinged grippers with 30° opening angle. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C N kg P7-16 P7-20 P7-32 P7-50 Fluid Temperature range Clamping force at 6.19 0. during opening and closing Weight 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 0.2 to 1 0. All grippers are magnetic with slots in the body with retracting sensors. 32 and 50 mm. Bores 16. lubricated or unlubricated air.6 TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-16 Code W1590160200 Description Gripper with 2 hinged jaws P7-16 F (N) 50 40 30 20 10 0 8 bar 6. it must be continuou -10 to +80 27 50 120 380 0.2 to 1 0.3 bar 20 mm from the centre of rotation of the jaws.

vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N.O.5 m W0952028184 REED N. near metal masses.O.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. sensor. sensor.O.5 m W0952029394 HALL N.3 bar 4 bar 2 bar Description Gripper with 2 hinged jaws P7-32 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-50 Code W1590500200 F (N) 6.O.O. vertical insertion 2. vertical insertion 2.O.3 bar 8 bar Description Gripper with 2 hinged jaws P7-50 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 4 bar 2 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L [mm] 80 90 100 110 120 ACCESSORIES RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code Description W0952025390 HALL N.DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-20 ACTUATORS Code W1590200200 F (N) 60 50 40 30 8 bar 6.5 m W0952128184* REED N. sensor.g. sensor. sensor.5 m W0952029504* HALL N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N.O. sensor.O. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N. * For technical data see page 1-288 1-180 . sensor.3 bar 4 bar Description Gripper with 2 hinged jaws P7-20 GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED JAWS – SERIES P7 20 10 0 0 2 bar 10 20 30 40 L [mm] 50 60 70 80 90 DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-32 Code W1590320200 F (N) 280 240 200 160 120 80 40 0 0 8 bar 6. e. sensor.

Three sizes with clamping force 25-80 N at 6 bar. This solution makes the entire system lighter.08 0. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa bar °C P8-32 P8-40 P8-50 Operating temperature Fluid Life Jaw opening angle Clamping force per jaw at 6 bar Applicable weight (recommended) Air consumption per cycle Opening time Closing time Weight of grippers Moment of inertia Repeatability N kg cm3 sec sec g kg cm2 mm 4 to 7 0. normally open.5-6 N) and sensor holders.05 0. lubricated or unlubricated air.32 P8 . it must be continuo Over 2 million cycles 8° 22.15 0.05 0.1 TABLE OF MOMENTS Gripper P8 .08 36 45 60 0. It comes complete with spring-loaded bracket for pre-loading the piece (force 1.5 48 80 0.8 0.TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS SERIES P8 Single-acting hinged grippers.4 to 0.5 80 1-181 TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS SERIES P8 ACTUATORS .4 0.04 0.8 0. This gripper is corrosion-resistant and antimagnetic.2 0.04 0.1 0.06 0. made entirely of technopolymer.1 0. lubrification if used.40 P8 .5 1 1.5 47.50 FA (N) 3 5 8 Mx (Ncm) 9 23 49 My (Ncm) 10 20 30 Mz (Ncm) 10 20 40 P (N) 22.12 0.7 58 to 101 -10 to +60 20 µm filtered.

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-32 TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS SERIES P8 ACTUATORS * Removable part clamping system ** Induction sensor Code W0710010002 Description Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-32 DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-40 * Removable part clamping system ** Induction sensor Code W0710010003 Description Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-40 DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-50 * Removable part clamping system ** Induction sensor Code W0710010004 Description Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-50 ACCESSORIES INDUCTION SENSOR Code W0950037391 Description Induction sensor Ø 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m 1-182 .

it must be continuous 32 Adjustable 180° 160 0. • Bottom or side fixing • All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots. • Body made of hard anodized aluminium. • High clamping forces. lubricated or unlubricated air.GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9 • Toggle-type pivoted grippers.85 40 260 1. with adjustable opening angle.5 mm N Kg TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION 1-183 GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9 ACTUATORS . lubrification if used.3 bar 40 mm from the jaw pivot during opening and closing Weight 2 to 8 0. jaws and moving parts made of tempered steel. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C P9-32 P9-40 Temperature range Fluid Bores Jaw opening angle Clamping force at 6.8 29 to 116 -10 to +80 Filtered.2 to 0.

vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. sensor. near metal masses.5 m HALL N. e. vertical insertion 2.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.O.O.O.O.O. vertical insertion HS 2.DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-32 ACTUATORS Code W1530320180 Description Hinged gripper P9-32 F (N) 280 GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9 240 200 160 120 80 40 0 0 10 8 bar 6.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion 2. sensor.3 bar 4 bar L [mm] ACCESSORIES RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. sensor.g.3 bar 4 bar 2 bar 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-40 Code W1530400180 Description Hinged gripper P9-40 F (N) 360 320 280 240 200 160 120 80 40 0 0 10 2 bar 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 8 bar 6. * For technical data see page 1-288 1-184 .O. sensor. sensor.5 m REED N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.5 m REED N. sensor.O. sensor.O. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion HS 2.

3 bar 22 mm from the top surface.7 1. during opening and closing N Weight kg Maximum operating frequency cycles/s 2 to 7 0. lubrification if used. it must be continuou 16 20 25 60 3 4 5 12.GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P11 Double-acting grippers with three self-centring jaws.3 bar 4 bar 70 80 90 L [mm] 1-185 GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS .5 1. operating pressure bar MPa psi °C P11-16 P11-20 P11-25 P11-60 Temperature range Fluid Bore mm Single jaw stroke mm Clamping force at 6.5 38 62 110 900 0.2 to 0. TECHNICAL DATA Min.7 29 to 101 -10 to +80 20 µm filtered.5 1./max. internal and external clamping.5 1.SERIES P11 ACTUATORS . lubricated or unlubricated air. The body contains slots for mounting retracting magnetic sensors.2 TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-16 Code W1570160300 Description Grippers with 3 parallel jaws P11-16 F (N) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 10 20 30 40 3 bar 50 60 8 bar 6.3 2.21 0.12 0.

3 bar 4 bar 80 90 70 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-25 Code W1570250300 Description Grippers with 3 parallel jaws P11-25 F (N) 280 240 200 160 120 80 40 0 2 bar 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 8 bar 6.3 bar 4 bar 80 90 100 110 L [mm] DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-60 Code W1570600300 Description Grippers with 3 parallel jaws P11-60 F (N) 1200 1050 900 750 600 450 300 150 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 4 bar 2 bar 6.3 bar 8 bar L [mm] ACCESSORIES SENSOR FOR P11 16-60 Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 1-186 .DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-20 ACTUATORS Code W1570200300 Description Grippers with 3 parallel jaws P11-20 F (N) 140 120 100 80 GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS .SERIES P11 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 2 bar 60 8 bar 6.

SUMMARY ROTARY ACTUATORS P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ROTARY ACTUATORS PAGE 1-188 P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 PAGE 1-189 P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2 PAGE 1-192 P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 PAGE 1-195 P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS PAGE 1-200 1-187 SUMMARY ROTARY ACTUATORS ACTUATORS .

where envisaged. w2 . if the masses are distributed asymmetrically it may be difficult to keep a constant rotation speed using flow regulators on . SIZING HOW TO CALCULATE KINETIC ENERGY Denomination Unit of measurement Formula Example a t Jta E Fr Fa M Angle of rotation Rotation time Moment of inertia of rotating masses N.2 = 0.02 M L J Mass Side of the parallelepiped Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m Kg m2 L = M ____ 12 2 10 0.32 = _________ = 0.232 .5 x 0. Some models in the catalogue have built-in decelerators.57 2 _ + 50 10 = M + Fr . R) _ + 2 = 0.: added those of the individual masses Kinetic energy Radial force (Remember to take into account centrifugal forces) Axial force Overturning moment rad s Kg m2 Nm N N Nm p = degrees .232 p __ 2 2 = 2 . For those without. Remember that the application of optional hydraulic decelerator.133 = 0.22 = 0. With horizontal axis rotation.1 + 10 x 0 = 5 MOMENTS OF INERTIA FOR THE MOST COMMON SHAPES Denomination Unit of measurement Formula Disco Kg m Kg m2 Md2 = _____ 8 Mass distant from rotation axis Example M d J Disk mass Disk diameter Moment of inertia of the disk 7 0. 2 2 = S Ji a = 1/2 Jw2 = 2J . ACTUATORS GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ROTARY ACTUATORS The use of hydraulic decelerators means it is possible to increase absorbed power. _____ 180 p = 90° = _____ rad.GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ROTARY ACTUATORS DEVICES CALCULATIONS The following needs to be calculated: • Absorbed kinetic energy • Axial forces on the shaft or rotating flang • Radial force on the shaft or rotating flang • Overturning moment Then compare each of the 4 sizes with the admissible ones shown in the catalogue for each rotary actuator.13 12 1-188 .B. 0. b = 50 x 0.02 + 0.42 = _________ = 0.5 0.4 10 . ___ t (Fc = M . In this case it is advisable to use a decelerator. ___ = 0. the user can mount decelerators outside the actuator. 0. a + Fa .3 7 .0787 8 M R J Mass Distance between barycenter and rotation axis Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m Kg m2 = MR2 Parallelepiped with barycenter on rotation axis 0. 0. doubles the kinetic energy that can be absorbed by the actuator.078 + 0.

Ø 40 .B. During the setup of the actuator. Ø 50 . moment (6 bar . The first cycle involves movement of the piston (towards head B) with consequent anti-clockwise rotation of the pinion ACTUAL ROTATION ANGLE Cylinders without regulation of the rotation angle: the manufactural tolerance is + 4°/0° compared to the nominal value Cylinders with regulation of the rotation angle: the possible regulation ranges from + 2°/. Ø 63 . TECHNICAL DATA Gaskets Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C 32 40 50 63 80 100 Temperature range Fluid Bores Rotation angle Type of construction Configuratio Axial load Max.5 NBR 10 1 145 – 10 to + 80 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air. Ø 80 . The product is supplied with negative end-of-stroke piston (in the proximity of head A).0. 270°. Ø 100 90°. if used.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators.5 16 32 70 12200 120 N. start with CLOSE flow microregulators. COMPONENTS a BARREL: profiled anodised aluminium allo b HEAD: die cast aluminium c CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement safety system even when fully open d BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM e PISTON: aluminium f PISTON GASKET: NBR g MAGNET: plastoferrite h RACK: AISI 304 i PIGNON MALE/FEMALE: nitrided alloy steel j BALL BEARING k CENTRAL BODY: anodised aluminium l RACK GUIDE BUSH: self-lubricating sintered bronze m REGULATION SCREW: AISI 303 1-189 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 ACTUATORS .20°.6 Mpa) mm N Nm 2500 4.B. 180°. 360° Extruded profil Magnetic standard cushioned 2800 4500 5600 8500 12. must be continuous. and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed. Ø 32 . Lubrication.ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 Ø 32 to 100 Rack-type rotary cylinders in various configurations • Configuration with standard magne • Version with male pinion or female hole • Mechanical stroke adjustment • Special configurations on reques The central body has ISO bore holes for wall fixing using ISO pin and/or flange fitting N.

53 46.4 7.5 O 47 54.5 39 45.67 66.5 72 89 TF 6.5 .8 265.9 322.5 45.5 4.9 701.50 48.5 VA 4 4 4 4 4 4 X 32 . the piston is in contact with head A L0 ±1 fot ROTATION ANGLE 90° 180° 270° 360° 218.8 9.4 379.5 5.DIMENSIONS OF ROTARY CYLINDER Ø 32 to 100 ACTUATORS DETAIL OF FEMALE PINION ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 WITHOUT ADJUSTMENT WITH ADJUSTMENT WITHOUT ADJUSTMENT WITH ADJUSTMENT Note: with the key slot in the position specified.5 .5 345.349 0.5 21.8 18.5 63 75 95 108 N 4.5 56.6 335.262 0.5 39.5 .5 67 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 J1 4.5 8.5 94 111 EE G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 EF D10 3 4 5 5 8 8 EM H9 5 5 6 8 8 10 F 30 30 32 38 48 60 G 30 30 45 52 70 80 H 14 14 16 17 20 25 I 50 60 65 73 100 120 J 34.35.236 0.5 38 46.4 288.5 V2 19 22 25 27.6 358.1 303.471 0.5 CM g7 14 16 19 24 28 38 CF g7 10 12 14 16 25 30 CH1 22 22 27 27 36 36 D M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 E 46 54 64.51 61 .5 .0 420.4 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 D 0.5 5.5 5 7 2.5 47.5 18.5 58.3 15.5 75.3 TM 4 5 6 8 10 14 V 68 74 85 95 125 150 V1 44.8 483.5 18.5 64 75 95 110 P 6 6 6 6 10 10 PL 10 12 14 16 18 20 Q 4 4 6 6 7 7 R 30 35 40 45 50 60 RT M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 S 9 7 10 11 12.9 241.5 46.5 7 J2 2 - K 16 20 25 25 33 38 M 47 52.5 295.1 528.5 45 51 56 76 90.5 15.74.0 435.0 612.8 399.5 21.314 0.5 5.8 500.1 358.5 15 TG 32.6 382.4 600.5 Y 20 25 25 30 35 45 ZM 15 17 20 25 35 45 ZF 15 17 20 25 35 45 D = Linear displacement (mm) for each degree of rotation 1-190 .7 261.5 5.3 10.3 443.559 A 10 10 10 10 12 12 B 30 35 40 45 45 55 BG 15.

O.g.80-100-125 DST 82 1-191 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 ACTUATORS . sensor.50 DST 81 Ø 80 to 100 Code W0950000713 Description Bracket D.O.O. vertical insertion 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.KEY TO CODES W165 TYPE cylinder with male pinion cylinder with female pinion 050 BORES 032 040 050 063 080 100 1 VERSION cylinder without adjustment of rotation angle cylinder with adjustment of rotation angle 090 ANGLE OF ROTATION • 090 180 270 360 W165 W166 1 2 • expressed in sexagesimal degrees. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N. DSM Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.O. e.32 DST 80 Ø 50 to 63 Code W0950001001 Description Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM a ISO 15552 cylinder with barrel Serie STD or Serie 3 b Sensor bracket mod. sensor. near metal masses. DST (Ø 32 to 100) c Adaptor d Retractable sensor with insertion from above Code W0950000712 Description Bracket D. vertical insertion 2.O. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor. sensor.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 W0950000232 E. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 Code Description W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS W0950000222 E.O.O.O. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. 1-286 SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS FOR SENSORS DSM Ø 32 to 40 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.5 m REED N. sensor.O. For technical data see pag. 1-288 ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR Code W0950000711 Description Bracket D. ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE SENSOR MOD.5 m HALL N. sensor.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 For technical data see pag.

During the setup of the actuator.25 x P 0.B. it must be continuo 90°/180° rotation Both at the front 12 16 20 25 0.2 0.63 0.31 0.5 to 7 0. Two angles of rotation – 90° and 180°.ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2 ACTUATORS ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2 Actuator with double rack and play take-up. Stroke adjustment system for all sizes.7 22 to 101 -10 to +80 35° (about +10° -25°) 20 µm filtered. start with CLOSE flow microregulators.26 0.3 0.2 0. lubricated or unlubricated air.065 x P 0.15 to 0.2 0. axial load Max. There are slots in the body to house a magnetic proximity sensor.48 x P 8 14 40 80 8 14 40 80 0.2 0.3 COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n ROTARY SHAFT / PINION: hardened and tempered steel BALL BEARING FLANGE: anodised aluminium PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel PISTON GASKET: NBR GUIDE SHOE: PTFE MAGNET: neodymium CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR CUSHIONING PIN: zinc-plated steel HEAD: anodised aluminium PNEUMATIC CONNECTION / STROKE ADJUSTMENT: steel BARREL: anodised aluminium BASE: anodised aluminium SEAL: NBR 1-192 .: We always suggest to use flow microregulators. stroke adjustment and cushioning adjustment are all on the same side. Pneumatic cushioning for all sizes except the smallest.72 1 0.18 0. 16.21 0.3 0.14 x P 0. N.3 0. lubrification if used. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C degrees R2-12 R2-16 R2-20 R2-25 Temperature range Angle adjustment Fluid Versions Ports Sizes Theoretical torque (DP= pressure in bar) Max.8 0. 20 and 25. Four sizes – 12. Air supply. radial load Weight with 90° rotation Weight with 180° rotation Rotation time without load: • 90° angle • 180° angle mm Nm N N Kg Kg s s 1. and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed.

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12 90°/180° Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-16 90°/180° Code W1620162090 W1620162180 Description Rotary actuator R2-16-90° Rotary actuator R2-16-180° Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-20 90°/180° Code W1620202090 W1620202180 Description Rotary actuator R2-20-90° Rotary actuator R2-20-180° Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets 1-193 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2 ACTUATORS Code W1620122090 W1620122180 Description Rotary actuator R2-12-90° Rotary actuator R2-12-180° .

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-25 90°/180° ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2 ACTUATORS Code W1620252090 W1620252180 Description Rotary actuator R2-25-90° Rotary actuator R2-25-180° Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets ACCESSORIES MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4 Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 NOTES 1-194 .

The R3 rotary actuator can come with a mechanical stop or hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.2 0. axial load Max.60 COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium PINION: hardened and tempered steel BALL BEARING PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR GUIDE SHOE: PTFE MAGNET: neodymium HEAD: anodised aluminium BARREL: anodised aluminium SEAL: NBR VERSIONS: A Stroke adjustment B Stroke adjustment with inside hydraulic shock absorbers (available from Ø 25) 1-195 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 ACTUATORS .29 2.007 0. There is hole in the flange for air pipes or wires N.3 Admissible kinetic energy WITH MECANICAL STOP (with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180 WITH HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR (with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180 Joule 0.99 1.090 1.025 0. lubricated or unlubricated air. it must be continuo With mechanical stop / hydraulic decelerator 16 20 22 25 30 40 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40 0. radial load Weight Rotation time without load mm Nm N N Kg s 3 to 7 0.3 22 74 135 195 300 340 360 78 137 360 450 490 560 0. two on each side. lubrification if used.9 6.2 0.9 1.08 3.53 0. start with CLOSE flow microregulators. During the setup of the actuator.6 9.3 to 0.3 0.ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 Actuator with double rack and play take-up.5 to 101 -10 to +80 0° to 180° 20 µm filtered.B. Angle of rotation adjustable from 0 to 180°.049 0.082 0. There is a version with flange and one with shaft (for ø16-20-25-30) There are slots in the body for retracting magnetic proximity sensors.7 43.150 1.2 0. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C degrees R3-16 R3-20 R3-22 R3-25 R3-30 R3-40 Temperature range Angle adjustment Fluid Versions Sizes Bores Theoretical torque at 6 bar Max.2 0.8 2.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators.29 0.7 4.7 0. and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed.10 0.

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-16 ACTUATORS Code W1630162180 W1630165180 Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-1 Rotary actuator with shaft R3-16 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 VERSION WITH SHAFT ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-20 Code W1630202180 W1630205180 Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-2 Rotary actuator with shaft R3-20 VERSION WITH SHAFT 1-196 .

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-22 ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-25 Code W1630252180 W1630253180 W1630255180 W1630256180 VERSION WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-2 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-2 Rotary actuator with shaft R3-25 Rotary actuator with shaft + shock absorbers R3-25 VERSION WITH SHAFT 1-197 ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 ACTUATORS Code W1630222180 Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-2 .

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30

ACTUATORS

Code W1630302180 W1630303180 W1630305180 W1630306180 VERSION WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS

Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-3 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-3 Rotary actuator with shaft R3-30 Rotary actuator with shaft + shock absorbers R3-30

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3

VERSION WITH SHAFT

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40
Code W1630402180 W1630403180 Description Rotary actuator with flange R3-4 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-4

VERSION WITH SHAFT

1-198

ACCESSORIES
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE
Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8

* For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet, e.g. near metal masses. For technical data see page 1-288

SPARE PARTS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code 0950004011 0950004008 0950004005 Ø Ø 25 Ø 30 Ø 40 Description Shock absorbers SPM25 MC3 short M14x1.5 Shock absorbers PM25 MC3 M14x1.5 Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

NOTES

1-199

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3

ACTUATORS

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

ACTUATORS
ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

Dual-rack actuator with automatic adjustment for wear. Hydraulic shock absorbers are arranged externally and operate at a distance from the axis of rotation which is considerably higher than for internal ones. This means that the absorbable kinetic energy is 4 to 8 times higher. It is reduced in length as there are no adjusting screws. A 90° and a 180° versions are available. Grooves are provided in the body to fix retractable magnetic proximity sensors, two on each side. A hole has been drilled in the flange for the passage of air pipes or power cables. N.B.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow microregulators, and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C degrees mm mm Nm N N Nm J s

R3-16

R3-20

R3-22

R3-25

R3-30

R3-40

Temperature range Angle adjustment Fluid Sizes Bore Theoretical torque at 6 bar Max. axial load Max. radial load Max overturning moment Admissible kinetic energy Rotation time without load

3 to 7 0.3 to 0.7 43.5 to 101 -10 to +80 90° o 180° ± 3° 20 µm filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air; lubrification if used, it must be continuo 16 20 22 25 30 40 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40 0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 22 74 135 195 300 340 360 78 137 360 450 490 560 2.4 4 5.3 9.7 12 18 0.16 0.55 0.85 1.40 1.85 3.35 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3

COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium PINION: hardened and tempered steel BALL BEARING PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR GUIDE SHOE: PTFE MAGNET: neodymium HEAD: anodised aluminium BARREL: anodised aluminium STROKE REGULATOR WITH HYDRAULIC SHOCK ABSORBERS Block for 90° version

1-200

ROTATION ANGLE

ADMISSIBLE KINETIC ENERGY Joule [J]
Bore Ø 16 20 22 25 30 40 With flange, 90° rotation°: W1630__4090 With flange, 180° rotation°: W1630__4180 0.16 0.55 0.85 1.40 1.85 3.35

position of the holes lower pins

position of the holes lower pins

DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS
Bore Ø 16 20 22 25 30 40 T Theoretical torque at 6 bar [Nm] 0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 22 FA Max. axial load [N] 74 135 195 300 340 360 FR Max. radial load [N] 78 137 360 450 490 560 M Averturing momnet [Nm] 2.4 4 5.3 9.7 12 18

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-16 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°
Q Block for 90° version Code W1630164090 W1630164180 Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-16-90 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-16-180

1-201

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

ACTUATORS

90°

180°

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-20 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

ACTUATORS

Q Block for 90° version

Code W1630204090 W1630204180

Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-20-90 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-20-180

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-22 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°
Q Block for 90° version Code W1630224090 W1630224180 Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-22-90 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-22-180

1-202

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-25 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°
Q Block for 90° version

W1630254180

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°
Q Block for 90° version Code W1630304090 W1630304180 Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-30-90 Rotary actuator with flange shock absorbers R3-30-180

1-203

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

ACTUATORS

Code W1630254090

Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-25-90 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-25-180

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

ACTUATORS

Q Block for 90° version

Code W1630404090 W1630404180

Description Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-40-90 Rotary actuator with flange + shock absorbers R3-40-180

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

ACCESSORIES
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE
Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8

* For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet, e.g. near metal masses. For technical data see page 1-288

SPARE PARTS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code 0950004009 0950004010 0950004011 0950004005 Ø Ø 16 Description Shock absorbers PMX 10 MF3 M10x1 Ø 22 Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3 M12x1 Ø 25 ÷ 30 Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C M14x1.5 Ø 40 Shock absorbers PR50 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

1-204

SUMMARY SLIDES

P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES

PAGE 1-206

P TWIN CYLINDERS SERIES S10

PAGE 1-207

P TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11

PAGE 1-211 SUMMARY SLIDES
1-205

P TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12

PAGE 1-217

P PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13

PAGE 1-223

OTHER GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDE

P GDS, GDH AND GDM GUIDE UNITS FOR ISO 6432

PAGE 1-19

P GDS, GDH AND GDM GUIDE UNITS FOR ISO 15552

PAGE 1-42

P SHORT-STROkE ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS

PAGE 1-105

P COMPACT ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC

PAGE 1-76

P ISO 21287 ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS SERIES LINER

PAGE 1-65

P TWIN-ROD CYLINDERS SERIES TWNC

PAGE 1-49

P COMPACT GUIDES CYLINDERS SERIES CMPG

PAGE 1-112

P RODLESS CYLINDERS SERIE STD

PAGE 1-118

ACTUATORS

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES

TYPES

ACTUATORS

The range of guide units and slides is very extensive. Guides are grouped into families.
Guide units to couple with standard cylinders. These are separate units to which an ISO 6432 or ISO 15552 cylinder is attached. Twin pneumatic cylinder. The barrel has two calibrated holes for housing two pistons and rods side by side. There are versions with a single piston rod, through piston rod and different power supplies depending on whether you wish to fix the barrel or the flange to the ends of the piston rod.

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES

Pneumatic single piston cylinders with supports at the end of the piston rod. The common factor in all the various configurations is that, as well the calibrated hole for the piston in the cylinder body or front head, there are other slots housing bushes or guide bearings for additional piston rods.

Rodless cylinders. In these cylinders the piston rod is integral with a carriage on the outside of the barrel, so there is no piston rod. We offer versions in which the barrel is open, with a C-shaped section, and piston and carriage linked mechanically.

Guides with pneumatic actuator. The main part of this actuators is the guiding section which determines the shape, applications, loads, maximum strokes and cost. The pneumatic part is housed in one of the bodies of the unit or it comes as a complete cylinder housed inside the guide.

LOAD CONDITIONS

LOAD OR STROKE EQUIVALENCE

Admitted loads for each guide unit are shown in the catalogue. If the load is not aligned with the moving plate, it is possible to determine the equivalent load or stroke with a good approximation.

To check the admissible load

To check the arrow

1-206

TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

There are two sliding systems available: • on bushes • on ball recirculating bearings The frame is made up of two paired cylinders with a common anodized aluminium body containing slots for retracting sensors. There are 5 bores available: 2 x Ø 12, 2 x Ø 16, 2 x Ø 20, 2 x Ø 25 and 2 x Ø 30.

TECHNICAL DATA
Pressure range bar MPa psi °C mm/s

S10-12

S10-16

S10-20

S10-25

S10-30

Temperature range Fluid Piston speed Versions Sizes Bores Piston rod diameter Strokes

mm mm mm mm mm mm

3 to 7 0.3 to 0.7 43.5 to 101 -10 to +80 10 mm dried or lubricated filtered ai . Lubrication, if used, must be continuous. 30 to 100 System with sliding bushes/System with ball bushes available with stop screw or hydraulic decelerator 12 16 20 25 30 2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 25 2 x 30 6 8 10 12 16 15 15 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 75 75 75 – 75 100 100 100 – – – 125 125 0.12 + (0.002 x C) 0.24 + (0.0025 x C) 0.51 + (0.005 x C) 0.76 + (0.006 x C) 1.3 + (0.009 x C) 0.21 + (0.002 x C) 0.48 + (0.0025 x C) 0.77 + (0.005 x C) 0.18 + (0.006 x C) 1.92 + (0.009 x C) (Multiply the value shown by the pressure in bar) 2.26 x DP 4 x DP 6.28 x DP 9.8 x DP 14.1 x DP 1.69 x DP 3 x DP 4.11 x DP 7.5 x DP 10.1 x DP (The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes) 3 to 1.5 6 to 3 10 to 3.5 12 to 5.6 20 to 7 6 to 4 11 to 6 20 to 7 26 to 8 36 to 11

Weight (C = stroke mm) • Sliding version • Ball bearing version Theoretical thrust • Thrust force • Pull force Max. loads • Sliding version • Ball bearing version

Kg Kg da N da N N N

COMPONENTS a b c d d e f g h i j FLANGE: anodized aluminium REAR BASE: anodized aluminium BUFFER: rubber ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE. Zinc-plated steel bis. HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR FRONT BASE: brass PISTON: brass MAGNET: Plastoferrite CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium STATIC O-RING: NBR BALL RE-CIRCULATION BUSH

VERSIONS: A With sliding bushes B With ball bushes
1-207

TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

ACTUATORS

Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.. 50.. W1440252. 50. 50..3 5. 25.. 100. Strokes for bore 25 mm 25. W1440202.5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 4.5 37.5 N 8 8 9 10.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10.5 39. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1440122050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 15. 75.5 1.5 6. 125.5 14 P 4 4 5 6 8 Q M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 Q1H7 4 4 4 4 6 R 5 6 7 7 8 R1 3 3 3 3 5 S 8 8 10 12 12 T 9 10 11 11 13 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 28 33 40 42 51 V 38 46 56 66 86 V1 – – 54 64 82 W 3 3 3 5 5 X 20 26 30 39 52 Y 10 12 14 17 19 Z 1 1 1 1 1 AB M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8” . W1440302..5 2.5 E1 20 20 29 31..5 F 1. 75. 50..g. Strokes for bore 16 mm 15.Enter the stroke in mm (e. W1440162. 125. Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 10 C1 50 62 68 74 87 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 60 74 82 90 105 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 20 26 29 32.5 2. 75. 50. 25. Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.. 1-208 . 100..5 1. ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30 mm TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10 ACTUATORS VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1440122. 100..3 4. 75..5 8..

. 75. 50. W1440253.. 50.5 6. Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 4.5 58 F 1. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1440123050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 15. Strokes for bore 25 mm 25. 25.5 56 E1 29. Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.5 1.5 38 43.5 1. 75.5 8. Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 10 C1 69 90 100 108 124 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 79 98 111 120 142 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 29. 125... 125. 25. 100..5 42 46. W1440163.5 51.. 100...3 4.g. W1440203.. 1-209 TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10 ACTUATORS .5 2. 75.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10. 100. W1440303. 50. ON BALL BEARINGS Ø 12 to 30 mm VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1440123.Enter the stroke in mm (e.5 N 8 8 9 10..5 14 P 4 4 5 6 8 Q M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 Q1H7 4 4 4 4 6 R 5 6 7 7 8 R1 3 3 3 3 5 S 8 8 10 12 12 T 9 10 11 11 13 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 47 57 69 72 88 V 38 46 56 66 86 V1 – – 54 64 82 W 3 3 3 5 5 X 20 26 30 39 52 Y 10 12 14 17 19 Z 1 1 1 1 1 AB M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8” . 50.5 46.5 2.3 5. 50. Strokes for bore 16 mm 15. 75...

ACCESSORIES MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4. e. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. FOR SLIDE S10 Ø16 to 30 Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.O.g.O.5 m REED N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N.O. vertical insertion 2. sensor. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor. sensor.O.O. For technical data see page 1-288 NOTES 1-210 . sensor. sensor.O. sensor.O. sensor.O. sensor. near metal masses. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion 2. sensor.5 m HALL N. FOR SLIDE S10 Ø 12 ACTUATORS Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10 RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE. vertical insertion HS 2. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N.O.

5 to 101 -10 to +80 30 to 200 With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbers 12 16 20 25 30 6 8 10 12 16 25 25 25 25 25 50 60 50 50 50 75 75 75 75 75 – 100 100 100 100 – – 125 125 125 – – – 150 150 X = 0.5 Fr: 13 to 5 Fp: 6 to 3 X = 0. 2 x Ø 16.5 Fr: 35 to 6.045 Y = 0.25 X = 0.04 Y = 0. ACTUATORS .01 X = 1.14 Y = 0.5 X = 0.01 101 x P Fr: 80 to 12 Fp: 20 to 4.TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 TECHNICAL DATA Fluid Pressure range bar MPa psi °C mm/s mm mm mm S11-12 S11-16 S11-20 S11-25 S11-30 Temperature range Piston speed Versions Bores Piston rod diameter Strokes 20 mm filtered ai 1.5 Fp: 12 to 3 Fp: 15 to 3. The piston rods are united by means of a plate on which mechanical stops or hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted.002 X = 0. strokes) Fr: 20 to 4 Fr: 35 to 4.007 30 x P 47 x P 75 x P (The values shown refer to the min.5 Fr: 50 to 5. There are 5 bores available: 2 x Ø 12.7 43. 2 x Ø 25 and 2 x Ø 30.5 Fr: 130 to 18 Fp: 50 to 8 Weight = X + (Y · C) where C = stroke • Sliding version • Ball bearing version Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar) Max.5 Fr: 58 to 7 Fr: 80 to 8 Fp: 11 to 3 Fp: 18 to 5 Fp: 23 to 6 X = 1.4 Fp: 4 to 1.15 to 0.002 16.25 Y = 0. 2 x Ø 20.0035 Y = 0.24 Y = 0. and max.78 X = 1.045 Y = 0.98 Y = 0. loads • Loads with sliding version • Loads with ball bearing version kg N N N COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j FLANGE: anodized aluminium WASHER: steel BUFFER: rubber ADJUSTABEL STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel BASE: brass PISTON: brass MAGNET: plastoferrite CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium STATIC O-RINGS: NBR BUSH: ball bearing VERSIONS: A With sliding bushes B With ball bearing bushes 1-211 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 There are two sliding systems available: • on bushes • on ball bearings The frame is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders with a common anodized aluminium body containing slots for retracting sensors.5 to 7 0.9 x P Fr: 7 to 3 Fp: 4 to 1.37 X = 0.0035 Y = 0.007 X = 0.7 Y = 0.

150 1-212 . W1450252.g. 100.5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 2 N 4. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.Enter the stroke in mm (e.. Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 5 10 10 10 10 C1 45 50 55 60 70 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 65 74 83 92 106 C4 57 64 71 78 90 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 20 20 22.5 1.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11. 50. 75.. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1450122050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 25.5 P 8 8 9 10... 75. 50.5 9 10 12 .3 5. 75 Strokes for bore 16 mm 25... 75. W1450162. W1450202.5 2..3 4. 100. 50.2 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 6 8 8 9 9 V 3 4 4 5 5 W 14 15 16 19 21 X M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 6 8 10 12 12 Z 38 46 56 66 86 Z1 – – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 3 5 5 AC 20 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 1 AE 10 12 14 17 19 AF 4 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AM M8x1 M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1.3 4.2 5.5 1.3 4. 125. 50. W1450302.5 25 30 F 1.. 75. 125.5 6.. 100.5 AL 7 8. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25.5 8..5 14 Q 4 4 5 6 8 R M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 4 6 S 5 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 3 5 T 3. 50. ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 ACTUATORS VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1450122.3 5..5 2..

100. 50.5 9 10 12 . 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.5 14 Q 4 4 5 6 8 R M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 4 6 S 5 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 3 5 T 3. 50..Enter the stroke in mm (e.5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 2 N 4. 50.5 59 F 1. 75.. 100. 125. W1450253.5 1.. 50..g.3 4...5 1.5 6. 75..5 AL 7 8.5 2.. 75. 75.5 P 8 8 9 10.2 5.3 4. ON BALL BEARINGS Ø 12 to 30 VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1450123.3 5. W1450163.5 8..3 5. W1450303. 50.2 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 6 8 8 9 9 V 3 4 4 5 5 W 28 33 40 42 50 X M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 6 8 10 6 12 Z 38 46 56 66 86 Z1 – – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 3 5 5 AC 20 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 1 AE 10 12 14 17 19 AF 4 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 AM M8x1 M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1. 75 Strokes for bore 16 mm 25. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1450123050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 25...3 4. 125. 150 1-213 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 ACTUATORS . Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 5 10 10 10 10 C1 71 85 99 105 128 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 91 109 127 137 164 C4 83 99 115 123 148 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 33 37.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11. W1450203. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25.. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 47.5 2.5 44. 100.

100.3 4. W1450204.5 6. 125. 100. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 14 Q 4 4 5 6 8 R M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 4 6 S 5 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 3 5 T 3.5 AL 7 8...3 5.5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 2 N 4..3 5.2 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 6 8 8 9 9 V 3 4 4 5 5 W 14 15 16 19 21 X M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 6 8 10 12 12 Z 38 46 56 66 86 Z1 – – 54 69 82 AB 3 3 3 5 5 AC 20 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 1 AE 10 12 14 17 19 AF 4 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH 30 35 35 36 60 AM M8x1 M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1. 50.. ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 ACTUATORS VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1450124.5 1.. 50.5 P 8 8 9 10.2 5...5 25 30 F 1.. W1450254... 125. 50.Enter the stroke in mm (e.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11. 75 Strokes for bore 16 mm 25. W1450304.5 9 10 12 .5 8.5 2.5 2.g. 75.5 1..3 4. 150 1-214 . W1450164. 50. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1450124050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 25. 100. 50. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25. 75. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25.. Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 5 10 10 10 10 C1 45 50 55 60 70 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 65 74 83 92 106 C4 57 64 71 78 90 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 20 20 22. 75.3 4. 75.

... 50. W1450305.. 50. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 8.5 1. 75 Strokes for bore 16 mm 25. BALL BEARING VERSION WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 Ø 12 to 30 VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1450125.3 4.5 AL 7 8. 100.3 5.. 50.5 2. W1450205.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS.. 125. W1450165.2 Ø 12 16 20 25 30 U 6 8 8 9 9 V 3 4 4 5 5 W 28 33 40 42 50 X M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 6 8 10 6 12 Z 38 46 56 66 86 Z1 – – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 3 5 5 AC 20 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 1 AE 10 12 14 17 19 AF 4 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH 30 35 35 36 60 AM M8x1 M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1.3 5. 100.. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25. 100. 75. 50.5 P 8 8 9 10.5 14 Q 4 4 5 6 8 R M3 M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 4 6 S 5 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 3 5 T 3. 75..5 G 9 11 13 16 18 H 10 12 14 17 19 L 8 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 2 N 4.3 4.2 5..5 9 10 12 .5 1.g. 150 1-215 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 ACTUATORS .5 44.. 50.Enter the stroke in mm (e. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1450125050) Strokes for bore 12 mm 25.. Ø 12 16 20 25 30 A 18 22 26 32 36 B 46 56 66 78 98 C 5 10 10 10 10 C1 71 85 99 105 128 C2 2 2 2 2 2 C3 91 109 127 137 164 C4 83 99 115 123 148 D 4 5 6 7 8 E 33 37.. 75. W1450255. 125.5 2.3 4. 75.5 6.5 59 F 1. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.5 47.

sensor. e.5 m REED N.5 m HALL N.O.20 25 30 Description Shock absorbers PMX 10 MF3 + nut M10x1 Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3 + nut M12x1 Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C + nut M14x1 Shock absorbers PR50 MC2 + nut M20x1.O. For technical data see page 1-288 SPARE PARTS SHOCK ABSORBERS Code 0950004001 0950004002 0950004003 0950004004 Ø 12 16 . sensor. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. vertical insertion 2.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. sensor. FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 16 to 30 Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.ACCESSORIES MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. near metal masses.O.5 m HALL N.O. sensor. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 12 ACTUATORS Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m * For technical data see page 1-289 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE.O.g.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. vertical insertion 2. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor.O.5 NOTES 1-216 .5 m REED N.O.

The rods are joined together by means of a plate on which the mechanical limit switches or hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted.5 Fp: 12 to 3 Fp: 15 to 3. loads • Loads with sliding version • Loads with ball bearing version kg N N N COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k FLANGE: anodized aluminium WASHER: steel BUFFER: rubber ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel BASE: brass PISTON: brass MAGNET: Plastoferrite CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium STATIC O-RINGS: NBR BUSH: ball bearing SCREW: pneumatically powered VERSIONS: A With sliding bush B With ball bearing bush 1-217 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 Two sliding systems are available: • on bushes • on ball bearings The structure is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders with a common anodized aluminium body with grooves for mounting the retractable sensor.045 Y 0.98 Y = 0.TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 TECHNICAL DATA Fluid Pressure range bar MPa psi °C mm/s mm mm mm S12-16 S12-20 S12-25 S12-30 Temperature range Piston speed Versions Bores Piston rod diameter Strokes 20 mm filtered ai 1.5 Fr: 58 to 7 Fr: 80 to 8 Fr: 130 to 18 Fp: 11 to 3 Fp: 18 to 5 Fp: 23 to 6 Fp: 50 to 8 X = 0.37 Y = 0.5 Fr: 50 to 5.007 Y = 0. 2 x Ø 25.007 Y = 0.045 Y = 0.5 to 7 0.4 Fr: 80 to 12 Fp: 4 to 1.5 Fr: 35 to 6. 2 x Ø 30.7 X = 1.78 X = 1.5 to 101 -10 to +80 30 to 200 With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbersi 16 20 25 30 8 10 12 16 25 25 25 25 60 50 50 50 75 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 – 125 125 125 – – 150 150 X = 0.25 Y = 0.5 X = 0.0035 30 x P Weight = X + (Y · C) where C = stroke • Sliding version • Ball bearing version Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar) Max. Five bores available: 2 x Ø 16.04 X = 1. The compressed air ports are at the end of the piston rods. ACTUATORS .15 to 0.01 X = 0. strokes) Fr: 20 to 4 Fr: 35 to 4.24 Y = 0. 2 x Ø 20.5 Fp: 20 to 4.0035 X = 0. and max.01 47 x P 75 x P 101 x P (The values shown refer to the min.7 21.

3 5.. 125.5 14 Q 4 5 6 8 R M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 6 S 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 5 T 4.5 8. 50. 50. Ø 16 stroke 50 = W1450162050) Strokes for bore 16 mm 25.5 25 30 F 1.5 2..3 4.2 Ø 16 20 25 30 U 8 8 9 9 V 4 4 5 5 W 15 16 19 21 X M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 8 10 12 12 Z 46 56 66 86 Z1 – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 5 5 AC 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 AE 12 14 17 19 AF 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH M6 M8 M10 M12 AM M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1. 75.5 6.. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25. 50. 50...5 AL 8. 100. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.... 125.5 9 10 12 . W1460252.Enter the stroke in mm (e.5 1. W1460202.5 G 11 13 16 18 H 12 14 17 19 L 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 N 4..5 P 8 9 10. W1460302. Ø 16 20 25 30 A 22 26 32 36 B 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 C1 50 55 60 70 C2 2 2 2 2 C3 74 83 92 106 C4 64 71 78 90 D 5 6 7 8 E 20 22.5 2.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 ACTUATORS VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1460162. 75. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25. 100. 150 1-218 .2 5..3 5.g. 100. 75. 75.

50.5 8.. 50. W1460203..5 59 F 1.5 2.5 14 Q 4 5 6 8 R M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 6 S 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 5 T 4.5 P 8 9 10.5 AL 8.2 Ø 16 20 25 30 U 8 8 9 9 V 4 4 5 5 W 33 40 42 50 X M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 8 10 6 12 Z 46 56 66 86 Z1 – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 5 5 AC 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 AE 12 14 17 19 AF 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH M6 M8 M10 M12 AM M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1. 125. 100.. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25.. 150 1-219 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 ACTUATORS . 125..5 9 10 12 . 50. W1460253.Enter the stroke in mm (e.2 5.5 6.. 75.5 44.5 1... 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25. 100. 100.. 75. Ø 16 20 25 30 A 22 26 32 36 B 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 C1 85 99 105 128 C2 2 2 2 2 C3 109 127 137 164 C4 99 115 123 148 D 5 6 7 8 E 37. 75.5 47. Ø 16 stroke 50 = W1450163050) Strokes for bore 16 mm 25.5 2.g. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 G 11 13 16 18 H 12 14 17 19 L 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 N 4. 50.3 5.3 5..DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30 VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1460163. 75. W1460303.3 4.

5 1.5 25 30 F 1.5 AL 8. 75. 125. 125. Ø 16 20 25 30 A 22 26 32 36 B 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 C1 50 55 60 70 C2 2 2 2 2 C3 74 83 92 106 C4 64 71 78 90 D 5 6 7 8 E 20 22..5 6.2 5.3 4. 50.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 ACTUATORS VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1460164. 75. 75. 100.5 G 11 13 16 18 H 12 14 17 19 L 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 N 4.. 50. 100. 50..5 2...3 5.. Ø 16 stroke 50 = W1450164050) Strokes for bore 16 mm 25.. 150 1-220 . W1460254. 100. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25. W1460204..5 P 8 9 10. W1460304. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 14 Q 4 5 6 8 R M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 6 S 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 5 T 4.3 5..g. 75.5 8.2 Ø 16 20 25 30 U 8 8 9 9 V 4 4 5 5 W 15 16 19 21 X M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 8 10 12 12 Z 46 56 66 86 Z1 – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 5 5 AC 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 AE 12 14 17 19 AF 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH 35 35 36 60 AM M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1.5 2. 50.. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.5 9 10 12 .Enter the stroke in mm (e.

5 9 10 12 .. W1460255. 125 Strokes for bore 25 mm 25.3 5..5 2....5 P 8 9 10. 100. 50. 100.. 125. W1460205..3 4.5 59 F 1.5 47. 75. 50. 150 Strokes for bore 30 mm 25.3 5.5 2. W1460305. 75.5 6.g.5 1.5 8. Ø 16 20 25 30 A 22 26 32 36 B 56 66 78 98 C 10 10 10 10 C1 85 99 105 128 C2 2 2 2 2 C3 109 127 137 164 C4 99 115 123 148 D 5 6 7 8 E 37.DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30 VIEW FROM “K” + = ADD THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE Code W1460165. 150 1-221 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 ACTUATORS . 125. 75.5 44.. Ø 16 stroke 50 = W1450165050) Strokes for bore 16 mm 25..2 Ø 16 20 25 30 U 8 8 9 9 V 4 4 5 5 W 33 40 42 50 X M5 M5 M6 M6 Y 8 10 6 12 Z 46 56 66 86 Z1 – 54 64 82 AB 3 3 5 5 AC 26 30 39 52 AD 1 1 1 1 AE 12 14 17 19 AF 5 5 6 6 AG M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 AH 35 35 36 60 AM M10x1 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1 AL 8. 50.2 5..Enter the stroke in mm (e. 100. 50. 100 Strokes for bore 20 mm 25.5 14 Q 4 5 6 8 R M4 M4 M5 M6 R1H7 4 4 4 6 S 6 7 7 8 S1 3 3 3 5 T 4.5 G 11 13 16 18 H 12 14 17 19 L 10 12 14 16 M 2 2 2 2 N 4. 75.

O.g. FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 16 to 30 Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m REED N. For technical data see page 1-288 SPARES SHOCK ABSORBERS Code 0950004002 0950004003 0950004004 Ø ø 16 .O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor.5 m REED N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. sensor.20 ø 25 ø 30 Description Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1 Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1 Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N. e.O. sensor. sensor. sensor. vertical insertion 2.ACCESSORIES RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE. sensor.5 m HALL N. sensor.O. sensor.O.O.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 ACTUATORS * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet.O. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. sensor. vertical insertion HS 2.5 NOTES 1-222 .5 m HALL N. near metal masses. vertical insertion 2.O.

All these possibilities make the application extremely flexible.012 0. The retractable sensors can be fitted on the right or on the left. NBR MAGNET: neodymium (Ø 6 and Ø 10) plastoferrite (Ø 16 and Ø 20) 1-223 PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumatic cylinder that has the sole purpose of pushing and pulling the load. The load side can be fixed onto the table from the top or the front. at 6 bar Admitted loads Admitted kinetic energy Stroke tolerance Assembly position Weight N N Joule mm kg 2 to 8 0.8 29 to 116 -10 to +80 Lubricated and unlubricated compressed air at 20 mm. a ground steel guide that is integral with the body. NBR O-RING: NBR PISTON ROD: stainless steel PISTON GASKET: type PZ. ACTUATORS . This ensures accurate movement with virtually no play.0 Any (horizontal and vertical) See table page 1-224 COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o NUT: stainless steel SNAP RING: galvanised steel FRONT BASE: bronze BODY: anodized aluminium GUIDE: tempered stainless steel PISTON: aluminium BALL RECIRCULATION PAD: stainless steel BUFFER: NBR REAR BASE: anodized aluminium PLATE: anodized aluminium PISTON ROD GASKET: type EM. must be uninterrupted when lubricated 30 to 500 M5 Ball recirculation Magnetic dual-acting with rubber buffer 10 10 10 10 25 25 25 25 ----50 50 17 47 120 188 13 40 104 158 See diagrams page 1-224 0.025 0. The compressed air supply can be connected on three sides. The body can be secured on many sides. at 6 bar Theoretical pull force. All the slides are equipped with sensor magnets. and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto the moving table and is designed to withstand all the loads and movements applied. and the piston rods do not suffer wear as there are no lateral loads.050 0.PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi °C mm/s Ø6 Ø 10 Ø 16 Ø 20 Operating temperature Fluid Minimum and maximum speed Pneumatic fitting Type of guide Versions Strokes mm Theoretical thrust force.2 to 0.100 0 / +1. The width is extremely reduced to allow installation in small spaces and the combination of several reduced-pitch slides.

WEIGHTS MASS/VELOCITY DIAGRAM M (kg) L (mm) = Mass applied = Distance between the axis of the piston rod and the barycentre of the mass v (mm/s) = Velocity of the slide vert = Limit with vertical movement ACTUATORS WEIGHT [gr] Stroke 10 25 50 6 68 90 --8 125 160 --- Bore 16 230 280 350 20 455 550 660 PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 WEIGHT OF MOVING PART [gr] Stroke 6 10 30 25 40 50 --- 8 50 68 --- Bore 16 100 125 167 20 180 220 290 ADMITTED LOADS DIAGRAM S13-6 S13-10 S13-16 S13-20 1-224 .

on the hole threads C Rear. Since the table is supported by a ball guide/pad. C D A B E F COMPRESSED-AIR SUPPLY The compressed air supply can be from the back. on the threaded holes D Vertical. not the body. When securing the screws. If you wish to use the holes. hold the table. so that the torque discharges through the ball pad. The slide comes with holes on the left and right that are plugged with screws and O-ring seals. avoid applying excessive torques or forces.B. applying a drop of adhesive to the screw thread. via the through holes B Lateral. 1-225 PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 ACTUATORS . remove the screws and O-rings and fix them in the holes in the back. on the threaded holes F Top. on the threaded holes N. on the threaded holes FIXING THE MOVING TABLE E Front. from the left or from the right.FIXING OPTIONS FIXING THE BODY A Lateral.

5 63.5 Stroke 10 25 10 25 10 25 50 10 25 50 L 9 11 16 20 A 14 30 14 30 20 40 60 20 40 70 O N/2 N/2 N/2 N/2 N 10 30 10 30 10 30 25 10 30 25 P 8 11 14 14 H 42 62 49 69 58 78 98 64 84 104 Q 9 11 16 20 R 15 19 24 31 NF 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 S 10 12 12 15 M 14..5 15 E 39 47 53. Ø 6 stroke 10=W1471063010) Standard strokes: Bore Ø 6 -> 10..5 7.5 7.5 19 23 Ø 6 10 16 20 T 5 5 10 10 U 9 13 17 20 V 16 20 25 32 W 10.5 9 10 10.5 K 15 18 26 34 MA M3 M4 M4 M5 pf 5 6 7 9 ØA 2 2 3 3 ps 4.* W1471203.* W1471163.75 4. 25 mm Bore Ø 10 -> 10..5 64.* Ø 6 10 16 20 LT 31 35 42 52.5 12..5 4.DIMENSIONS PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 ACTUATORS Ø 6 10 16 20 + = ADD THE STROKE Code W1471063.5 10 11 I 2.5 7.5 B 19 23 27 34 C 18 20 25 32 D 10 12.. 50 mm 1-226 .5 G 5.5 pn 3. 25.5 ML M4 M5 M5 M6 DL 4 5 5 6 * Enter the stroke in mm (e.* W1471103.9 4 3.5 7. 25 mm Bore Ø 16 -> 10.5 F 38 46 52.5 13 17 20 X 18 20 25 32 Y 19 23 27 34 ØL 6 7.5 7. 25.5 J 7.5 4..5 4.5 9. 50 mm Bore Ø 20 -> 10...5 15.g.

FOR SLIDE S13 * For technical data see page 1-289 NOTES 1-227 PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 ACTUATORS Code W0950044180 W0950045390* Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m .ACCESSORIES MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4.

NOTES 1-228 ACTUATORS .

SUMMARY HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC P HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRK PAGE 1-230 P INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE PAGE 1-238 1-229 SUMMARY HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS .

the brake compensation tank needs to be topped up. STOP valves. 500 special strokes up to 1000 on request. excess oil is ejected through a hole in the tank. 250. 150. During the first few work cycles. 300. 400. the dipstick must project at least 15 mm from the tank cap. one or more regulation valves and a tank compensating for oil leaks. With the piston rod fully extended. Regulation in piston rod extension and/or retraction.BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE This is a closed-loop hydraulic brake without its own power source. with NC or NO control After a certain operating time. TECHNICAL DATA Operating temperature Fluid Adjustable load Speed Standard strokes Versions Cylinder coupling Connectable cylinders °C NBR From –10 to +70 Lubricated or unlubricated filtered ai . It is normally associated with an ISO 15552 pneumatic cylinder. 350. in retraction or both • SKIP valve (slow/fast) or STOP valve or both. Flange kit ISO 15552 cylinders with bore Ø 40 to Ø 100 N mm/min mm mm COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q 1-230 PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel HEADS: anodised aluminium alloy PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR rubber PISTON ROD GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert JACKET: drawn anodised aluminium alloy PISTON: aluminium alloy PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber OIL SEAL GASKET: polyurethane Static O-rings: NBR rubber SEALING DISK: plastic SPRINGS: zinc-plated steel SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: self-threading screw (Tap Tite) OIL LEVEL STICK: zinc-plated steel OIL RECOVERY TANK VALVE for OIL FILLING FLOW REGULATION NEEDLE MINIMUM LEVEL . SKIP valves. It is available in two versions: • with regulation in piston rod extension. must be continuous 7000 10 to 6000 50. Lubrication. It consists of an oil-filled cylinde . Use only COMLUBE DEXRON ATF hydraulic oil. 100. Tank in-line or on the side. 450. Refer to the minimum mark on the dipstick. 200. if used.

When port B is supplied. this operates the STOP valve and interrupts the flow of fluid In normally-closed NC valves. DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code W170001____ Description Hydraulic brake with regulation in piston rod extension 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1340 g Weight each mm = 4. flow moves freely from A to D. When port B is supplied. When po t C is supplied. the fluid flows through but it is forced through the bottlenec generated by the adjusting pin. flow moves freely from A to D.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION. IN-LINE TANK Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 92 112 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code W170001____L Description Hydraulic brake with regulation in piston rod extension.2 g 1-231 BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS NO Air inlet Air inlet NC . When port C is supplied. this operates the SKIP valve and the fluid is forced through the bottleneck generated by the adjusting pin.SKIP-STOP APPLICATION WITH VALVES STOP SKIP STOP SKIP Air inlet Air inlet In normally-open (NO) valves. in-line tank 151÷250 137 251÷350 157 351÷450 187 451÷500 212 ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1300 g Weight each mm = 4. flow is no mally inhibited.

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD RETRACTION ACTUATORS Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code W170011____ Description Hydraulic brake with regulation in piston rod retraction 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1340 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g 1-232 .2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP VALVE HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + STOP VALVE Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Symbol Code W170101____ Description Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO SKIP valve 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 W170201____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO STOP valve W170102____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC SKIP valve W170202____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1555 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION/RETRACTION Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 98 118 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code Description W170021____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in piston rod extension/retraction 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1710 g Weight each mm = 4.

in-line tank W170102____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC SKIP valve.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP/STOP VALVES Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code Description W170301____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO SKIP/STOP valves 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 W170302____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC SKIP/STOP valves ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1730 g Weight each mm = 4.HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP VALVE. IN-LINE TANK Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 92 112 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 151÷250 137 251÷350 157 351÷450 187 451÷500 212 W170201____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO STOP valve. in-line tank ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1510 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + SKIP VALVE HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + STOP VALVE Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Symbol Code Description W170111____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NO SKIP valve 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 W170211____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NO STOP valve W170112____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NC SKIP valve W170212____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1555 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g 1-233 BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS Symbol Code Description W170101____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO SKIP valve. in-line tank . IN-LINE TANK HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + STOP VALVE. in-line tank W170202____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC STOP valve.

2 g 1-234 .2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + SKIP/STOP VALVES Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 109 129 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code Description W170311____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NO SKIP/STOP valves 151÷250 154 251÷350 174 351÷450 204 451÷500 229 W170312____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in retraction + NC SKIP/STOP valves ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1730 g Weight each mm = 4. IN-LINE TANK ACTUATORS Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 92 112 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code Description W170301____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NO SKIP/STOP valves. in-line tank 151÷250 137 251÷350 157 351÷450 187 451÷500 212 W170302____L Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension + NC SKIP/STOP valves. in-line tank BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ____ = Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1690 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + EXTENSION STOP VALVE Symbol Stroke B U max 39 55 71 87 95 100÷150 118 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 Code Description W170023____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + extension NO STOP valve W170024____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + extension NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 100 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1990 g Weight each mm = 4.HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP/STOP VALVES.

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + RETRACTION STOP VALVE Stroke B U max 39 55 71 87 95 100÷150 118 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 W170026____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + retraction NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 100 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 2080 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL STOP VALVE Symbol Stroke 150 B 118 U max 39 55 71 87 95 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 Code Description W170221____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual NO STOP valve W170222____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 150 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 2260 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g 1-235 BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS Symbol Code Description W170025____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + retraction NO STOP valve .2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE Symbol Stroke 1÷50 51÷150 B 98 118 U max 23 39 55 71 87 95 Code Description W170121____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual NO SKIP valve 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 W170122____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual NC SKIP valve ____= Enter the stroke Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1850 g Weight each mm = 4.

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + PISTON ROD EXTENSION STOP VALVE ACTUATORS Symbol Stroke B U max 39 55 71 87 95 100÷150 118 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 Code Description W170123____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + piston rod extension NO STOP valve W170124____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + piston rod extension NC STOP valve BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 100 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 2110 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g 1-236 .2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + DUAL STOP VALVE Symbol Stroke 150 B 118 U max 39 55 71 87 95 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 Code Description W170321____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + dual NO STOP valve W170322____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + dual NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 150 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 2415 g Weight each mm = 4.2 g HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + PISTON ROD RETRACTION STOP VALVE Symbol Stroke B U max 39 55 71 87 95 100÷150 118 151÷250 143 251÷350 163 351÷450 193 451÷500 218 Code Description W170125____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + piston rod retraction NO STOP valve W170126____ Hydraulic brake with regulation in extension/retraction + dual SKIP valve + piston rod retraction NC STOP valve ____ = Enter the stroke Note: minimum stroke 100 mm Weight for stroke 0 mm = 2210 g Weight each mm = 4.

per pack complete with 4+4 screws FLANGE SCREW KIT Code W0950402111 W0950502111 W0950632111 W0950802111 Description Kit BRK-P/C-040 Kit BRK-P/C-050 Kit BRK-P/C-063 Kit BRK-P/C-080-100 Weight [g] 58 93 97 151 Note: code corresponds to 4 + 4 screws 1-237 ACCESSORIES FOR BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS .g.5 37.5 47.5 47.5 55 ØH1 32 32 32 32 32 I 27.5 27. if present ● ✱ Only for versions with piston rod regulation in extension In combination with regulation in extension/retraction or regulation + SKIP in extension/retraction ACCESSORIES FLANGE FOR MOUNTING WITH ISO 15552 CYLINDER Code W0950402012 W0950502012 W0950632012 W0950802012 W0951002012 Ø 40 50 63 80 100 A 55 65 75 95 112 B 55 55 55 55 C D 38 38 46.5 38 56.5 ØL 7 7 7 7 7 ØM 7 9 9 11 11 N 12 12 15 15 15 Weight [g] 418 540 792 1216 1535 Note: 1 pc.5 32.5 38 72 38 89 38 E 109 121 131 151 168 F 26. 0500 for stroke 500) L ● L In-line tank.5 27.5 37.5 56 F1 32.KEY TO CODES W 1 7 0 W170 BRK hydraulic brake 0 1 2 3 0 Regulation Regulation + SKIP Regulation + STOP Regulation + SKIP + STOP 1 0 Extension 1 Retraction 2 Extension and retraction 1 2 ✱3 ✱4 ✱5 ✱6 2 No valve or NO NC + NO STOP in extension + NC STOP in extension + NO STOP in retraction + NC STOP in retraction 0300 STROKE Enter the desired stroke in four digits (e.5 27.5 56 G ØH 55 35 61 40 66 45 76 45 84.5 27.

000 6.000 30.3 to 0. DOPPIO SKIP NC. SKIP NO. 150. The basic feature of this device is that the driving force and the braking force are coaxial. DOPPIO STOP NC. so they do not generate undesired bending moments on the piston rod and the external structures connected to it. The dimensions of the pneumatic cylinder (bore 63) comply with ISO 15552.500 30 to 4. this brake is particularly compact and has reduced dimensions compared to BRK external hydraulic brakes. 400. STOP NO+STOP NC.000 30 to 4.1 to 0.metalwork.500 30 to 5.000 30 to 5. DOPPIO STOP NO. DEXRON ATF (Comlube) – the list of compatible oils is available on the web site www. STOP NO+SKIP NC.000 mm/min 30 to 7. but the dimensions of the brake are the same of the immediately higher stroke ones. 250. STOP NC+SKIP NC.000 5. Due to its conception.000 5. TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure bar MPa psi bar MPa psi °C °F NBR-POLYURETHANE 1 to 8 0.000 5. SKIP NO+SKIP NC. STOP NC+SKIP NO All versions are provided with a magnet Valve combinations Sensor magnet 1-238 .000 (Speeds measured on the brake with 500 mm stroke and using 10 mm Ø pipes) mm 50. and the front damping has no action.5 to 116 -10 to +70 14 to 156 Lubricated or unlubricated filtered ai . the brake fluid tank must be topped up with oil.INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE The integrated hydraulic brake is comprised of a pneumatic cylinder that acts as an actuator and an oleo-dynamic circuit that acts as a brake.000 6.000 6. SKIP NC. DOPPIO SKIP NO. 500 Other special strokes up to 500 available on request.5 to 116 3 to 8 0.8 14. STOP NO+SKIP NO.150 NC valve actuation pressure Operating temperature range Pneumatic circuit flui Hydraulic circuit flui Bore Thrust force generated at 6 bar Pull force generated at 6 bar Maximum load which can be applied from outside while the rod is lock N • Version without valves and with closed pins: Thrust Load on the rod Traction Load on the rod • Version with STOP NC valves not operated: Thrust Load on the rod Traction Load on the rod • Version with STOP NO valves operated at 6 bar: Thrust Load on the rod Traction Load on the rod • Version with STOP NO valves operated at 8 bar: Thrust Load on the rod Traction Load on the rod Speeds at 6 bar and 20°C: with regulation pin with pin and NO STOP valve with pin and NC STOP valve with pin and NO SKIP valve with pin and NC SKIP valve with pin and NO STOP+SKIP valves with pin and NC STOP+SKIP valves without pin nor regulation (fast retraction) Standard strokes 6.it mm 63 N 1.000 30 to 4. The hydraulic circuit is comprised of a brake fluid tank and one or two flo regulation pins. 100.000 30 to 4. During the first operating cycles. the minimum level mark must not project less than 8-10 mm from the cap. for the piston rod extension and retraction.725 N 1. piston-in and dual regulation The following combinations of valves can be mounted on each regulated section: STOP NO. Always use Comlube DEXRON ATF hydraulic oil or another compatible product. 350. It can mount one or more (slow-fast) SKIP or STOP valves that are normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). After a certain operating time.8 43. This needs doing when the oil level reaches the minimum mark on the rod. Piston-out. 200. STOP NC. 300. With the piston rod right out.000 5. 450. excess oil is expelled through a hole in the tank.

COMPONENTS OIL a b c d e f g h i GUIDE HOLD: galvanised steel O-RING: NBR PISTON ROD: thickly chromed steel PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert INSIDE PISTON: brass GUIDE RING: PTFE HEAD: anodized aluminium CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR j JACKET: anodised and calibrated aluminium section k INTERNAL PIPE: brass l INTERMEDIATE PIPE: steel m PISTON: aluminium n PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane o MAGNET: plastoferrite p PISTON GASKET: NBR q PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane r SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: self-tapping s t 21 u 22 u 23 u u 24 25 u 26 u 27 u 28 u BUSH: nickel-plated brass CHECK VALVE OIL FILLING VALVE REGULATION UNIT: anodised aluminium REGULATION PIN OIL RECOVERY TANK OIL LEVEL ROD: galvanised steel NC VALVE NO VALVE CUSHIONING PIN 1-239 INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS .

SKIP-STOP APPLICATION WITH VALVES ACTUATORS NO FROM CYLINDER TO TANK NC FROM CYLINDER TO TANK STOP SKIP Air inlet Air inlet STOP SKIP Air inlet INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE In normally-open (NO) valves. the fluid flows through but it is forced through the bottlenec generated by the adjusting pin.B. 1-240 . When port B is supplied. With at least one extension control valve and one retraction control valve. When port B is supplied. this operates the SKIP valve and the fluid is forced through the bottleneck generated by the adjusting pin.g. When port C is supplied. type W1732_ _ _ is required. this operates the STOP valve and interrupts the flow of fluid In normally-closed NC valves. OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF THE VARIOUS VERSIONS Stroke 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 B 106 131 131 131 171 171 216 216 301 301 U max 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 A 50 50 82 D 40 40 72 Type Regulation only 1 valve per side 2 valve per side a Slots for slim sensor (only on the utility ports side) KEY TO CODES W 1 7 3 INTEGRATED BRAKE W173 Integrated brake 2 REGULATION 0 Out 1 In 2 Dual 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 PISTON ROD EXTENSION CONTROL VALVES Without valves NO Stop NC Stop NO Skip NC Skip NO Stop NO Skip NO Stop NC Skip NC Stop NO Skip NC Stop NC Skip 1 PISTON ROD RETRACTION CONTROL VALVES 0 Without valves 1 NO Stop 2 NC Stop 3 NO Skip 4 NC Skip 5 NO Stop NO Skip 6 NO Stop NC Skip 7 NC Stop NO Skip 8 NC Stop NC Skip 0 BORE 0 D63 0 5 0 0 STROKE Specify the desired stroke in 4 digits (e. flow moves freely from A to D. flow moves freely from A to D. 0500 for stroke 500) N. flow is no mally inhibited. When po t C is supplied.

N.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092) MALE HINGE .MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950632003 Ø 63 B 70 D 40 E 32 Ø G H3 R 16 190 17 S 12 Weight [g] 394 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. E 63 32 F 24 H 12 H3 M 190 16 N 21 Weight [g] 336 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.B. N. 2 snap rings and 1 pin. N.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092) FEMALE HINGE . 4 washers.MODEL A + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950632001 Ø 63 Ø AB AH 9 50 AO 47 AT 6 AU 32 TR 50 UH 75 H1 H2 Weight [g] 190 185 266 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.B.MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950632004 Ø 63 D 40 E 32 F 17 ØG H 16 12 H3 Weight [g] 190 316 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.ACCESSORIES FOOT .B. N. 4 washers.MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950632006 Ø cil. 4 washers.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092) ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092) 1-241 ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS .

4 washers.MODEL GL ACTUATORS Code W0950632008 Ø 63 A 40 B 33 C 11 D 16 E 40 F 50 G 63 H 75 I 63 L 32 M 12 N Weight [g] 15 440 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.MODEL C + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950632002 Ø 63 A1 A B 100 120 75 S 12 B1 50 ØD4 L Weight [g] 9 170 670 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B . N.MODEL GS Code W0950632108 Ø 63 B C D 39. ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B .5 75 E 9 G 50 J 17 L 12 M 16 N 15 Weight [g] 350 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. REAR FLANGE .MODEL C Code W0950632002 Ø 63 A1 A B 100 120 75 S 12 B1 50 ØD4 W 9 25 Weight [g] 670 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 4 washers.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092) 1-242 .5 56. FRONT FLANGE .B.

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER . 1-243 ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS Code 0950502010 Ø 63 F M16x1.MODEL GA-M Code W0950502025 Ø 63 Ø M C B1 B A 16 22 15 21 42 L F 85 64 D Ø G CH M16x1.MODEL S Note: Individually packed.MODEL GA-K Code W0950502030 Ø 63 A B C D ØF M16x1.5 22 22 Ø G1 Weight [g] 22 226 Note: Individually packed. ROD EYE .ROD NUT .5 32 32 103 32 ØE 4 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g] 20 41 41 30 24 620 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA Note: Individually packed. FORK MODEL GK-M Code W0950502020 Ø 63 ØM C 16 32 B 16 A 32 L 83 F 64 D M16x1.5 H 8 CH 24 Weight [g] 20 .5 N 40 Weight [g] 340 Note: Individually packed.

screws M3x25 with washer 2 HEX. screws M4x50 with washer Adaptor + ISO1 base side + screws + washers Adaptor + ISO2 base side + screws + washers Weight [g] 4 8 230 350 VALVE ASSEMBLY ON HYDRAULIC BRAKE 1-244 .5 B 40 C 42 D 110 ISO 1 E 77 D 1124 ISO 1 E 83 Applicable valves MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 .KIT OF REAR HEAD SCREWS ACTUATORS Code 0950636092 Description Kit of M8x40 UNI 5931 rear head fixing screw Note: 4 items per pack.ISO 2 Weight [g] 101 KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS Code 0950002003 0950002004 0950002001 0950002002 Valve KIT MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 ISO 2 Composition 2 HEX. ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE CYLINDER BRACKET .VALVE SERIES KCV Code 0950632090 Ø 63 A 81.

vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952022180 REED N. HALL PNP DSM3-N225 Sensor E. sensor.5 m W0952029504* HALL N.ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS SENSOR Code W0950000201 W0950000222 W0950000232 Description Sensor REED DSM2-C525 HS Sensor E.O. HALL NPN DSM3-M225 For technical data see page 1-286 SENSOR BRACKETS Code W0950000712 Description Bracket D.5 m W0952029394 HALL N. sensor. For technical data see page 1-288 NOTES 1-245 ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE ACTUATORS .5 m W0952128184* REED N.O.5 m W0952028184 REED N.O. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 W0952022500* REED N. e. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor.50-63 DST 81 SLIM SENSOR Code Description W0952025390 HALL N. vertical insertion 2. sensor.O. sensor. sensor.O. sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX W0952025500* HALL N.O. vertical insertion HS 2. sensor.O.O.g. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. near metal masses. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0952125556 HALL N.O. vertical insertion 2. sensor.

TECHNICAL DATA NOTES TECHNICAL DATA ACTUATORS TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA 1-246 .

1-279 1-247 SUMMARY ELECTRIC CYLINDER ACTUATORS . 1-248 P ELECTRIC MOTORS PAG.SUMMARY ELECTRIC CYLINDER P ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 PAG. 1-272 P CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER PAG. 1-261 P DRIVES FOR MOTORS PAG.

4 With or without piston rod non-rotating NOT ALLOWED (it provides an extra-stroke minimum 5 mm) YES 1°30’ 1° 0°45’ Any MECHANICAL FEATURES Worm screw pitch (p) Worm screw diameter Static axial load (Fo) Dynamic axial load (F) Maximum number of revs Maximum speed (Vmax) mm mm N N 1/min mm/s 4 12 32 12 12 5 16 50 63 10 16 5 10 20 16 16 20 20 20 3200 4000 6500 5200 5600 10500 6670 4330 10010 12800 4880 Calculate mean axial load and the calculate life (see graphs on pages 1-251 and 1-252) 4000 3000 2500 267 800 250 500 800 208 417 833 WEIGHTS Worm screw pitch (p) Weight at stroke 0 Additional weight per mm of stroke Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version) Additional moving mass per mm of stroke mm g g g g 4 896 3.84 16 2086 6.98 270 32 12 973 3. can be used for mounting the cylinder.55 703 5 2942 6.5 from -10 to +50 from 0 to +40 IP40 or IP55 (see key to codes on page 1-257) IP40 or IP65 (see key to codes on page 1-257) 90% at 40°C.62 629 1.ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 An electric cylinder with a connection interface in accordance with ISO 15552. The piston rod extension is controlled by a system with a hardened screw and recirculating ball screw.25 5 1990 6.96 353 1. which encompasses both STEPPING and BRUSHLESS motors. Suitable motor drives are provided.5 M16x1. TECHNICAL DATA Piston rod thread Environmental temperature range for STEPPING motors BRUSHLESS motors Electrical protection rating with STEPPING motors BRUSHLESS motors Maximum relative humidity of the air for IP55 STEPPING motor IP65 BRUSHLESS motor Minimum stroke for version with non-rotating Minimum stroke for version without non-rotating Maximum stroke Overall radial oscillation of the piston rod (without load) for 100 mm of stroke Versions Uncontrolled impact at the end of stroke Sensor magnet Maximum angle of twist of the piston rod for non-rotating version Work position °C °C 32 M10x1.25 956 63 10 3209 6.98 20 3056 6.64 586 50 10 2043 6. There is a version for in-line assembly. There is also a geared motor version. The piston has a guide strip calibrated to reduce to a minimum play with the barrel and hence vibration during ball screw rotation. including intermediate hinge. Special adaptor flanges and joints can be provided if the customer wishes to use a particular make of motor.25 50 in-line version geared version 63 mm mm mm M16x1. where transmission is provided by pulleys and a cog belt with a transmission ratio of 1:1. The piston comes with magnets and the barrel has longitudinal slots for housing sensors. The motor can be selected from an optimised range. 57% at 50°C (no condensate) 90% (no condensate) Twice the screw pitch (to guarantee ball lubrication) 80 1500 0. The piston rod has increased outside diameter and thickness to make it extra rigid and more resistant to radial and peak loads. The cylinder can be equipped with a built-in non-rotating system featuring two opposing slides that run in separate longitudinal slots in the barrel. Numerous standard accessories for pneumatic cylinders.32 1215 1. where the drive shaft is jointed directly onto the screw.32 1067 1-248 . A system for greasing the screws is included.

8767 96..4043 86.8468 4.3455 35.5427 116.6333 50 10 6.2990 0. stroke [m] + J2 .1936 6. Fx2 Fo Fm Fm = 3 Fx13 x VX1 Vm q1 100 + Fx23 x + + Fx33 x x Fx = Axial load at stage x Fm = Mean axial load during extension Fo = Static axial load q = Time segment Vx = Speed in the phase x Vm = Average speed The mean axial load must not exceed the dynamic axial load: Fm ≤ F The graphs on pages 1-251 and 1-252 show screw life as a function of Fm BARREL CROSS SECTION q1 q2 q [100%] q3 a Slots for sensors b Slots for anti-rotation 1-249 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 Total mass moment o inertia Jtot = J0 + J1 .0858 5 5.1327 ..MASS MOMENTS OF INERTIA Worm screw pitch J0 at stroke 0 J1 per metre of stroke J2 per kg of load mm kgmm2 kgmm2/m kgmm2/kg 4 1.2592 0.2407 12.2305 0.1360 38. The peak value is usually achieved during upward acceleration in vertical installation.6333 63 CALCULATION OF MEAN AXIAL LOAD Fm AND VERIFICATION Peak axial load in a work cycle must not exceed the static axial load Fo.4849 5 12. load [kg] ACTUATORS 10 14.1113 49.4309 17. Exceeding this value leads to greater wear and hence shorter life of the recirculating ball screw.3671 10.5332 20 23.6652 2.4053 32 12 2. Mean axial load Fm Fm = 3 SF x 3 x VX Vm x x q 100 = VX2 Vm q2 100 VX3 Vm q3 100 Fx1 Fx3 Fx [N] + .5264 2.5332 16 9.

Axial load [N] Stroke [mm] Stroke [mm] MAXIMUM RADIAL LOADS ON PISTON ROD Radial loads [N] PISTON ROD SPEED AS A FUNCTION OF rpm rpm [1/min] Stroke [mm] screw pitch 4 screw pitch 5 screw pitch 0 Speed [mm/s] screw pitch 12 screw pitch 16 screw pitch 20 Radial loads can be applied to the piston rod. In any case all the other conditions and limitations of each specific cylinder will have to be complied. otherwise the guides on the piston rod and piston will be subjected to excessive wear. the following load conditions applied to the piston rod must be met. otherwise resonance could be generated and affect the system. .COMPONENTS ACTUATORS ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n FRONT CYLINDER HEAD: anodised aluminium BARREL: extruded and anodised aluminium alloy PISTON ROD: ground chrome steel WORM SCREW: hardened steel BALL SCREW: steel REAR CYLINDER HEAD: anodised aluminium WIPER RING: polyurethane PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR (IP55/ IP65 version only) GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert BUFFER: technopolymer MAGNET: plastoferrite GUIDE STRIP: self-lubricated calibrated technopolymer PISTON: alumunium BEARING: oblique with two ball rings CRITICAL VELOCITY – PEAK LOADS The two variables (stroke and motor revs) must meet the conditions in the graph below. 1-250 The graph shows the direct correspondence between the number of turns (1/min) and the translation speed of the stem (mm/s). They must not exceed the values in the table above. Motor revs [1/min] With vertical installations.

5 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 Ø 63 Motor torque [Nm] 5.5 5 4.7 Cylinder life [km] Ø 50 Mean axial load [N] 2800 2400 2000 1600 1200 800 400 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 screw pitch 5 screw pitch 10 screw pitch 16 Cylinder life [km] 1-251 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS The friction generated in the mechanical system is taken into account.5 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 3 Axial load [N] screw pitch 4 screw pitch12.5 2 1.7 Axial load [N] screw pitch 5 screw pitch10 screw pitch16 Axial load [N] screw pitch5 screw pitch10 screw pitch20 LIFE CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF THE MEAN AXIAL LOAD Ø 32 Mean axial load [N] 2200 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 screw pitch 4 screw pitch 12.5 1 0.5 2.5 4 3.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 Ø 50 Motor torque [Nm] 4.DRIVE TORQUE AS A FUNCTION OF THE AXIAL LOAD APPLIED TO THE PISTON ROD Ø 32 Motor torque [Nm] 3 2.5 1 0.5 1 0.5 2 1. .5 2 1.

The piston rod should end up in the initial (retracted) position • Repeat the last two operations • The operation of re-greasing will have to be repeated every 200 km. etc. The piston rod should end up in the initial (extended) position • Repeat the last two operations • The operation of re-greasing will have to be repeated every 200 km. 1-252 . temperature. Make sure you enter the corresponding hole in the piston below • Pump grease (code 9910506) in 4-5 times using a suitable lubricator • Unscrew the lubricating pin and make the piston rod perform four complete strokes. The piston rod/piston/ball screw/ system must rest against the buffer of the front head • Unscrew the cap on the lubricator port (see note 1 to the drawing on page 1-253) • Screw the lubricating pin (see accessory on page 1-259) into the thread. approximately. LUBRICATION OF VERSION WITHOUT NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD • Extend the piston rod completely. LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS LUBRICATION OF VERSION WITH NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD • Retract the piston rod towards the rear head.ACTUATORS Ø 63 Mean axial load [N] 4500 4000 3500 3000 screw pitch 5 screw pitch 10 screw pitch 20 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 Cylinder life [km] Life characteristics can vary considerably from those indicated in the graphs due to different operating conditions (radial loads. lubrication status. • Pump grease (code 9910506) in 4-5 times using a suitable lubricator • Unscrew the lubricating pin and make the piston rod perform four complete strokes. Make sure you enter the corresponding hole in the piston below. The piston rod/piston/ ball screw/system must rest against the buffer of the rear head • Unscrew the cap on the lubricator port (see note 1 to the drawing on page 1-253) • Screw the lubricating pin (see accessory on page 1-259) into the thread.). approximately.

5 28 34.5 C1 16 25 25 CH1 17 21 24 CH2 17 24 26 CH3 6 8 8 ØD (f7) 20 25 30 ØD1 (h7) 8 10 12 ØD2 32 50 63 ØD4 (h7) 3 3 3 E 46 64.5 RT M6 M8 M8 TG 32.5 75.5 5.5 ØMM 19 24 29 N 4.4 39.5 F 22 32 32 G 26 30 32 G1 26 30 32 H 9 9 9 KK M10x1.5 6.5 17.3 100.5 5.5 56.25 M16x1.3 L2 23 24 34 L3 27 28.5 VD 4.8 112.5 BG 14.DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE CYLINDERS 1 = lubricator port (*) = for Ø 63 only Ø 32 50 63 ØB (d11) 30 40 45 B1 7 7 9 B2 19.5 WH 26 37 37 MOTOR-DRIVE COUPLINGS FOR VARIOUS CYLINDER BORES DRIVES CODES 37D1332000 (6A from 24 to 75VDC) Ø 32 Ø 32 Ø 50 Ø 50 Ø 63 STEPPING MOTOR CODES 37M1110000 37M1120000 37M1120001 37M1430000 37M1440000 37M1450000 37D1221000 (4.5 46.5 17.5 5.5 M16x1.5 VA 3 5.5 5.4A from 24 to 45VDC) Ø 32 Ø 32 - 37D1442000 (6A from 77 to 140VDC) Ø 50 Ø 63 DRIVES CODES 37D2200000 (200W) Ø 32 37D2400000 (from 400 to 750W) Ø 32 Ø 50 Ø 50 Ø 63 BRUSHLESS MOTOR CODES 37M2200000 37M2220000 37M2220000 37M2330000 37M2330000 1-253 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS .5 L 160 194 210 L0 134 157 173 Ø 32 50 63 L1 86.

2 1.4 61.5 53.8 75.39 6.DIMENSIONS OF IN-LINE CYLINDERS ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS Size Motor type BRUSHLESS 32 STEPPING 50 63 BRUSHLESS STEPPING Code for cylinder complete with motor 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2200 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2220 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1110 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1120 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1121 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2330 371063_ _ _ _ _ _1450 Code for motor mounted on the cylinder 37M2200000 37M2220000 37M1110000 37M1120000 37M1120001 37M2330000 37M1450000 Motor torque [Nm] 0.2 2.7 Coupling flange 60 60 NEMA 23 NEMA 23 NEMA 23 80 NEMA 34 B 60 60 56 56 56 80 85.4 78.5 L2 69.27 0.39 Coupling flange 60 80 B 74.8 75.64 1.5 107.4 4.4 63.5 95.8 107.3 127 L3 15 15 12 12 12 35 16 Size 50 Motor type STEPPING Code for cylinder complete with motor 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1430 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1440 Code for motor mounted on the cylinder 37M1430000 37M1440000 Motor torque [Nm] 2.8 1.27 2.5 94 B1 60 80 L1 61.2 L3 25 25 Size 50 63 Motor type BRUSHLESS BRUSHLESS Code for cylinder complete with motor 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2220 371063_ _ _ _ _ _2330 Code for motor mounted on the cylinder 37M2220000 37M2330000 Motor torque [Nm] 1.2 Coupling flange NEMA 34 NEMA 34 B 83 83 Ø B1 86 86 L1 61.5 L2 95.4 L2 62 92.5 L1 62 62 45 45 45 77.3 L3 25 25 1-254 .

5 67.5 80 40 159.5 95.5 M8 4 4 Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor complete with motor mounted on the torque cylinder [Nm] 32 BRUSHLESS 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2200 37M2200000 0.8 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1120 37M1120000 1.5 179.27 Coupling flange 60 60 ØB B1 (d11) B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 L4 TG RT VA 30 128.5 48 32.8 50 75.5 M8 17 64.8 50 127 72 48 32.64 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.5 15 46 15 46 15 46 17 75.DIMENSIONS OF GEARED CYLINDERS Size Motor type STEPPING 32 63 STEPPING Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor complete with motor mounted on torque the cylinder [Nm] 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1110 37M1110000 0.5 49 49 49 70 53.5 128.5 68 56.7 Coupling flange NEMA 23 NEMA 23 NEMA 23 NEMA 34 ØB B1 (d11) 30 30 30 45 128.4 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1440 37M1440000 4.5 59 92.5 48 32.5 56 46 87.8 50 75.5 50 50 51 51 32.5 79 39.5 M6 4 4 1-255 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS .5 B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 L4 TG RT VA 62 62 62 92 31 67.2 61 46.5 M6 32.5 79 39.5 56 31 67.5 84.5 62 31 31 67.5 M6 M6 M6 M8 4 4 4 4 Size Motor type 50 STEPPING Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor complete with motor mounted on the torque cylinder [Nm] 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1430 37M1430000 2.5 62 30 128.5 128.2 371063_ _ _ _ _ _1450 37M1450000 6.2 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1121 37M1120001 1.5 59 62 61 46.5 60 60 15 15 46 46 49 49 69.2 Coupling flange NEMA 34 NEMA 34 ØB B1 (d11) B2 B3 B4 B5 ØB6 BG E L1 L2 L3 TG RT VA 40 159.5 56 31 67.5 80 80 83 86 86 17 64.

5 M8 M8 4 4 Size 50 Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor complete with motor mounted on the torque cylinder [Nm] BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.3 61 64 46.5 75.5 92 39.5 M8 4 NOTES 1-256 .5 59 107.27 BRUSHLESS 371063_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS Size 50 63 Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor complete with motor mounted on the torque cylinder [Nm] BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.39 Motor type Coupling flange 60 80 ØB (d11) B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 TG RT VA 40 159.5 56.5 60 80 17 17 64.3 72 46.5 61 70 107.5 59 95.5 80 80 17 64.39 Motor type Coupling flange 80 ØB B1 (d11) B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 L4 TG RT VA 40 159.5 79 45 179.5 80 46 87.5 79 39.

For Ø 32 only for motor code 37M1120001. all sizes.2 to 1.8 Nm 2 Torque 1.7 Nm 0 Base 1 Greater rpm 1 0 ISO 15552 electric cylinder 0 STD ● version available for all STEPPING and BRUSHLESS motors. 1-257 ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 ACTUATORS .4 Nm 4 Torque 4.64 Nm 1 Torque 0.KEY TO CODES – SINGLE CYLINDER CYL 37 TYPE 37 Electric actuators 1 1 ISO 15552 electric cylinder 0 0 STD 32 BORE 32 50 63 0100 STROKE 1 2 4 5 6 7 1 SCREW PITCH Screw pitch 4 Screw pitch 5 Screw pitch 10 Screw pitch 12 Screw pitch 16 Screw pitch 20 5 VERSION Geared without antirotation IP40 Geared with antirotation IP40 Geared without antirotation IP55/IP65 Geared with antirotation IP55/IP65 5 6 7 8 KEY TO CODES . all sizes. for only the sizes 50 and 63 all the motors. ■ version IP55 available for STEPPING motors.3 Nm 3 Torque 2. version IP65 available for BRUSHLESS motors.2 Nm 5 Torque 6.2 to 2.ELECTRIC CYLINDER WITH MOTOR CYL 37 TYPE 37 Electric actuators 1 1 0 32 BORE 32 50 63 0100 STROKE 1 2 4 5 6 7 1 SCREW PITCH Screw pitch 4 Screw pitch 5 Screw pitch 10 Screw pitch 12 Screw pitch 16 Screw pitch 20 1 VERSION ● 1 In-line without antirotation IP40 ● 2 In-line with antirotation IP40 ■ 3 In-line without antirotation IP55/IP65 ■ 4 In-line with antirotation IP55/IP65 ● 5 Geared without antirotation IP40 ● 6 Geared with antirotation IP40 ■ 7 Geared without antirotation IP55/IP65 ■ 8 Geared with antirotation IP55/IP65 1 1 DRIVE 1 STEPPING motor 2 BRUSHLESS motor 1 NEMA flange 23 2 Flange 60 3 Flange 80 4 NEMA flange 34 0 Torque 0.

ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS FOOT . 2 snap-rings. 4 washers INTERMEDIATE HINGE .MODEL A ACTUATORS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322001 W0950502001 W0950632001 Ø 32 50 63 Ø AB 7 9 9 AH 32 45 50 AO 11 15 15 AT 4 4 6 AU 24 32 32 TR 32 45 50 E 45 45 75 XA 234 287 314 SA 232 282 309 Weight [g] 76 162 266 Note: Individually packed with 2 screws ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS FEMALE HINGE .MODEL B + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322003 W0950502003 W0950632003 Ø 32 50 63 UB 45 60 70 CB 26 32 40 FL 22 27 32 øCD 10 12 16 XD 232 282 314 MR 10 12 16 L 12 15 20 Weight [g] 116 252 394 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 4 washers ARTICULATED MALE HINGE .MODEL EN + = ADD THE STROKE Code 0950322107 0950502107 0950632107 Ø 32 50 63 X (min) 63 83 88 IN LINE 123 148 163 X (max) GEARED * * * TM 50 75 90 TL 12 16 20 TD e 9 12 16 20 TK 22 28 36 UW 65 95 105 Weight [g] 170 580 950 * Depending on motor length Note: Supplied with 8 grub screws.MODEL BA + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322004 W0950502004 W0950632004 Ø 32 50 63 EW 26 32 40 FL 22 27 32 MR 11 13 17 øCD 10 12 16 L 12 15 20 XD 232 282 314 Weight [g] 94 220 316 Note: Supplied with 4 screws. 1 pin MALE HINGE . 2 pins 1-258 . 4 washers.MODEL BAS + = ADD THE STROKE Code W0950322006 W0950502006 W0950632006 Ø 32 50 63 DL 22 27 32 MS 16 19 24 L 12 15 20 XN 232 282 314 øCX 10 12 16 EX 14 16 21 Weight [g] 106 236 336 Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

MODEL GA-M Code W0950322025 W0950502025 W0950502025 See page 1-39 Ø 32 50 63 SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER MODEL GA-K Code W0950322030 W0950502030 W0950502030 See page 1-39 Ø 32 50 63 COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN MODEL EL Code W0950322009 W0950402009 W0950632009 See page 1-40 Ø 32 50 63 1-259 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS ACTUATORS Code 0950327108 0950507108 0950637108 Ø 32 50 63 X 12 19.MODEL GS Code W0950322108 W0950502108 W0950632108 See page 1-38 Ø 32 50 63 ISO 15552 HINGE FOR MODEL B MODEL AB7 Code W0950322017 W0950502017 W0950632017 See page 1-38 Ø 32 50 63 FRONT FLANGE .MODEL C Code W0950322002 W0950502002 W0950632002 See page 1-38 Ø 32 50 63 ROD NUT .3 23.MODEL S Code 0950322010 0950502010 0950502010 See page 1-38 Ø 32 50 63 FORK MODEL GK-M Code W0950322020 W0950502020 W0950502020 See page 1-39 Ø 32 50 63 ROD EYE .GREASING NEEDLE Note: Individually packed 1 = GREASE NIPPLE B M8x1 UNI 7662 GALVANIZED GREASE Code 9910506 Description Grease pipe RHEOLUBE 363 AX1 Weight [g] 400 CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B .6 .MODEL GL Code W0950322008 W0950502008 W0950632008 See page 1-37 Ø 32 50 63 ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B .

vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED NO sensor... W0700633. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 * For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. For technical data and dimensions see page 1-42 RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL NO sensor... vertical insertion 2.g. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL NO sensor... For technical data see page 1-288 1-260 . vertical insertion HS 2. W0700632.5 m REED NO sensor..5 m REED NO sensor. W0700502.. 32 50 63 Note: The guide units must only be used with anti-rotation cylinders. near metal masses. Bore 32 50 63 Note: The guide units must only be used with anti-rotation cylinders.GUIDE UNIT ACTUATORS Version Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH) Code W0700322. vertical insertion 2. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED NO sensor. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL NO sensor. ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS For technical data and dimensions see page 1-42 Sliding on ball bearing (GDM) W0700323. vertical insertion HS 2.5 m HALL NO sensor. W0700503... e..5 m HALL NO sensor..

M. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1120000 STEPPING 1.90 0.80 0. [1/min] 37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) STEPPING motor code 37M1120000 + drive code 37D1221000 (24VDC).40 0.ELECTRIC MOTORS TORQUE CURVES / TECHNICAL FEATURES OF ELECTRIC STEPPING MOTORS STEPPING motor code 37M1110000 + drive code 37D1221000 (24VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 0. [1/min] 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E.20 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Motor revs.48 2.1 21 50000 20 0.20 1.60 0. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1110000 STEPPING 0. STEPPING motor code 37M1120000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 1.40 1.8 NEMA 23 1.40 0.80 0.09° 4 0. Mass Degree of protection 24VDC drive code from 48 to 75VDC drive code Nm A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad .8°±0.8°±0.41 1.60 0.2 1.65 36 45800 31 1 IP40 37D1221000 37D1332000 1-261 ELECTRIC MOTORS ACTUATORS .50 0.65 IP40 37D1221000 Motor revs. Mass Degree of protection 24VDC drive code Nm A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad .20 0.6 1.30 0.F.M.00 0.F.2 NEMA 23 1.10 0 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E.70 0.09° 4 0.

50 1.2 NEMA 34 1.M.2 NEMA 23 1. [1/min] 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) STEPPING motor code 37M1430000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 2.09° 6 0.60 0.5 IP43 37D1332000 Motor revs.20 1.00 0.50 4. [1/min] 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) STEPPING motor code 37M1440000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC).50 3.50 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Motor revs.50 2.50 2.8°±0.00 2. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1120001 STEPPING 1.09° 6 0.4 NEMA 34 1.00 0.3 1.00 1.3 0.00 3. Mass Degree of protection from 24 to 75VDC drive code Nm ELECTRIC MOTORS A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad .6 0. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1440000 STEPPING 4.F.F.6 290 19300 93 2.50 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E.85 1.00 0.ACTUATORS STEPPING motor code 37M1120001 + drive code 37D1332000 (24-48-75VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 1. [1/min] 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E. Mass Degree of protection from 48 to 75VDC drive code Nm A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad . STEPPING motor code 37M1440000 + drive code 37D1442000 (140VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 4. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1430000 STEPPING 2.5 IP43 37D1332000 37D1442000 1-262 .80 0.40 1.65 3 145 20600 50 1.F.M.50 1.M.40 0.35 2.65 36 45800 23 1 IP43 37D1332000 Motor revs.8°±0.8°±0.09° 5.7 5.20 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E. Mass Degree of protection from 48 to 75VDC drive code 140VDC drive code Nm A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad .00 1.

00 5.00 0.5 4 4. CE. CSA. Each diagram shows two separate curves: • NOMINAL TORQUE curve: the nominal torque delivered by the motor with a duty cycle of 100% • MAXIMUM TORQUE curve: the torque delivered by the motor with a duty cycle of less than 100% BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2200000 + drive code 37D2200000 (200W) Motor torque [Nm] 2.9 131072 (17 bit) 0.5 3 3. [1/min] 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Seal torque (with motor stopped) Coupling flang Base step angle Bipolar current Resistance Inductance Bipolar retaining torque Rotor inertia Theoretical acceleration Back E.09° 6 0.F.00 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Motor revs.00 1.00 4.5 2 2.5 TORQUE CURVES / TECHNICAL FEATURES OF ELECTRIC BRUSHLESS MOTORS The following diagrams show the torque delivered by the motor with changing speed (rpm).2 450 20500 161 4 UL.7 NEMA 34 1.50 6.50 1. Never exceed the maximum torque. s-2 V/krpm kg 37M1450000 STEPPING 6.8 9.F 37D1332000 37D1442000 ACTUATORS .50 2. STEPPING motor code 37M1450000 + drive code 37D1442000 (140VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 6.5 Rapporto nominal torque ratio Torque /coppia / coppia nominale 1 1.8°±0. [1/min] Nominal torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) Max torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Nominal torque Coupling flange (square Nominal power Nominal speed Maximum speed Stall torque Maximum torque Inertia Encoder Mass Degree of protection Drive code Motor-drive connecting cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive connecting cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Nm mm W rpm rpm Nm Nm kgmm2 pulse/rev kg 37M2200000 BRUSHLESS 0.2 21.46 3.64 60 200 3000 6000 0. RoHS 250VAC (350VDC) IP43 . Time (s) 10000 1000 Tempo (s) 100 10 1 0 0.84 IP65 37D2200000 37C2130000 37C2230000 37C2150000 37C2250000 1-263 ELECTRIC MOTORS A Ω mH Nm kgmm2 rad .00 2.M.50 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Motor revs.00 1.STEPPING motor code 37M1450000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC).00 3. Mass Certification Tension d’isolement Degree of protection from 24 to 75VDC drive code 140VDC drive code Nm OVERLOAD CURVES FOR ELECTRIC BRUSHLESS MOTORS The torque used can exceed the nominal torque within the time limits shown in the diagram.686 2.

50 4.00 4.50 2.00 1.37 4.00 7. [1/min] nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Nominal torque Coupling flange (square Nominal power Nominal speed Maximum speed Stall torque Maximum torque Inertia Encoder Mass Degree of protection Drive code Motor-drive connecting cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive connecting cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Nm mm W rpm rpm Nm Nm kgmm2 pulse/rev kg 37M2220000 BRUSHLESS 1.50 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Motor revs.00 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 Motor revs.00 2.00 ELECTRIC MOTORS 2.00 4.00 3.39 80 750 3000 6000 2.00 6.00 5.1 182 131072 (17 bit) 1.55 7.2 131072 (17 bit) 1.3 IP65 37D2400000 37C2130000 37C2230000 37C2150000 37C2250000 NOTES 1-264 . [1/min] nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS Motor code Motor type Nominal torque Coupling flange (square Nominal power Nominal speed Maximum speed Stall torque Maximum torque Inertia Encoder Mass Degree of protection Drive code Motor-drive connecting cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 3 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive connecting cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Motor-drive encoder cable code 5 metres series R (fixed Nm mm W rpm rpm Nm Nm kgmm2 pulse/rev kg 37M2330000 BRUSHLESS 2.27 60 400 3000 6000 1.50 3. 37M2330000 + drive code 37D2400000 (750W) Motor torque [Nm] 8.00 0.ACTUATORS BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2220000 + drive code 37D2400000 (400W) Motor torque [Nm] 5.00 1.8 41.50 1.3 IP65 37D2400000 37C2130000 37C2230000 37C2150000 37C2150000 BRUSHLESS motor cod.00 3.

: The load values already take into account the efficiency of the system. Ø 32 with pitch 4 screw. STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) Speed [mm/s] Ø 50 with pitch 5 screw.B. STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) Speed [mm/s] 1-265 ELECTRIC MOTORS ACTUATORS .AXIAL LOAD CURVES AS A FUNCTION OF SPEED (CYLINDER COMPELTE WITH MOTOR AND DRIVE) N. STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) Speed [mm/s] Ø 32 with pitch 12 screw.

STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 2500 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) 2000 ELECTRIC MOTORS 1500 1000 500 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 Speed [mm/s] Ø 50 with pitch 16 screw. STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) Speed [mm/s] 1-266 . STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) Speed [mm/s] Ø 63 with pitch 5 screw.ACTUATORS Ø 50 with pitch 10 screw.

STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) Speed [mm/s] Ø 32 with pitch 4 screw. STEPPING motors Axial load [N] 3500 3000 2500 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) 1500 1000 500 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Speed [mm/s] Ø 63 with pitch 20 screw. BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 nominal torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) Speed [mm/s] 1-267 ELECTRIC MOTORS 2000 ACTUATORS .Ø 63 with pitch 10 screw.

BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) Speed [mm/s] 1-268 . BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 2200 2000 1800 1600 1400 ELECTRIC MOTORS 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 nominal torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) Speed [mm/s] Ø 50 with pitch 5 screw.ACTUATORS Ø 32 with pitch 12 screw. BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) Speed [mm/s] Ø 50 with pitch 10 screw.

BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) Speed [mm/s] 1-269 ELECTRIC MOTORS ACTUATORS Ø 50 with pitch 16 screw.Axial load [N] 2500 2000 nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) 1500 1000 500 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Speed [mm/s] Ø 63 with pitch 5 screw. BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) Speed [mm/s] Ø 63 with pitch 10 screw. BRUSHLESS motors .

13 47.5 5 1.5 20.5 56 5 1.1 6.4 82.025 H 10 10 L min 305 305 L1 62 92.025 9.8 1.8 1.5 W1 ±0.5 39 39 39 WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 ORANGE A 2 BLUE YELLOW RED 3 B 4 B Motor type STEPPING Motor code 37M1430000 37M1440000 Motor torque [Nm] 2.5 56 W1 ±0.8 1.5 4.2 69.6 W3 37 37 W4 ±0.6 20. BRUSHLESS motors Axial load [N] 2000 1600 nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) 1200 ELECTRIC MOTORS 800 400 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Speed [mm/s] DIMENSIONS OF ELECTRIC MOTORS WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 ORANGE A 2 BLUE YELLOW RED 3 B 4 B Motor type STEPPING Motor code 37M1110000 37M1120000 37M1120001 Motor torque [Nm] 0.14 47.5 85.5 5.25 +0.8 75.8 1-270 .5 30 30 L3 L4 RT W ±0.2 Coupling flange NEMA 23 NEMA 23 NEMA 23 ød øD 0/-0.1 H 7 7 10 L min 305 305 305 L1 ±0.525 73.1 6.013 ±0.025 12 73.5 56 5 1.50 ±0.5 4.6 69.018 ±0.14 W3 max 26 26 39 W4 ±0.5 5.2 1.5 4.35 38.8 85.5 4.025 6.6 20.8 75.8 53.25 ±0.35 38.25 +0.4 4.8 L2 ±0.2 Coupling flange NEMA 34 NEMA 34 ød øD 0/-0.2 L2 ±0.5 4.6 L3 L4 RT W ±0.4 82.14 47.5/0 ±0.35 38.5/0 ±0.ACTUATORS Ø 63 with pitch 20 screw.

5 ±0.25 85.6 54.50 ±0.025 H max 12 L min 305 L1 ±1 127 L2 ±0.64 1.5 69.5 49.5 L5 50 RT +0.5 30 L3 L4 ±0.5 95.6 W3 max 27 1 = screened encoder cable length 280 mm 2 = motor cable length 280 mm Motor type BRUSHLESS Motor code 37M2200000 37M2220000 37M2330000 Motor torque [Nm] 0.6 44.011 14 14 16 øD h7 50 50 70 L 44.6 W W1 ±0.5 6.3 L2 ±1 30 30 40 L3 6 6 8 L4 3 3 3 L5 55 55 55 L6 58 58 58 RT 5.25 8 1.2 5.025 14 73.WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 ORANGE A 2 BLUE YELLOW RED B B Motor type STEPPING Motor code 37M1450000 Motor torque [Nm] 6.5 5.27 2.6 W 60 60 80 W1 49.7 Coupling flange NEMA 34 ød øD 0/-0.6 TABLE OF METAL WORK CODES AND SANYO DENKI MOTORS Metal Work code 37M1110000 37M1120000 37M1120001 37M1430000 37M1440000 37M1450000 37M2200000 37M2220000 37M2330000 Description STEPPING motor 103-H7123-1749 STEPPING motor 103-H7126-1740 STEPPING motor 103-H7126-6640 STEPPING motor 103-H8221-6241 STEPPING motor 03-H8222-6340 STEPPING motor SM-2863-5255 BRUSHLESS motor R2AA06020F BRUSHLESS motor R2AA06040F BRUSHLESS motor R2AA08075F 1-271 ELECTRIC MOTORS 3 4 ACTUATORS .018 ±0.4 L1 ±1 69.5 63.39 Coupling flange 60 60 80 ød 0/-0.5 107.

DRIVES FOR STEPPING MOTORS 4. the perfect choice for medium-low power applications using small motors. six or eight terminals. DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA Drive code Type of STEPPING motor drive Dimensions Connectors Onboard power supply Control Operating voltage range Current range Current values selected via a dip-switch Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch Automatic current reduction with motor off Type of inputs Protections 37D1221000 Board 92 x 85 x 23 Screw type NO Step and direction 24 .4A 45V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS.45 2. settable Maximum and minimum voltage.4. It can control STEPPING motors with a nominal current up to 4.6 . O In GND 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 1-272 Logic connector Connettore Logica (AM3 C2) (AM3oor C2) 7 C + . 800. It comprises an open frame board and comes with separate logic and power screw connectors.4 8 400. 37M1110000. 37M1120000 mm VDC A pulse/rev Suitable for motors code OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAM Power connectors Connettori Potenza (AM1 e AM2 o C1) (AM1 and AM2 or C1) Stepping motor Shielded motor cable Shield Schermo Phase B Fase B Fase B Phase -BFase APhase APhase A Fase A GROUND GROUND -V DC nom -V DC nom +V DC nom +V DC nom FIL PE PE Trasf V GND Fault Out X4 In Dir. 3200 YES (50%) Pull-up or Pull-down. In Step In C.4A. It comes with a STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-low power two-stage STEPPING motors with four. Thermal protection. CODE 37D1221000 ACTUATORS DRIVES FOR STEPPING MOTORS The 37D1221000 is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl. 1600. Motor output short-circuiting. It has a supply voltage range of 45V DC. Electronic damping circuit for maximum control of noise and vibration.

DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA Drive code Type of STEPPING motor drive Dimensions Connectors Onboard power supply Control Operating voltage range Current range Current values selected via a dip-switch Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch Automatic current reduction with motor off Type of inputs Protections 37D1332000 Metal box 110 x 108 x 34 Screw type. 500. It consists of a board housed in a metal box and comes with separate logic and power pull-out screw connectors. O In - - 4 3 2 1 Messa a terra Drive chassis earth chassis azionamento PE PE 1-273 DRIVES FOR STEPPING MOTORS ACTUATORS . 2000. 37M1440000. compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibilit . It has a supply voltage range up to 75V DC. the perfect choice for medium power applications using small and medium-size motors. Motor output short-circuiting. It can control STEPPING motors with a nominal current up to 6A.9 .6A 75V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS. It comes with a STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-low power two-stage STEPPING motors with four. 800. Electronic damping circuit for maximum control of noise and vibration. 37M1120000. 1000.75 1. 37M1450000 mm VDC A pulse/rev Suitable for motors code OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAM Stepping motor Shielded motor cable C1 Schermo Shield A A AAB B BB-V DC nom -V DC nom +V DC nom +V DC nom PE C2 10 9 8 7 6 5 Fault Out Step In Dir. In C. 37M1120001. six or eight terminals. 4000 YES (50%) Opto-isolated Maximum and minimum voltage. pull-out NO Step and direction 24 . CODE 37D1332000 This is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl. 1600.6 8 400. 3200. Thermal protection. 37M1430000.

It does not require external ventilation and comes with separate logic and power pull-out screw connectors. 2000.V DC in +V DC in Cavo schermato Shielded Motore motor cable 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 NC Fault . It consists of a board housed in a metal box. 3200.9 . 800. . 500. It has a supply voltage range up to 140VDC.Dir.140 1. CODE 37D1442000 ACTUATORS DRIVES FOR STEPPING MOTORS This is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl. 1000. 4000 YES (50%) Opto-isolated Maximum and minimum voltage. Thermal protection. compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibilit .C. It comes with a STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-high power two-stage STEPPING motors with four.6 8 400. the perfect choice for medium power applications requiring a DC supply. O Aux GND PE PE MESSA A TERRA Drive chassis earth CHASSIS AZIONAMENTO 1-274 . pull-out NO Step and direction 77 .Step .6A 140V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS. six or eight terminals. DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA Drive code Type of STEPPING motor drive Dimensions Connectors Onboard power supply Control Operating voltage range Current range Current values selected via a dip-switch Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch Automatic current reduction with motor off Type of inputs Protections 37D1442000 Metal box 152 x 129 x 46 Screw type. 37M1450000 mm VDC A pulse/rev Suitable for motors code OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAM Stepping Motore passo-passo motor PE Schermo Shield 1 2 3 4 B BAA . 1600. It can control STEPPING motors with a nominal current up to 6A. 37M1440000. Electronic damping circuit for maximum control of noise and vibration. Motor output short-circuiting.

PWM control. UL and CSA. position + torque. It can control BRUSHLESS motors with a nominal current up to 15A. speed + torque. user configurable Yes RS232 for settings and monitoring via a personal computer Integrated against overloads. Configuration and control software (optional) 37C2130000 37C2230000 37C2150000 37C2250000 37M2200000 mm A Code for 3-metre motor-drive connecting cable series R (fixed position Code for 3-metre motor-drive encoder cable series R (fixed position Code for 5-metre motor-drive connecting cable series R (fixed position Code for 5-metre motor-drive encoder cable series R (fixed position Suitable for motors code 1-275 DRIVES FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS ACTUATORS . It consists of a board housed in a metal box. It comes with pull-out screw connectors for power and plug connectors for logic. -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz) Single-phase 200-230VAC (+10%. forward + backward pulse. CE. Connector for external braking resistance (optional). speed and torque control modes.DRIVES FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS 15A DRIVE FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS. pull-out Plug-type 3M 15 IGBT. sinusoidal current Single-phase or three-phase (user configurable) 200-230 AC (+10%. incorporated filters for suppressing the system s own resonance frequencies. input extra-voltages. Integrated closed-loop system with position. -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz) With analogue signal (proportional to speed and torque). CODE 37D2200000 This drive made by SANYO DENKI is suitable for piloting BRUSHLESS motors. 5-digit display and programming keypad. Instant changeover option: position + speed. Automatic dynamic braking circuit in a alarm and power-off conditions. It features compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibilit . 90° phase difference) 8 inputs and 8 outputs. DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA Drive code Type of drive for BRUSHLESS motors Dimensions Power connectors and motor power Encoder connectors and signals Max output current Motor output stage Power voltage Logic voltage Control Auto-tuning Communication interface Protections Standards Other features 37D2200000 Metal box 45 x 168 x 130 Screw-type. Pulse-train (clock + direction.

-15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz) Single-phase 200-230VAC (+10%. UL and CSA. 5-digit display and programming keypad. DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA Drive code Type of drive for BRUSHLESS motors Dimensions Power connectors and motor power Encoder connectors and signals Max output current Motor output stage Power voltage Logic voltage Control 37D2400000 Metal box 50 x 168 x 130 Screw-type. Instant changeover option: position + speed. It can control BRUSHLESS motors with a nominal current up to 30A. input extra-voltages. CODE 37D2400000 ACTUATORS DRIVES FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS This drive made by RTA Srl is suitable for piloting BRUSHLESS motors. Pulse-train (clock + direction. It comes with pull-out screw connectors for power and plug connectors for logic. Connector for external braking resistance (optional). sinusoidal current Single-phase or three-phase (user configurable) 200-230 AC (+10%. incorporated filters for suppressing the system s own resonance frequencies CE. user configurable Yes RS232 for settings and monitoring via a personal computer. PWM control. It features compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibilit .30A DRIVE FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS. pull-out Plug-type 3M 30 IGBT. -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz) With analogue signal (proportional to speed and torque). 90° phase difference) 8 inputs and 8 outputs. All the system parameters can be configured and controlled usin (optional) R-Set up software. position + torque. speed + torque. Configuration and control software (optional) 37C2130000 37C2230000 37C2150000 37C2250000 37M2220000. speed and torque control modes. Automatic dynamic braking circuit in a alarm and power-off conditions. forward + backward pulse. Integrated against overloads. 37M2330000 mm A Auto-tuning Communication interface Protections Standards Other features Code for 3-metre motor-drive connecting cable series R (fixed position Code for 3-metre motor-drive encoder cable series R (fixed position Code for 5-metre motor-drive connecting cable series R (fixed position Code for 5-metre motor-drive encoder cable series R (fixed position Suitable for motors code 1-276 . Integrated closed-loop system with position. It consists of a board housed in a metal box.

4A from 24 to 45VDC RTA NDC96 (box type) 6A from 24 to 75VDC RTA PLUS A4 6A from 77 to 140VDC SANYO DENKI RS1A01 SANYO DENKI RS1A03 ACTUATORS . Included in the supply. it may be necessary to dissipate externally the reverse energy generated by the motor.it to view the instruction manual. user configurable.metalwork. Included in the supply. Integrated circuits protecting against overloads and input extra-voltages. d SIGNAL CONNECTOR: pulse-train command (clock + direction. Excess energy is dissipated externally via a braking resistance. forward + backward pulse.WIRING DIAGRAM FOR BRUSHLESS MOTOR DRIVES a 5-DIGIT DISPLAY and PROGRAMMING KEYPAD: to display and modify parameters and monitor system operation in real time. a a c b DRIVES FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS 1-277 d e g f h f ENCODER CABLE Code 37C2230000 37C2250000 Description Drive-encoder connecting cable 3 m series R Drive-encoder connecting cable 5 m series R g MOTOR POWER CABLE Code 37C2130000 37C2150000 Description Drive-motor connecting cable 3 m series R Drive-motor connecting cable 5 m series R EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTANCES Code 37D2R00000 Description 220W 50 Ω braking resistance for RS1A03 Under certain operating conditions. TABLE OF METAL WORK CODES FOR RTA OR SANYO DENKI DRIVES Metal Work code 37D1221000 37D1332000 37D1442000 37D2200000 37D2400000 Description RTA CSD04V 4. 90° phase difference) or with analogue signal (proportional to speed or torque) 8 inputs and 8 outputs. The drive indicates this requirement via a specific ala m. Separate supply section for logic/signal and power electronics. e CONNECTOR: for external braking resistance (optional) f ENCODER CONNECTOR: compatible with any type of Sanyo Denki encorder g MOTOR POWER CONNECTOR h EARTH CONNECTION Log on to www. b PC CONNECTOR: settings and monitoring by PC via RS232 (supplied with configuration software kit c POWER CONNECTOR: 230VAC. single-phase and three-phase (user configurable). such as sudden deceleration with high inertial load.

can be displayed on the PC monitor.CONFIGURATION SOFTWARE + PC CONNECTING CABLE KIT R-SETUP SOFTWARE CODE 37D2S00000 ACTUATORS DRIVES FOR MOTORS 1-278 R-Setup communication software is used for parameter setting and complete control of all functions of the system. Use to save and print traces and settings. JOG modes for speed (Jogging Operation) and position (Operation Pulse Feed Jogging) are also available. Access to parameter configuration can take place at three levels: basic level. The software includes a detailed description of each parameter. advanced level. The time setting range is 10 ms to 2 s. • Trace Operation: a complete oscilloscope with 4 analogue channels and 4 digital channels. such as speed and torque. • Monitor Display: real-time display of all details about the system. In addition to parameter setting R-Setup software can accurately analyse operation of the system via the following functions. Single values acquired and displayed can be read using the cursor. Data can be downloaded and saved in compatible Excel format. some important system parameters. • System Analysis: used to study the system’s frequency response to identify and correct any mechancal resonance phenomena. NOTES . standard level. GRAPHIC MONITOR Thanks to the integrated oscilloscope function.

CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER α CALCULATION METHOD FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS Denomination M Mass to move s Displacement t Total time ta Acceleration time td Deceleration time α Angle of inclination µ Coefficient of frictio Fp Weight force Fµ Friction Fe Other external forces Unit of measurement kg mm s s s ° N N N Formula Example 60 200 1 0.g.In acceleration .81 · sen α M · 9. to create a locking vice).stroke time available .81 · cos 90 = 0 40 M · 9.75 + 0 | = 555 a Fi Ftot Piston rod acceleration and deceleration mm/s2 Force of inertia of the mass N Total force N . retraction.Fi + Fµ | ∑ F sullo stelo | . a BRUSHLESS motor must be chosen. you can make a detailed assessment of it based on the inertia of the moving part of the cylinder and the motor that are not known beforehand.In deceleration The calculation assumes the load is raised.2) 12 250 = 1250 0. In descent it would be: Ftot Total force N .2 60 · 1250 = 75 1000 | 590 + 40 + 75 + 0 | = 705 | 590 + 40 + 0 | = 630 | 590 + 40 .Fe .In acceleration . When a force needs to be exerted with the piston rod still (e.40 . First you need to determine the following for each stage of the operating cycle (piston rod extension. ACTUATORS . any pause time.any coefficient of friction between mass and su face .Fp . and so on): .75 + 0 | = 705 1-279 CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER When choosing an electric cylinder.2 + 0.piston rod stroke .81 · sine 90 = 590 60 · 9.Fe + Fi + Fµ | | .At constant v .cylinder inclination with respect to the horizontal axis .Fi + Fµ | Example 200 = 250 (0.590 .40 + 0 | = 630 | .590 .81 · µ · cos α 1.In deceleration | .40 + 75 + 0 | = 505 | .Determination of maximum velocity and maximum acceleration v max stroke ta Denomination v max Maximum piston rod velocity Unit of measurement mm/s t td Formula s (ta + td) t2 v max ta M·a 1000 ∑ F sullo stelo | Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ | | Fp + Fe + Fµ | | Fp + Fe .At constant v .mass to move .2 90 0 60 · 9. Once the electric cylinder (including motor and drive) has been chosen.Fp .Fe + Fµ | | . because STEPPING motors are not suitable. Both BRUSHLESS and STEPPING motors are suitable in other cases.Fp .590 .2 0. it is necessary to follow a set procedure.external forces to overcome Using these values you can choose one or more cylinders suitable for the purpose based on piston rod thrust and load velocity.

lower cur ve) v available > v max Example 5150 ≥ 705 1200 ≥ 630 267 ≥ 250 1-280 .the cylinder can reach the maximum velocity required For example.5 3 3. Time (s) 10000 1000 Tempo (s) 100 10 1 0 0.5 2 2.5 Denomination Verification of F tot ma Verification of F tot me Verification of v ma Unit of measurement N N mm/s Formula F available > Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ (for a short period.Choosing an electric cylinder The choice is made using the diagrams in the catalogue.ACTUATORS 2 . you can choose the Ø 32 cylinder with Ø 12 pitch 4 screw driven by a BRUSHLESS motor (37M2220000) and 400 W drive (37D2400000). upper curve) F available > Fp + Fe + Fµ (at steady rate. deliver torques exceeding nominal torques. The diagram below shows the ratio of maximum current and nominal input current (and hence maximum torque and nominal torque) and the duration of the possible overload. Axial load [N] 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 50 100 nominal torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) max torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) Velocity [mm/s] 150 200 250 300 V max BRUSHLESS motors can. for short periods.5 Rapporto nominal torque ratio Torque /coppia / coppia nominale 1 1.the electric cylinder can deliver the maximum total force (F tot max) during acceleration (short period) .5 4 4.the electric cylinder can deliver the mean total force (F tot med) during movement at a constanct velocity . which express the axial force as a function of velocity.Algebraic sum of the forces on the piston rod F tot max F F tot med CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER ta t td 3 . Check that: .

2 = 68.9 + 40 + 0) = 0.4 + 24 + 41.50 1.2 3.3455 J1 for metre of stroke kgmm2/m 10. etc.98 1067 The weight of the moving parts of the cylinder (piston rod.3 + 10.8 ≥ 0.3262 5.1327 Denomination data J tot’ Moment of inertia of the moving parts of the cylinder J tot’’ Moment of inertia for acceleration of the mass reduced at the motor J mot.8) C tot Total torque required Unit of measurement kg N Nm Formula Mc · 9.4 .8 · 1000 Example 0.25 63 10 3209 6.4 1-281 CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER ACTUATORS . you now know the data required to test it on the drive shaft.1360 38.50 4.5264 2.4849 5 12.4223 17.6 68.246 + 0. J rid · 1 · 10E6 32 4 875 3.00125 · 300 = 0.4 2π · 0.the motor can deliver C car during movement at a constant velocity BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2220000 + drive code 37D2400000 (400W) Motor torque [Nm] 5.8468 0. lower curve) Example 3.0858 J2 for kg of load kgmm2/kg The moment of inertia of total mass Jtot is: Jtot = J0 + J1 x stroke [m] + J2 x load [kg] 35.1936 6.25 5 2043 6.62 16 2086 6.6 0.8767 96. piston.32 246 629 696 1. Denomination data Unit of measurement Formula pitch Screw pitch mm v max · 60 n max Maximum number of motor revs rpm pitch a · 2π ώ Maximum angular acceleration of the rad/s2 motor pitch Moments of mass inertia 32 Worm screw pitch mm 4 12 5 J0 at stroke 0 kgmm2 2.50 3.56 Motor specification J tot’ + J tot” + J mot.5332 16 9.98 mm g g g g 12 973 3.1113 49.4 · 200 = 3.3671 10. upper curve) C available > C car (at steady rate.50 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) maximum torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) n max Denomination data Verification of C tot Verification of C ca Motor revs [1/min] Unit of measurement Nm Nm Formula C available > C tot (for a short period.4 · 60 = 24 41.the motor can deliver C tot during acceleration (short period) . Moment of inertia of the motor J rid Total moment of inertia reduced at the motor C acc Torque required to overcome inertia during acceleration Weights Worm screw pitch (p) Weight at stroke 0 Additional weight per mm of stroke Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version) Additional moving mass per mm of stroke Unit of measurement kgmm2 kgmm2 kgmm2 kgmm2 Nm Formula J0 + J1 · J2 · M s 1000 Example 1.00 1.6333 63 10 14.6 · 1963 = 0.9290 0.5 · 9.32 20 3056 6.96 353 1.4043 86.53 1 ≥ 0.00 0.4053 4.84 703 956 1215 1.9 4 · (590 + 4.2305 0.00 3.5332 20 23.6333 Example 4 250 · 60 = 3750 4 1250 · 2π = 1963 4 50 10 6.00 4.13 + 0.50 2.4 = 053 Nm C acc + C car At this stage just check that: .5427 116. Denomination data Mc Mass of the components Fpc Weight of the components C car Torque required to overcome friction.Verification of the choice made Having chosen the electric cylinder.55 5 2942 6.8 · 1000 0.6652 2. loads and external forces (consider a system efficiency of 0.00 2.4309 1.4 1000 0.81 · sine 90 = 4.) that the cylinder has to support must also be taken into consideration.13 1 · 10E6 50 10 2084 6.81 · sine α pitch · (Fp + Fpc + Fe + Fµ) 2π · 0.

Determination of maximum velocity and maximum acceleration v max corsa ta Denomination data v max Maximum piston rod velocity Unit of measurement mm/s t td Formula s (ta + td) t2 v max ta M·a 1000 ∑ F on the piston rod | Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ | | Fp + Fe + Fµ | | Fp + Fe .the cylinder can reach the maximum velocity required For example.In acceleration .CALCULATION METHOD FOR STEPPING MOTORS ACTUATORS CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER Denomination data M Mass to move s Displacement t Total time ta Acceleration time td Deceleration time α Angle of inclination µ Coefficient of frictio Fp Weight force Fµ Friction Fe Other external forces Unit of measurement kg mm s s s ° N N N Formula M · 9.2 0 0.At constant v .1 60 · 9.the electric cylinder can deliver the maximum total force during acceleration (up to maximum speed) .2 + 0.2 0.81 · sine α M · 9.2) 22 167 = 835 0. 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Axial load [N] 37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) V max Velocity [mm/s] 1-282 . which express the axial force as a function of velocity.81 · 0.81 · sine 0 = 0 60 · 9.1 · cos 0 = 60 40 1 .50 + 60 | = 50 a Fi Ftot Piston rod acceleration and deceleration mm/s2 Force of inertia Total force . you can choose the Ø 32 cylinder with Ø 12 pitch 4 screw driven by a STEPPING motor (37M1120001) and 48VDC drive (37D1332000).Choosing an electric cylinder The choice is made using the diagrams in the catalogue.81 · µ · cos α Example 60 300 2 0.Fi + Fµ | Example 300 = 167 (0.Algebraic sum of the forces on the piston rod F tot max F F tot med ta t td 3 . Check that: .In deceleration N N 2 .2 60 · 835 = 50 1000 | 0 + 40 + 50 + 60 | = 150 | 0 + 40 + 60 | = 100 | 0 + 40 .

5427 116.6 0.8 C tot Total torque required Unit of measurement kg N Nm Formula Mc · 9.6652 2.1 2π · 0.60 0.4053 4.40 1.4 · 1311 = 0.2990 0. Denomination data pitch Screw pitch n max Maximum number of motor revs Unit of measurement mm rpm rad/s2 Formula v max · 60 pitch a · 2π pitch 50 10 6.246 + 0.Denomination data Verification of Ftot ma Verification of v ma Unit of measurement N mm/s Formula F available > Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ v available > v max Example 650 ≥ 150 250 ≥ 167 4 .6 · 9.32 1067 Motor specification J tot’ + J tot” + J mot.4043 86. J rid · ώ 1 · 10E6 32 mm g g g g 4 875 3.3 + 10.96 353 5 2043 6.56 696 1.8 · 1000 0.Verification of the choice made Having chosen the electric cylinder.81 · sen α pitch · (Fp + Fpc + Fe + Fµ) 2 · π · 0.2 Nm At this stage just check that the motor can deliver C tot during acceleration (up to maximum speed).5332 ώ Maximum angular acceleration of the motor Moments of mass inertia 32 Worm screw pitch mm 4 12 J0 at stroke 0 kgmm2 2. loads and external forces (consider a system efficiency of 0.3455 35.55 703 5 2942 6.32 1215 1.0858 J2 for kg of load kgmm2/kg The moment of inertia of total mass Jtot is: Jtot = J0 + J1 x stroke [m] + J2 x load [kg] 5 5.1936 6.4 · 300 = 4.4 + 24 + 36 = 64.5264 2.25 956 10 3209 6.3671 10. STEPPING motor code 37M1120001 + drive code 37D1332000 (24-48-75VDC) Motor torque [Nm] 1.8 · 1000 C acc + C car Example 0.4309 1.25 12 973 3.3262 J1 for metre of stroke kgmm2/m 10. etc.00 0.55 ≥ 0.1360 38.4 1000 0.81 · sine 0 = 0 4 · (0 + 0 + 40 + 60) = 0.4 · 60 = 24 36 4. Denomination data Mc Mass of the components Fpc Weight of the components C car Torque required to overcome friction.20 1. piston.6333 16 9.4223 17.40 0. you now know the data required to test it on the drive shaft.6333 63 10 14.98 246 1.1113 49. Moment of inertia of the motor J rid Total moment of inertia reduced at the motor C acc Torque required to overcome inertia during acceleration Weights Worm screw pitch (p) Weight at stroke 0 Additional weight per mm of stroke Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version Additional moving mass per mm of stroke Unit of measurement kgmm2 kgmm2 kgmm2 kgmm2 Nm Formula J0 + J1 · J2 · M s 1000 Example 1.84 The weight of the moving parts of the cylinder (piston rod.2 1-283 CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER Example 4 167 · 60 = 2505 4 835 · 2π = 1311 4 ACTUATORS .8767 96.1327 Denomination data J tot’ Moment of inertia of the moving parts of the cylinder J tot’’ Moment of inertia for acceleration of the mass reduced at the motor J mot.4849 5 12.62 929 10 2084 6.8468 0.) that the cylinder has to support must also be taken into consideration.20 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC) n max 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 Motor revs [1/min] Denomination data Verification of C tot Unit of measurement Nm Formula C available > Ctot Example 0.00125 · 300 = 0.5332 20 23.2305 0.4 64.1 1 · 10E6 50 63 16 2086 6.80 0.98 20 3056 6.

The calculation of average axial load takes into consideration movements at constant speed during the cycle (nil acceleration and deceleration) and the respective axial loads on the piston rod.VERIFICATION OF THE RECIRCULATING BALL SCREW AND THE BEARING Verification of the recirculating ball screw takes into consideration the maximum axial load and the weighted average axial load The peak value of axial load in a movement cycle must not exceed the static axial load Fo shown on the data sheet. Fx = Axial load at stage x Fm = Mean forward axial load Fo = Static axial load of the screw q = Time segment Vx = Speed in the phase x Vm = Average speed 1-284 .. The Fm value thus calculated is used in the diagrams on pages 1-251 and 1-252 – Life characteristics as a function of the mean axial load – to determine the expected life of the cylinder. The average axial load in a movement cycle must not exceed the dynamic axial load F shown on the data sheet. Fm = 3 CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER ACTUATORS SF x 3 x VX Vm x x q 100 = VX2 Vm q2 100 VX3 Vm q3 100 Fm = 3 Fx13 x VX1 Vm q1 100 + Fx23 x + + Fx33 x x + .. the recirculating ball screw and/or the bearing will be subject to greater wear and hence a shorter life. If these conditions are not met.

SUMMARY SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES T-SLOT P ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS PAGE 1-286 P ACCESSORIES FOR T-SLOT PAGE 1-290 P SENSOR TESTER PAGE 1-291 1-285 SUMMARY SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES T-SLOT ACTUATORS .

5 0.35 Soft PVC HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 WIRES HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN 6-24 V DC 250 – 6 0. 3 to 220 (AC) 500 10 50 1.ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS SENSOR SERIES DSM ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS ACTUATORS Code W0950000201 W0950000222 W0950000232 Description Reed sensor DSM2-C525 HS E.1 110 95 107 impulses 0.35 Soft PVC V mA VA Watt m sec m sec Gauss Gauss m mm2 DC Version NPN AC Version PNP 1-286 . HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225 TECHNICAL DATA SERIE DSM Type Contact Max AC/DC voltage Max current at 25°C Power with inductive load Power with resistive load Switch-on time Switch-off time Switch-on point Switch-off point Operating life Contact resistance Cable length Cable cross section Cable material Circuit REED + VARISTOR + LED 2 WIRES REED + VARISTOR + LED NO 3 to 48 V(DC).2 0.8 3 15 8 109 impulses – 2.5 0.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225 E.1 2.

CB Hall PNP connector + bracket .CB Hall NPN connector + bracket .5 0.1 110 60 107 impulses 0.1 2.5 0. 3 to 110 (AC) 300 8 15 0.CB .35 Soft PVC V mA VA Watt m sec m sec Gauss Gauss m mm2 DC Version NPN AC Version PNP 1-287 ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS ACTUATORS Code W0950000252 Bore 12 to 100 Model REED sensor DCB 2C-425 Version Reed connector + bracket .SENSOR SERIE DCB W0950000253 W0950014360 12 to 100 12 to 100 HALL PNP sensor DCB3-N225 HALL NPN sensor DCB3-M225 TECHNICAL DATA SERIE DCB Type Contact Max AC/DC voltage Max current at 25°C Power with inductive load Power with resistive load Switch-on time Switch-off time Switch-on point Switch-off point Operating life Contact resistance Cable length Cable cross section Cable material Circuit REED + VARISTOR + LED 2 WIRES REED + VARISTOR + LED NO 3 to 48 (DC).5 0.35 Soft PVC HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 WIRES HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN 6-24 V DC 250 – 6 0.8 3 15 8 109 impulses – 2.

O.9 mT ± 20% (for HS) # 0.8 mT ± 25% 2. 11 ms.5 m REED N. 2 x 0.O.1 mT ± 20% (for HS) # 0.O.5 m REED N. 10 to 55 Hz. 1 mm 109 impulses -20 to +45 PA PVC. PNP 10 to 30 DC 3 # 10% of Ub #2 # 10 # 100 # 5000 Yes Yes Yes EN 60 947-5-2 Yellow 2.O.O. 1 mm 107 impulses -25 to +75 PA66 + PA6I/6T PVC. IP 69K 30 g.7 # 10% of Ub # 2. vertical insertion HS 2. 11 ms. sensor. sensor. sensor.14 mm2 Polyurethane.14 mm2 2 HALL EFFECT N. PNP 18 to 30 DC # 1. 3 x 0.1 mT (Ub and ta fixed IP 68. vertical insertion 2. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 HALL N.12 mm2 Polyurethane. e. sensor.O.14 mm2 3 - ATEX HALL EFFECT N.6 # 0.1 mT IP 67 30 g. 11 ms.O.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 REED N. Category ATEX Certification REED N.8 mT ± 25% 1.RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Code W0952025390 W0952029394 W0952022180 W0952028184 W0952125556 W0952025500* W0952029504* W0952022500* W0952128184* Description HALL N.1 mT IP 67 30 g. 3 x 0.O. sensor.O. 10 to 55 Hz.O. 10 to 55 Hz. TECHNICAL DATA Type of contact Switch Supply voltage (Ub) Power Voltage variation Voltage drop Input current Output current Switching frequency Short-circuit protection Over-voltage suppression Polarity inversion protection EMC LED display Magnetic sensitivity Repeatability Degree of protection (EN 60529) Vibration and shock resistance Operating life Temperature range Sensor capsule material 2. vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS ACTUATORS * For use on the rodless cylinder guide “V” Ø25 or when standard sensors do not detect the magnet. 3 x 0. near metal masses. sensor. sensor.12 mm2 3 II 3G Ex nA op is IIC T4 Gc X II 3D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc IP67 X V W V mA mA Hz °C WIRING DIAGRAM 1-288 .O. sensor.5 m HALL N. vertical insertion 2 m ATEX HALL N. vertical insertion 300 mm M8 REED N. 1 mm 109 impulses -25 to +75 PA66 + PA6I/6T PVC. vertical insertion HS 2. 10 to 30 AC/DC 3 (peak valve = 6) # 100 # 400 EN 60 947-5-2 Yellow 2.O.5 m/2 m connecting cable Connecting cable with M8x1 Wire NO.2 # 10 # 70 1000 Yes Yes Yes EN 60 947-5-2 Yellow 2.g. vertical insertion 2. 2 x 0. sensor.

8 0. HALL EFFECT PNP From 6 to 30 --0.3 30 25 109 <1 From 30 to 50 MAX 200 YES NO IP 67 From -10 to +70 PA (+G) YELLOW 3 V V A W µs µs Gauss Gauss V Gauss Hz °C WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390 1-289 ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS ACTUATORS Code W0950044180 W0950045390 Description Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m .2 MAX 6 0.SENSOR Ø 4 TECHNICAL DATA FOR W0950045390 Switch Tension in DC Tension in AC Current at 25°C Power (ohmic load) On time Off time On point Off point Electric life (pulses) On voltage drop Nominal operating point Operating frequency Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection Degree of protection (EN 60529) Temperature range Sensor capsule material LED display Wiring NO.

ACCESSORIES T-SLOT BAR FOR GROOVING ACTUATORS Code W0950000160 Description Bar for grooving L = 500 mm Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece. ACCESSORIES T-SLOT SLOTTED FIXING PLATE Code 0950003001 0950003002 Description M4 T-slotted fixing plat M3 T-slotted fixing plat Weight [g] 1 1 Note: Individually packed SLOTTED FIXINGPLATE Code 0950003000 Description Fixing block Weight [g] 2 Note: Supplied complete with 1 M3 grub screw and 1 M4 grub screw NOTES 1-290 .

SENSOR TESTER This sensor tester features the following: • a green light and acoustic signal indicating correct operation • sensors can be checked without having to be disassembled • M8 and M12 connections. and terminal board for direct connection to the wires • PNP or NPN switching button • 9V battery power supply • automatic switch-off TECHNICAL DATA Container material Degree of protection Connections Additional connections Power supply Internal voltage Green light Yellow light Red light PA 6.6 blue IP00 M8 and M12 plug-socket type with 40 cm cable 3 terminals for wire connection 9V DC (battery type 6LR61) 15V DC tester switched on sensor in operation battery fla COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i CONTAINER (PA 6.6 blue) START BUTTON WIRE CONNECTION + (brown) WIRE CONNECTION – (blue) OUTPUT CONNECTION (black) PNP/NPN SELECTOR M8x1 CONNECTOR M12x1 CONNECTOR LED COVER Code W0950060000 Description Sensor tester Dimension [mm] 63x88x24 Weight [g] 192 1-291 SENSOR TESTER ACTUATORS .

DISTRIBUTORS .

DISTRIBUTORS P P P VALVES VALVE ISLANDS SLAVES FIELDBUS PAGE 2-2 DISTRIBUTORS 2-1 PAGE 2-139 PAGE 2-189 .

SERIES 70 PAGE 2-12 VALVES SUmm Ar y P VALVES.VALVES SUMMARY P MINIVALVES.M 15 mm PAGE 2-56 P SOLENOID VALVES PIV ON BASE PAGE 2-58 P SOLENOID VALVES PIV IN LINE PAGE 2-63 2-2 . NAMUR PAGE 2-43 P COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR SERIES 70 AND NAMUR VALVES PAGE 2-46 P 10 mm SOLENOID VALVES SERIES PLT-10 PAGE 2-47 P BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION PAGE 2-50 P SOLENOID VALVES PIV. SERIES VME-1 MECHANICALLY/HAND OPERATED PAGE 2-4 P VALVES. PEDAL OPERATED PAGE 2-8 P TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE SERIE SAFE AIR PAGE 2-10 DISTRIBUTORS P VALVES. SERIES PEV. SERIES 70 ON BASE PAGE 2-38 P VALVES.

SERIES RMV PAGE -100 2 P VALVES MACH 18 ISO 15407-1 VDMA 24563-02 PAGE -101 2 P VALVES ISO 5599/1.AND CSA-APPROVED COILS PAGE -123 2 P VALVES ISO 5599/1 SERIE SAFE AIR PAGE -126 2 2-3 VALVES SUmmAry P MULTIPLE CONNECTOR MACH 16 DISTRIBUTORS .P SOLENOID VALVE CNOMO PAGE 2-66 P VALVES PAGE 2-68 P VALVES MACH 11 PAGE 2-74 P VALVES MACH 16 PAGE 2-80 PAGE 2-87 P REDUCER WITH GAUGE. SERIE ISV WITH M12 CONNECTOR PAGE -114 2 P SANDWICH REGULATORS FOR ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO 1-2 PAGE -122 2 P VALVES FOR UL. SERIES IPV-ISV PAGE -107 2 P VALVE ISO 5599/1 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC.

4 and m5 (axial or side) Filtered air without lubrication.5 0.03 35 60 8 ISO and UNI FD22 In any position Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min N COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b BUTTON: chemically nickel-plated brass c DISTANCE PLATES: Brass d GASKETS: NBr e PUSH-IN FITTING CAr Tr IDGES: stainless steel. MECHANICALLY AND HAND OPERATED SERIES VME mINIVALVES. • On request. must be continuous With poppet mechanical and manual With Plunger – Plunger for wall-mounting – roller lever – Unidirectional roller lever Depending on the type of actuation panel selected 0.5 Bar Flow rate at 6 Bar DP 1 Bar Actuation force – Plunger at 6 Bar r ecommended lubricant Installation Compatibility with oils Push-in fittin for pipe diam. it is possible to place a NC-NO electric switch next to VmE valve for mixed solenoid/pneumatic signals. brass and plastic f SPr INGS: stainless steel 2-4 . Thus it is possible to obtain 3/2.MINIVALVES. TECHNICAL DATA Valve fittin port Fluid Type Versions Operators: • mechanical • manual Operating pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 Bar DP 0. if used. 5/2. accurate signal • mechanical actuation • The 2 places adapter allows manual actuation of 1 or 2 VmE valves with manual Ø 22 panel actuators. 5/3 open centre and 5/3 pressure centre pneumatic functions. mECHANICALLy AND HAND OPEr ATED SEr IES VmE DISTRIBUTORS • minivalves with 3/2 NO NC poppet.5 to 10 -10° to +60 2. • Installation in any position • Push-in fitting for pipe Ø 4 mm and m5 on the valve body • Low actuation force • r apid.5 16. lubrication.

AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING. 3/2 NC .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 m5 Code W3501000101 W3501000110 Description VmE1-10 NO Ø 4 VmE1-16 NO m5 Weight [g] 42 36 Code W3501001100 W3501001110 Description VmE2-00 NO Ø 4 VmE2-10 NO m5 Weight [g] 34 34 PLUNGER 3/2 NC . mECHANICALLy AND HAND OPEr ATED SEr IES VmE DISTRIBUTORS .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 Code W3501000100 W3501000111 Description VmE1-01 NC Ø 4 VmE1-11 NC m5 Weight [g] 42 36 Code W3501001101 W3501001111 Description VmE2-01 NC Ø 4 VmE2-11 NC m5 Weight [g] 34 34 PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING.AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 PLUNGER 3/2 NO .PLUNGER 3/2 NO .AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 PLUNGER 3/2 NC . 3/2 NC .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 Code W3501000400 W3501000411 Description VmE1-04 NC Ø 4 VmE1-14 NC m5 Weight [g] 54 48 Code W3501001401 W3501001411 Description VmE2-04 NC Ø 4 VmE2-14 NC m5 Weight [g] 46 46 2-5 mINIVALVES.

3/2 NO . 3/2 NC .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 Code W3501000201 W3501000210 Description VmE1-05 NO Ø 4 VmE1-15 NO m5 Weight [g] 58 52 Code W3501001200 W3501001210 Description VmE2-05 NO Ø 4 VmE2-15 NO m5 Weight [g] 50 50 ROLLER LEVER. 3/2 NC .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 Code W3501000200 W3501000211 Description VmE1-02 NC Ø 4 VmE1-12 NC m5 Weight [g] 56 50 Code W3501001201 W3501001211 Description VmE2-02 NC Ø 4 VmE2-12 NC m5 Weight [g] 52 50 2-6 .AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 ROLLER LEVER.UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER. 3/2 NC .SIDE FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 DISTRIBUTORS Code W3501000300 W3501000311 Description VmE1-03 NC Ø 4 VmE1-13 NC m5 Weight [g] 60 54 Code W3501001301 W3501001311 Description VmE2-03 NC Ø 4 VmE2-13 NC m5 Weight [g] 52 52 mINIVALVES. mECHANICALLy AND HAND OPEr ATED SEr IES VmE ROLLER LEVER.AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER. 3/2 NO . 3/2 NC .AXIAL FITTINGS Ø 4 m5 ROLLER LEVER.

MANUAL VME VALVES – ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM NOTES: • For 5/2 pneumatic operation. • For 5/3 pneumatic operation with open centres. assemble a 3/2 NC plunger valve and a 3/2 NO one on the adapter. NEW OLD ORDERING CODES Symbol Reference a Code W3501000100 W3501000111 W3501001101 W3501001111 W3501000101 W3501000110 W3501001100 W3501001110 0351000050 W0351000015 W0351000011 W0351000030 W0351000031 W0351000032 W0351000033 W0351000034 W0351000035 W0351000036 W0351000037 W0351000016 W0351000018 W0351000013 W0351000017 W0351000014 W0351000049 W0351000050 W0351000021 W0351000056 Description 3/2 NC Axial fitting Ø 4 3/2 NC Axial fitting m5 3/2 NC Side fitting Ø 4 3/2 NC Side fitting m5 3/2 NO Axial fitting Ø 4 3/2 NO Axial fitting m5 3/2 NO Side fitting Ø 4 3/2 NO Side fitting m5 2 places adaptor thickness 6. assemble two 3/2 NC plunger valves on the adapter. : Usable only with technopolymer body selectors. As working replaced by selector with bistable short lever at 2 positions e. mECHANICALLy AND HAND OPEr ATED SEr IES VmE DISTRIBUTORS . assemble two 3/2 NO plunger valves on the adapter.5 mm s Adapter for bore Ø 30 G2326 : Key for ESC selectors Green disk for push button d Weight [g] 42 36 34 34 42 36 34 34 5 25 15 20 20 20 20 26 26 26 26 50 50 27 27 29 a b c d e e f f g h i u It can’t be supplied. j k l 2-7 mINIVALVES. s Usable only with metal body selectors.8 mm r ed handler with horizontally pivoted lever Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks u Bistable fat push button without disk Black selector short lever at 2 positions with return Black selector short lever at 2 positions Black selector short lever at 3 positions with return Black selector short lever at 3 positions Black selector long lever at 2 positions with return Black selector long lever at 2 positions Black selector long lever at 3 positions with return Black selector long lever at 3 positions 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0 r ed mushroom-head push button Ø 40 Black mushroom-head push button Ø 40 r ed mushroom-head push button with lock Ø 40 : reducer from 30 to 22. • For 5/3 pneumatic operation with pressure centres.

VALVES SERIES PEV PEDAL OPERATED The valves series PEV with pedal are available in a wide range: • 5/2 1/4” monostable and bistable with guarded pedal • 3/2 m5 monostable. must be continuous Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation FLOW CHARTS 1/4” Flow rates (NI/min) Flow rates (NI/min) m5/Ø 4 mm Pressure valves (bar) 2-8 Pressure valves (bar) .5 to 10 0.3 bar DP 1 bar Fluid Compatibility with oils bar mpa psi °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min Ø 4 mono/ bistable guarded monostable not guarded m5 1/4’’ monostable not guarded mono/ bistable guarded mono/ bistable guarded – 2.5 2.32 60 60 640 95 95 840 Filtered air without lubrication. lubrication.03 0.25 to 1 36 to 145 –10 + 60 2.03 0. pedal not guarded • 3/2 m5 in monostable and bistable configuratio with guarded pedal • 3/2 Ø 4 in monostable and bistable configuratio with guarded pedal VALVES SEr IES PEV PEDAL OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Valve fittin port Type Operating pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6.5 7. if used.5 16.3 bar DP 0.5 16.5 264.5 bar Flow rate at 6.26 0. pedal not guarded • 3/2 Ø 4 monostable.

PEV 35 PEB Pr 1035 guarded ● PEV 03 PES Pr 883 W3120000301 3/2 m5 monostable.3/2 Ø 4 Symbol Description Abbrev.3/2 Ø 4 Symbol Code W3120000411 W3120000401 Description Abbrev. PEV 35 PEC Pr 1014 with mechanical block and guarden ■ ● The pedal-down position is maintained by a lever. ■ When the foot presses on a locking lever. When the foot presses on the lever. PEV 03 PES WP 188 not guarded 3/2 Ø 4 monostable. Weight [g] 3/2 - m5 monostable. PEV F3 PES WP 192 not guarded KEY TO CODES PEV FAMILY PEV valve with pedal F DIMENSIONS 1/4 3 0 m5 Ø 4 F 3 FUNCTION 3/2 3 5 5/2 PE OPERATORS 14 pedal operated C RESETTING (12) mechanical springs mechanical block bistable WP FURTHER DETAILS WP not guarded PR guarded PE S C B 2-9 VALVES SEr IES PEV PEDAL OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS . Weight [g] 5/2 - 1/4’’ monostable. PEV 03 PEB Pr 890 guarded ● W3120000311 3/2 Ø 4 bistable.3/2 M5 . PEV F3 PEB Pr 914 guarded ● W3120000021 5/2 - 1/4’’ monostable. the pedal can be lowered. PEV F3 PES Pr 887 guarded W3120000331 3/2 m5 bistable. the pedal releases and can rise. Code W3120000001 NOT-GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 3/2 M5 .GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 5/2 1/4” . guarded W3120000321 3/2 Ø 4 monostable. PEV 35 PES Pr 1027 guarded W3120000011 5/2 - 1/4’’ bistable.

2 30 7 a b A PUSHBUTTON HOUSING Code W3120000212 Description Pushbutton housing 100 ø2 2 400 100 2-10 30 3.1mPa -1.5 . max.2 24. • The complete pushbutton panel includes the dual manual control valve. two manual pushbuttons.6 ø4. all housed in a metal box to be mounted on a wall or stand. with pipe L = max 1000 mm Actuation r eset Operating pressure Temperature range Nominal diameter Flow rate at 6 bar (0. • The two hand safety valve can be secured with through screws or a DIN bar adaptor.6 mpa - 87 psi) DP 1 bar (0.7 85 In any direction Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation Synchronisation.5 to 8 - 10 to +60 2. max 50 mm Single-control – Complete pushbutton panel EN574 type IIIA.1 8 40 5 Materials Body: technopolymer Internal parts: brass and technopolymer Gaskets: NBr Spring: alloy steel 34. the output signal is interrupted as well. time between two signals De-activation time.4 13.TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE SERIES SAFE AIR® TWO HAND SAFETy VALVE SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS The two hand safety valve generates an output signal only if two synchronised pneumatic input signals are received. TÜV approvated according to 2006/42/EC Certifie TÜV-A-mHF/mG/10-5159 (code W3605000001) Certifie Bureau Veritas CV 003-12-2011 (code 0227700000) 0.4 l 0.5 25. and an emergency stop valve. TECHNICAL DATA Compressed air couplings Fluid Version Standard mm Push-in fittin for Ø 4 pipe Filtered.7 56 14.45 psi) mounting position Compatibility with oils s s bar °C mm Nl/min TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE Code W3605000001 Description Two hand safety valve 18. unlubricated compressed air. If one input signal is interrupted. • The pushbutton housing is supplied on request for anyone wishing to get a personalised pneumatic connection or drill holes to secure the unit.8 7. The most common application involves connecting a manual button-controlled valve to each of the inputs and using the output signal as a start-of-cycle control for a pneumatically-operated machine.05 pneuamtic spring operated 2.8 5.

COMPLETE PUSHBUTTON PANEL Code 0227700000 Description Complete pushbutton panel Materials Pressure die-cast and painted aluminium alloy MAIN COMPONENTS Code Description W3605000001 Dual manual safety valve W0351000011 monostable protected button - black disk W0351000014 Emergency stop button W3501000100 VmE1-01 NC Ø 4 W3501001100 VmE2-01 NO Ø 4 0351000050 Valve-button connecting base r L10 Ø 4 2L11001 Quantity 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 ACCESSORIES CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR (DIN EN50022) ~50 ~50 14 Code 0227300600 Individually packed Description Connection brackets on DIN bar ~9 ~9 14 2-11 TWO HAND SAFETy VALVE SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS .

26 971.43 400 750 3200 550 1100 4600 In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration) Filtered air without lubrication.43 264.43 0.5 –10 to +60 5 7. 1/2”. on the cylinder using a special bracket. manual. on the wall. Series 70 valves can be used for a wide range of applications as they can be mounted in line.5 15 121. 5/2.32 0.27 0. if used. VALVES SEr IES 70 DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Thread on the valve ports Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • asserved minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. 1/4”. 5/3.VALVES SERIES 70 This is metal Work‘s full range. must be continuous ISO e UNI FD 22 1 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/END CAP: Hostaform® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic e GASKETS: NBr f PISTONS: Hostaform® g PISTON GASKET: NBr h FILTEr : sintered bronze i SPr INGS: special steel j OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe - Stainless steel core 2-12 . pneumatic and electric). four different types of actuation (mechanical.5 to 10 1 to 10 vacuum to 10 2.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Installation Fluid r ecommended lubricant maximum coil nut torque Compatibility with oils bar bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min 1/8’’ 1/8” 1/4’’ 1/4” 1/2’’ 1/2” Nm 2. or in series on a multiple or manifold base. Available in three sizes: 1/8”. lubrication. Three versions: 3/2.

1/2” Pressures (bar) DISTRIBUTORS . 1/4” Pressures (bar) Flow rates (Nl/min) VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” Pressures (bar) VALVES SEr IES 70 2-13 Flow rates (Nl/min) VALVES SEr IES 70.FLOW CHARTS Flow rates (Nl/min) VALVES SEr IES 70.

26 971. HAND OPERATED.5 to 10 -10 to +60 15 5 7. mAV 23 LES NC mAV 23 LEB OO Weight [g] 168 171 Symbol Code 7010000300 7010000400 Abbrev.43 0.43 264.5 121.32 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 1/2’’ Vacuum to 10 2. 1/8” 90° LEVER 3/2 1/8” 90° LEVER 5/2 1/8” Symbol Code 7010000100 7010000200 Abbrev. HAND OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS KEY TO CODES MAV FAMILY MAV manual valves 2 DIMENSIONS 1/8’’ 2 3 1/4’’ 4 1/2’’ 3 FUNCTION 3 3/2 5 5/2 6 5/3 8 2 x 3/2 PP OPERATORS 14 PP drawer VL axial lever LE 90° lever BRE arranged for manual panel actuators S RESETTING (12) pneumatic/ mechanical springs* mechanical springs bistable differential stable for 5/3 NC FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open OO no indication CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres A S B D O *on demand VALVES SERIES 70. HAND OPERATED TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure range: • version with direct control • pilot-assisted version Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.VALVES SERIES 70. mAV 25 LES OO mAV 25 LEB OO Weight [g] 194 197 2-14 .43 400 750 3200 550 1100 4600 VALVES SEr IES 70.27 0.

1/8” Symbol Code 7010001150 7010001160 Abbrev. mAV 26 LES CC mAV 26 LES OC mAV 26 LES PC mAV 26 LEO CC mAV 26 LEO OC mAV 26 LEO PC Weight [g] 242 242 242 194 194 194 2-15 VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” Symbol FRONT LEVER 5/3. 1/8” ANGULAR LEVER 5/3.FRONT LEVER 3/2. mAV 28 VLO OC mAV 28 VLS OC Weight [g] 316 325 Symbol Code 7010001000 7010000900 7010001100 7010000500 7010000600 7010000700 Abbrev. 1/8” FRONT LEVER 5/2. HAND OPEr ATED Code 7010001400 Abbrev. mAV 23 VLB OO Weight [g] 130 Symbol Code 7010001700 Abbrev. mAV 25 VLB OO Weight [g] 156 DISTRIBUTORS .

1/8” DRAWER 5/2. mAV 23 PPB OO mAV 23 PPS NC Weight [g] 134 134 Symbol Code 7010001600 7010001500 Abbrev. mAV 25 PPB OO mAV 25 PPS OO Weight [g] 160 160 PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 1/8” FOR PANEL ACTUATORS PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2 1/8” FOR PANEL ACTUATORS Symbol Code 7010001800 Abbrev. mAV 23 Br E NC Weight [g] 124 Symbol Code 7010001900 Abbrev. 1/8” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol VALVES SEr IES 70.DRAWER 3/2. mAV 25 Br E OO Weight [g] 150 2-16 . HAND OPEr ATED Code 7010001300 7010001200 Abbrev.

1/8” Pilot-assisted plunger 5/2. 1/8” 2 places adaptor thickness 6. As working replaced by selector with bistable short lever at 2 positions e.ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM FOR PILOT-ASSISTED HAND-OPERATED VALVES SERIES 70 WITH PANEL ACTUATORS NEW OLD ORDERING CODES Symbol Reference a a b c d e e f f g h i u It can’t be supplied. j k l Code 7010001800 7010001900 0351000050 W0351000015 W0351000011 W0351000030 W0351000031 W0351000032 W0351000033 W0351000034 W0351000035 W0351000036 W0351000037 W0351000016 W0351000018 W0351000013 W0351000017 W0351000014 W0351000049 W0351000050 W0351000021 W0351000056 Description Pilot-assisted plunger 3/2.8 mm r ed handler with horizontally pivoted lever Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks u Bistable fat push button without disk Black selector short lever at 2 positions with return Black selector short lever at 2 positions Black selector short lever at 3 positions with return Black selector short lever at 3 positions Black selector long lever at 2 positions with return Black selector long lever at 2 positions Black selector long lever at 3 positions with return Black selector long lever at 3 positions 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0 r ed mushroom-head push button Ø 40 Black mushroom-head push button Ø 40 r ed mushroom-head push button with lock Ø 40 : reducer from 30 to 22. HAND OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS . s Usable only with metal body selectors. : Usable only with technopolymer body selectors.5 mm s Adapter for bore Ø 30 G2326 : Key for ESC selectors Green disk for push button d Weight [g] 124 150 5 25 15 20 20 20 20 26 26 26 26 50 50 27 27 29 2-17 VALVES SEr IES 70.

HAND OPEr ATED FRONT LEVER 3/2. mAV 33 LES NC mAV 33 LEB OO Weight [g] 244 244 Symbol Code 7020000300 7020000400 Abbrev. 1/4” FRONT LEVER 5/2. mAV 36 LES CC mAV 36 LES OC mAV 36 LES PC mAV 36 LEO CC mAV 36 LEO OC mAV 36 LEO PC Weight [g] 354 354 354 288 288 288 2-18 . 1/4” Symbol Code 7020001400 Abbrev. mAV 33 VLB OO Weight [g] 194 Symbol Code 7020001700 Abbrev. HAND-OPERATED. 1/4” Symbol Code 7020001000 7020000900 7020001100 7020000500 7020000600 7020000700 Abbrev. 1/4” 90° LEVER 5/2. 1/4” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7020000100 7020000200 Abbrev.VALVES SERIES 70. mAV 35 LES OO mAV 35 LEB OO Weight [g] 290 290 VALVES SEr IES 70. mAV 35 VLB OO Weight [g] 244 90° LEVER 5/3. 1/4” 90° LEVER 3/2.

1/2” Symbol Code 7030001000 7030000900 7030001100 7030000500 7030000600 7030000700 Abbrev. mAV 46 LES CC mAV 46 LES OC mAV 46 LES PC mAV 46 LEO CC mAV 46 LEO OC mAV 46 LEO PC Weight [g] 1810 1800 1800 1615 1605 1605 NOTES 2-19 VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/2” 90° LEVER 5/2. 1/2” Symbol Code 7030000100 7030000200 Abbrev. mAV 45 LES OO mAV 45 LEB OO Weight [g] 1588 1630 90° LEVER 5/3. HAND OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS . HAND OPERATED. 1/2” 90° LEVER 3/2.VALVES SERIES 70. mAV 43 LES NC mAV 43 LEB OO Weight [g] 1443 1435 Symbol Code 7030000300 7030000400 Abbrev.

1/8” Symbol Code 7001000100 Abbrev.43 0. 1/8” TECHNICAL DATA Thread at valve ports Operation force at 6 bar: • version with direct control • pilot-assisted version Operating pressure: • version with direct control • pilot-assisted version Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. mEV 23 TAS NC Weight [g] 88 Symbol Code 7001000110 Abbrev. 1/8” PLUNGER 5/2.VALVES SERIES 70. mECHANICALLy OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS KEY TO CODES MEV FAMILY MEV mechanically operated valves 2 DIMENSIONS 1/8’’ 2 3 FUNCTION 3 3/2 5 5/2 T A OPERATORS 14 plunger bidirectional roller unidirectional roller sensitive plunger sensitive roller sensitive aerial frontal roller lever S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs pneumatic/mechanical spring* NC FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed OO 5/2 TA BR UR TS RS AS LL S A *on demand PLUNGER 3/2.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar 1/8” N N bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min 50 6 Vacuum to 10 2.32 400 550 VALVES SEr IES 70.5 to 10 -10 to +60 5 121. mEV 25 TAS OO Weight [g] 114 2-20 . MECHANICALLY OPERATED.

mECHANICALLy OPEr ATED DISTRIBUTORS . 1/8” LEVERS UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 5/2. 1/8” Symbol Code 7001000200 Abbrev. 1/8” LEVERS Symbol Code 7001000600 Abbrev. 1/8” Symbol Code 7001000500 Abbrev. mEV 25 Ur S OO Weight [g] 162 PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 NC. mEV 23 Br S NC Weight [g] 130 Symbol Code 7001000510 Abbrev. 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2. 1/8” ROLLER LEVER 5/2. mEV 25 TSS OO Weight [g] 152 2-21 VALVES SEr IES 70. mEV 23 Ur S NC Weight [g] 136 Symbol Code 7001000610 Abbrev. mEV 25 Br S OO Weight [g] 156 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 3/2.ROLLER LEVER 3/2. mEV 23 TSS NC Weight [g] 126 Symbol Code 7001000210 Abbrev.

1/8” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7001000400 Abbrev. 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 5/2. mEV 23 LLS NC Weight [g] 189 Symbol Code 7001000910 Abbrev.5 Nm ROLLER-LEVER 5/2 1/8” Operating torque: 0.5 Nm Symbol Code 7001000900 Abbrev. mEV 23 ASS NC Weight [g] 142 Symbol Code 7001000710 Abbrev. mEV 25 LLS OO Weight [g] 216 2-22 . 1/8” Symbol Code 7001000700 Abbrev. mEV 23 rSS NC Weight [g] 138 Symbol Code 7001000410 Abbrev. mEV 25 ASS OO Weight [g] 168 ROLLER-LEVER 3/2 1/8” Operating torque: 0.PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 3/2 NC. mEV 25 rSS OO Weight [g] 164 VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 5/2 NC. mECHANICALLy OPEr ATED PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 3/2 NC.

43 0. PNEUMATIC.VALVES SERIES 70.43 3200 4600 16/46 16/16 KEY TO CODES PNV FAMILY PNV pneumatic valves 2 DIMENSIONS 1/8’’ 2 3 1/4’’ 4 1/2’’ 3 FUNCTION 3 3/2 5 5/2 6 5/3 PN OPERATORS 14 PN pneumatic S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable differential stable for 5/3 pneumatic/mechanical spring* NC FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 NC normally closed NO normally open CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres S B D O A *on demand VALVES SERIES 70. PNV 23 PNS NC Weight [g] 82 2-23 VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC. 1/8” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO. 1/8” Symbol Code 7010010400 Abbrev.43 0. PNEUmATIC DISTRIBUTORS .5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms 1/8’’ 1/4’’ Vacuum to 10 2.26 0.5 1 -10 to +60 7.32 400 550 6/15 7/7 15 971.27 750 1100 7/15 7/7 1/2’’ 5 121. PNV 23 PNS NO Weight [g] 82 Symbol Code 7010010200 Abbrev. PNEUMATIC TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure minimum pilot pressure • monostable • bistable Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 264.

PNV 25 PNS OO Weight [g] 108 Symbol Code 7010011200 7010011300 Abbrev. PNV 23 PNB OO Weight [g] 96 Symbol Code 7010012100 7010012200 7010012300 Abbrev. 1/8” BISTABLE 5/2. 1/8” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7010011100 Abbrev.MONOSTABLE 5/2. PNV 26 PNS CC PNV 26 PNS OC PNV 26 PNS PC Weight [g] 150 150 150 NOTES 2-24 . PNEUmATIC MONOSTABLE 5/3. 1/8” VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” Symbol Code 7010010100 Abbrev. PNV 25 PNB OO PNV 25 PND OO Weight [g] 122 128 BISTABLE 3/2.

1/4” VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 5/3. PNEUmATIC Symbol Code 7020011100 Abbrev. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO.VALVES SERIES 70. PNEUMATIC. PNV 35 PNS OO Weight [g] 174 Symbol Code 7020011200 7020011300 Abbrev. 1/4” Symbol Code 7020010100 Abbrev. PNV 33 PNS NC Weight [g] 122 MONOSTABLE 5/2. PNV 35 PNB OO PNV 35 PND OO Weight [g] 174 198 BISTABLE 3/2. 1/4” BISTABLE 5/2. PNV 33 PNS NO Weight [g] 124 Symbol Code 7020010200 Abbrev. PNV 33 PNB OO Weight [g] 134 Symbol Code 7020012100 7020012200 7020012300 Abbrev. PNV 36 PNS CC PNV 36 PNS OC PNV 36 PNS PC Weight [g] 124 124 124 2-25 DISTRIBUTORS . 1/4” Symbol Code 7020010400 Abbrev.

PNV 43 PNS NO Weight [g] 905 Symbol Code 7030010200 Abbrev. 1/2” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7030010400 Abbrev. 1/2” Symbol Code 7030010100 Abbrev. 1/2” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC. PNV 46 PNS CC PNV 46 PNS OC PNV 46 PNS PC Weight [g] 1200 1194 1196 2-26 . PNEUmATIC MONOSTABLE 5/2. PNV 45 PNB OO PNV 45 PND OO Weight [g] 1077 1090 BISTABLE 3/2. 1/2” MONOSTABLE 5/3. 1/2” BISTABLE 5/2. PNV 43 PNS NC Weight [g] 905 VALVES SEr IES 70.VALVES SERIES 70. 1/2” Symbol Code 7030011100 Abbrev. PNEUMATIC. 1/2” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO. PNV 45 PNS OO Weight [g] 1090 Symbol Code 7030011200 7030011300 Abbrev. PNV 43 PNB OO Weight [g] 921 Symbol Code 7030012100 7030012200 7030012300 Abbrev.

5 15 Conductance C Nl/min · bar 121. SOV 23 SOS NC SOV 23 SES NC Weight [g] 100 100 2-27 VALVES SEr IES 70. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC-PILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC.32 Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. 1/8” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC.VALVES SERIES 70.26 971. SOV 23 SOS NO Weight [g] 100 Symbol Code 7010020200 7010020500 Abbrev.5 Operating temperature range °C -10 to +60 Nominal diameter mm 5 7.43 264.43 0.27 0. 1/8” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC DISTRIBUTORS .5 bar Nl/min 400 750 3200 Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 550 1100 4600 Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 15/35 19/45 36/60 Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 20/20 21/21 30/30 Hand operation bistable Coil voltage values 24VDC to 24VAC to 110VAC to 220VAC 50/60Hz Power 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC) 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC) 5W (DC) 5VA (AC) Voltage tolerance % -10 to +15 Insulation class F 155 maximum coil nut torque Nm 1 KEY TO CODES SOV FAMILY SOV solenoid/ pneumatic 2 DIMENSIONS 2 1/8’’ 3 1/4’’ 4 1/2’’ 3 FUNCTION 3 3/2 5 5/2 6 5/3 SO OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid SE solenoid assisted S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable differential pneumatic pneumatic/mechanical spring* NC FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres OO 5/2 S B D P A *on demand VALVES SERIES 70. 1/8” Symbol Code 7010020400 Abbrev.43 Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.5 to10 • bistable bar 1 to 10 • asserved bar Vacuum to 10 minimum pilot pressure bar 2. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC TECHNICAL DATA 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 1/2’’ Operating pressure: • monostable bar 2.

1/8” BISTABLE 5/2. SOV 25 SOB OO SOV 25 SOD OO SOV 25 SEB OO Weight [g] 160 166 160 BISTABLE 3/2. SOV 23 SOB OO SOV 23 SEB OO Weight [g] 135 136 Symbol Code 7010022100 7010022200 7010022300 7010022400 7010022500 7010022600 Abbrev. 1/8” VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/8” MONOSTABLE 5/3. SOV 26 SOS CC SOV 26 SOS OC SOV 26 SOS PC SOV 26 SES CC SOV 26 SES OC SOV 26 SES PC Weight [g] 190 190 190 188 188 188 2-28 . SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7010021100 7010021500 Abbrev. SOV 25 SOS OO SOV 25 SES OO Weight [g] 128 129 Symbol Code 7010021200 7010021300 7010021600 Abbrev. 1/8” Symbol Code 7010020100 7010020300 Abbrev.MONOSTABLE 5/2.

SOLENOID/PNEUMATICPILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/ PNEUMATIC. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC. SOV 33 SOS NO Weight [g] 152 Symbol Code 7020020200 7020020500 Abbrev. SOV 35 SOS OO SOV 35 SES OO Weight [g] 200 200 Symbol Code 7020021200 7020021300 7020021600 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC DISTRIBUTORS . SOV 35 SOB OO SOV 35 SOD OO SOV 35 SEB OO Weight [g] 236 252 242 2-29 VALVES SEr IES 70.VALVES SERIES 70. 1/4” Symbol Code 7020020400 Abbrev. SOV 33 SOS NC SOV 33 SES NC Weight [g] 152 152 5/2 1/4” MONOSTABLE 5/2 1/4” BISTABLE Symbol Code 7020021100 7020021500 Abbrev.

BISTABLE 3/2. SOV 36 SOS CC SOV 36 SOS OC SOV 36 SOS PC SOV 36 SES CC SOV 36 SES OC SOV 36 SES PC Weight [g] 274 274 274 277 277 277 NOTES 2-30 . SOV 33 SOB OO SOV 33 SEB OO Weight [g] 190 190 Symbol Code 7020022100 7020022200 7020022300 7020022400 7020022500 7020022600 Abbrev. 1/4” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/4” MONOSTABLE 5/3. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC Code 7020020100 7020020300 Abbrev.

SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC DISTRIBUTORS . 1/2” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC. 1/2” Symbol Code 7030020400 Abbrev. SOV 45 SOB OO SOV 45 SOD OO SOV 45 SEB OO Weight [g] 1140 1152 1127 2-31 VALVES SEr IES 70. SOV 43 SOS NC SOV 43 SES NC Weight [g] 930 923 MONOSTABLE 5/2.VALVES SERIES 70. 1/2” BISTABLE 5/2. 1/2” Symbol Code 7030021100 7030021500 Abbrev. 1/2” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO. SOV 45 SOS OO SOV 45 SES OO Weight [g] 1120 1113 Symbol Code 7030021200 7030021300 7030021600 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUMATICPILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC. SOV 43 SOS NO Weight [g] 930 Symbol Code 7030020200 7030020500 Abbrev.

BISTABLE 3/2. 1/2” DISTRIBUTORS Symbol VALVES SEr IES 70. 1/2” MONOSTABLE 5/3. SOV 43 SOB OO SOV 43 SEB OO Weight [g] 955 942 Symbol Code 7030022100 7030022200 7030022300 7030022400 7030022500 7030022600 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC Code 7030020100 7030020300 Abbrev. SOV 46 SOS CC SOV 46 SOS OC SOV 46 SOS PC SOV 46 SES CC SOV 46 SES OC SOV 46 SES PC Weight [g] 1265 1265 1265 1252 1252 1252 ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 70 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC VALVES r efer to page 2-46 for coils and connectors NOTES 2-32 .

ACCESSORIES: 1/8 MANIFOLDS FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS Code 0221000200 0221000300 0221000400 0221000500 0221000600 0221000700 Description CSA-18-02 CSA-18-03 CSA-18-04 CSA-18-05 CSA-18-06 CSA-18-07 Weight [g] 70 99 131 162 192 229 BRACKET SET H120 Code 0221000190 Description CSA-18-OO Weight [g] 309 BRACKET SET H60 Code 0221000191 Description CSA-18-OC Weight [g] 213 BRACKET SET H30 Code 0221000192 Description CSA-18-OE Weight [g] 181 ACCESSORIES: 1/4 MANIFOLDS FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS Code 0222000200 0222000300 0222000400 0222000500 0222000600 0222000700 Description CSA-14-02 CSA-14-03 CSA-14-04 CSA-14-05 CSA-14-06 CSA-14-07 Weight [g] 89 131 174 213 252 328 BRACKET SET H120 Code 0222000190 Description CSA-14-OO Weight [g] 338 BRACKET SET H60 Code 0222000191 Description CSA-14-OC Weight [g] 242 BRACKET SET H30 Code 0222000192 Description CSA-14-OE Weight [g] 209 2-33 ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES SEr IES 70 DISTRIBUTORS .

ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES MODULAR BASES FOR SERIES 70 SOV-PNV VALVES ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES SEr IES 70 DISTRIBUTORS 1/8” Reference a b c d e f g h i Code 0226004150 0226004201 0226004200 0226004300 0226004600 0226004000 0226004500 0226004001 0226006600 1/4” Code 0226005150 0226005201 0226005200 0226005300 0226005600 0226005000 0226005500 0226005001 – Description modular manifold base End plate without Or End plate with Or Intermediate part for upper feed Adapter for omega bar Intermediate diaphragm Blanking plate 3/2 cap Dimensional adapter 2-34 .

: Also for multiple bases 2-35 ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES SEr IES 70 DISTRIBUTORS . mANIFOLD 1/4” Weight [g] 110 131 b END PLATE WITHOUT OR 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004201 0226005201 Description End plate without Or 1/8” End plate without Or 1/4” Weight [g] 52 57 c END PLATE WITH OR 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004200 0226005200 Description End plate with Or 1/8” End plate with Or 1/4” Weight [g] 74 80 d INTERMEDIATE PART FOR UPPER FEED 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004300 0226005300 Description Intermediate part for upper feed 1/8” Intermediate part for upper feed 1/4” Weight [g] 93 109 e ADAPTER FOR OMEGA BAR BASES (DIN EN 50022) 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004600 0226005600 Description Adapter 1/8” Adapter 1/4” Weight [g] 46 46 N.B.a MODULAR BASE 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004150 0226005150 Description Comp. mANIFOLD 1/8” Comp.

pcs 1/4” Weight [g] 23 29 ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES SEr IES 70 h PLUG FOR 3/2 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004001 0226005001 Description Complete plug 3/2 1/8” Complete plug 3/2 1/4” Weight [g] 2 4 i DIMENSIONAL ADAPTER 1/8” – 1/4” Code 0226006600 Description Comp. 1/4” Weight [g] 177 NOTES 2-36 . 1/8”. pcs 1/8” Comp.f INTERMEDIATE DIAPHGRAM 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004000 0226005000 Description Intermediate diaphgram 1/8” Intermediate diaphgram 1/4” Weight [g] 2 3 DISTRIBUTORS g BLANKING PLATE FOR UNUSED POSITIONS 1/8” 1/4” Code 0226004500 0226005500 Description Comp. adapt.

CVm-14-02 CVm-14-03 CVm-14-04 CVm-14-05 CVm-14-06 CVm-14-07 CVm-14-08 CVm-14-09 CVm-14-10 Weight [g] 296 406 515 624 733 845 956 1055 1086 GASKET KIT Code 0226004701 0226005701 Description Gasket kit for 1/8” base Gasket kit for 1/4” base Weight [g] 5 5 2-37 ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES SEr IES 70 DISTRIBUTORS . CVm-18-02 CVm-18-03 CVm-18-04 CVm-18-05 CVm-18-06 CVm-18-07 CVm-18-08 CVm-18-09 CVm-18-10 Weight [g] 236 321 407 494 587 711 760 842 923 MULTIPLE BASES 1/4” Code 0224000201 0224000301 0224000401 0224000501 0224000601 0224000701 0224000801 0224000901 0224001001 Description 2-position base 3-position base 4-position base 5-position base 6-position base 7-position base 8-position base 9-position base 10-position base Abbrev.ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES MULTIPLE BASES 1/8” Code 0223000201 0223000301 0223000401 0223000501 0223000601 0223000701 0223000801 0223000901 0223001001 Description 2-position base 3-position base 4-position base 5-position base 6-position base 7-position base 8-position base 9-position base 10-position base Abbrev.

5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar maximum torque coil nut bar bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min Nm 2.29 320 450 1 COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/BASE: Hostaform® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic e GASKETS: NBr f PISTONS: Hostaform® g PISTON GASKET: NBr h FILTEr : sintered Bronze i SPr INGS: special steel j OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe – Stainless steel core FLOW CHART 2-38 . ON BASE DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.69 0. available in the airand solenoid-actuated versions. ON BASE The series 70 valves on base. VALVES SEr IES 70.VALVES SERIES 70.5 to 10 1 to 10 Vacuum to 10 2. the inlet. Here.5 -10 to +60 5 107. is an excellent clean solution for use when it is necessary to intervene on the valves without disconnecting the pipes. output and utility ports are in the base.

ON BASE DISTRIBUTORS .MULTI-PURPOSE BASE FOR VALVES SERIES 70 ON BASE Reference a b c d e f Code 0223100201 0223100401 0223100601 0223100801 0223101001 0223106301 0223106303 0223106302 0223106500 0226004600 Description 2-position base 1/8 on base 4-position base 1/8 on base 6-position base 1/8 on base 8-position base 1/8 on base 10-position base 1/8 on base Separate feed kit Exhaust regulation kit Exhaust feed kit Blanking plate Adapter for omega bar KEY TO CODES P N V FAMILY PNV pneumatic SOV elettro-pneumatic B DIMENSIONS B 1/8” on base 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 6 5/3 P N OPERATORS 14 pneumatic solenoid solenoid assisted S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable differential O O FURTHER DETAILS 5/2 closed centres open centres pressure centres PN SO SE S B D OO CC OC PC 2-39 VALVES SEr IES 70.

PNV B5 PNB OO PNV B5 PND OO Weight [g] 136 142 MONOSTABLE 5/3 NOTES Symbol Code 7011012100 7011012200 7011012300 Abbrev.69 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms Vacuum to 10 2. PNV B5 PNS OO Weight [g] 125 Symbol Code 7011011200 7011011300 Abbrev. PNEUMATIC.VALVES. ON BASE BISTABLE 5/2 Symbol Code 7011011100 Abbrev.29 320 450 6/15 7/7 DISTRIBUTORS MONOSTABLE 5/2 VALVES SEr IES 70. SERIES 70.5 1 -10 to +60 5 107. PNV B6 PNS CC PNV B6 PNS OC PNV B6 PNS PC Weight [g] 164 164 164 2-40 . ON BASE TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure minimum actuation pressure: • monostable • bistable Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.

5 to 10 1 to 10 Vacuum to 10 2.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar Electrical technical data Coil voltage values Power Voltage tolerance Insulation class maximum coil nut torque bar bar bar bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms 2. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC ON BASE TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. ON BASE Symbol Code 7011021100 7011021500 Abbrev.69 0. SOV B6 SOS CC SOV B6 SOS OC SOV B6 SOS PC SOV B6 SES CC SOV B6 SES OC SOV B6 SES PC Weight [g] 204 204 204 202 202 202 ACCESSORIES r efer to page 2-46 for coils and connectors 2-41 DISTRIBUTORS .29 320 450 15 / 35 20 / 20 24VDC/24VAC/110VAC/220VAC 50/60Hz 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC) % -10 to +15 F 155 Nm 1 MONOSTABLE 5/2 BISTABLE 5/2 VALVES SEr IES 70.VALVES SERIES 70.5 -10 to +60 5 107. SOV B5 SOS OO SOV B5 SES OO Weight [g] 142 143 Symbol Code 7011021200 7011021300 7011021600 Abbrev. SOV B5 SOB OO SOV B5 SOD OO SOV B5 SEB OO Weight [g] 174 180 174 BISTABLE 5/3 Symbol Code 7011022100 7011022200 7011022300 7011022400 7011022500 7011022600 Abbrev.

ON BASE Description 2-position base 1/8 on base 4-position base 1/8 on base 6-position base 1/8 on base 8-position base 1/8 on base 10-position base 1/8 on base Weight [g] 341 591 855 1093 1352 Code 0223106301 Description Separate feed kit 1/8 Weight [g] 65 c EXHAUST REGULATION KIT d EXHAUST FEED KIT Code 0223106303 Description Exhaust regulation kit 1/8 Weight [g] 75 Code 0223106302 Description Exhaust feed kit 1/8 Weight [g] 75 e BLANKING PLATE f ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) Code 0223106500 Description Blanking plate 1/8 Weight [g] 15 Code 0226004600 Description Adapter for bar omega 1/8” Weight [g] 46 2-42 .ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES a MULTIPLE BASE b SEPARATE FEED KIT DISTRIBUTORS Code 0223100201 0223100401 0223100601 0223100801 0223101001 VALVES SEr IES 70.

5 Conductance C Nl/min · bar 264. electric bar Vacuum to 10 minimum actuation pressure: • monostable. electric bar 1to10 • pilot-assisted.26 Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.5 to 10 • bistable.5 bar Nl/min 750 Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar (0. electric bar 2.NAMUR VALVES TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable. 2-43 NAmUr VALVES DISTRIBUTORS .5 psi) Nl/min 1100 r esponse time at 6 bar: • Tr A/Trr monostable. pneumatic at 6 bar ms 7 / 15 • Tr A/Trr bistable. This prevents the dirty air from getting in from the outside enviroment.1 mpa - 14.27 Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. the air for chamber A is taken from the air leaving chamber B. pneumatic bar 1 Operating temperature range °C –10 to +60 Nominal diameter mm 7. pneumatic bar 2.5 • bistable. pneumatic at 6 bar ms 7 / 7 • Tr A/Trr monostable electric at 6 bar ms 19 / 45 • Tr A/Trr bistable electric at 6 bar ms 21 / 21 Compatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation KEY TO CODES P N V FAMILY PNV pneumatic SOV electro-pneumatic A DIMENSIONS A NAmUr 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 4/2 4 P N OPERATORS 14 pneumatic solenoid S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable O O FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 NC normally closed PN SO S B COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/BASE: Hostaform® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic e GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber f PISTONS: Hostaform® g PISTON GASKET: NBr nitrile rubber h INTEr FACE GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber i SPr INGS: special steel j OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe – Stainless steel core FUNCTIONING DIAGRAM 4/2 NAMUR VALVE During the piston retraction stage.

PNEUMATIC 4/2 BISTABLE. PNEUMATIC 4/2 DISTRIBUTORS Symbol Code 7021010110 Abbrev. SOV A4 SOB OO Weight [g] 270 MONOSTABLE. PNV A5 PNS OO Weight [g] 208 Symbol Code 7021010200 Abbrev. PNEUMATIC 5/2 MONOSTABLE. PNV A4 PNS NC Weight [g] 208 Symbol Code 7021010210 Abbrev. SOV A4 SOS NC Weight [g] 234 Symbol Code 7021020210 Abbrev. PNEUMATIC 5/2 Symbol Code 7021010100 Abbrev. PNV A5 PNB OO Weight [g] 216 2-44 . SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2 BISTABLE.MONOSTABLE. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2 Symbol Code 7021020110 Abbrev. PNV A4 PNB OO Weight [g] 216 NAmUr VALVES MONOSTABLE.

SOV A5 SOS OO Weight [g] 234 Symbol Code 7021020200 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2 BISTABLE.MONOSTABLE. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC r efer to page 2-46 for coils and connectors NOTES 2-45 NAmUr VALVES DISTRIBUTORS . SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2 Symbol Code 7021020100 Abbrev. SOV A5 SOB OO Weight [g] 270 ACCESSORIES FOR NAMUR VALVES SOV.

3VA 5.5VA-220VAC • Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70°C to 20°C – Ambient temperature • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule. even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.5VA-110VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3. group II.COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR SERIES 70 AND NAMUR VALVES COILS • Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 DIN 40050 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents Code W0215000151 W0215000101 W0215000111 W0215000121 W0215000131 Abbrev. group 2.5VA 3.5VA 3. 2-46 .5VA DISTRIBUTORS COIL CONNECTORS Code W0970510011 W0970510012 W0970510013 W0970510014 W0970510015 W0970510016 W0970510017 W0970510070 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Atex II 3 GD Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Black Ø Cable PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 COILS AND CONNECTOr S FOr SEr IES 70 AND NAmUr VALVES KIT COIL EEXM Code 0227606913 0227606915 0227608013 0227608015 0227608023 0227608025 0227608033 0227608035 Description Kit for coil 30 24VDC EEXmT5 cable 3 m Kit for coil 30 24VDC EEXmT5 cable 5 m Kit for coil 30 24VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m Kit for coil 30 24VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m Kit for coil 30 110VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m Kit for coil 30 110VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m Kit for coil 30 230VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m Kit for coil 30 230VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m According to Atex 94/9 CE rule.3VA Holding 2W 2W 3.5VA-24VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3. Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-12VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-24VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3. category 3 GD Nominal voltage 12Vcc 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush 2W 2W 5. category 2 GD KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65 Code 0222100100 Description Kit for coils 22 - IP65 Improved IP65 protection.3VA 5. Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.

Numerous versions are available. all with an ISO 15218 pneumatic interface. reduced power and reliability. The power required to operate the PLT-10 has been greatly reduced. ranging from 0. None of the versions will get damaged if the polarity is accidentally inverted. monostable manual control is also possible.3 to 0. TECHNICAL DATA Type Operating temperature range (Te) Fluid temperature (Tg) Fluid Operating life Weight Voltage tolerance max operating frequency Switching factor Insulation class Index of protection Power connection °C °C 3/2 NC 5 to 50 5 to 50 Filtered.STAmPING: PA66 (only for version with electronic board) h BODy-COIL GASKET: NBr 70 i ASSEmBLy SCr EWS: galvanized steel j BODy GASKET: NBr k BODy: PA66 l mANUAL GASKET: NBr (only for version with manual operated) m mANUAL CONTr OL: OT58 nickel-plated brass (only for version with manual operated) OPERATING CHART DE-ENEr GIZED ENEr GIZED DE-ENEr GIZED 2-47 10-mm SOLENOID VALVES SEr IES PLT-10 DISTRIBUTORS .8 Watts. where the main trends focus on miniaturisation.STAmPING: FKm/FPm q FIXED COr E: AISI 430F r COIL-COVEr GASKET: NBr f mOBILE COr E: AISI 403F s ELECTr ONIC BOAr D g COIL OVEr. enhanced performance. lubricated or unlubricated air Over 50 million cycles 12 ± 10 % 30 Hz 100 % F155 IP51 PLUG IN g DV f ED COMPONENTS a Tr ANSPAr ENT COVEr: PA612-transparent n mANUAL SPr ING: AISI 302 (only for version with manual operated) b ASSEmBLy SCr EWS: galvanized steel o SPr ING: AISI 302 c COVEr: PA66 p WINDING: PPS - Copper wire d PIN e mOBILE COr E OVEr.10-mm SOLENOID VALVES SERIES PLT-10 PLT-10 solenoid valves are the latest development in modern pneumatic design. It is available with a LED indicating when it is active.

6 0.3 3/0.7 Through Ø [mm] 0.9 0.3 3/0.6 0.7 Through Ø [mm] 0.2 1. [bar] 3 to 7 3 to 7 Flow rate at 6 ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] 9 9 Tmax coil a 24VDC Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] 93 93 Weight [g] 12 12 With LED 722213541000 without 722213541100 with 24VDC 24VDC 0. [bar] 3 to 7 3 to 7 Flow rate at 6 ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] 9 9 Tmax coil a 24VDC Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] 93 93 Weight [g] 12 12 10-mm SOLENOID VALVES SEr IES PLT-10 With LED 722113541000 without 722113541100 with 24VDC 24VDC 0.9 0.9 0.3 1.2 2 to 7 2 to 7 16 16 51 51 12 12 2-48 .3 1.6 0.9 0.6 Operating press.6 Operating press.PLT-10 WITH BASE AND CONNECTION ON THE SAME SIDE WITHOUT mANUAL WITH mANUAL DISTRIBUTORS Version (3/2 NC) Without LED Manual Voltage [Volt] 722113340000 without 24VDC 722113340100 with 24VDC Code Power [Watt] 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 3 to 7 9 9 93 93 12 12 SPEED-UP e LED 722216841000 without 722216841100 with 24VDC 24VDC 3/0.2 1.2 2 to 7 2 to 7 16 16 51 51 12 12 PLT-10 WITH BASE AND CONNECTION ON OPPOSITE SIDES WITHOUT mANUAL WITH mANUAL Version (3/2 NC) Without LED Manuale Voltage [Volt] 722213340000 without 24VDC 722213340100 with 24VDC Code Power [Watt] 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 3 to 7 9 9 93 93 12 12 SPEED-UP e LED 722116841000 without 722116841100 with 24VDC 24VDC 3/0.6 0.

B. for PLT-10 Base 2 posn. for PLT-10 Base 9 posn. for PLT-10 Base 7 posn. 100 for pack SECURING SCREWS FOR TECHNOPOLYMER Code 0226009703 Description Screw PLT-10 for technopol.B.2 mm 3 POWER 3 0. 100 for pack When mounting on technopolymer bodies. for PLT-10 Base 3 posn.3 W 4 VOLTAGE 4 24VDC 0 LED 0 1 LED 1 MANUAL CONTROL 0 1 manual monostable 0 0 VERSION 00 Standard 1 POSN.B. for PLT-10 Base 10 posn. cap 10 mm 6 STANDARD SECURING SCREW (FOR ALUMINIUM) Code 0226009702 Description PLT-10 screw for aluminium N. for PLT-10 Base 5 posn. for PLT-10 DISTRIBUTORS DIMENSIONS OF BASES FOR PLT-10 . 50 for pack CAP FOR UNUSED POSITION Code Description Weight [g] W0400100200 Acc. for PLT-10 Base 8 posn. + POSN. N. ACCESSORIES PLUG-IN CONNECTOR Code Description W0970512000 mACH 11 PLUG-IN connector L = 300 SPARE PARTS INTERFACE GASKET Code 0226009701 Description PLT-10 GASKET N. ATTENTION: approximative dimensions for not added glass plastic materials It’s always advisable to effect assembling tests.7 W 5 0.6 mm 6 1. for PLT-10 Base 4 posn.9 W 8 3/0. for PLT-10 Base 6 posn.KEY TO CODES 7 2 2 FAMILY Solenoid valves series “PLT-10” 1 2 1 POSITIONING Base and connection on same side Base and connection opposite sides 1 POWER CONNECTION 1 Plug-in 3 Ø THROUGH 3 0. use these screws instead of the ones supplied with the PLT-10. 2-49 10-mm SOLENOID VALVES SEr IES PLT-10 Code W0400100101 W0400100102 W0400100103 W0400100104 W0400100105 W0400100106 W0400100107 W0400100108 W0400100109 W0400100110 Description Base 1 posn.

starting from the position closest to the connection. The electric contacts of each valve are linked to a single multiple connector via a printed circuit board.7 per position for PLT-10 NO with Speed-up Led mounted on the PLT-10 (on versions of solenoid valve where envisaged) 5 to 50 IP 40 24 9. TECHNICAL DATA Supply voltage max input W 24 VDC 0. for versions with 4. or on a DIN bar using a bracket (see accessories). from 4 to 24 positions. (see page 2-178). The bases can be secured from above using m3 screws. 16. 3/2 NO. you can select the desired sequence of valves (NC. 24 positions Valve actuation indicator Operating temperature range Protection degree (with valves and connectors mounted) maximum number of mountable PLT-10s Number of contacts °C COMPONENTS a Anodized aluminium base b multi-pin electrical connector c Automatic integrated cartridges for Ø 4 pipe d Electrical connectors for PLT-10 solenoid valves mounted on printed circuit board e Securing screw f Technopolymer cover CONNECTION DIAGRAM 25 PIN 9 PIN Position Nr° PLT Position Nr° PLT of electrical contact of electrical contact 1 PLT1 1 PLT1 2 PLT2 2 PLT2 3 PLT3 3 PLT3 4 PLT4 4 PLT4 5 PLT5 5 PLT5 6 PLT6 6 PLT6 7 PLT7 7 PLT7 8 PLT8 8 PLT8 9 PLT9 9 COmm ON (-) 10 PLT10 11 PLT11 12 PLT12 13 PLT13 14 PLT14 15 PLT15 16 PLT16 17 PLT17 18 PLT18 19 PLT19 20 PLT20 21 PLT21 22 PLT22 23 PLT23 24 PLT24 25 COmm ON (-) Pilot numbering from left to right. with or without a manual actuator. blind) and change it at any time. of which 1 common. 12. in a slot in the base. of which 1 common. 2-50 . The bases can mount various types of PLT-10 solenoid valves: 3/2 NC. The solenoid valve outlet is free. With this modular system. Can-Open and Device-Net modules for multimach. Versions with 25-pin connectors can interface with standard fiel buses by means of Profibus-D . for versions with 4 and 8 positions 25. depending on the model and the number of valves that can be mounted. 20. The connector has 9 pins or 25 pins.BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS Series PLT-10 solenoid valves can be mounted on bases complete with electrical and pneumatic connections. NO. The compressed-air supply is common to all the valves and can be provided on either side of the base by means of a 1/8” fitting Connection to the utilities is via automatic integrated cartridges for Ø 4 pipe.9 per position for PLT-10 STD with LED 3/0.7 per position for PLT-10 STD without LED 0.3 per position for PLT-10 NC with Speed-up 3/0. 8.

9 L5 19.9 63. base PLT 10 9-PIN mult conn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn.5 30.5 15. using the bracket and screws provided The bases come with the rear holes plugged by provided dowels.4 186 226.ASSEMBLY OF SOLENOID VALVES AND ACCESSORIES HOW TO SECURE THE BASE A a Solenoid valve b Pneumatic circuit cap for blind position c Electric circuit cap for blind position (use two identificatio labels) d Identificatio label e Electrical connector CODES AND DIMENSIONS FOR BASES 9 AND 25 PINS B A From above using m3 screws B On a DIN bar. base PLT 10 9-PIN mult conn.5 15.6 30.5 30. 20-posn.9 122.8 145.5 15. 16-posn.5 15.9 63.5 L3 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30 L4 41 41 63.5 Weight [g] 160 235 210 280 355 430 500 575 2-51 BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS . 8-posn. 4-posn.6 15. 8-posn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn.6 267. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn.6 19.5 104.9 63. 24-posn. Code 0210040004 0210040008 0210240004 0210240008 0210240012 0210240016 0210240020 0210240024 Description 4-posn.5 30.2 307.6 10. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn. 12-posn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn. N° of PINS 9 9 25 25 25 25 25 25 N° of positions 4 8 4 8 12 16 20 24 L1 81.9 63.9 63.5 15.5 30.5 30.8 L2 10.

lubricated or unlubricated air Over 50 million cycles 12 ± 10 % 30 Hz 100 % F155 IP 51 IP 50 NO g DV f ED BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS OPERATING CHART NC NO DE-ENERg IZED ENERg IZED DE-ENERg IZED DE-ENERg IZED ENERg IZED DE-ENERg IZED COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r 2-52 TRANSPARENT COVER: PA612-transparent ASSEMBLy SCREWS: galvanized steel PIN MOBILE CORE OVER-STAMPINg: FKM/FPM MOBILE CORE: AISI 403F COIL OVER-STAMPINg: P A66 BODy-COIL g ASKET: NBR70 ASSEMBLy SCREWS: galvanized steel BODy g ASKET: NBR BODy: PA66 MANUAL g ASKET: NBR (only for version with manual operated) MANUAL CONTROL: OT58 nickel-plated brass (only for version with manual operated) MANUAL SPRINg: AISI 302 (only for version with manual operated) SPRINg: AISI 302 WINDINg: PPS .PLT-10 FOR MULTIPLE ELECTRIC CONNECTION TECHNICAL DATA Type Operating temperature range (Te) Fluid temperature (Tg) Fluid Operating life Weight Voltage tolerance Max operating frequency Switching factor Insulation class Degree of protection °C °C NC 3/2 NC ed NO 5 to 50 5 to 50 Filtered.Copper wire FIxED CORE: AISI 430F COIL-COVER g ASKET: NBR ELECTRONIC BOARD (only for version with electronic board) .

2 with 24VDC 3/0.9 0.3 1.6 0.PLT-10 NC-NO FOR MULTIPLE ELECTRIC CONNECTION WITHOUT mANUAL WITH mANUAL Version (3/2 NC) Without LED Code 722123340000 722123340100 Manual Voltage [Volt] without 24VDC with 24VDC Power [Watt] 0.6 0.7 0.7 Ø Through [mm] 1.6 Operating pressure [bar] 3 to 7 3 to 7 Flow rate at 6 ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] 9 9 T Max coil T at 24VDC Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] 93 93 Weight [g] 12 12 With LED 722123541000 722123541100 without 24VDC 0.9 with 24VDC 0.0 Operating pressure [bar] 2 to 7 2 to 7 Flow rate at 6 ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] 14 14 T Max coil T at 24VDC Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] 51 51 Weight [g] 12 12 2-53 BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS .0 1.3 1.7 3/0.6 3 to 7 3 to 7 9 9 93 93 12 12 SPEED-UP and LED 722126841000 722126841100 without 24VDC 3/0.7 Ø Through [mm] 0.2 2 to 7 2 to 7 16 16 51 51 12 12 Version (3/2 NO) SPEED-UP and LED Code 722126841010 722126841110 Manual Voltage [Volt] without 24VDC 24VDC with Power [Watt] 3/0.

9 WIRES Code 0226180102 Description Straight and 90° connector kit. 25 wires Weight [g] 48 CABLES Code 0226107201 0226107101 0226107102 Description 10-wire cable 19-wire cable 25-wire cable Weight [g] 86 122 130 Specify the number of metres desired 2-54 . 9 wires Weight [g] 31 STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT. 25 WIRES Code 0226180101 Description Straight and 90° connector kit.ACCESSORIES CONNECTION BRACKETS ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) Code 0227301600 Description Connection brackets on din BAr HDm/Cm Weight [g] 30 Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one m6 grub screw Individually packed DISTRIBUTORS CAP FOR UNUSED POSITION Code W0400100200 Description Cap 10 mm Weight [g] 6 ACCESSOr IES FOr BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT.

5 m Connector + 9-wire 90° cable L = 5 m Connector + 25-wire 90° cable L = 1 m Connector + 25-wire 90° cable L = 2.5 m Connector + 9-wire axial cable L = 5 m Connector + 25-wire axial cable L = 1 m Connector + 25-wire axial cable L = 2.5 m Connector + 25-wire axial cable L = 5 m Weight [g] 90 220 434 132 320 636 PRE-WIRED 90° CONNECTOR Code 0226910100 0226910250 0226910500 0226930100 0226930250 0226930500 Description Connector + 9-wire 90° cable L = 1 m Connector + 9-wire 90° cable L = 2. packs R17 .PIPE RELEASE SPANNER Code 2L17001 Description r L17 Ø Tube from Ø 3 to Ø 10 Lenght = 140 mm 2-55 ACCESSOr IES FOr BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS .STRAIGHT PRE-WIRED CONNECTOR KIT Code 0226900100 0226900250 0226900500 0226920100 0226920250 0226920500 Description Connector + 9-wire axial cable L = 1 m Connector + 9-wire axial cable L = 2.5 m Connector + 25-wire 90° cable L = 5 m Weight [g] 90 220 434 132 320 636 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTORS 25 PIN Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Colour of the corresponding wire blue/black red/brown white/black red/blue black/orange yellow/red black/brown white/red red/black Position of electrical contact 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Colour of the corresponding wire brown/white red/orange light blue yellow/white yellow red/green orange orange/white green Position of electrical contact 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Colour of the corresponding wire yellow/black white blue/white brown green/white red green/black Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 PIN Colour of the corresponding wire green/black white blue/black blue yellow/black yellow red/black green white/black IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT Code 0226107000 Description Identificatio plate kit Weight [g] 30 Comes in 10-pc.

5 mm 3 NUMBER OF WAYS 3 ways 3 M DIMENSIONS 15 x 15 M 0 THREAD 0 on base 1 VERSION 24 VDC 24 VAC 110 VAC 220 VAC N C FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open 1 3 5 7 2-56 .M 15 mm • 3/2 NC/NO direct control microvalves • Possible assembly on single and multiple bases • monostable manual actuation as standard • Assembly in any position • Operation with filtere lubricated or unlubricated air • maximum ambient temperature: 50°C • Low power absorption DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA SOLENOID VALVES PIV.4 mm micro centre distance 155 –10 to + 50 –10 to + 50 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air 100 million cycles Body: PPS Spring: 302 stainless steel FKm/FPm gaskets 30 monostable In any position °C °C Weight manual control Assembly position g KEY TO CODES P I V FAMILY 1 3 6 1 AIR HOLE 1 mm 1.SOLENOID VALVES PIV.m 15 mm Voltage tolerance Frequenza tensione alternativa (AC) max operating frequency Solenoid rating r esponse time Type of protection Power connection Insulation class Ambient temperature Fluid temperature Fluid Operating life materials % Hz Hz ms –10 to +15 50/60 30 100% ED z 10 IP 65 EN 60529 9.1 mm 1.

PIV. [bar] 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 0 to 6 MULTIPLE BASE FOR PIV.5 1.M 1 POSN.55 0.33 0.m 15 mm DISTRIBUTORS .1 1.1 1.42 0.M STD DIMENSIONS Symbol Code W4015001000 W4015001010 W4015001020 W4015001030 W4015001100 W4015001110 W4015001120 W4015001130 W4015002000 W4015002010 W4015002020 W4015002030 Description PIV33m01 NC PIV33m03 NC PIV33m05 NC PIV33m07 NC PIV63m01 NC PIV63m03 NC PIV63m05 NC PIV63m07 NC PIV13m01 NO PIV13m03 NO PIV13m05 NO PIV13m07 NO Voltage [Volt] 24VDC 24VAC 110VAC 220VAC 24VDC 24VAC 110VAC 220VAC 24VDC 24VAC 110VAC 220VAC Flow rate [Watt] 2.PORT 1 Code W0400102002 Description End plug – port 1 Weight [g] 4 MICRO ELECTRIC CONNECTOR 15 mm Code W0970500011 W0970500012 W0970500013 W0970500015 W0970500016 Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V 2-57 SOLENOID VALVES PIV.1 1.55 0.42 0. + POSN.5 1.42 0. Code W0400101001 W0400101002 W0400101003 W0400101004 W0400101005 W0400101006 W0400101007 W0400101008 W0400101009 W0400101010 Description Single base 1 position multiple base 2 positions multiple base 3 positions multiple base 4 positions multiple base 5 positions multiple base 6 positions multiple base 7 positions multiple base 8 positions multiple base 9 positions multiple base 10 positions Abbrev.5W 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA 2.UNUSED POSITION Code W0400102000 Description End plug Weight [g] 6 END PLUG .33 Operating press.5 1.5 1 1 1 1 Factor hole 0.33 0.5W 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA 2.33 0.55 0.1 1.42 0. B5001 B5002 B5003 B5004 B5005 B5006 B5007 B5008 B5009 B5010 Weight [g] 6 24 34 46 58 70 82 98 106 114 END PLUG .55 0.5W 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA 2W - 3VA Air Ø [mm] 1.

5VA 12-24 VDC / 24-110-220 VAC 24VDC / 24-110-220 VAC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz –10 to +15 –10 to +15 30 30 100 100 8 to 15 8 to 15 IP 65 IP 65 Coil side 22 Ø 8 Coil side 22 Ø 9 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 155 155 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 Filtered lubricated Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air or unlubricated air 25 million cycles 25 million cycles 80 to 120 (according to the version) 85 1 1 COMPONENTS a manual control: technopolymer b Body: technopolymer c Sleeve locking plate d Spring: stainless steel e Sleeve: brass OT 58 f r ing nut for coil fixin g Gasket: NBr h mobile core i Spring: stainless steel j Spring: stainless steel k Gasket: NBr 2-58 .B ON BASE 10W - 13VA 24VDC / 24-110-220 VAC 50/60 Hz –10 to +15 15 100 10 to 15 IP 65 Coil side 30 DIN 43650 155 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air – 250 1 °C °C g Nm 5W - 5VA 3.T and PIV.PIV VALVES ON BASE • PIV.I - PIV.T ON BASE PIV.B solenoid valves • Assembly on base • Bistable manual actuation • Normally closed/normally open solenoid valves 2/2 – 3/2 • Installation in any position • Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies and low response times PIV VALVES ON BASE DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Absorption Voltage available Voltage tolerance max operating frequency Solenoid rating r esponse time Type of protection Type of coil Insulation class Ambient temperature Fluid temperature Fluid Woking life Weight maximum coil nut torque % Hz % ms PIV.8W - 6.I ON BASE PIV.

pressure [bar] DC AC 10W 13VA 8 10 W4026003000 PIVy3B0S NC 2-59 PIV VALVES ON BASE W4025002101 W4025002301 PIV73T0B NO PIV83T0B NO DISTRIBUTORS .6 1. OPERATOR Ø 9.5 to 10 0.2 Max oper.65 1 Max oper.5 0.75 0.PIV.5VA 0.8 Kv Factor 0.2 1.5 to 8 W4025002001 W4025002501 W4025002000 W4025002500 PIV73T00 NO PIV83T00 NO PIV73T00 NC PIV83T00 NC PIV. ON BASE NOrm ALLy CLOSED Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø [mm] 2.T VALVES. OPERATOR Ø 13.8 1 Pressure range [bar] DC AC 3.8 Kv Factor 0.5 to 8 W4025002100 W4025002300 PIV73T0B NC PIV83T0B NC PIV.2 1.5 to 10 0.5 to 6.5 to 8 0.T VALVES.T VALVES. ON BASE Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø [mm] 1.85 0.6 1.5 to 10 0.5 to 8 0.85 0.8 1 Pressure range [bar] DC AC 3.5 to 7 0. ON BASE Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø [mm] 1.6 Kv Factor 0.5 0.4 Kv Factor 2.5 to 7 0 to 6 0.5 to 10 0.I VALVES.6 1.5 0.75 0.8W 6.5 to 7 0.5 to 6.6 1.8 1. pressure [bar] DC AC 5W 5VA 10 10 8 8 10 8 10 8 W4018000200 W4018000300 W4018001200 W4018001300 PIV42I0S NC PIV72I0S NC PIV43I0S NC PIV73I0S NC PIV.5 to 6. OPERATOR Ø 9.5VA 0. OPERATOR Ø 8.8 1.8W 6. ON BASE WITH CONVEYED EXHAUST Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø [mm] 1.5 to 7 0.6 1.65 1 0.

KEY TO CODES P I V FAMILY 4 7 8 Y 5 AIR HOLE 1. OPERATOR Ø 8 Code W0400111101 W0400111102 W0400111103 W0400111104 W0400111105 W0400111106 W0400111107 W0400111108 W0400111109 W0400111110 Description Base 1 position Base 2 positions Base 3 positions Base 4 positions Base 5 positions Base 6 positions Base 7 positions Base 8 positions Base 9 positions Base 10 positions Abbrev. EB 8000 I EB 8000 TI EB 8000 T2 Weight [g] 24 17 15 BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES.I SOLENOID VALVES.I PIV.2 mm 1.8 mm 2.T VALVES. OPERATOR Ø 9 Code W0400101101 W0400101102 W0400101103 W0400101104 W0400101105 W0400101106 W0400101107 W0400101108 W0400101109 W0400101110 Description Base 1 position Base 2 positions Base 3 positions Base 4 positions Base 5 positions Base 6 positions Base 7 positions Base 8 positions Base 9 positions Base 10 positions Abbrev.6 mm 1.T SOLENOID VALVES.4 mm 3 NUMBER OF WAYS 2 2 ways 3 3 ways T CONNECTION I T B 22x22 operator Ø 8 22x22 operator Ø 9 30x30 operator Ø 13 0 0 THREAD on base O B S O VERSION on base with conveyed exhaust on base standard N C FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open DISTRIBUTORS ACCESSORIES MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV. EB 6001 EB 6002 EB 6003 EB 6004 EB 6005 EB 6006 EB 6007 EB 6008 EB 6009 EB 6010 Weight [g] 22 50 76 102 128 154 180 206 232 258 ACCESSORIES FOR PIV VALVES ON BASE MANIFOLD BASES FOR PIV. 19001 19002 19003 19004 19005 19006 19007 19008 19009 19010 Weight [g] 36 104 148 192 236 280 324 368 452 456 2-60 . UNUSED POSITION Code W0400112000 Description Unused position Abbrev. EB 6000 Weight [g] 5 MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV. OPERATOR Ø 8 Code W0400111200 W0400111201 W0400111202 Description Manifold base LH end plate RH end plate Abbrev.

I-9000 Weight [g] 15 BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV. category 3 GD Code W0215000051 W0215000001 W0215000011 W0215000021 W0215000031 Abbrev. UNUSED POSITIONS Code W0400112000 Description Blanking plate Abbrev. SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.NC/NO ADAPTER FOR PIV. OPERATOR Ø 8 • Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents.I SOLENOID VALVES. • maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule.T VALVES. B6000 Weight [g] 5 MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV. Coil 22 Ø 8 5W-12VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 5W-24VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 5VA-24VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 5VA-110VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 5VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 12Vcc 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush Holding 5W 5W 5W 5W 8VA 5VA 8VA 5VA 8VA 5VA 2-61 ACCESSOr IES FOr PIV VALVES ON BASE DISTRIBUTORS . B4001 B4002 B4003 B4004 B4005 B4006 B4007 B4008 B4009 Weight [g] 42 94 142 188 234 280 326 372 418 BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.B VALVES. UNUSED POSITIONS Code W0400112001 Description Blanking plate Weight [g] 14 COILS. group 2.T VALVES Code W0400101190 Description NC/NO adapter Abbrev.B VALVES Code W0400101201 W0400101202 W0400101203 W0400101204 W0400101205 W0400101206 W0400101207 W0400101208 W0400101209 Description Base 1 position Base 2 positions Base 3 positions Base 4 positions Base 5 positions Base 6 positions Base 7 positions Base 8 positions Base 9 positions Abbrev.

SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.T SOLENOID VALVES.5VA-24VAC Coil 22 Ø9 6.8W 3.B Code W0970520033 W0970520034 W0970520035 W0970520036 W0970520037 W0970520038 W0970520039 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Ø Cable PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 NOTES 2-62 .B SOLENOID VALVES • Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15% • Insulation class: m180 • Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents Code W0216001001 W0216001011 W0216001021 W0216001031 Abbrev. OPERATOR Ø 9 • Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents • maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature Code W0216000001 W0216000011 W0216000021 W0216000031 Abbrev.5VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush Holding 3. SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.8W-24VDC Coil 22 Ø9 6.5VA 9VA 6.5VA DISTRIBUTORS COILS. SIDE 30 mm FOR PIV. SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.8W 9VA 6. Coil 30 Ø13 10W-24VDC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-24VAC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-110VAC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Power absorption (average power input) 10W 13VA 13VA 13VA ACCESSOr IES FOr PIV VALVES ON BASE CONNECTORS.T Code W0970510011 W0970510012 W0970510013 W0970510014 W0970510015 W0970510016 W0970510017 W0970510070 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Atex II 3 GD Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Black Ø Cable PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 CONNECTORS. Coil 22 Ø9 3.COILS.5VA-110VAC Coil 22 Ø9 6.I-PIV.5VA 9VA 6.

B IN LINE 10W - 13VA 24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz –10 to 15 15 100 10 to 15 IP 65 Coil side 30 DIN 43650 155 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air – 130 1 % Hz % ms °C °C Nm COMPONENTS a Body: aluminium b Springs: steel c Sleeve d Gasket: NBr e Springs: steel f mobile core g Gasket: FKm/FPm h Coil locking ring 2-63 PIV VALVES IN LINE DISTRIBUTORS . G1/4” • 2/2 – 3/2 solenoid valves - normally closed/normally open • Installation in any position • Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies and low response times.B in-line solenoid valves • Threaded ports: m5.I – PIV. PIV.PIV VALVES IN LINE • PIV. G1/8”. TECHNICAL DATA Absorption Voltage available Voltage tolerance max operating frequency Solenoid rating r esponse time Type of protection Type of coil Insulation class Ambient temperature Fluid temperature Fluid Working life Weight maximum coil/nut torque Note on use: The 2/2 NC and 2/2 NO valves work only with inlet pressure $ outlet pressure.I IN LINE 5W to 5VA 24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz –10 to 15 30 100 8 to 15 IP 65 Coil side 22 Ø 8 DIN 43650 155 –15 to 50 –15 to 50 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air 25 million cycles 35 to 40 (depending on version) 1 PIV.

65 2 0.4 1. OPERATOR Ø 13.5 6 15 30 6 12 1.4 0.4 3 2.5 6 14 17 14 17 8 8 5.2 1.4 3 1.7 10 10 6. pressure [bar] DC AC 10W 13VA 6 12 6 12 3 4 8 10 5.8 4 3 7 9 2.5 5 13 15 W4026005001 W4026005101 W4026005111 W4026005010 W4026005020 W4026005000 W4026005100 W4026005110 W4026005120 W4026004000 W4026004010 W4026004020 W4026004001 PIV73B8S NO PIV73B4S NO PIV93B4S NO PIV93B8S NC PIVW3B8S NC PIV73B8S NC PIV73B4S NC PIV93B4S NC PIVW3B4S NC PIV92B4S NC PIVX2B4S NC PIVZ2B4S NC PIV92B4S NO KEY TO CODES P I V FAMILY 4 7 9 W X Z 7 AIR HOLE 1.6 2.6 1.2 0.PIV.I VALVES.8 0. IN LINE Symbol Code Description Input thread G1/8’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/8’’ G1/8’’ G1/8’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ G1/4’’ Ø Air hole [mm] 1.4 mm 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 2 NUMBER OF WAYS 2 2 ways 3 3 ways B CONNECTION I B 22 x 22 operator Ø 8 30 x 30 operator Ø 13 5 4 8 4 THREAD m5 G1/4’’ G1/8’’ S 5 VERSION standard N C FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open 2-64 .8 Max oper.2 1.4 1.6 1.6 Max oper.4 4 6 2.2 2 2.6 1.6 2.65 1 0.4 2.2 1. IN LINE – M5 – 1/8” m5 Symbol Code Description Input thread m5 G1/8’’ G1/8’’ G1/8’’ m5 G1/8’’ Air hole Ø [mm] 1.2 2.65 1.4 2.65 0. pressure [bar] DC AC 5W 5VA 30 30 6 7 30 30 15 14 10 10 10 10 W4017000100 W4017001300 W4017001100 W4017001200 W4017000101 W4017001201 PIV42I5S NC PIV92I8S NC PIV42I8S NC PIV72I8S NC PIV72I5S NO PIV72I8S NO DISTRIBUTORS W4017003100 W4017004100 W4017004200 W4017004201 PIV43I5S NC PIV43I8S NC PIV73I8S NC PIV73I8S NO m5 G1/8’’ G1/8’’ m5 1.8 4 1.5 6 10 10 6.2 1.4 Factor kv 1.4 1. OPERATOR Ø 8 mm.B VALVES.2 mm 1.6 mm 2.6 1.5 7 1/8” PIV VALVES IN LINE PIV.4 Kv Factor 0.

group 2.FOR PIV. Coil 30 Ø13 10W-24VDC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-24VAC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-110VAC Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption (average) 10W 13VA 13VA 13VA COIL. Coil 22 Ø8 5W-12VDC Coil 22 Ø8 5W-24VDC Coil 22 Ø8 5VA-24VAC Coil 22 Ø8 5VA-110VAC Coil 22 Ø8 5VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 12Vcc 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush Holding 5W 5W 5W 5W 8VA 5VA 8VA 5VA 8VA 5VA CONNECTOR.B SOLENOID VALVES • Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15% • Insulation class: m180 • Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents Code W0216001001 W0216001011 W0216001021 W0216001031 Abbrev. SIDE 30 mm . SIDE 22 mm . SIDE 30 mm Code W0970520033 W0970520034 W0970520035 W0970520036 W0970520037 W0970520038 W0970520039 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Ø Cable PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 2-65 ACCESSOr IES FOr PIV VALVES IN LINE DISTRIBUTORS . category 3 GD Code W0215000051 W0215000001 W0215000011 W0215000021 W0215000031 Abbrev.I SOLENOID VALVES • Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents • maximum temperature of coil at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule. SIDE 22 mm Code W0970510011 W0970510012 W0970510013 W0970510014 W0970510015 W0970510016 W0970510017 W0970510070 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Atex II 3 GD Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Black Ø Cable PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 CONNECTOR.FOR PIV.ACCESSORIES COIL.

• 3/2 version normally closed • Bistable and monostable manual actuation • Assembly on manifold base CNOmO SOLENOID VALVE DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Operating temperature range Solenoid rating Fluid System Nominal flo rate Tr A/Trr at 6 bar maximum coil nut torque bar °C max 10 –10 to 60 100% ED Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air With poppet 40 22/32 10 Nl/min ms Nm COMPONENTS DIMENSIONS a VALVE BODy: HOSTAFOrm ® b GASKETS: NBr c OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe – Stainless steel core MODULAR CONFIGURATION OF CNOMO BASES a Two fixin screws (included in input kit) b CNOmO manifold base kit c CNOmO manifold base input kit Code 9453920 9453922 Description Cnomo 3/2 with monostable manual actuation Cnomo 3/2 with bistable manual actuation 2-66 .CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE Solenoid valve to CNOmO 060580.

ACCESSORIES CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE INPUT KIT Code 0227000200 Description Cnomo manifold base input kit CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE KIT Code 0227000150 Description Cnomo manifold base kit COILS. SIDE 30 mm • Electric contact DIN 43650 Shape A • Voltage tolerance: –10% to +10% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 EN 60529 with connector • Solenoid rating: 100% ED • maximum coil temperature at 100% ED use 70°C at 20° ambient temperature Code W0210010100 W0210011100 W0210012100 W0210013100 Abbrev. Coil 30 Ø8 4W-24VDC Coil 30 Ø8 4VA-24VAC Coil 30 Ø8 4VA-110VAC Coil 30 Ø8 4VA-220VAC Nominal voltage 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush Holding 5W 4W 10VA 4VA 10VA 4VA 10VA 4VA CONNECTOR ON SIDE 30 mm Code W0970520033 W0970520034 W0970520035 W0970520036 W0970520037 W0970520038 W0970520039 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Ø Cable PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 2-67 ACCESSOr IES FOr CNOmO SOLENOID VALVE DISTRIBUTORS .

allowing the user to choose the diameter. made according to the well-proven design of the mach series. if used. ideal for in industrial automation applications. TECHNICAL DATA Valve port thread Type of actuation maximum external diameter of fittings Operating temperature range Fluid Pressure range Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 3/2 Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 5/2 Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 5/3 Voltage range Power Solenoid rating manual operator TrA/Trr 3/2 at 6 bar TrA/Trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar TrA/Trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar TrA/Trr 5/3 at 6 bar Insulation class Degree of protection Installation Compatibility with oils m5 electric-pneumatic Ø 11 -10 to +60 14 to +140 Filtered air without lubrication.9 100% ED monostable 8/23 8/30 15/15 9/30 F155 IP 51 In any position.3 to 0. The following versions are available: • 3/2 normally open or normally closed • 5/2 monostable or bistable • 5/3 closed centres. The valve can be mounted in line or on a panel or multiple-port base. the minimach has a painted aluminium body to ensure extra sturdiness and reliable operation in even the harshest of environments.VALVES VALVES mINImACH DISTRIBUTORS Space-saving valve. type and angle of the fitting. The internal seals are made of FKm/FPm and are compatible with all oils used in compressors. pressure centres. lubrication. must be continuous 0.7 3 to 7 44 to 102 140 170 80 24 VDC ± 10% 0. open centres. Electropneumatic actuation with a 24V DC pilot. As for the bistable ones. The pneumatic couplings are m5 threaded. if subject to vibration. the vertical assembly is not advisable Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation mm °C °F mPa bar psi Nl/min Nl/min Nl/min W ms ms ms ms COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: chemically nickel-plated aluminium b CONTrOL/END CAP: Hostaform® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: tecnopolymer e GASKETS: FKm-FPm f PISTONS: Hostaform® g PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane h FILTEr: sintered bronze i SPrINGS: special steel j PILOT: with integrated coil 2-68 .

FLOW CHART Flow rates (Nl/min) 3/2

Outlet pressure (bar) VALVES mINImACH
2-69

Flow rates (Nl/min) 5/2

Outlet pressure (bar)

Flow rates (Nl/min) 5/3

Outlet pressure (bar)

DISTRIBUTORS

HOW TO FIX THE VALVE TO THE BASE Proceed as follows: 1. screw the pins A onto the valve 2. secure them with the ready-mounted grub screws B on the base (0.5 Nm max) ImPOr TANT To secure properly, press the valve down onto the base while tightening the two grub screws. Do not tighten one grub screw completely before starting to tighten the other.

VALVES mINImACH

DISTRIBUTORS
HOW TO FIX THE BASE A B C D From the top using m4 screws From below using m5 screws From the side using m4 screws From the top on the DIN bar via the m4 screws and bracket code 0225004600 (using 1 screw per bracket) KEY TO CODES
M S V FAMILY MSV minivalves solenoid 0 DIMENSIONS 0 m5 5 FUNCTION 3 3/2 5 5/2 6 5/3 S O OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid B RESETTING (12) B bistable S mechanical springs O O FURTHER DETAILS NC normally closed NO normally open OO 5/2 standard CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres 2 4 V D C 24VDC

2-70

MINIMACH VALVES SOLENOID-PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 3/2 MONOSTABLE 5/2

Symbol

Code 7080020532

Abbrev. mSV 03 SOS NC 24VDC

Weight [g] 36.2

Symbol

Code 7080020132

Abbrev. mSV 05 SOS OO 24VDC

Weight [g] 43.3

7080020632

mSV 03 SOS NO 24VDC

36.2

BISTABLE 5/2

MONOSTABLE 5/3

Symbol

Code 7080020112

Abbrev. mSV 05 SOB OO 24VDC

Weight [g] 57

Symbol

Code 7080020212

Abbrev. mSV 06 SOS CC 24VDC

Weight [g] 57

7080020312

mSV 06 SOS OC 24VDC

57

7080020412

mSV 06 SOS PC 24VDC

57

2-71

VALVES mINImACH

DISTRIBUTORS

ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASE
3/2 MULTIPLE BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR 3/2 VALVES

ACCESSOr IES FOr VALVES mINImACH

DISTRIBUTORS
Code 0225010201 0225010401 0225010601 0225010801

Description Base 2 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach Base 4 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach Base 6 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach Base 8 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach

Position 2 4 6 8

Weight [g] 60 99 135 178

Code 0226009500

Description Blanking plate for 3/2 bases minimach

Weight [g] 9.5

5/2 - 5/3 MULTIPLE BASE

BLANKING PLATE FOR 5/2 - 5/3 VALVES

Code 0225020201 0225020401 0225020601 0225020801

Description Base 2 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach Base 4 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach Base 6 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach Base 8 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach

Position 2 4 6 8

Weight [g] 95 154 211 270

Code 0226009501

Description Blanking plate for 5/2-5/3 bases minimach

Weight [g] 11

2-72

ACCESSORIES
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR

SPARE PARTS
PLUG-IN PILOT

Code W0970512000

Description Plug-in connector for mACH 11 L = 300

Code Description 722113541100 PLT-10 722113541100

ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)

KIT OF SPARE GASKET BASES FOR 3/2 VALVES

Code 0225004600

Descrizione Adapter for bar omega

Weight [g] 46

Code 0226009000

Description Kit of spare gasket bases for 3/2 valves

Weight [g] 2.5

INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

KIT OF SPARE GASKET BASES FOR 5/2 - 5/3 VALVES

Code 0226009010

Description multiple base diaphragm

Weight [g] 3.5

Code 0226009001

Description Kit of spare gasket bases for 5/2-5/3 valves

Weight [g] 2.5

2-73

ACCESSOr IES - SPAr E PAr TS FOr VALVES mINImACH

DISTRIBUTORS

MACH 11 VALVES

The mach 11 in-line valves with m7 threaded connection come in the following versions: • 5/2 monostable and bistable • 5/3 with closed, open or pressure centres. Control: • pneumatic • solenoid/pneumatic 24 V With an exceptional compact design only 11 mm wide, and excellent high performance, these valves can be used in numerous applications in industrial automation.

mACH 11 VALVES

DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port thread Pilot thread maximum external diameter of fittings Operating temperature range Fluid Screw for valve wall-mounting Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Pressure range m7 m5 Pneumatic: m7 = Ø 11 - m5 = Ø 9 - Electric: m7 - m5 = Ø 11 -10 to +60 Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous m3 400 Electric pilot-assisted Pneumatic Electric monostable: 2 to 7 pilot pressure: 2 to 7 monostable control pres.values: 2 to 10 bistable: 2 to 7 valve: vacuum to 10 bistable control pres. values: 1 to 10 5/3: 2 to 7 control pressure 5/3: 2 to 10 valve: vacuum to 10 24 VDC ± 10% 24 VDC ± 10% 0.9 0.9 F155 F155 IP 51 IP 51 100% ED 100% ED 10 / 45 10 / 45 4 / 9 22 / 22 22 / 22 4 / 4 22 / 22 22 / 22 4 / 4 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation

mm °C

Voltage range Power Insulation class Degree of protection Solenoid rating Tr A/Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A/Trr bistable at 6 bar Tr A/Trr 5/3 monostable at 6 bar Compatibility with oils

Nl/min bar W ms ms ms

COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/BASE: Hostaform® c SPOOL: Aluminium d GASKETS: Polyurethane e PISTONS: Hostaform® f PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane g FILTEr : sintered bronze h PILOT: with integrated coil i SPr INGS: special steel j r EmOVABLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE

2-74

MODULARITY

HOW TO FIX THE BASE

KEY TO CODES
M S V FAMILY MSV mini-solenoid valve MSV mini-pneumatic valve 1 DIMENSIONS 1 m7 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 6 5/3 S O OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid SE solenoid assisted PN pneumatic B RESETTING (12) B bistable S mechanical springs O O FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 standard CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres 2 4 V D C 24VDC

2-75

mACH 11 VALVES

DISTRIBUTORS

MACH 11 VALVES, PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7061010130 Abbrev. mPV 15 PNS OO Weight [g] 52

mACH 11 VALVES, PNEUmATIC

DISTRIBUTORS
MONOSTABLE 5/3
Symbol Code 7061010210 7061010310 7061010410 Abbrev. mPV 16 PNS CC mPV 16 PNS OC mPV 16 PNS PC Weight [g] 62 62 62

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7061010110 Abbrev. mPV 15 PNB OO Weight [g] 52

2-76

MACH 11 VALVES, SOLENOID-PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7061020132 7061030132 Abbrev. mSV 15 SOS OO 24VDC mSV 15 SES OO 24VDC Weight [g] 60 60

MONOSTABLE 5/3
Symbol Code 7061020212 7061020312 7061020412 7061030212 7061030312 7061030412 Abbrev. mSV 16 SOS CC 24VDC mSV 16 SOS OC 24VDC mSV 16 SOS PC 24VDC mSV 16 SES CC 24VDC mSV 16 SES OC 24VDC mSV 16 SES PC 24VDC Weight [g] 82 82 82 82 82 82

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7061020112 7061030112 Abbrev. mSV 15 SOB OO 24 VDC mSV 15 SEB OO 24 VDC Weight [g] 72 88

2-77

mACH 11 VALVES, SOLENOID-PNEUmATIC

DISTRIBUTORS

ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES

a MULTIPLE MANIFOLD BASE

b SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE

DISTRIBUTORS

Code 0227400201 0227400301 0227400401 0227400601 0227400801

Description Base, 2 posn. for mach 11 Base, 3 posn. for mach 11 Base, 4 posn. for mach 11 Base, 6 posn. for mach 11 Base, 8 posn. for mach 11

Weight [g] 94 140 186 282 378

Code 0227400200

Description Separate feed manifold base for mach 11

Weight [g] 44

ACCESSOr IES FOr mACH 11 VALVES

c 90° END PLATE

d STRAIGHT END PLATE

Code 0227400101

Description 90° end plate 1/4 mach 11

Weight [g] 82

Code 0227400100

Description Straight end plate 1/4 for mach 11

Weight [g] 93

e BLANKING PLATE

f FEED BLOCK

Code 0227400500

Description Blanking plate for mach 11

Weight [g] 13

Code 0227400503

Description m7 feed block for mach 11

Weight [g] 11

2-78

g DIAPHRAGM h BASE FIXING PLATE Code 0227400000 Description Diaphragm for mach 11 bases Weight [g] 3 Code 0227400504 Description Fixing plate for mach 11 bases Weight [g] 28 ACCESSORIES PLUG-IN CONNECTOR Code W0970512000 Description Plug-in connector for mach 11 L = 300 CONNECTION BRACKET ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) ~50 Code 0227300600 Description Connection bracket on DIN bar SPARE PARTS PLUG-IN PILOT Code Description 722113541100 PLT-10 722113541100 ~9 14 2-79 ACCESSOr IES - SPAr E PAr TS FOr mACH 11 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS .

MACH 16 VALVES Available in size 1/8” only.5x30 In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration) 540 750 149.525 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation mACH 16 VALVES mm mm °C bar bar bar bar Nl/min Nl/min Nl/min · bar bar/bar COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/BASE: Hostaform® c SPOOL: Aluminium d GASKETS: Polyurethane e PISTONS: Hostaform® f PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane g INTEr FACE GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber h PILOT: with integrated coil FLOW CHART 2-80 . must be continuous ISO e UNI FD22 Integrated coil DIN 43650 C shape monostable on solenoid pilot (with bistable manual valve on request) 1-3-5 and pilot exhaust 2 screws m3 2 screws m2. versions 5/2 and 5/3 and with pneumatic and solenoid actuation. The mach 16 valve is a typical small size valve. only 16 mm wide. The valve can be used in line.6 bar for monostable valves – mechanical spring 1 bar for bistable valves – 1.8 0. DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Valve port thread Type of control maximum outer diameter of gaskets for ports 1 - 3 - 5 maximum outer diameter for ports 2 - 4 Operating temperature range minimum pressure pilot-pneumatic controls Operating pressure Fluid r ecommended lubricant Solenoid pilot manual Number of ways in base Screws for wall-mounting single valve Screws for base-mounting valve Installation Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. on a panel or on a base (multiple or manifold) The mach design is the result of the miniaturisation concept with the same durability. sturdiness and reliability.9 bar for valves 5/3 vacuum -10 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air lubrication. with excellent performance 750 NL/min flo rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar. if used.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Conductance C Critical ratio b Compatibility with oils 1/8’’ m5 pneumatic actuation - Solenoid/pneumatic operation with integrated coil 15 15 -10 to +60 monostable with pneumatic spring: see picture on page 2-82 1.

MANIFOLD BASES Reference a b c d e f g h Code 0227100201 0227100150 0227100301 0227100302 0227100200 0225004500 0227100000 0227300600 Description m16/VDmA Input end-plate kit m16 manifold base kit m16 separate feed manifold base kit m16 exhaust feed manifold base kit m16/VDmA output end-plate kit m16 blanking plate Intermediate diaphragm Connection bracket on DIN-bar KEY TO CODES M S V FAMILY MSV solenoid/pneumatic MPV pneumatic 2 DIMENSIONS 2 1/8” 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 6 5/3 S O OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid/pneumatic SE solenoid pilot PN pneumatic B RESETTING 12 pneumatic spring mechanical springs bistable O O FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres 2 4 V D C VOLTAGE 24VDC 24VAC 110VAC 220VAC P S B 2-81 mACH 16 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS .

9 1 149. mPV 26 PNS CC mPV 26 PNS OC mPV 26 PNS PC Weight [g] 73 73 73 minimum actuation pressure (bar) Supply pressure (bar) 2-82 . PNEUMATIC TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure minimum operating pressure: • monostable with pneumatic spring • monostable with mechanical spring • monostable 5/3 • bistable Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.4 4 Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms ms ms mACH 16 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS MONOSTABLE 5/2 BISTABLE 5/2 Symbol Code 7062010100 7062010130 Abbrev.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar r epositioning response times at 6 bar: • monostable • bistable r epositioning response times at 6 bar: • monostable • bistable bar bar Vacuum to10 see graph 1.8 0.6 1. mPV 25 PNP OO mPV 25 PNS OO Weight [g] 60 61 Symbol Code 7062010110 Abbrev.525 540 750 4 4 8. mPV 25 PNB OO Weight [g] 62 MONOSTABLE 5/3 OPERATING PRESSURE Symbol Code 7062010210 7062010310 7062010410 Abbrev.MACH 16 VALVES MPV.

5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar Type of operation: manual Pilot with integrated coil Power Voltage tolerance Insulation class Degree of protection Solenoid rating Electrical contacts bar 1.525 540 750 12 / 26 21 / 21 monostable on the solenoid pilot (also with bistable manual valve on request) 24 VDC - 24 VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC 1 -10% to +15% F 155 IP 65 EN60529 with connector 100% ED DIN 43650 C shape bar °C Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms W MONOSTABLE 5/2 Symbol Code 7062020102 7062020103 7062020104 7062020105 7062020132 7062020133 7062020134 7062020135 7062030132 7062030133 7062030134 7062030135 Abbrev.9 to10 1 to10 Vacuum to10 2 -10 to +60 149. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.8 0. mSV 25 SOB OO 24VDC mSV 25 SOB OO 24VAC mSV 25 SOB OO 110VAC mSV 25 SOB OO 220VAC mSV 25 SEB OO 24VDC mSV 25 SEB OO 24VAC mSV 25 SEB OO 110VAC mSV 25 SEB OO 220VAC Weight [g] 124 124 124 124 125 125 125 125 2-83 mACH 16 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS . mSV 25 SOP OO 24VDC mSV 25 SOP OO 24VAC mSV 25 SOP OO 110VAC mSV 25 SOP OO 220VAC mSV 25 SOS OO 24VDC mSV 25 SOS OO 24VAC mSV 25 SOS OO 110VAC mSV 25 SOS OO 220VAC mSV 25 SES OO 24VDC mSV 25 SES OO 24VAC mSV 25 SES OO 110VAC mSV 25 SES OO 220VAC Weight [g] 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 BISTABLE 5/2 Symbol Code 7062020112 7062020113 7062020114 7062020115 7062030112 7062030113 7062030114 7062030115 Abbrev.MACH 16 VALVES MPV.

SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC Description Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650 Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650 LED 24V Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650 LED+VDr 24V SPARE PARTS FOR MACH 16 VALVES MSV. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC COIL MACH 16 (OLD) Code W4015101000 W4015101010 W4015101020 W4015101030 Description In-line pilot m16 24VDC In-line pilot m16 24VAC 50/60 HZ In-line pilot m16 110VAC 50/60 HZ In-line pilot m16 220VAC 50/60 HZ COIL MACH 16 (NEW) Code W4015301000 W4015301010 W4015301020 W4015301030 Description In-line pilot m16 24VDC In-line pilot m16 24VAC 50/60 HZ In-line pilot m16 110VAC 50/60 HZ In-line pilot m16 220VAC 50/60 HZ NB: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE.MONOSTABLE 5/3 Symbol Code 7062020212 7062020213 7062020214 7062020215 7062020312 7062020313 7062020314 7062020315 7062020412 7062020413 7062020414 7062020415 7062030212 7062030213 7062030214 7062030215 7062030312 7062030313 7062030314 7062030315 7062030412 7062030413 7062030414 7062030415 Abbrev. you have to order among the NEW pilots. mSV 26 SOS CC 24VDC mSV 26 SOS CC 24VAC mSV 26 SOS CC 110VAC mSV 26 SOS CC 220VAC mSV 26 SOS OC 24VDC mSV 26 SOS OC 24VAC mSV 26 SOS OC 110VAC mSV 26 SOS OC 220VAC mSV 26 SOS PC 24VDC mSV 26 SOS PC 24VAC mSV 26 SOS PC 110VAC mSV 26 SOS PC 220VAC mSV 26 SES CC 24VDC mSV 26 SES CC 24VAC mSV 26 SES CC 110VAC mSV 26 SES CC 220VAC mSV 26 SES OC 24VDC mSV 26 SES OC 24VAC mSV 26 SES OC 110VAC mSV 26 SES OC 220VAC mSV 26 SES PC 24VDC mSV 26 SES PC 24VAC mSV 26 SES PC 110VAC mSV 26 SES PC 220VAC Weight [g] 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 mACH 16 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C TO DIN 43650 Code W0970501021 W0970501022 W0970501025 ACCESSORIES FOR MACH 16 VALVES MSV. otherwise order among the OLD pilots 2-84 .

MANIFOLD BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES a MACH 16 INPUT END-PLATE b MACH 16 MANIFOLD BASE Code 0227100201 Description Input end-plate kit m16/VDmA Weight [g] 125 Code 0227100150 Description manifold base kit m16 Weight [g] 121 c MACH 16 SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE A Separate feed B Separate exhaust d MACH 16 EXHAUST FEED MANIFOLD BASE A Exhaust feed B Separate exhausts C Separate feed/exhausts Code 0227100301 Description manifold base kit-separate feed m16 Weight [g] 119 Code 0227100302 Description manifold base kit-exhaust feed m16 Weight [g] 113 e MACH 16 OUTPUT END-PLATE f BLANKING PLATE – UNUSED POSITION Code 0227100200 Description Output end-plate kit m16/VDmA Weight [g] 122 Code 0225004500 Description Accessories - blanking plate for mach 16 Weight [g] 18 2-85 ACCESSOIr ES FOr mACH 16 VALVES DISTRIBUTORS .

PN-08-12-0-000 N° of positions 2 4 6 8 10 12 Weight [g] 180 286 390 500 613 706 Code 0225004600 Description Omega-adapter mach 16 Weight [g] 46 INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM GASKET KIT (FOR OLD BASES) Code 0226007001 Description m16 multiple base gasket kit Weight [g] 5 KIT OF SPARE INTEGRATED GASKET Code 0227100001 Description Acc.PN-08-08-0-000 Base CVm.PN-08-06-0-000 Base CVm.g INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM h CONNECTION BRACKET ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) ~50 ~50 14 14 Code 0227100000 Description Intermediate diaphragm Weight [g] 1 Code 0227300600 Description Connection bracket on DIN bar ~9 ~9 Weight [g] 7 DISTRIBUTORS MULTIPLE BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES MULTIPLE BASE FOR MACH 16 ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) ACCESSOIr ES FOr mACH 16 VALVES Code 0225000201 0225000401 0225000601 0225000801 0225001001 0225001201 Description Base CVm. multiple base diaphragm Weight [g] 6 Code 0226007003 Description m16 multiple base gasket kit Weight [g] 5 2-86 .PN-08-04-0-000 Base CVm.PN-08-02-0-000 Base CVm.PN-08-10-0-000 Base CVm.

Valve units with multiple pneumatic/electrical connection are supplied complete with valves and are tested. The electric contacts of the individual valves are connected by means of a printed circuit board in a sealed conduit to a single connection point suitable for up to 16 controls. . 2 common and 1 earth 5 19. • Connection via a multiple connector or wired cable. • Supply of individual parts or ready prepared bases or complete valve units • The configuratio can be modifie at any time to convert bases for monostable valves into bases for bistable valves. which can be added at any time.5 °C m mm2 mm WIRING DIAGRAM FOR VERSION WITH CONNECTOR Position of electrical contact V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 V10 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 V16 GROUND – COM – COM Colour of the corresponding wire Green /black yellow White/black Blue r ed yellow/black White Brown/red r ed/white r ed/black Green/red Blue/red Brown Orange/black Orange Blue/black yellow/red Brown/black Green NOTES 2-87 mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16 DISTRIBUTORS mach 16 valves can be mounted on bases with pneumatic or electrical connection. System modularity means that the valve sequence can be ordered to meet your own requirements (see key to codes). The number 16 was chosen because the number of outputs of most PLC output boards is 16 or a multiple of it. The system has numerous alternatives and variants for a wide range of requirements: • Base for monostable or bistable valves. 2 common and 1 earth 0. • The return cable can be used to connect two monostable valve units to a single multiple connector. All versions are certifie for electromagnetic compatibility and hence they bear the CE mark. 16 of which for solenoid valves. 16 of which for solenoid valves.22 Tin plated – covering 80 to 90% Outer oil-proof and flame-proo PVC sheath 8.MULTIPLE CONNECTORS MACH 16 TECHNICAL DATA Supply voltage maximum absorption Valve actuation indicator Protection Operating temperature range Degree of protection with valves mounted Insulation class Electromagnetic compatibility maximum number of solenoid valves which can be applied n° of contacts Pre-wired version Cable length n° of wires Wire section Shielding Cable Cable outside diameter 24VDC - 24VAC 50 mA for each position yellow LED Fuse -10 to +60 IP65 In compliance with IEC 664-1and VDE 0110 Group C In compliance with EEC 366/89 16 19. The system is prearranged for mounting a slave for fiel buses.

OF POSITIONS 04 4 posn. 12 12 posn. complete by placing a 0 in the remaining boxes. version with connector d main assembly. 10 10 posn. pre-wired version e Secondary unit/additional secondary unit f 10-wire return cable g Socket for 10-wire return cable KEY TO CODES A FAMILY A multiple base for solenoid/pneumatic connection mach 16 B manifold base for mach 16 solenoid/pneumatic connection 0 8 NO. h LED (LED on = Solenoid valve energised) i Identificatio label (for writing on) j Bistable solenoid valve mACH 16 k monostable solenoid valve mACH 16 m 19-wire cable for pre-wired version n Blanking plate - pneumatic position: anodised aluminium o Small blanking plate - electric connector: painted aluminium B M B electrical connection only for monostable valves electrical connection for bistable valves W C 5 MCN electrical connection WC5 pre-wired cable 5 m ACM additional connection for monostable battery 0 8 SIZE 08 G 1/8’’ M M 6 V L M M6 M8 V L L6 L8 J J6 J8 K G G6 G8 O E E6 E8 F B B6 B8 C A D mSV 25 SmS OO mSV G5 SmS OO mSV H5 SmS OO mSV 25 SCS OO mSV 25 SmP OO mSV G5 SmP OO mSV H5 SmP OO mSV 25 SmB OO mSV G5 SmB OO mSV H5 SmB OO mSV 25 SCB OO mSV 26 SmS CC mSV G6 SmS CC mSV H6 SmS CC mSV 26 SCS CC mSV 26 SmS OC mSV G6 SmS OC mSV H6 SmS OC mSV 26 SCS OC mSV 26 SmS PC mSV G6 SmS PC mSV H6 SmS PC mSV 26 SCS PC blanking plate intermediate diaphragm 2 4 V D C VOLTAGE 24VDC 24VAC N. starting from the connector. 2-88 . 08 8 posn.COMPONENTS mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16 DISTRIBUTORS a multiple base: extruded anodised aluminium b modular base: anodised aluminium c main assembly. 06 6 posn.: The valve insertion order inside the descriptive key is the following.B. There are 12 squares available for the description: if you order a base with less than 12 positions. from the left towards the right: the firs left square corresponds to the firs valve close to the connector on the base.

SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC .PNEUMATIC SPRING Symbol Code 7062040102 7062040103 Description mSV 25 SmP OO 24VDC mSV 25 SmP OO 24VAC Weight [g] 93 93 Symbol Code 7066040102 7067040102 7066040103 7067040103 Description mSV G5 SmP OO 24VDC mSV H5 SmP OO 24VDC mSV G5 SmP OO 24VAC mSV H5 SmP OO 24VAC Ø 6 8 6 8 H 32.7 34 32.MECHANICAL SPRING Symbol Code 7062040132 7062040133 Description mSV 25 SmS OO 24VDC mSV 25 SmS OO 24VAC Weight [g] 92 92 Symbol V MONOSTABLE 5/2.7 34 32.MECHANICAL SPRING Symbol Code 7062060132 7062060133 Description mSV 25 SCS OO 24VDC mSV 25 SCS OO 24VAC Weight [g] 93 93 L MONOSTABLE 5/2.MACH 16 VALVES FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR M MONOSTABLE 5/2.7 34 Weight [g] 96 98 96 98 .7 34 Weight [g] 96 98 96 98 2-89 mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16 DISTRIBUTORS Code 7066040132 7067040132 7066040133 7067040133 Description mSV G5 SmS OO 24VDC mSV H5 SmS OO 24VDC mSV G5 SmS OO 24VAC mSV H5 SmS OO 24VAC Ø 6 8 6 8 H 32. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC . PILOT-ASSISTED .

7 34 Weight [g] 143 146 143 146 K BISTABLE 5/2. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC.7 34 32.CLOSED CENTRES Symbol Code 7062040212 7062040213 Description mSV 26 SmS CC 24VDC mSV 26 SmS CC 24VAC Weight [g] 142 142 Symbol Code 7066040212 7067040212 7066040213 7067040213 Description mSV G6 SmS CC 24VDC mSV H6 SmS CC 24VDC mSV G6 SmS CC 24VAC mSV H6 SmS CC 24VAC Ø 6 8 6 8 H 32.7 34 32.7 34 Weight [g] 146 146 146 146 2-90 . PILOT-ASSISTED Symbol Code 7062060112 7062060113 Description mSV 25 SCB OO 24VDC mSV 25 SCB OO 24VAC Weight [g] 140 140 G MONOSTABLE 5/3. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC Symbol Code 7062040112 7062040113 Description mSV 25 SmB OO 24VDC mSV 25 SmB OO 24VAC Weight [g] 139 139 Symbol mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16 DISTRIBUTORS Code 7066040112 7067040112 7066040113 7067040113 Description mSV G5 SmB OO 24VDC mSV H5 SmB OO 24VDC mSV G5 SmB OO 24VAC mSV H5 SmB OO 24VAC Ø 6 8 6 8 H 32.J BISTABLE 5/2. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC .

O MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - CLOSED CENTRES
Symbol Code 7062060212 7062060213 Description mSV 26 SCS CC 24VDC mSV 26 SCS CC 24VAC Weight [g] 143 143

E MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - OPEN CENTRES
Symbol Code 7062040312 7062040313 Description mSV 26 SmS OC 24VDC mSV 26 SmS OC 24VAC Weight [g] 142 142

Symbol

Code 7066040312 7067040312 7066040313 7067040313

Description mSV G6 SmS OC 24VDC mSV H6 SmS OC 24VDC mSV G6 SmS OC 24VAC mSV H6 SmS OC 24VAC

Ø 6 8 6 8

H 32.7 34 32.7 34

Weight [g] 146 146 146 146

F MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - OPEN CENTRES
Symbol Code 7062060312 7062060313 Description mSV 26 SCS OO 24VDC mSV 26 SCS OO 24VAC Weight [g] 143 143

2-91

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

B MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - PRESSURE CENTRES
Symbol Code 7062040412 7062040413 Description mSV 26 SmS PC 24VDC mSV 26 SmS PC 24VAC Weight [g] 142 142

Symbol

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

Code 7066040412 7067040412 7066040413 7067040413

Description mSV G6 SmS PC 24VDC mSV H6 SmS PC 24VDC mSV G6 SmS PC 24VAC mSV H6 SmS PC 24VAC

Ø 6 8 6 8

H 32.7 34 32.7 34

Weight [g] 146 146 146 146

C MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - PRESSURE CENTRES
Symbol Code 7062060412 7062060413 Description mSV 26 SCS PC 24VDC mSV 26 SCS PC 24VAC Weight [g] 143 143

SPARE PARTS
COIL MACH 16 (OLD)
Code W4015201000 W4015201010 Description Pilot – multiple connection 24 VDC Pilot – multiple connection 24 VAC

COIL MACH 16 (NEW)
Code W4015401000 W4015401010 Description In-line pilot 24 VDC In-line pilot 24 VAC 50/60 Hz

N.B.: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE, you have to order among the NEW pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots.

2-92

BASES WITH MULTIPLE CONNECTION
MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 POSITIONS

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 12 POSITIONS

With multiple connector With pre-wired cable

Pos.-Nr. 12 12

Description CVm EP 08 12 B mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 12 B WC5 . . . . .

Code 24VDC 0225201201 0225501201

Code 24VAC 0225211201 0225511201

Weight [g] 1315 4700

. . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current • 24VAC = alternating current

2-93

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

Pos.-Nr. 4 6 8 10 12 With pre-wired cable 4 6 8 10 12 . . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current • 24VAC = alternating current With multiple connector

L1 148.5 182.5 216.5 250.5 284.5 148.5 182.5 216.5 250.5 284.5

L2 86 120 154 188 222 86 120 154 188 222

L3 153 187 221 255 289 153 187 221 255 289

Description CVm EP 08 04 m mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 06 m mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 08 m mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 10 m mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 12 m mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 04 m WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 06 m WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 08 m WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 10 m WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 12 m WC5 . . . . .

Code 24VDC 0225100401 0225100601 0225100801 0225101001 0225101201 0225400401 0225400601 0225400801 0225401001 0225401201

Code 24VAC 0225110401 0225110601 0225110801 0225111001 0225111201 0225410401 0225410601 0225410801 0225411001 0225411201

Weight [g] 504 644 784 924 1264 3642 3781 3923 4070 4195

DISTRIBUTORS

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 10 POSITIONS

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

With multiple connector With pre-wired cable

Pos.-Nr. 10 10

Description CVm EP 08 10 B mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 10 B WC5 . . . . .

Code 24VDC 0225201001 0225501001

Code 24VAC 0225211001 0225511001

Weight [g] 1245 4600

. . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current • 24VAC = alternating current

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS

With multiple connector

Pos.-Nr. 4 6 8 With pre-wired cable 4 6 8 . . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current • 24VAC = alternating current

L1 148.5 182.5 216.5 148.5 182.5 216.5

L2 86 120 154 86 120 154

L3 153 187 221 153 187 221

L4 113 147 181 113 147 181

Description CVm EP 08 04 B mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 06 B mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 08 B mCN . . . . . CVm EP 08 04 B WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 06 B WC5 . . . . . CVm EP 08 08 B WC5 . . . . .

Code 24VDC 0225200401 0225200601 0225200801 0225500401 0225500601 0225500801

Code 24VAC 0225210401 0225210601 0225210801 0225510401 0225510601 0225510801

Weight [g] 770 965 1200 3910 4086 4264

2-94

ADDITIONAL MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS

Pos.-Nr. 4 6 8

L2 86 120 154

L3 117.5 151.5 185.5

L4 113 147 181

Description CVm EP 08 04 m ACm . . . . . CVm EP 08 06 m ACm . . . . . CVm EP 08 08 m ACm . . . . .

Code 24VDC 0225300401 0225300601 0225300801

Code 24VAC 0225310401 0225310601 0225310801

Weight [g] 500 640 780

. . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current • 24VAC = alternating current

NOTES

2-95

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

MODULAR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR KIT

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

It is possible to buy the various assembly kits separately, to obtain a wide range of customised applications. The main units of the version with connector a or the pre-wired version b can easily be assembled with the multiple base l or the modular manifold base m. The manifold base allows particular circuits on the individual valves (feed from exhaust outlets, pressure differentiation, etc.) Likewise, on the other side it is also simple to mount the secondary unit c. This possibility is very interesting because it allows you to convert a base for monostable valves into a base for bistable valves. If you fi an additional secondary unit d on a base, you obtain an additional solenoid base that can be connected by means of return cables to a main base for monostable valves. The only thing to remember is that in all cases the total number of positions (connection to solenoid valve coil) must not exceed sixteen. The 10 pin return cable f is used when a main unit and a secondary

unit, or only one additional secondary unit, are mounted together on the multiple (or manifold) base. It has to be connected to the sockets shown in the diagram. For different requirements, it is also possible to have return cables with a connector at one end only g, or just the 10-wire cable h. These types are available in different lengths. A 10-wire connector kit i is also available if you need to complete the wiring. In the version with a connector, the 19-wire flyin connector e pilots the entire assembled base. This connector must be welded onto the 19-wire cable k, which is available in different lengths. The 19-wire connector complete with cable j is available in various lengths. The male connector q allows the free electrical connection of the multiple connector to be used, in order to control the valves placed in the system or to control the bistable valves by a monostable multiple electrical connection base.

2-96

a MAIN KIT - VERSION WITH CONNECTOR
Code 0226500401 0226510401 0226500601 0226510601 0226500801 0226510801 0226501001 0226511001 0226501201 0226511201 Description main multiple connection kit, 4 positions 24VDC main multiple connection kit, 4 positions 24VAC main multiple connection kit, 6 positions 24VDC main multiple connection kit, 6 positions 24VAC main multiple connection kit, 8 positions 24VDC main multiple connection kit, 8 positions 24VAC main multiple connection kit, 10 positions 24VDC main multiple connection kit, 10 positions 24VAC main multiple connection kit, 12 positions 24VDC main multiple connection kit, 12 positions 24VAC Weight [g] 245 245 280 280 308 308 344 344 396 396

b MAIN MULTIPLE PRE-WIRED CONNECTION KIT
Code 0226400401 0226410401 0226400601 0226410601 0226400801 0226410801 0226401001 0226411001 0226401201 0226411201 Description Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 4 positions 24VDC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 4 positions 24VAC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 6 positions 24VDC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 6 positions 24VAC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 8 positions 24VDC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 8 positions 24VAC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 10 positions 24VDC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 10 positions 24VAC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 12 positions 24VDC Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 12 positions 24VAC Weight [g] 3350 3350 3400 3400 3423 3423 3460 3460 3490 3490

c SECONDARY KIT
Code 0226200401 0226210401 0226200601 0226210601 0226200801 0226210801 Description multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VAC multiple secondary connector kit, 6 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 6 positions 24VAC multiple secondary connector kit, 8 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 8 positions 24VAC Weight [g] 166 166 210 210 257 257

d ADDITIONAL SECONDARY KIT
Code 0226300401 0226310401 0226300601 0226310601 0226300801 0226310801 Description multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VAC multiple secondary connector kit, 6 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 6 positions 24VAC multiple secondary connector kit, 8 positions 24VDC multiple secondary connector kit, 8 positions 24VAC Weight [g] 158 158 199 199 243 243

2-97

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

f 10-WIRE RETURN CABLE

g 10-WIRE RETURN CABLE - ONE END WITH CONNECTOR

DISTRIBUTORS

Code 0226150022 022615....

Description 10-whire return cable L = 22 cm 10-whire return cable

Code 022613....

Description 10-wire return cable - one end with connector

....Length in cm Please contact our sales office

....Length in cm Please contact our sales office

h CABLE WITH 10 CONNECTORS

i 10-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

Code 0226107201

Description 10-wires cable

Code 0226170002

Description 10-wire connector kit

Please specify the desired length in metres

j 19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR

l SET OF IDENTIFICATION PLATES

Code 0226140250 0226140500 0226141000 0226141500 0226142000 0226143000

Description 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 2.5 m 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 5 m 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 10 m 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 15 m 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 20 m 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 30 m

Code 0226107000

Description Set of identificatio plates

Package: 10 pieces

m ELECTRIC CONTACT GASKETS

n SET OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS

Code 0226107001

Description Set of electric contact gaskets

Code 0226007001

Description Set of m16 multiple base gaskets

Package: 10 pieces

2-98

o ELECTRIC CONNECTION BLANKING PLATE

p BASE BLANKING PLATE

Code 0225004502

Description mach 16 electric connection blanking plate

Code 0225004500

Description mach 16 base blanking plate

q MALE CONNECTOR

r KIT OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS

Code Description W0970504021 male connector 2 mm max power for each position = 5W max total power of multiple connector = 36W Example of a male connector

Code 0226007003

Description Kit of m16 multiple base integrate gaskets

A

SOV 1/8” SOV 1/4” SOV 1/2” SOV on base mACH 16 mACH 18 ISO 1 – ISO 2 PIV valves APr : progressive starter V3V: circuit switching valve

NOTES

2-99

mULTIPLE CONNECTOr S mACH 16

DISTRIBUTORS

REDUCER WITH GAUGE FOR VALVES, SERIES RMV

r EDUCEr WITH GAUGE FOr VALVES, SEr IES rmV

DISTRIBUTORS

The rmV-series miniature pressure regulator with pressure gauge for valves is specificall conceived for mounting on the outlets of valves with a 1/8” port. With limited cross dimension, it can be fitte to a series of small valves. The body is 16.5 mm wide and fit exactly on the valves of the mach 16 series for multiple electrical connection. Using the rmV, it is possible to differentiate the pressure of each single output of the valves. For example, if you mount it on port 2 and not on port 4, the pressure can be reduced on port 2 only. If you mount one for each port, the pressure on port 2 will differ from that on port 4, which in turn is less than the feed pressure (outlet 1). There are three 1/8” threaded rmV ports that are pneumatically connected in parallel. A small pressure gauge is mounted in one port; another port is plugged by an A7-type fittin and a third can take a fitting The user, however, can decide whether the layout of components is to be modifie or not. He might, for example, decide to mount three fitting to create a three-port reduced-pressure distributor.

TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded input connection Threaded output connection r egulation range bar mpa psi Input pressure bar mpa psi Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 mpa - 91 psi) DP 1 bar Nl/min Flow rate at free exhaust at 6.3 bar (0.63 mpa - 91 psi) l/min N Fluid maximum temperature at 10 bar (1 mpa - 145 psi) Assembly position Use instructions 1/8” male 1/8” female 1 to 8 0.1 to 0.8 14.5 to 116 2 to 10 0.2 to 1 29 to 145 140 360 Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air °C -10 to +60 °F +14 to + 140 On valves The pressure must always be regulated in increasing values

DIMENSIONES

Code 9061601

Description rm V 1/8”

APPLICATIONS - ASSEMBLY
Fixing the reducer onto the valve 3 outputs with G1/8” thread When mounting on valve units, with a pitch of less than 23 mm, alternate the gauge positions

2-100

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/ VDMA 24563-02 SERIES MACH 18

mach 18 valve is manufactured according to the ISO 1507-1 standard, which in turn absorbs the VDmA 24563-02 rule. It comes in 5-way versions with 2 and 3 positions with solenoid or pneumatic actuation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Fluid Operating pressure: • monostable • monostable 5/3 • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Installation Assembly r ecommended lubricant Solenoid pilot manual Compatibility with oils Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous bar 1.5 to 10 Vacuum to 10 pneumatic/1.9 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic Vacuum to 10 pneumatic/1 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic Vacuum to 10 2 to 10 -10 to +60 114.86 0.25 340 470 In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration) On manifold bases ISO and UNI FD 22 Integrated coil to DIN 43650 C-shape monostable on solenoid pilot (with manual monostable on request) Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation

bar °C Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min

COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b CONTr OL/END CAP: Hostaform® c SPOOL: Aluminium d GASKETS: Polyurethane e PISTONS: Hostaform® f PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane g FILTEr : sintered bronze h PILOT: with integrated coil i SPr INGS: special steel

FLOW CHART

2-101

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18

DISTRIBUTORS

MODULARITY

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18
Reference a b c d e f g h

DISTRIBUTORS

Code 0227100201 0227200150 0227200300 0227100200 0227200500 0227100000 0227300600 0227200800

Description ISO 15407-1 input end plate kit ISO 15407-1 manifold side base kit ISO 15407-1 intermediate bases ISO 15407-1 output end plate kit ISO 15407-1 blanking plate Intermediate diaphragm Connection bracket on DIN bar ISO 15407-1 individual base kit

KEY TO CODES
M S V FAMILY MSV solenoid/pneumatic MPV pneumatic D DIMENSIONS D ISO 15407-1/ VDmA 24563-02 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 6 5/3 S O OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid/pneumatic SE solenoid-pilot-assisted PN pneumatic S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable O O FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 CC closed centres OC open centres PC pressure centres 2 4 V D C VOLTAGE 24VDC 24VAC 110VAC 220VAC

S B

2-102

MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02 MPV PNEUMATIC
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: minimum operating pressure: • monostable • monostable 5/3 • bistable Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Actuation response times at 6 bar: • monostable • bistable r epositioning response times at 6 bar • monostable • bistable Operating temperature range bar bar Vacuumto10 1.5 1.9 1 114.86 0.25 340 470 4 4 8,4 4 -10 + 60

Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms

°C

MONOSTABLE 5/2

MONOSTABLE 5/3

Symbol

Code 7063010130

Abbrev. mPV D5 PNS 00

Weight [g] 80

Symbol

Code 7063010210 7063010310 7063010410

Abbrev. mPV D6 PNS CC mPV D6 PNS OC mPV D6 PNS PC

Weight [g] 93 93 93

BISTABLE 5/2

NOTES

Symbol

Code 7063010110

Abbrev. mPV D5 PNB OO

Weight [g] 78

2-103

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18

DISTRIBUTORS

ms

MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC MSV
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: • monostable • monostable 5/3 • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar Type of manual actuation Pilot with integrated coil Power Voltage tolerance Insulation class Degree of protection Solenoid rating Electrical contacts bar 1.5 to 10 1.9 to 10 1 to 10 Vacuum to 10 2 -10 to +60 114.86 0.25 340 470 12 / 26 21 / 21 monostable on solenoid pilot (with bistable manual valve on request) 24 VDC - 24 VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC 1 -10% to -15% F 155 IP 65 EN60529 with connector 100% ED DIN 43650 C Shape

DISTRIBUTORS

bar °C Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms

W

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18

MONOSTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7063020132 7063020133 7063020134 7063020135 7063030132 7063030133 7063030134 7063030135 Abbrev. mSV D5 SOS OO 24VDC mSV D5 SOS OO 24VAC mSV D5 SOS OO 110VAC mSV D5 SOS OO 220VAC mSV D5 SES OO 24VDC mSV D5 SES OO 24VAC mSV D5 SES OO 110VAC mSV D5 SES OO 220VAC Weight [g] 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110

MONOSTABLE 5/3
Symbol Code 7063020212 7063020213 7063020214 7063020215 7063020312 7063020313 7063020314 7063020315 7063020412 7063020413 7063020414 7063020415 7063030212 7063030213 7063030214 7063030215 7063030312 7063030313 7063030314 7063030315 7063030412 7063030413 7063030414 7063030415 Abbrev. mSV D6 SOS CC 24VDC mSV D6 SOS CC 24VAC mSV D6 SOS CC 110VAC mSV D6 SOS CC 220VAC mSV D6 SOS OC 24VDC mSV D6 SOS OC 24VAC mSV D6 SOS OC 110VAC mSV D6 SOS OC 220VAC mSV D6 SOS PC 24VDC mSV D6 SOS PC 24VAC mSV D6 SOS PC 110VAC mSV D6 SOS PC 220VAC mSV D6 SES CC 24VDC mSV D6 SES CC 24VAC mSV D6 SES CC 110VAC mSV D6 SES CC 220VAC mSV D6 SES OC 24VDC mSV D6 SES OC 24VAC mSV D6 SES OC 110VAC mSV D6 SES OC 220VAC mSV D6 SES PC 24VDC mSV D6 SES PC 24VAC mSV D6 SES PC 110VAC mSV D6 SES PC 220VAC Weight [g] 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156

2-104

BISTABLE 5/2
Symbol Code 7063020112 7063020113 7063020114 7063020115 7063030112 7063030113 7063030114 7063030115 Abbrev. mSV D5 SOB OO 24VDC mSV D5 SOB OO 24VAC mSV D5 SOB OO 110VAC mSV D5 SOB OO 220VAC mSV D5 SEB OO 24VDC mSV D5 SEB OO 24VAC mSV D5 SEB OO 110VAC mSV D5 SEB OO 220VAC Weight [g] 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143

ACCESSORIES
CONNECTOR 15 mm DIN 43650 SHAPE C
Code W0970501021 W0970501022 W0970501025 Description Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650 Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650 LED 24V Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650 LED+VDr 24V

SPARE PARTS
PILOT MACH 18 (OLD)
Code W4015101000 W4015101010 W4015101020 W4015101030 Description In-line pilot 24VDC In-line pilot 24VAC 50/60 Hz In-line pilot 110VAC 50/60 Hz In-line pilot 220VAC 50/60 Hz

PILOT MACH 18 (NEW)
Code W4015301000 W4015301010 W4015301020 W4015301030 Description In-line pilot 24VDC In-line pilot 24VAC 50/60 Hz In-line pilot 110VAC 50/60 Hz In-line pilot 220VAC 50/60 Hz

N.B.: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE, you have to order among the NEW pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots.

2-105

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18

DISTRIBUTORS

BASES TO ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02 FOR MACH 18 VALVES

a INPUT END PLATE

b MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTS

DISTRIBUTORS

Code 0227100201

Description ISO 15407-1 input end plate kit

Weight [g] 125

Code 0227200150

Description ISO 15407-1 manifold base, side ports kit

Weight [g] 125

c INTERMEDIATE UPPER PORTS

d OUTPUT END PLATE

VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SEr IES mACH 18

Code 0227200300

Description ISO 15407-1 intermediate upper ports kit

Weight [g] 118

Code 0227100200

Description ISO 15407-1 output end-plate kit

Weight [g] 122

e BLANKING PLATE - UNUSED POSITION

f INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

Code 0227200500

Description ISO 15407-1 blanking plate

Weight [g] 24

Code 0227100000

Description Intermediate diaphragm

Weight [g] 2

g CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)
~50

h INDIVIDUAL BASE

Code 0227300600

Description Connection brackets on DIN bar

~9

14

Weight [g] 7

Code 0227200800

Description ISO 15407-1 individual base kit

Weight [g] 51

2-106

VALVES ISO 5599/1, SERIES IPV-ISV

The assembly surface dimensions of ISO1, ISO2 and ISO 3 valves are to ISO5599-1. They are available in the 5-way versions with 2 and 3 positions and with pneumatic or solenoid actuation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Fluid Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Installation Assembly r ecommended lubricant Solenoid pilot manual maximum coil nut torque Compatibility with oils bar

ISO 1

ISO 2

ISO 3

Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous Vacuum to 10 pneumatic / 2.5 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic Vacuum to 10 pneumatic / 1 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic Vacuum to 10 2.5 -10 to +60 7.5 12 15 250 657.14 971.43 0.36 0.25 0.43 700 1800 3200 1100 2700 4600 In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration) On single and manifold bases according to ISO 5599/1 ISO and UNI FD 22 to CNOmO/in-line pilot / m12 to CNOmO Bistable on solenoid pilot monostable on valve body 1 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation

bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min

Nm

COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b END CAP: HOSTAFOrm ® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic e GASKETS: NBr f PISTONS: HOSTAFOrm ® g PISTON GASKET: NBr h FILTEr : sintered bronze i SPr INGS: special steel j OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe – Stainless steel core

2-107

VALVES ISO 5599/1, SEr IES IPV-ISV

DISTRIBUTORS

FLOW CHART ISO 1 Flow rates (Nl/min) ISO 2 Flow rates (Nl/min)

DISTRIBUTORS

Pressure (bar) VALVES ISO 5599/1, SEr IES IPV-ISV ISO 3 Flow rates (Nl/min)

Pressure (bar)

Pressure (bar) KEY TO CODES
I P V FAMILY IPV ISO pneumatic ISV ISO solenoid/pneumatic 5 DIMENSIONS 5 ISO 1 6 ISO 2 7 ISO 3 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 6 5/3 PN OPERATORS 14 pneumatic solenoid/pneumatic electric pilot-assisted solenoid/pneumatic in line solenoid assisted in line m12 m12 solenoid/pneumatic m12 solenoid assisted S RESETTING (12) mechanical springs bistable differential O O FURTHER DETAILS 5/2 closed centres open centres pressure centres

PN SO SE ✱ DO ✱ DE ● CO ● CE

S B D

OO CC OC PC

✱ Only for ISO 1 ● Only for ISO 1 and ISO 2

2-108

VALVES ISO 5599/1, PNEUMATIC SERIES IPV
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure bar minimum operation pressure: • monostable bar • bistable bar Operating temperature range °C Nominal diameter mm Conductance C Nl/min · bar Critical ratio b bar/bar Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min r esponse times at 6 Bar: • monostable ms • bistable ms r epositioning response times at 6 Bar: • monostable ms • bistable ms manual ISO 1 ISO 2 Vacuum to 10 2.5 1 -10° to +60 7.5 12 15 250 657.14 971.43 0.36 0.25 0.43 700 1800 3200 1100 2700 4600 12 20 24 30 35 45 ISO 3

30 43 55 20 30 45 monostable on valve body

PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 1
Symbol Code 7051011100 7051011200 7051011300 7051012100 7051012200 7051012300 Abbrev. IPV 55 PNS OO IPV 55 PNB OO IPV 55 PND OO IPV 55 PNS CC IPV 55 PNS OC IPV 55 PNS PC Weight [g] 310 310 310 310 310 310

PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 2
Symbol Code 7052011100 7052011200 7052011300 7052012100 7052012200 7052012300 Abbrev. IPV 65 PNS OO IPV 65 PNB OO IPV 65 PND OO IPV 65 PNS CC IPV 65 PNS OC IPV 65 PNS PC Weight [g] 705 705 705 705 705 705

PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 3
Symbol Code 7056011100 7056011200 7056011300 7056012100 7056012200 7056012300 Abbrev. IPV 75 PNS OO IPV 75 PNB OO IPV 75 PND OO IPV 75 PNS CC IPV 75 PNS OC IPV 75 PNS PC Weight [g] 1175 1175 1175 1290 1290 1290

2-109

VALVES ISO 5599/1, SEr IES IPV-ISV

DISTRIBUTORS

5 657.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar Solenoid pilot manual Coils maximum coil nut torque Nm bar 2.43 250 0. SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC.5 to 10 1 to 10 Vacuum to 10 2.25 0.5 -10 to +60 12 15 7. SEr IES IPV-ISV Symbol Code 7051021100 7051021400 Abbrev. ISV 65 SOS OO ISV 65 SES OO Weight [g] 715 715 MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 3 Symbol Code 7056021100 7056021400 Abbrev. ISV 75 SOS OO ISV 75 SES OO Weight [g] 1207 1207 2-110 .VALVES ISO 5599/1. SERIES ISV TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. ISV 55 SOS OO ISV 55 SES OO Weight [g] 344 344 MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 2 Symbol Code 7052021100 7052021400 Abbrev.14 971.43 700 1800 3200 2700 4600 1100 24 / 50 39 / 60 50 / 120 20 / 20 25 / 25 35 / 35 Standards CNOmO Bistable on solenoid pilot monostable on valve body 30 mm side DIN 43650 Form A – ISO 22 mm side 1 ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 DISTRIBUTORS bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 VALVES ISO 5599/1.36 0.

SEr IES IPV-ISV DISTRIBUTORS .MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7051021200 7051021300 7051022100 7051022200 7051022300 7051021500 7051021600 7051022400 7051022500 7051022600 Abbrev.MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 2 Symbol Code 7052021200 7052021300 7052022100 7052022200 7052022300 7052021500 7052021600 7052022400 7052022500 7052022600 Abbrev. ISV 75 SOB OO ISV 75 SOD OO ISV 76 SOS CC ISV 76 SOS OC ISV 76 SOS PC ISV 75 SEB OO ISV 75 SED OO ISV 76 SES CC ISV 76 SES OC ISV 76 SES PC Weight [g] 1230 1230 1355 1355 1355 1230 1230 1355 1355 1355 2-111 VALVES ISO 5599/1.MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 3 Symbol Code 7056021200 7056021300 7056022100 7056022200 7056022300 7056021500 7056021600 7056022400 7056022500 7056022600 Abbrev. ISV 65 SOB OO ISV 65 SOD OO ISV 66 SOS CC ISV 66 SOS OC ISV 66 SOS PC ISV 65 SEB OO ISV 65 SED OO ISV 66 SES CC ISV 66 SES OC ISV 66 SES PC Weight [g] 740 710 720 720 720 740 710 720 720 720 BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 3 . ISV 55 SOB OO ISV 55 SOD OO ISV 56 SOS CC ISV 56 SOS OC ISV 56 SOS PC ISV 55 SEB OO ISV 55 SED OO ISV 56 SES CC ISV 56 SES OC ISV 56 SES PC Weight [g] 388 375 372 372 372 388 375 372 372 372 BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 2 .BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 .

5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Tr A / Trr bistable at 6 bar Solenoid pilot manual Coils bar 2. PNEUMATIC.36 700 1100 24 / 50 20 / 20 In line pilot Bistable on solenoid pilot 30 mm side DIN 43650 Form A – ISO 22 mm side 1 ISO 1 DISTRIBUTORS bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms ms maximum coil nut torque Nm VALVES ISO 5599/1. ISV 56 DOS CC ISV 56 DOS OC ISV 56 DOS PC ISV 56 DES CC ISV 56 DES OC ISV 56 DES PC Weight [g] 517 516 516 517 516 515 2-112 . ISV 55 DOS OO ISV 55 DES OO Weight [g] 396 396 BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7053021200 7053021500 Abbrev.5 to 10 1 to 10 Vacuum to 10 2. SEr IES IPV-ISV MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7053021100 7053021400 Abbrev. SERIES ISV WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. ISV 55 DOB OO ISV 55 DEB OO Weight [g] 450 450 MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7053022100 7053022200 7053022300 7053022400 7053022500 7053022600 Abbrev.5 -10 to +60 7.VALVES ISO 5599/1.5 250 0.

5VA-24VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA COILS SIDE 30 mm • Electric contact DIN43650 shape A – ISO 4400 • Voltage tolerance: -10% + 10% • Insulation class: F155 Code W0210010100 W0210011100 W0210012100 W0210013100 Abbrev.COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR ISO 5599/1 SOLENOID VALVES SERIES ISV COILS SIDE 22 mm • Voltage tolerance: –10% to + 15% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents Code W0215000151 W0215000101 W0215000111 W0215000121 W0215000131 Abbrev.5VA 3. SEr IES IPV-ISV Holding 4W 4VA 4VA 4VA DISTRIBUTORS . category 3 GD Nominal voltage 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush 5W 10VA 10VA 10VA CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 22 mm Code W0970510011 W0970510012 W0970510013 W0970510014 W0970510015 W0970510016 W0970510017 W0970510070 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Atex II 3 GD Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Black Ø Cable PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 PG9 CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 30 mm Code W0970520033 W0970520034 W0970520035 W0970520036 W0970520037 W0970520038 W0970520039 Type Standard LED 24V LED 110V LED 220V LED + VDr 24V LED + VDr 110V LED + VDr 220V Colour Black Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Transparent Ø Cable PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 PG11 KIT COIL EEXM Code Description 0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXmT5 cable 3 m 0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXmT5 cable 5 m 0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m 0227608015 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m 0227608023 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m 0227608025 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m 0227608033 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m 0227608035 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC EEXmT5 cable 5 m According to Atex 94/9 CE rule. group II. Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control. Coil 30 Ø 8 4W-24VDC Coil 30 Ø 8 4VA-24VAC Coil 30 Ø 8 4VA-110VAC Coil 30 Ø 8 4VA-220VAC • Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule. even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.3VA Holding 2W 2W 3.3VA 5. Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-12VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-24VDC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3. 2-113 VALVES ISO 5599/1.5VA-220VAC • Coil temperature 100% ED: 70°C at 20°C – Ambient temperature • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule. category 3 GD Nominal voltage 12Vcc 24Vcc 24V 50/60Hz 110V 50/60Hz 220V 50/60Hz Absorption Inrush 2W 2W 5.5VA 3. category 2 GD KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65 Code 0222100100 Description Kit for coil 22 - IP65 Improved IP65 protection.5VA-110VAC Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.3VA 5. group 2. group 2.

SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC. SERIES ISV WITH M12 CONNECTOR TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure: • monostable • bistable • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0. ISV 55 COS OO ISV 55 CES OO Weight [g] 508 508 MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 2 Symbol Code 7055021100 7055021400 Abbrev.5 -10 to +60 7.VALVES ISO 5599/1.5 12 250 657.25 0. SEr IES ISV WITH m12 CONNECTOr MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7054021100 7054021400 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC.36 700 1800 1100 2700 78 / 180 22 / 60 With built-in coil monostable on solenoid pilot monostable on valve body 1.5 bar Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Tr A / Trr monostable at 6 bar Solenoid pilot manual Coil power Voltage Electrical connection Degree of protection Electrical protection bar 2.2 W 24 VDC ±10% m12 IP65 EN60529 Transil ISO 1 ISO 2 bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms DISTRIBUTORS W VALVES ISO 5599/1.14 0.5 to 10 1 to1 0 Vacuum to 10 2. ISV 65 COS OO ISV 65 CES OO Weight [g] 901 901 2-114 .

ISV 65 COB OO ISV 65 COD OO ISV 66 COS CC ISV 66 COS OC ISV 66 COS PC ISV 65 CEB OO ISV 65 CED OO ISV 66 CES CC ISV 66 CES OC ISV 66 CES PC Weight [g] 860 860 868 868 868 860 860 868 868 868 WIRING DIAGRAM mONOSTABLE BISTABLE 2-115 VALVES ISO 5599/1.BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 . ISV 55 COB OO ISV 55 COD OO ISV 56 COS CC ISV 56 COS OC ISV 56 COS PC ISV 55 CEB OO ISV 55 CED OO ISV 56 CES CC ISV 56 CES OC ISV 56 CES PC Weight [g] 512 490 496 496 496 512 490 496 496 496 BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 2 .MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 2 Symbol Code 7055021200 7055021300 7055022100 7055022200 7055022300 7055021500 7055021600 7055022400 7055022500 7055022600 Abbrev. SEr IES ISV WITH m12 CONNECTOr DISTRIBUTORS .MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1 Symbol Code 7054021200 7054021300 7054022100 7054022200 7054022300 7054021500 7054021600 7054022400 7054022500 7054022600 Abbrev. SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC.

BASES ISO 5599/1 FOR VALVES SERIES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2 Reference a b c d e f g h i j k l m DISTRIBUTORS Code ISO 1 0228000150 0228000155 0228000200 0228000201 0228000210 0228000300 0228000301 0228000500 0228000400 0228000600 0228000100 0228000110 0228000700 Code ISO 2 0228001150 0228001155 0228001200 0228001201 0228001210 0228001300 0228001301 0228001500 0228001400 – 0228001100 0228001110 0228001700 Description manifold base - side ports manifold base with bottom ports Input end plate Additional input end plate Blind end plate Intermediate - top ports Intermediate - back ports Blanking plate Intermediate diaphragm ISO 1/ISO 2 port adapter Individual base - side ports Base - bottom ports Assembly kit 2-116 .

ISO 1 manifold base. side ports.a MANIFOLD BASE. ISO 2 Weight [g] 84 162 2-117 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2 DISTRIBUTORS . ISO 1 Additional input end plate. ISO 2 Weight [g] 314 131 b MANIFOLD BASE. side ports. BOTTOM PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000155 0228001155 Description manifold base. ISO 1 manifold base. bottom ports. ISO 2 Weight [g] 314 505 c INPUT END PLATE ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000200 0228001200 Description Input end plate ISO 1 Input end plate ISO 2 Weight [g] 129 206 d ADDITIONAL INPUT END PLATE ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000201 0228001201 Description Additional input end plate. SIDE PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000150 0228001150 Description manifold base. bottom ports.

ISO 2 Weight [g] 235 299 g INTERMEDIATE REAR PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000301 0228001301 Description Intermediate rear ports. ISO 2 Weight [g] 47 96 2-118 . ISO 1 Blanking plate. ISO 1 Intermediate top ports. ISO 2 Weight [g] 237 299 h BLANKING PLATE ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000500 0228001500 Description Blanking plate.e BLIND END PLATE ISO 1 ISO 2 DISTRIBUTORS Code 0228000210 0228001210 Description Blind end plate. ISO 2 Weight [g] 79 130 f INTERMEDIATE TOP PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2 Code 0228000300 0228001300 Description Intermediate top ports. ISO 1 Intermediate rear ports. ISO 1 Blind end plate.

ISO 1 Intermediate diaphragm. ISO 2 Weight [g] 47 47 2-119 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2 DISTRIBUTORS .i INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM j DIMENSION ADAPTER Code 0228000400 0228001400 Description Intermediate diaphragm. ISO 1 Individual base side ports. ISO 2 Weight [g] 165 257 l INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000110 0228001110 Description Individual base bottom ports. ISO 1 Individual base bottom ports. ISO 2 Weight [g] 197 304 m ASSEMBLY KIT ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000700 0228001700 Description Assembly kit. ISO 1 Assembly kit. ISO 2 Weight [g] 4 7 Code 0228000600 Description Dimension adapter ISO 1-2 Weight [g] 454 k INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS ISO 1 ISO 2 Code 0228000100 0228001100 Description Individual base side ports.

BASES ISO 5599/1 FOR VALVES SERIES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3 Reference b c h k l DISTRIBUTORS Code ISO 3 0228002155 0228002200 0228002500 0228002100 0228002110 Description manifold base with bottom ports Input end plate Blanking plate Individual base - side ports Base - bottom ports 2-120 .

ISO 3 Weight [g] 420 2-121 BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SEr IES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3 DISTRIBUTORS . bottom ports. ISO 3 Weight [g] 360 l INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS NOTES Code 0228002110 Description Individual base bottom ports. ISO 3 Weight [g] 670 h BLANKING PLATE k INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS Code 0228002500 Description Blanking plate. ISO 3 Weight [g] 720 Code 0228002200 Description Input end plate. BOTTOM PORTS c INPUT END PLATE Code 0228002155 Description manifold base. ISO 3 Weight [g] 265 Code 0228002100 Description Individual base side ports.b MANIFOLD BASE.

it is not under pressure 2-122 . it is not under pressure SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 2 VALVES Symbol Code 0228001804 Description Sandwich regulator 1 0 to 12 bar ISO 2 Weight [g] 900 0228001814* Sandwich regulator 3 0 to 12 bar ISO 2 900 * A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since port 1 relieves pressure.SANDWICH REGULATORS FOR ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO1-2 TECHNICAL DATA max upstream pressure Pressure range Pressure gauge range Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Operating temperature range Fixing screw on ISO 5599/1 base Installation Instructions for use ISO 1 ISO 2 bar 13 bar 0 to 12 bar 0 to 12 Nl/min 400 550 °C –10 to +60 m5 ant-extraction m6 anti-extraction In any position Downstream pressure must always be set to increasing values SANDWICH rEGULATOr S FOr ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO1-2 DISTRIBUTORS SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 1 VALVES Symbol Code 0228000804 Description Sandwich regulator 1 0 to 12 bar ISO 1 Weight [g] 760 0228000814* Sandwich regulator 3 0 to 12 bar ISO 1 760 * A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since port 1 relieves pressure.

2.). CSA (Canadian Standard Association) safety standards are applicable in Canada. sizes 1/8”. a diagram of the components and the code key. • Voltage tolerance: ±10% • Insulation class: F155 • Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents • Temperature range: from +20°C at +50°C (DC version) from +20°C at +40°C (AC version) • max coil temperature at ED 100%: from +58°C at +20°C (DC version) from +81°C at +20°C (AC version) Code W0217000151 W0217000101 W0217000111 W0217000121 Abbrev. The certificatio of these components is only valid if they are used in the manufacturer’s stated conditions (in our case voltage ± 10% etc.9 VA 24V 50/60Hz Ur Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4. The valves on which these coils can be mounted have the same code and description as those of the corresponding standard valves. Approval of the component is valid in the above operating conditions only.6W 24VDC Ur Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4. The company that manufactures the certifie components is included in a UL-listing of certifie manufacturers.9VA 6 VA 4. please refer to the section in the catalogue of the corresponding family of standard valves. with which we have an agreement for the supply and customisation of coils and solenoid valves.AND CSA-APPROVED COILS The following valves come in a version for use with UL and CSA-approved coils. • Series 70 valves. followed by the suffi “L”. The coil complies with CSA 22. Coils and solenoid pilots are certifie under UL 429 - Electrically operated valves. This is why Ur can be read on the coil. The use of approved coils and pilots does not automatically certify the whole valve.9 VA 2.9 VA 230V 50/60Hz Ur Nominal voltage 12Vcc 24Vcc 24V 50 Hz 24V 60 Hz 110V 50 Hz 110V 60 Hz 48 Vcc 230V 50 Hz 230V 60 Hz Absorption 2. but rather the name Nass magnet (UL file mH13513).VALVES FOR UL. 1/4” and 1/2” • Series 70 valves on base • Namur valves • ISO 5599/1 valves. Coil 22 Ø 9 2. NOTES UL is an independent organisation involved in the safety certificatio of products for the North American market.6 W 6VA 4. ones for which the Metal Work code ends with L.9 VA 2-123 VALVES FOr UL- AND CSA-APPr OVED COILS DISTRIBUTORS . For the technical data. Such approval will therefore be up to the manufacturer of the machine or plant. Example: Code Description Standard version 7020020400 SOV 33 SOS NO Approved version 7020020400L SOV 33 SOS NO L All valves and units of this type have a painted or anodized aluminium control and can only mount metal Work coils having a code that begins with W0217 (approved coil).9 W 2.9 VA 110V 50/60Hz Ur W0217000131 Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4. CSA certification refers to the coil only. The Ur mark concerns UL-recognised components and is used for ones that are part of a larger product or system. The list does not include the name metal Work. sizes 1 and 2 • ISO 5599/1 valves with in-line pilot UL certification refers to the coil system and pilot.7 VA 6 VA 4. The coils must be mounted on suitable valves. nor application of a specifi machine or plant. UL AND CSA COILS Ur -marked coils are therefore components that can form part of a larger product of system.9W 12VDC Ur Coil 22 Ø 9 2.

SOV 23 SOS NO L SOV 23 SOS NC L SOV 25 SOS OO L SOV 25 SOB OO L SOV 23 SOB OO L SOV 26 SOS CC L SOV 26 SOS OC L SOV 26 SOS PC L Weight [g] 130 130 158 220 195 250 250 250 DISTRIBUTORS 7010022100L 7010022200L 7010022300L VALVES FOr UL- AND CSA-APPr OVED COILS SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE 7011021100L 7011021200L 7011022100L 7011022200L 7011022300L SOV B5 SOS OO L SOV B5 SOB OO L SOV B6 SOS CC L SOV B6 SOS OC L SOV B6 SOS PC L 172 234 264 264 264 ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4”. SOV 33 SOS NO L SOV 33 SOS NC L SOV 35 SOS OO L SOV 35 SOB OO L SOV 33 SOB OO L SOV 36 SOS CC L SOV 36 SOS OC L SOV 36 SOS PC L Weight [g] 197 197 245 326 280 364 364 364 VALVES NAMUR 7021020100L 7021020200L SOV A5 SOS OO L SOV A5 SOB OO L 280 360 2-124 . SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8” Symbol Code 7010020400L 7010020200L 7010021100L 7010021200L 7010020100L Abbrev.ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8”. NAMUR VALVES SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4” Symbol Code 7020020400L 7020020200L 7020021100L 7020021200L 7020020100L 7020022100L 7020022200L 7020022300L Abbrev.

5 for 5/3 Abbrev. SOV 43 SOS NO L SOV 43 SOS NC L SOV 45 SOS OO L SOV 45 SOB OO L SOV 43 SOB OO L SOV 46 SOS CC L SOV 46 SOS OC L SOV 46 SOS PC L Weight [g] 930 930 1120 1140 955 1265 1265 1265 ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: ISO 5599/1 VALVES • Overall length of monostable valves 5/2 (included solenoid pilot): add 2 mm to the length of the corresponding standard ones.ISO 1 Symbol Code 7051021100L 7051021200L 7051022100L 7051022200L 7051022300L Abbrev. ISV 55 DOS OO L ISV 55 DOB OO L ISV 56 DOS CC L ISV 56 DOS OC L ISV 56 DOS PC L Weight [g] 396 450 516 516 516 2-125 VALVES FOr UL- AND CSA-APPr OVED COILS DISTRIBUTORS .ISO 2 7052021100L 7052021200L 7052022100L 7052022200L 7052022300L ISV 65 SOS OO L ISV 65 SOB OO L ISV 66 SOS CC L ISV 66 SOS OC L ISV 66 SOS PC L 745 800 780 780 780 CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE Code Description 9453922L Cnomo 3/2 with bistable manual actuation ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: VALVES ISO 5599/1 WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT Symbol Code 7053021100L 7053021200L 7053022100L 7053022200L 7053022300L A = 20 for 5/2 28. ISV 55 SOS OO L ISV 55 SOB OO L ISV 56 SOS CC L ISV 56 SOS OC L ISV 56 SOS PC L Weight [g] 374 448 432 432 432 ISO 5599/1 VALVES .ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/2” Symbol Code 7030020400L 7030020200L 7030021100L 7030021200L 7030020100L 7030022100L 7030022200L 7030022300L Abbrev. • Overall length of bistable valves 5/2 and monostable valves 5/3 (included solenoid pilot): add 4 mm to the length of the corresponding standard ones. ISO 5599/1 VALVES .

port 1 is connected to port 4. When the valve is operated (coil energized). such as those to ISO 5599/1. In the event of a failure. the valve is returned to the idle state (so port 4 relieves) by means of a spring that returns the spool to the home position. The double valve is also available in 3 sizes for the ISO 5599/1 series. It is a category 4 component according to ISO EN 13849 and is suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=e. and port 2 relieves. This means that when the valve is deactivated. the sensor is on. the manual actuator mounted on the Cnomo electric control is the monostable type. It is common knowledge that when this type of valve is in the idle state (coil not energized). leaving port 4 pressurized. the other guarantees relief of the compressed-air circuit. the sensor is off. To reduce the probability of risk during plant maintenance. port 4 relieves. In this case. Both the single- and the double-channel valve come with: - a Type-Approval n° P13104/11/mC/nb issued by Bureau Veritas in accordance with EN ISO 13849 - a certificat of compliance examination to the machinery Directive 2006/42/EC CV **No. When the coil is de-energized again. A status in which the sensor is off and the coil de-energized indicates a problem. 2-126 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS . so. and when the valve is activated. we have added a Hall-effect sensor that reads the spool position. is a category 2 component according to ISO EN 13849 and is suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=c. This valve. CV 002-10-2011 released by Bureau Veritas. and port 4 relieves. the spool may remain in the actuating position.VALVES ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR® Starting from a series of sturdy. we have also developed a double-channel version (redundant) that requires the use of ISO 5599/1 valves with a monitored coil arranged so that ports 2 are in parallel and ports 4 are in series. reliable valves. To offset this problem. the presence of spool position sensors can be used to monitor the status. If just one of the valves de-energizes. too. The sensor inside the valve is available in the standard version with a 2. such as the presence of a valve status diagnostic system and the creation of a double channel guaranteeing architecture redundancy. For those requiring higher PLs. even with coil de-energized. The simplest version features one electropneumatically-operated 5/2 monostable valve. some special features have been added. port 1 is connected to port 2.5m three-wire cable (standard or ATEX certified or with an m8 connector and a 300 mm cable. which is available in 3 sizes for the ISO 5599/1 series. even if one of the two coils remains blocked.

24 0.metalwork.5 bar Flow rate at 6.it/eng/materiali_compatibilita.43 700 1800 3200 1100 2700 4600 12 / 30 24 / 43 50 / 120 267 817 1095 0.34 0. ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection.3 bar ∆p 1 bar Tr A/Trr at 6. ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection. type B Certifie EN 60204.html 30 mm side. if used. P revent magnetic field from creating disturbance in the sensor area.3 bar Conductance C on relief Critical ratio b on relief Flow rate on free exhaust at 6.56 1850 5900 6500 any position On single or manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 (*) to CNOmO monostable on solenoid pilot and valve body ISO and UNI FD 22 See webpage www. type A 22 mm side. 78 dBA with silenced relief 1 In accordance with machinery Directive.5 to 10 from vacuum to 10 2.3 bar Installation Assembly Solenoid pilot manual actuator r ecommended lubricant Compatibility with oils Coils ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO3 Filtered unlubricated air (50µm). A ny ferromagnetic masses must be at least 30mm from the sensor. must be continuous 5/2 monostable bar from 2.SINGLE VALVE ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR® TECHNICAL DATA Fluid Operation Operating pressure: • non-assisted • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Nominal diameter Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6. lubrication. COMPONENTS a VALVE BODy: Aluminium b END CAP: Hostaform® c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic e GASKETS: NBr f PISTONS: Hostaform® g PISTON GASKET: NBr h FILTEr : sintered bronze i SPr INGS: special steel j OPEr ATOr : Brass pipe – Stainless steel core k LOCKING rING: special steel l mAGNET: Neodymium m SENSOr : Hall effect 2-127 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS bar °C mm Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min ms/ms Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min .43 0.5 12 15 250 657 971 0.36 0. we recommend using metal Work accessories ** The declaration can be downloaded from www.3 bar ∆p 0.it IMPORTANT: Do not mount 2 or more SAFE AIr ® valves in adjacent positions.5 from -10 to +60 (from -10 to +45 for Atex version) 7.1 and VDE 0580 r efer to the Accessories section for the electrical features page 14 (*) IP65 with coil and connector mounted max. Annexe V (**) II 3G Ex nA c IIC T4 Gc x -10°C<Ta<45°C II 3D Ex tc IIIC T135°C IP65 Dc Cuts off the power supply and relieves the air circuit connected to port 4 Hall effect (refer to page 13 for sensor details) 40 x 106 cycles 2 Low (80 %) Suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=c Class of protection Noise level max coil ring nut torque CE marking ATEX category (only for versions with an ATEX sensor) Safety function Type of sensor used B10d Category - ISO EN 13849 DC PL - ISO EN 13849 Nm * To avoid malfunctions.metalwork.

5 m 3 wires M8 0.SINGLE VALVE ISO 1 - ON DELIVEr y ISO 1 - ON rELIEF DISTRIBUTORS Flow rates [Nl/min] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Outlet pressure [bar] ISO 2 - ON DELIVEr y VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® ISO 2 - ON rELIEF Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] ISO 3 - ON DELIVEr y ISO 3 - ON rELIEF Flow rates [Nl/min] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Outlet pressure [bar] KEY TO CODES ISV FAMILY ISV ISO solenoid/ pneumatic 5 DIMENSIONS 5 ISO1 6 ISO2 7 ISO3 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 SO OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid/ pneumatic SE electric pilot-assisted S RESETTING 12 mechanical springs OO FURTHER DETAILS OO 5/2 3F SENSOR 3F 2.3 m m8 AT 2 m ATEX S 2-128 .FLOW CHARTS .

3 m m8 2 m ATEX Weight [g] 750 720 740 750 720 740 5/2 MONOSTABLE .ISO 3 Symbol Code 7059021100 7059121100 7059221100 7059021400 7059121400 7059221400 Abbrev.3 m m8 2 m ATEX Weight [g] 1240 1210 1230 1240 1210 1230 2-129 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS .5 m 3 wires 0.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 m 3 wires 0. ISV 75 SOS OO 3F ISV 75 SOS OO m8 ISV 75 SOS OO AT ISV 75 SES OO 3F ISV 75 SES OO m8 ISV 75 SES OO AT Sensor 2.ISO 1 Symbol Code 7057021100 7057121100 7057221100 7057021400 7057121400 7057221400 Abbrev.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 m 3 wires 0. ISV 65 SOS OO 3F ISV 65 SOS OO m8 ISV 65 SOS OO AT ISV 65 SES OO 3F ISV 65 SES OO m8 ISV 65 SES OO AT Sensor 2. ISV 55 SOS OO 3F ISV 55 SOS OO m8 ISV 55 SOS OO AT ISV 55 SES OO 3F ISV 55 SES OO m8 ISV 55 SES OO AT Sensor 2.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.3 m m8 2 m ATEX Weight [g] 380 350 370 380 350 370 5/2 MONOSTABLE .5 m 3 wires 0.5 m 3 wires 0.5 m 3 wires 0.ISO 2 Symbol Code 7058021100 7058121100 7058221100 7058021400 7058121400 7058221400 Abbrev.5/2 MONOSTABLE .

the coil is de-energized but the sensor remains OFF. terminal y32 indicates the status of the module. Expected behaviour with the system operating correctly: - system deactivated: • contact 14 is OFF • the coil is de-energized • the sensor is ON • relay K1 is energized • contact K1 is closed • contact y32 is OFF - with the system activated via the start/reset button: • contact 14 is ON • the coil is energized • the sensor is OFF • relay K1 is de-energized • contact K1 is open • contact y32 is ON In the event of a malfunction (e. the valve’s Hall-effect sensor is 24 VDC - a start/reset button S2 - a relay K1. an NO contact of the relay is in series with button S2 of the PNOZ® s3. In the event of a valve fault. If the emergency button is operated at a frequency of 1 actuation per hour. Circuit components: - a Pilz® safety module PNOZ® s3 for controlling the emergency stop button. responsibility for fina checking that PL lies with the person assembling the circuit. All the electrical connections between the various components must comply with the applicable safety regulations. the 24 VDC coil of which is fed by terminal 14 of the PNOZ® s3 (the other terminal of the coil is 0 V). the circuit activates a safety function with PL = c (calculations made with the PAScal programme by Pilz®).g. the circuit in the diagram below does not allow relief of the compressed air system. not the status of the sensor. contact K1 remains open (preventing subsequent restarts) and contact y32 is OFF. Sensor status must be monitored to assess valve operation. relay K1 remains de-energized. 2-130 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS . spool jam). Contact y32 indicates the status of the PNOZ® s3.EXAMPLE OF A SAFETY CIRCUIT WITH A SINGLE VALVE Below is an example of a wiring diagram for controlling metal Work SAFE AIr ® single valves using Pilz® components. controlled by the valve sensor. which can be relayed to the machine control logic - an emergency stop button S1 (Pilz® - PIT® es Set) linked to terminals S11-S12-S22-S23 of the PNOZ® s3 - a metal Work SAFE AIr ® solenoid valve.

form A 22 mm side. if used.it IMPORTANT: ny ferromagnetic masses must be at least 30mm from the sensor.24 0. Annexe V (**) II 3G Ex nA c IIC T4 Gc x -10°C<Ta<45°C II 3D Ex tc IIIC T135°C IP65 Dc 1 Icuts off the power supply and relieves the air circuit connected to port 4 Hall effect (refer to page 13 for sensor details) 40x106 cycles 4 High (≥ 99 %) 80 Suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=e Class of protection Noise level CE marking ATEX category (only for versions with an ATEX sensor) max coil ring nut torque Safety function Type of sensor used B10d Category - ISO EN 13849 DC CCF PL - ISO EN 13849 Nm * To avoid malfunctions.5 from -10 to +60 (from -10 to +45 for Atex version) 228 498 720 0.30 0.it/eng/materiali_compatibilita.02 0.5 bar Flow rate at 6.metalwork.3 bar Tr A/Trr at 6. form B Certifie EN 60204. we recommend using metal Work accessories ** The declaration can be downloaded from www.DOUBLE VALVE ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR® TECHNICAL DATA Fluid Operation Operating pressure: • non-assisted • pilot-assisted minimum pilot pressure Operating temperature range Conductance C Critical ratio b Flow rate at 6. WIRING DIAGRAM 2-131 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS bar °C Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min Nl/min Nl/min · bar bar/bar Nl/min ms/ms .44 770 1250 2500 1050 1750 3400 222 554 724 0.1 and VDE 0580 r efer to the Accessories section for electrical features page 14 (*) IP65 with coil and connector mounted max. must be continuous double 5/2 monostable bar from 2. ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection. 78 dBA with silenced relief in accordance with machinery Directive.40 0.41 1600 4000 5300 12 / 30 24 / 43 50 / 120 any position to CNOmO monostable on solenoid pilot and valve body ISO and UNI FD 22 See webpage www.metalwork.5 to 10 from vacuum to 10 2. A P revent magnetic field from creating disturbance in the sensor area.3 bar ∆p 1 bar Conductance C on relief Critical ratio b on relief Flow rate on free exhaust at 6. lubrication.3 bar ∆p 0.html 30 mm side. ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection.3 bar Installation Solenoid pilot manual actuator r ecommended lubricant Compatibility with oils Coils ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO3 Filtered unlubricated air (50µm).

3 m m8 AT 2 m ATEX S 2-132 .FLOW CHARTS .5 m 3 wires M8 0.DOUBLE VALVE ISO 1 - ON DELIVEr y ISO 1 - ON rELIEF DISTRIBUTORS Flow rates [Nl/min] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Outlet pressure [bar] ISO 2 - ON DELIVEr y VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® ISO 2 - ON rELIEF Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] ISO 3 - ON DELIVEr y ISO 3 - ON rELIEF Flow rates [Nl/min] Flow rates [Nl/min] Outlet pressure [bar] Outlet pressure [bar] KEY TO CODES ISV FAMILY ISV ISO solenoid/ pneumatic 5 DIMENSIONS 5 ISO1 6 ISO2 7 ISO3 5 FUNCTION 5 5/2 SO OPERATORS 14 SO solenoid/ pneumatic SE electric pilot-assisted S RESETTING 12 mechanical springs DD FURTHER DETAILS DD double 5/2 3F SENSOR 3F 2.

5 Sensor 2.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 152.5 m 3 wires 0.5 29 29 29 29 29 29 31.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 176 176 176 176 176 176 188 188 188 188 188 188 C 100 100 100 100 100 100 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 D 118 118 118 118 118 118 145 145 145 145 145 145 155 155 155 155 155 155 E 86 86 86 86 86 86 113 113 113 113 113 113 123 123 123 123 123 123 F1 G 1/4” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 1/4” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 3/8” G 1/2” G 1/2” G 1/2” G 1/2” G 1/2” G 1/2” F2 m5 m5 m5 m5 m5 m5 G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 1/8” G 50 50 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 63 63 78 78 78 78 78 78 H 100 100 100 100 100 100 134 134 134 134 134 134 174 174 174 174 174 174 I 88 88 88 88 88 88 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 L 6 6 6 6 6 6 13 13 13 13 13 13 9 9 9 9 9 9 S 23.5 23.5 23. ISV 55 SOS DD 3F ISV 55 SOS DD m8 ISV 55 SOS DD AT ISV 55 SES DD 3F ISV 55 SES DD m8 ISV 55 SES DD AT ISV 65 SOS DD 3F ISV 65 SOS DD m8 ISV 65 SOS DD AT ISV 65 SES DD 3F ISV 65 SES DD m8 ISV 65 SES DD AT ISV 75 SOS DD 3F ISV 75 SOS DD m8 ISV 75 SOS DD AT ISV 75 SES DD 3F ISV 75 SES DD m8 ISV 75 SES DD AT A 112 112 112 112 112 112 146 146 146 146 146 146 186 186 186 186 186 186 B 152.5 31.5 152.3 m m8 2 m ATEX Weight [g] 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 5300 NOTES 2-133 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS .5 23.5 31.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 23.5 152.5 31.3 m m8 2 m ATEX 2.5 152.5 m 3 wires 0.5 m 3 wires 0.5 31.5 m 3 wires 0.5 152.5 m 3 wires 0.5 23.DOUBLE 5/2 MONOSTABLE Code 7057021110 7057121110 7057221110 7057021410 7057121410 7057221410 7058021110 7058121110 7058221110 7058021410 7058121410 7058221410 7059021110 7059121110 7059221110 7059021410 7059121410 7059221410 Size ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 2 ISO 3 ISO 3 ISO 3 ISO 3 ISO 3 ISO 3 Abbrev.5 m 3 wires 0.5 31.

and the coils are de-energized.1p - a metal Work double solenoid valve SAFE AIr ®.it (the licence for programming Pilz® modules is not included).1p module is programmed so that: - when either sensor is OFF. All the electrical connections between the various components must comply with the applicable safety regulations. the module does not allow subsequent restarts. the 2 sensors must go off within the valve actuation time (12 ms for ISO1s. otherwise the 2 valves are switched off again. the Pilz® module does not allow subsequent start/reset - with the system activated via the start/reset button: • contacts O0 and O1 are ON • the coils are energized • the sensors are OFF (and hence signals to terminals 16 and 17) The PNOZ® mm0. If the emergency button is operated at a frequency of 1 actuation per hour. Circuit components: - a Pilz® PNOZ® mm 0. the valves’ Hall-effect sensors are 24 VDC - the sensor signals are relayed to terminals 16 (SV1) and 17 (SV2) of the PNOZ® mm 0. The programme can be downloaded from www.1p modular safety system - an emergency stop button S1 (Pilz® - PIT® es Set) linked to terminals T0-T1-I8-I9 of the PNOZ® mm 0. r esponsibility for fina checking that PL lies with the person assembling the circuit. 2-134 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SEr IES SAFE AIr ® DISTRIBUTORS . 24 ms for ISO2s and 50 ms for ISO3s). the circuit activates a safety function with PL = e (calculations made with the PAScal programme by Pilz®).1p (the other terminals of the coils are OV).EXAMPLE OF A SAFETY CIRCUIT WITH A DOUBLE VALVE Below is an example of a wiring diagram for controlling double valves SAFE AIr ® a metal Work using Pilz® components.1p - a start/reset button S2 Expected behaviour with the system operating correctly: - system deactivated: • contacts O0 and O1 are OFF • the coils are de-energized • the sensors are ON (and hence signals to terminals 16 and 17) • if one of the sensors is OFF. the 24 VDC coils of which are fed by terminals O0 (SV1) and O1 (SV2) of the PNOZ® mm 0. - when the valves are energized.metalwork.

Category ATEX Certification EFFETTO HALL N.14 mm2 Polyurethane.TECHNICAL DATA SENSOR Type of contact Switch Supply voltage (Ub) Power Voltage variation Voltage drop Input current Output current Switching frequency Short-circuit protection Over-voltage suppression Polarity inversion protection EMC LED display Magnetic sensitivity Repeatability Degree of protection (EN 60529) Vibration and shock resistance Operating life Temperature range Sensor capsule material 2. PNP from 18 to 30 DC # 1. 11 ms. from 10 to 55 Hz.O. from 10 to 55 Hz. 1 mm 109 impulses from -25 to +75 PA66 + PA6I/6T PVC. IP 69K 30 g. 3 x 0.6 mT # 0. 3 x 0.1 mT IP 67 30 g. 3 x 0. 1 mm 109 impulses from -20 to +45 PA PVC.7 # 10% of Ub # 2.5 m/2 m connecting cable Connecting cable with M8x1 Wire NO.O.14 mm2 3 - ATEX EFFETTO HALL N. PNP from 10 to 30 DC 3 # 10% of Ub #2 # 10 # 100 # 5000 Yes Yes Yes EN 60 947-5-2 Yellow 2.2 # 10 # 70 1000 Yes Yes Yes EN 60 947-5-2 Yellow 2.8 mT ± 25% # 0.12 mm2 3 II 3G Ex nA op is IIC T4 Gc X II 3D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc IP67 X V W V mA mA Hz °C WIRING DIAGRAM SENSOR ACCESSORIES Refer to page 2-113 for coils and connectors NOTES 2-135 VALVES ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR® DISTRIBUTORS . 11 ms.1 mT (Ub and ta fixed IP 68.

2-136 DISTRIBUTORS NOTES .

NOTES 2-137 DISTRIBUTORS .

2-138 DISTRIBUTORS NOTES .

In TeRMeDIATeS eleMen TS An D Acce SSORIeS PAGE 2-162 P MUl TIMAc H PAGE 2-166 P MUl TIMAc H + pROFIBUS SEE PAGE 2-190 P MUl TIMAc H + c An open SEE PAGE 2-190 P MUl TIMAc H + DevIce -ne T SEE PAGE 2-190 P MUl TIMAc H + B&R PAGE 2-174 P c M cleve R MUl TIMAc H PAGE 2-175 2-139 Summ Ar y of v Al v E iSl And S DISTRIBUTORS .SUMMARy OF vAl ve ISl An DS P HDM + MUl TI-pOle c Onnec TIOn PAGE 2-140 P HDM + AS-Interface PAGE 2-144 P HDM + pROFIBUS-Dp PAGE 2-149 P HDM + c An open PAGE 2-153 P HDM + B&R PAGE 2-159 P HDM – vAlveS.

m5 thread for exhaust pilot port c onnection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots Automatic fitting Ø 4 m maximum number of pilots 16 maximum number of valves 16 ( same as the max. solenoid valve energised) Pneumatic symbol identification of the monostable or bistable manual contro v alve ordering code v alve identification cod Blank space for valve number m n o p q . the electrical connections are entirely automatic. otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai .3 bar DP 1 bar n l/min 11. Since the electrical signal is relayed from one valve to the next by means of gold-plated contacts connected to an electronic board. t he ratio of the hdm ’s flow rate to its dimensions is unrivalled – miniaturisation and efficiency have reached a peak DISTRIBUTORS hdm + mul ti.Pol E conn Ection TECHNICAL DATA v alve port connections Ø 4.9 c ontrol Pn P o n Pn insulation class f 155 degree of protection iP65 (with conveyed exhust) Solenoid rating 100% Ed tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar ms 8 / 45 tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar ms 8 / 33 tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20 tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20 n ote on use insert the pipes in the fittings. it only takes a few seconds to replace or add a valve. with built-in push-in fittings. c ompatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h k l m n o p q 2-140 Exhaust . rounded design makes hdm s ideal for applications requiring frequent washing without the deposit of residues. if used. t he class of protection is iP65. o ne very important new feature is that valves of different capacities can be mounted as required. All the pneumatic connections are on one side. t his means a valve can be replaced at any time by another one offering a different performance. lubrication. merely loosen the two grub screws fixing the valve to the adjacent ones. of pilots ) o perating temperature range °c -10 to +60 f luid f iltered air without lubrication.6. t o do this. no. must be continuous f low rate at 6. input and output terminals for pipes of different sizes and intermediate modules for separate inputs and outputs.Solenoid pilot 82/84 v alve supply . f lexibility is total: there are 1-16 valves.8. 8 or 10 mm manual control l Ed (l Ed on. before passing air through the valves.+ MUl TI-pOle c Onnec TIOn hdm s are the ideal solution for those requiring the unbeatable performance. t he smooth. Each valve is enclosed in a reinforced technopolymer protective shell that acts as a shock-absorber and prevents the infiltration of di t. flexibility and modularity of multimach valves combined with sturdy mechanics and a high degree of protection against external agents.5 mm Ø 4 11.port 11 Electrical control supply X Blind end-plate or right end-plate 1-11 Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 4.10 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or Ø 12 mm automatic fitting / 3/8 thread for exhaust po t.5 mm Ø 6 14 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 10 version 5/2 and 3/2 200 500 650 1000 1200 version 5/3 200 300 300 500 500 Pressure range bar X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) t erminal 1-1 3 to 7 vacuum at 10 t erminal 1 3 to 7 v oltage range 24 vdc ± 10% Power W 0.port 1 t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply . 6. t he user interface is on another side so that the fitter and the se vice engineer have everything at hand. t hree different valve sizes can be combined at will.

An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.W 6 . Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed. using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals. KEY TO CODES H D M VALVE h eavy duty multimach iP65 2 INPUT END-PLATE 2 End-plate 1-11 pipe Ø 10 3 End-plate 1 pipe Ø 10 2S End-plate 1-11 pipe Ø 12 8 ELECTRICAL BASE 8 d -Sub 25 wire M MANUAL TYPE monostable manual control Bistable manual control I6 . using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals. F l ateral fixing using the blind te minal.1 6 FURTHER DETAILS 14 iP65 25-wire shell 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar M B * u ses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals. B C f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.5 TYPE OF VALVE n° 2 3/2 nc n° 2 3/2 no 3/2 no + 3/2 nc 5/2 monostable 5/2 bistable 5/3 monostable 5/2 monostable right-end-plate 1-11 pipe Ø12 blind end-plate Passing-intermede Blind intermediate Exhaust section c artridge 4 c artridge 6 c artridge 8 . FIXING THE BASE A f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.23 mm c artridge 10 1 4 . I W L V K O *F 4 5 6 7 20 4 6 8 8S 10 2-141 hdm + mul ti. intermediates elements and common accessories.THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY t he numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly position of the single elements represented as follows. using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.W 8 . and its the m4 threads on the side lateral.O 4 . E f ixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate.L 8 .14 mm c artridge 8 .Pol E conn Ection DISTRIBUTORS . Refer to page 2-162 for valves. D f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.

WIRING DIAGRAM Bistable or n° 2 3/2 5/2 mostable type “ v “ 5/2 mostable type “ f “ DISTRIBUTORS not E: t he type f monostable valve uses one Pin only (like the v ) but occupies 2 signals.PIPE Ø12 Code 0227301220 Description End-plate hdm 1-11-25d Ø12 Weight [g] 370 t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated • Port 2 • Port 4 • Pilot supply A = h oles for 25-pin iP51 connectors (for example. Common (P25) hdm + mul ti.PIPE Ø10 Code 0227301200 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1-11-25d 370 Ø10 t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated • Port 2 • Port 4 • Pilot supply A = h oles for 25-pin iP51 connectors (for example. code 0226180101) 2-142 .Pol E conn Ection b END-PLATE 1-11-25D . code 0226180101) 2S v END-PLATE 1-11-25D .

5 m c onnector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 5 m Weight [g] 190 390 740 Code 0226107000 Description identification plate ki c omes in 10-pc. 25 WIRES IP65 CABLES Code 0226180107 Description 45° connector kit.Pol E conn Ection DISTRIBUTORS . 25 WIRES IP65 IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT Code 0226960100 0226960250 0226960500 Description c onnector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 1 m c onnector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 2.PIPE Ø10 Code 0227301201 Description End-plate hdm 1-25d Ø10 Weight [g] 370 A = h oles for 25-pin iP51 connectors (for example.c END-PLATE 1-25D . 25 wires iP 65 Weight [g] 65 Code Description 0226107201 10-wire cable 0226107101 19-wire cable 0226107102 25-wire cable Specify the number of metres desired. code 0226180101) Acce SSORIeS n 45° CONNECTOR KIT. Weight [g] 86 122 130 PRE-WIRED 45° CONNECTOR KIT. packs WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTOR 25 pIn Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Colour of the corresponding wire blue/black red/brown white/black red/blue black/orange yellow/red black/brown white/red Position of electrical contact 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Colour of the corresponding wire red/black brown/white red/orange light blue yellow/white yellow red/green orange Position of electrical contact 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Colour of the corresponding wire orange/white green yellow/black white blue/white brown green/white red Position of electrical contact 25 Colour of the corresponding wire green/black 2-143 hdm + mul ti.

Solenoid pilot 82/84 t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply .8. othe wise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai .1 addressing or extended AB v.9 f 155 iP 65 (with conveyed exhaust.5 mm Ø 6 14 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 10 200 500 650 1000 1200 200 300 300 500 500 X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) 3 to 7 bar vacuum at 10 bar 3 to 7 bar 24 vdc ±10% 0.+ AS-Interface hdm + AS. fixed on a din bar. which means that you only need to replace the input terminal to convert the valve island with multiple connector into an AS-i island. with fittings for pipes 4.0 address for an increase in the node numbers which can be connected up to 62 and for a better diagnostics Note: if you use valves 8S type or 10 exploiting their flow capacity it is necessary that the feeding pressure is at least 6 bar (to avoid the pressure to decrease too much on the pilots). of pilots ) -10 to +60 f iltered air without lubrication. t here are many AS-i terminal variants to meet all possible requirements: • with 1 node. the insertion of intermediate modules with separate power supply or outlets. for controlling up to 4 valve solenoid pilots. m5 thread for exhaust pilot port t erminal with 1 node = 4 / terminal with 2 node = 8 t erminal with 1 node = 4 ( same as the max.2. 6. before passing air through the valves.3. • with 2 nodes for output and input for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots and receiving up to 8 input signals with m8 connectors. t he arrangement of the functions continues the traditional optimisation of the hdm s: the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side. so that the fitter and se vice engineer have everything within easy reach: all compressed air connections on the other side. lubrication.5 mm Ø 4 11. 10 mm manual control l Ed (l Ed on. • with 2 nodes. signals and AS-i connectors. • traditional v. 8. no. and unused in Put S sealed with caps/plugs) 100% Ed 8 / 45 8 / 33 20 / 20 20 / 20 insert the pipes in the fittings. All the advantages of the hdm system can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of different size. DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA v alve port connections maximum number of pilots maximum number of valves o perating temperature range f luid f low rate at 6. aluminium valves with chemical nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced technopolymer. so that several valve islands can be arranged in line. t he input connectors are m8 or m12. for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots. it is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.port 1-11-X Blind end-plate or right-end-plate 1-11 Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 4.interface t he hdm +AS-interface system has been designed in such a way that the pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics. • with 1 note for output and input for controlling up to 4 solenoid pilots and receiving up to 4 input signals. must be continuous 11.3 bar DP 1 bar Ø 4. the connectors for AS-i cables on the opposite side longitudinally. • power supply with the AS-i yellow cable only. • power supply with two cables: the yellow AS-i cable and the black power supply cable. solenoid valve energised) Pneumatic symbol identification of the monostable or bistable manual contro v alve ordering code v alve identification cod Blank space for valve number Black cable for 24v (if present) AS-int Erf Ac E yellow cable AS-int Erf Ac E led m n o p q . with an index of protection iP65. of pilots ) / terminal with 2 node = 8 ( same as the max.10 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or 12* automatic fitting 3/8 thread for exhaust port. 6 or 8.6. no. t he valves and accessories are hdm standard. *with right-end-plate 1-11 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation °c n l/min version 5/2 and 3/2 version 5/3 t erminal 1-11 t erminal 1 Pressure range v oltage range Power for each pilot Solenoid Pilot insulation class degree of protection Solenoid rating tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar n ote on use W ms ms ms ms c ompatibility with oils COMPONENTS a c d f g h k l m n o p q r s t 2-144 Exhaust . if used.

E f ixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate. An opening for the pipes is made in the plate. intermediates elements and common accessories. B C f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal. F l ateral fixing using the blind te minal.THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY t he numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly position of the single elements represented as follows. using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals. using the push-in bracket code 0227301600. Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed. 2 nod ES 1 nod E FIXING THE BASE A f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal. using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals. Refer to page 2-162 for valves.interface DISTRIBUTORS . 2-145 hdm + AS. and its the m4 threads on the side lateral. D f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.

4 out.L 8 . 4 o ut. yellow cable End-plate hdm 1 AS-8 454 2 nodes. yellow cable AZ-4 1 node. yellow cable AP-4 1 node.interface WIRING DIAGRAM * u ses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals NOTE: t he type f monostable valve uses one Pin only (like the v ) but occupies 2 signals. Bistable or n°2 3/2 5/2 monostable type “V” 5/2 monostable type “F” node 2 node1 Common c END-PLATE 1 AS-4. yellow cable * m7 plug for 2nd node addressing. yellow cable and black cable AZ-8 2 nodes.B.5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable *F 5/2 monostable 4 right-end-plate 1-11 pipe Ø12 5 blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede 7 Blind intermediate 20 Exhaust section 4 c artridge 4 6 c artridge 6 8 c artridge 8 . 8 out e 8 in m8. yellow cable and black cable AE-8 2 nodes. 8 out.14 mm 8S c artridge 8 . yellow cable AS-8 2 nodes.O 4 .23 mm 10 c artridge 10 1 6 FURTHER DETAILS 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar DISTRIBUTORS hdm + AS. n . yellow cable and black cable M MANUAL TYPE M monostable manual control B Bistable manual control I6 .W 6 . 8 o ut. 4 out e 4 in m8.W 8 . 8 out. yellow cable AO-4 1 node.4 ELECTRICAL BASE v ersion with standard address AS-4 1 node. 4 out. yellow cable and black cable AE-4 1 node. 4 out e 4 in m12. f or versions with 2 nodes only ** 21 for AS-8 2-146 .KEY TO CODES H D M VALVE h eavy duty multimach iP65 3 INPUT END-PLATE 3 End-plate 1 A S . AS-8 Code 0227301202 0227301208 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 AS-4 465 1 node. 4 out e 4 in m8.

yellow cable and black cable 2-147 hdm + AS. 4 o ut and 4 in m8. M12 Code 0227301212 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 AP-4 756 1 node. yellow cable c END-PLATE 1 AP-4. M8 Code 0227301214 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 AE-4 761 1 node.c END-PLATE 1 AO-4. yellow cable c END-PLATE 1 AE-4. 4 o ut and 4 in m8.interface DISTRIBUTORS . M8 Code 0227301218 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 Ao -4 759 1 node. 4 o ut and 4 in m12.

M8 Code 0227301216 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 AE-8 773 2 nodes. AZ-8 hdm + AS.M12 PLUG Code 0240009039 0240009040 Description Plu G m8 Plu G m12 2-148 .B. yellow cable and black cable 0227301210 * m7 plug for 2nd node addressing.c END-PLATE 1 AE-8. yellow cable and black cable 456 End-plate hdm 1 AZ-8 2 nodes. 4 o ut. 8 o ut. 8 o ut and 8 in m8. f or versions with 2 nodes only ** 21 for AZ-8 Acce SSORIeS AS-interface ADDRESS CONNECTOR KIT SpAReS AS-interface CONNECTOR KIT Code 0226950150 Description AS-interface address connector cable l = 1 m Code 0226950151 Description AS-interface connector kit M8 . n .interface Code 0227301204 Description Weight [g] End-plate hdm 1 AZ-4 467 1 node. yellow cable and black cable DISTRIBUTORS c END-PLATE 1 AZ-4.

It is advisable to earth the system to prevent electrical or electrostatic discharge from damaging the electronic circuit.10 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or 12* automatic fitting 3/8 thread for exhaust port. Profibus communication active t he “peripheral defect” bit is active and accessible at the master station. and the electrical connectors and selectors are at the end of the island. 0 = not enabled 1 = enabled disabled 2-149 hdm + P rofi Bu S-dP DISTRIBUTORS . *with right-end-plate 1-11 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation ms ms ms ms c ompatibility with oils Profibus DP module for HDM valves Protection max input power (all valves on ) Addressing h ighest settable address number default address Peripheral defect diagnosis defects reported module status in the event of peripheral defect data bit value o utput status in the absence of communication o utputs protected against overloads and shortcircuits ˜500 mA By rotary selectors 99 3 l ocal l Ed indicator and relay to master o utput shortcircuit or overload.+ pROFIBUS-Dp t he hdm +Profi Bu S system has been designed in such a way that the pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics. aluminium valves with chemical nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced technopolymer.8. must be continuous 11. with an index of protection iP65. Auxiliary power supply failure. before passing air through the valves.othe wise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai . and that . 6 or 8. signals and connectors. so that the fitter and se vice engineer have everything within easy reach: all compressed air connections are on the other side.3 bar DP 1 bar n l/min version 5/2 and 3/2 version 5/3 Pressure range t erminal 1-11 terminal 1 v oltage range Power for each pilot Solenoid Pilot insulation class degree of protection Solenoid rating tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar n ote on use W Ø 4.6. of pilots) -10 to +60 f iltered air without lubrication. the inse tion of intermediate modules with separate power supply or outlets.5 mm Ø 4 11.the Bu S out connector gets plugged) 100% Ed 8 / 45 8 / 33 20 / 20 20 / 20 insert the pipes in the fittings.5 mm Ø 6 14 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 10 200 500 650 1000 1200 200 300 300 500 500 X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) 3 to 7 bar vacuum at 10 bar 3 to 7 bar 24 vdc ±10% (slave protected against overload and reverse polarity) 0.in case of no use .9 f 155 iP65 (with conveyed exhust. no. lubrication. All the advantages of the hdm system can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of different size. TECHNICAL DATA v alve port connections c onnection on the end-plate 1-11 for the supply of pilots maximum number of pilots maximum number of valves o perating temperature range °c f luid f low rate at 6. t he arrangement of the functions continues the traditional optimisation of the hdm : the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side. if used. t he valves and accessories are hdm standard. with fittings for pipes 4. it is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact. which means that you only need to replace the input terminal to convert the valve island with multiple connector into an Profi Bu S island. m5 thread for exhaust pilot port Automatic fitting Ø 4 m 16 16 (same as the max.

D f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal. intermediates elements and common accessories. using the push-in bracket code 0227301600. F l ateral fixing using the blind te minal. using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals. E f ixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate .port 1 t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply . FIXING THE BASE A f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal. B C f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.port 11 Electrical control supply X Blind end-plate or right-end-plate-1-11 Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 4. An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h k l m n o p q r Exhaust . solenoid valve energised) Pneumatic symbol identification of the monostable or bistable manual contro v alve ordering code v alve identification cod Blank space for valve number Profibus te minal DISTRIBUTORS hdm + P rofi Bu S-dP 2-150 THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY t he numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly positio of the single elements represented as follows. Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed. using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals. and its the m4 threads on the side lateral. Refer to page 2-162 for valves. 8 or 10 mm manual control l Ed (l Ed on. 6.Solenoid pilot 82/84 v alve supply . .

Both of these methods can also 1 Adressing be used in combination. B) 1 = +5v * 2=A 3 = ov * 4=B 4 = Shield * do don ’tconn Ect Pin 1 andfor external used only * not conn Ect : feeding Pin 3: to be for terminationthe external terminating resistors.f or correct communication. Should this not be possible. 5/2 monostable type “v ” 5/2 monostable type “f ” c ommon 2-151 hdm + P rofi Bu S-dP WIRING DIAGRAM DISTRIBUTORS .23 mm 10 c artridge 10 1 6 FURTHER DETAILS n° 2 brackets for din bar M B 16 * u ses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals. 1 = +24v bus 2 = +24v valve 3 = Gnd 4 = Gnd Po WEr Su PPl y (m8) Bu S out (female connector) (m12 cod .O 4 . feeding of resistances .W 8 . the shield can be connected to prin 5.5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable *F 5/2 monostable 4 right-end-plate 1-11 pipe Ø12 5 blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede 7 Blind intermediate 20 Exhaust section 4 c artridge 4 6 c artridge 6 8 c artridge 8 .14 mm 8S c artridge 8 .t he shield should be evenly distributed around the thread.L 8 . .KEY TO CODES H D M VALVE h eavy duty multimach iP65 2 INPUT END-PLATE 2 End-plate 1-11 3 End-plate 1 P ELECTRICAL BASE P profibus dP M MANUAL TYPE monostable manual control Bistable manual control I6 . use Profibus cables at least 1 metre long. B) Bu S in (male connector) (m12 cod . B t erminal resistances C r eset button faulty D r esettable 1 Adressing fuse E indicator l Ed B terminal resistances F eset button C r Grounding faulty D r esettable fuse E indicator l ed F Grounding Bistable or n°2 3/2 not E: t he type f monostable valve uses one Pin only (like the v ) but occupies 2 signals.W 6 .

M12 PLUG Code 0240009037 Description m8 connector for power supply wire 5 m Code 0240009039 0240009040 Description Plug m8 Plug m12 2-152 .b END-PLATE 1-11 PROFIBUS-DP Code 0227301231 Description End-plate hdm 1-11 Profi Bu S Weight [g] 730 DISTRIBUTORS c END-PLATE 1 PROFIBUS-DP hdm + P rofi Bu S-dP Code 0227301230 Description End-plate hdm 1 Profi Bu S Weight [g] 730 Acce SSORIeS M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS Code 0240009035 Description male connector B coding Code 0240009036 Description m12 female connector B coding M8 CONNECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY Pin 1 2 3 4 c able color Brown White Blue Black M8 .

m5 thread for exhaust pilot port Automatic fitting Ø 4 m 16 16 (same as the max.8. c An open communication active. lubrication.othe wise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai . All pneumatic connections are on one side. t he “peripheral defect” bit is active and accessible at the master station. the electrical connectors and selectors are on top of the island.3 bar DP 1 bar n l/min version 5/2 and 3/2 version 5/3 Pressure range terminal 1-11 terminal 1 voltage range Power for each pilot Solenoid Pilot insulation class degree of protection Solenoid rating tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar n ote on use W Ø 4.10 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or 12* automatic fitting 3/8 thread for exhaust port. Auxiliary power supply failure. of pilots) -10 to +60 f iltered air without lubrication.5 mm Ø 6 14 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 10 200 500 650 1000 1200 200 300 300 500 500 X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) 3 to 7 bar vacuum at 10 bar 3 to 7 bar 24 vdc ±10% (slave protected against overload and reverse polarity) 0. t wo versions of end-plate are available: one can handle up to 16 controls (16 o ut) and one up to 16 controls and 8 inputs (16 o ut + 8 in). t he user interface is all on one side to facilitate the work of the fitter and se vice engineer. * with right-end-plate 1-11 Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation ms ms ms ms c ompatibility with oils CANopen module for HDM valves Protection max input power (all valves on ) Addressing h ighest settable address number default address Peripheral defect diagnosis defects reported module status in the event of peripheral defect data bit value o utput status in the absence of communication INPUT module for HDM valves Sensor supply voltage max sensor power (distribuited over eight connectors) t ype of input Protection Active in Put signalling o utputs protected against overloads and shortcircuits ˜800 mA By diP SWitch 127 1 l ocal l Ed indicator and relay to master o utput shortcircuit or overload. if used. before passing air through the valves. signals and connectors.6.9 f 155 iP65 (with conveyed exhausts and with not used connectors plugged) 100% Ed 8 / 45 8 / 33 20 / 20 20 / 20 insert the pipes in the fittings. it is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact. 0 = not enabled 1 = enabled disabled mA 24 vdc ±10% (depending on the supply of the c An open module) 40 Pn P for sensor 2-3 wires according to En 60947-5-2 Protected inputs against overload and short-circuit o ne l Ed for each in Put 2-153 hdm + c An open DISTRIBUTORS t he hdm +c An open system has been designed in such a way that the pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics.5 mm Ø 4 11. no. must be continuous 11. t he input connectors are m12.+ c An open TECHNICAL DATA valve port connections c onnection on the end-plate 1-11 for the supply of pilots maximum number of pilots maximum number of valves o perating temperature range °c f luid f low rate at 6. t he functions are arranged to ensure the same optimisation as the hdm s. t wo inputs can be connected to each connector. .

Solenoid pilot 82/84 v alve supply .COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h k l m n o p q r Exhaust . solenoid valve energised) Pneumatic symbol identification of the monostable or bistable manual contro v alve ordering code v alve identification cod Blank space for valve number c An open terminal DISTRIBUTORS hdm + c An open 2-154 THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY t he numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly positio of the single elements represented as follows. 8 or 10 mm manual control l Ed (l Ed on. . 6.port 1 t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply . intermediates elements and common accessories. Refer to page 2-162 for valves.port 11 Electrical control supply X Blind end-plate or right-end-plate 1-11 Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 4.

using the push-in bracket code 0227301600. An opening for the pipes is made in the plate. B C f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.L 8 . .14 mm 8S c artridge 8 . and its the m4 threads on the side lateral. E f ixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate .O 4 .W 8 . Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed. using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals. F l ateral fixing using the blind te minal. WIRING DIAGRAM PoWER SUPPLY a Adressing b t erminal resistances and baud-rate setting c indicator l Ed d Grounding 2-155 hdm + c An open DISTRIBUTORS A f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.W 6 .23 mm 10 c artridge 10 1 6 FURTHER DETAILS n° 2 brackets for din bar M B 16 * u ses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals. D f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal. using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals.5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable *F 5/2 monostable 4 right-end-plate 1-11 pipe Ø12 5 blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede 7 Blind intermediate 20 Exhaust section 4 c artridge 4 6 c artridge 6 8 c artridge 8 .FIXING THE BASE KEY TO CODES H D M VALVE h eavy duty multimach iP65 2 INPUT END-PLATE 2 End-plate 1-11 3 End-plate 1 CAN O ELECTRICAL BASE CAN O c An open 16 out Put CAN I/O c An open 8 in Put e 16 out Put M MANUAL TYPE monostable manual control Bistable manual control I6 .

2-o END-PLATE 1-11 CANopen O Code 0227301251 Description End-plate 1-11 hdm c An open out Put Weight [g] 745 h andles 16 out Put S (solenoid pilots) DISTRIBUTORS 3-o END-PLATE 1 CANopen O Code 0227301253 Description End-plate 1 hdm c An open out Put Weight [g] 746 hdm + c An open h andles 16 out Put S (solenoid pilots) 2 .i/o END-PLATE 1 CANopen I/O Code 0227301252 Description End-plate 1 hdm c An open in -out Weight [g] 735 h andles 16 out Put S (solenoid pilots) 2-156 .i/o END-PLATE 1-11 CANopen I/O Code 0227301250 Description End-plate 1-11 hdm c An open in -out Weight [g] 734 h andles 16 out Put S (solenoid pilots) 3 .

5-pin m12x1 straight connector STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH CANopen POWER CABLE Code W0970513002 Description Acc. A coding MALE CONNECTOR FOR CANopen BUS-OUT Code 0240009038 Description male connector Bus A coding 2-157 hdm + c An open DISTRIBUTORS . 5-pin m12x1 straight connector with wire l = 5 m Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Cable color Brown White Blue Black Grey FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR CANopen BUS-IN Code 0240009055 Description m12 female connector.Acce SSORIeS STRAIGHT CONNECTOR FOR CANopen POWER SUPPLY Code W0970513001 Description Acc.

STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITHOUT CABLE FOR CANopen INPUT Code 0240009021 Description Straight fitting without cabl DISTRIBUTORS STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH CABLE FOR CANopen INPUT Code 0240009002 0240009003 Description Straight.5 m cable Straight. with 1.5 m M12 PLUG FOR BUS OUT E INPUT CANopen Code 0240009040 Description Plug m12 2-158 .6 m y-d istributor cable 1. with 5 m cable hdm + c An open Pin 1 2 3 4 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black Y-DISTRIBUTOR WITH CABLE AND M12 STRAIGHT CONNECTORS FOR CANopen INPUT Code 0240009031 0240009032 Description y-d istributor cable 0.

using the special input end-plate type 1. X67 1/O SYSTEM MODULES t hese are modules with iP67 protection. X67 BUS CONTROLLER MODULES t hese are modules with protection iP67. Ethernet Powerlink protocols (the module code differs obviously according to the protocol being controlled). X2X X2X Profi Bu S-dP dEvic E-n Et c An -o PEn Eth Ern Et X2X 2-159 hdm + B& r DISTRIBUTORS An advanced field bus system inte facing with the multimach world.+ B&R B&R c Onnec TORS An D MODUle S IP20 7XV---50-11 SMART CONNECTOR it is a plug connector with iP20 protection that contains the X system electronics. for handling inputs and outputs. since each type of module comes in different variants. We only indicate the B&r ’s code root. code 0227301207. t he output signal is according to the X-system. . that differ by number of signals handled. t he X-system is a system handling analogue and digital inputs and outputs for local or remote use. code 0227301206. code 0227301206 (N. it can be connected with hdm islands. B&r has developed a new standard for automation. a power output for the following modules. functions and qualities of this system. a power input (24v dc ). t hey can be fixed directly to the hdm input end-plate type 1-11. IP67 7XV---50-51 SMART CONNECTOR it is a plug connector with iP67 protection. code 0227301206 (N.br-automation. or the special input end-plate. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate type 1. that can be input. f or further details about features. c An open. output or input/output indifferently. code 0227301207). c ommon to all the modules is the presence of 4 connections: a signal input. code 0227301207). type 1. We present those designed for connection with multimach and hdm valve islands. t hese modules control the inputs and/or outputs via the m8 connectors provided. type 1. t hese are gateways converting the signals of a field bus into an X-system. different types of modules are available.com An overview is given below. a signal output for the following modules.B. device n et.B. receiving a signal according to one of the dP Profibus. and by type of signal. code 0227301207 or the special input end-plate type 1-11. which B&r defines as decentralised backplane. it is interesting to note that their size is such that they can be fixed directly to the hdm input end-plate type 1-11. also available on the web site www. it can be connected with hdm islands. connected to the X system. type 1-11 code 0227301206. called formul A X. reference must be made to the B&r documentation. 16 or 24. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate. using the special input end-plate. that contains the X system electronics. that can be 8.

5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable *F 5/2 monostable r ight-end-plate 1-11 4 pipe Ø12 5 Blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede Blind intermediate 7 20 Exhaust section c artridge 4 4 6 c artridge 6 8 c artridge 8 .W 6 .O 4 . End-plate 1 or end-plate 1-11 hdm + B& r Refer to page 2-162 for valves.L 8 . intermediates elements and common accessories.W 8 . intermediates elements and common accessories. 2-160 .14 mm 8S c artridge 8 . DISTRIBUTORS End-plate 1-11 only u ser n°2 screws m4x8 or m4x10 KEY TO CODES H D M VALVE h eavy duty multimach iP65 2 INPUT END-PLATE 2 End-plate 1-11 3 End-plate 1 B & R ELECTRICAL BASE B&R f it for B&r M MANUAL TYPE monostable manual control Bistable manual control I6 .23 mm 10 c artridge 10 1 6 FURTHER DETAILS n° 2 brackets for din bar M B 16 * u ses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals.APPLICATIONS OF B&R MODULES TO HDM END-PLATES Refer to page 2-162 for valves.

HDM 1-11 END-PLATE FOR B&R Code 0227301206 Description hdm 1-11 end-plate kit for B&r Weight [g] 340 HDM 1 END-PLATE FOR B&R Code 0227301207 Description hdm 1 end-plate kit for B&r Weight [g] 380 NOTES 2-161 hdm + B& r DISTRIBUTORS .

valves type i.: t he pilot power supply X must be present.t he manual control returns to the home position. v. Note: if you use valves 8S type or 10 exploiting their flow capacity. int Erm EdiAt ES El EmEnt S And Acc ESSori ES MANUAL CONTROLS mono St ABl E ov Errid E Por t 2 servo-assisted • Press and hold the manual control in position (not necessary for bistable type K valve) • r elease the manual control: .B. and o reposition. .t he type K valve remains switched mono St ABl E ov Errid E Por t 4 servo-assisted • Press and hold the manual control in position (not necessary for bistable type K valve) • r elease the manual control: . l . • t he reference code for the monostable control ends in 0 (2 for type f ).. . this manual control is not present. Example: 707203053 a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø4 Symbol *uses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals I4 W4 L4 V4 *F4 K4 O4 Code 7071030530 7071030531 7071030630 7071030631 7071030730 7071030731 7071030130 7071030131 7071030132 7071030133 7071030110 7071030111 7071030210 7071030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 130 130 130 115 115 130 130 2-162 . v. So the same valve can be connected to the multiple connection terminal.: t he pilot power supply X must be present. W. .t he manual control returns to the home position. N. l .B.vAl veS. l . N. this manual control is not present. it is appropriate to choose the inlet end plate 1-11 type by feeding the pilots separately (to avoid the pressure to decrease too much on the pilots).valves type i. In TeRMeDIATeS eleMen TS An D Acce SSORIeS hdm valve can be included in islands with any available input terminal. terminal or the c An -o pen terminal. If you use simultaneously more than one valve 8S or 10 it is necessary to potentiate the pneumatic feeding by inserting end plates having 12 mm pipe and/or through intermediate modules DISTRIBUTORS hdm .valves type i. f. BiSt ABl E ov Errid E Por t 2 servo-assisted • Press the manual control right in then turn it clockwise 90 degrees and l eave it in position. and then release it. and o reposition.: t he pilot power supply X must be present. . v and f reposition. • r otate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise. f.: t he pilot power supply X must be present. W.t he type K valve remains switched With type f and v valves. . the AS-interface terminal. .valves type i. the Profi bus dP.t he manual control returns to the home position. and then release it: .t he manual control returns to the home position. W. W. • r otate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise. Example: 707203053 • t he reference code for the monostable control ends in 1 (3 for type f ). .t he type K valve remains switched With type f and v valves.B.v Al v ES.t he type K valve remains switched BiSt ABl E ov Errid E Por t 4 servo-assisted • Press the manual control right in then turn it 90 degrees clockwise and l eave it in position.B. . l and o reposition. N. N. .

a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø6 Symbol *uses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals I6 W6 L6 V6 *F6 K6 O6 Code 7072030530 7072030531 7072030630 7072030631 7072030730 7072030731 7072030130 7072030131 7072030132 7072030133 7072030110 7072030111 7072030210 7072030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 130 130 130 115 115 130 130 Ø8 Symbol *uses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals I8 W8 L8 V8 *F8 K8 O8 Code 7073030530 7073030531 7073030630 7073030631 7073030730 7073030731 7073030130 7073030131 7073030132 7073030133 7073030110 7073030111 7073030210 7073030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 140 140 140 130 130 140 140 a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 8S Symbol *uses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals I8S W8S L8S V8S *F8S K8S O8S Code 7077030530 7077030531 7077030630 7077030631 7077030730 7077030731 7077030130 7077030131 7077030132 7077030133 7077030110 7077030111 7077030210 7077030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 260 260 260 241 241 253 262 2-163 hdm . int Erm EdiAt ES El EmEnt S And Acc ESSori ES a VALVE DIMENSIONS DISTRIBUTORS .v Al v ES.

a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 10 Symbol *uses a single Pin (like the v ) and occupies 2 signals I10 W10 L10 V10 Code 7078030530 7078030531 7078030630 7078030631 7078030730 7078030731 7078030130 7078030131 7078030132 7078030133 7078030110 7078030111 7078030210 7078030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 250 250 250 231 DISTRIBUTORS 231 *F10 K10 O10 243 252 hdm . int Erm EdiAt ES El EmEnt S And Acc ESSori ES f INTERMEDIATE THROUGH g INTERMEDIATE BLIND Code 0227301301 Description intermediate through hdm Weight [g] 120 Code 0227301302 Description intermediate blind hdm Weight [g] 117 t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH d RIGHT-END-PLATE 1-11 PIPE Ø 12 Code 0227301303 Description intermediate exhaust switch hdm Weight [g] 125 Code 0227301221 Description r igth-end-plate hdm 1-11 Ø 12 Weight [g] 630 t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated: • Port 2 • Port 4 2-164 .v Al v ES.

Ø 8 Weight [g] 15 At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate throughreference 6 and of the exhaust switch reference 20 R17 . packs 2-165 hdm . rl 17 r 17 Length [mm] 140 95 Ø Tube from 3 to 10 from 4 to 14 rl 17 SpAReS GRUB SCREW KIT Code 0227301800 Description Grub screw for multimach hdm /cm c omes in 1 + 1 pc. Ø 8 Code W0970530084 Description Silencer for fittin .v Al v ES.e BLIND END-PLATE Code 0227301500 Description Blind end-plate hdm Weight [g] 230 Acce SSORIeS p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR Code 0227301600 Description c onnection brackets on din bar hdm /cm Weight [g] 30 Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one m6 grub screw individually packed SILENCER FOR FITTING. int Erm EdiAt ES El EmEnt S And Acc ESSori ES DISTRIBUTORS .PIPE RELEASE SPANNER r 17 Code 2L17001 2017001 Rif.

t his revolutionary concept enables the user to optimise space and costs and adapt the unit to different performance requirements. t he user interface is on the other side so that the fitter or se viceman has everything within an easy reach: manual controls. But the real novelty. TECHNICAL DATA v alve port connections c onnection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots o perating temperature range °c f luid Screw for valve . must be continuous According to the end-plate used: see page 2-155 11 mm Ø 4: 200 11 mm Ø 6: 500 14 mm Ø 8: 700 24 vdc ±10% 1. Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n Exhaust – Solenoid pilot v alve supply .wall-mounting f low rate at 6 bar DP 1bar n l/min v oltage range Power W insulation class degree of protection Solenoid rating Pressure range t erminal 1-11 bar t erminal 1 bar t erminal 1 reduced bar tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar ms tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar ms tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar ms tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar ms n ote on use c ompatibility with oils Ø 4. otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai . t he ratio between the flow rate of the multimach system and sizes is incomparable: the top in terms of miniaturisation and efficienc . if used.or 25-pin plug connector. multimach provides full flexibility in the application of valves: 1 to 24 valves. compressed air system diagram.a single block ready for connection to power and air delivery pipes and a multi-pin cable. electric 9.8 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø8 or Ø10 automatic fitting 3/8 thread for exhaust port. before passing air through the valves. t he user can count on four different orientations for the electric connector. valve identification plates. active valve signalling lights. solenoid valve energised) r emovable identification label Blind end-plate Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 8 mm u tility port for pipe Ø 6 mm u tility port for pipe Ø 4 mm manual control 2-166 .port 1 Electrical multiple connection with 9 or 25 pins t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply Electrical control supply l Ed (l Ed on. is the possibility of mounting valves of different flow rates: three di ferent valves can be mounted at a time and a valve can be replaced with another of a different flow rate. All the pneumatic connections are situated on one side with built-in push-in fittings. power plates and drain for pipes of various sizes.2 f 155 iP51 100% Ed X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) 3 to 7 max vacuum at 10 bar 3 to 7 3 to 7 8 / 45 8 / 33 20 / 20 20 / 20 insert the pipes in the fittings. m5 thread for exhaust pilot port Automatic fitting Ø -10 to +60 f iltered air without lubrication. it is an electropneumatic distribution “island” .MUl TIMAc H mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS multimach is not a mere valve.6. lubrication.

KEY TO CODES M 5 1 VALVE multimach iP51 2 INPUT END-PLATE End-plate 1-11 End-plate 1 reduced End-plate 1 8 ELECTRICAL BASE 8 Axial 25-wire connector base 9 Axial 9-wire connector base 10 25-wire rear connector base 11 9-wire rear connector base I6 . if you have to remove the base from the bar.THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY the numbers per mit rapid identification of the function and assembly position of the single elements represented as follows FIXING THE BASE A B C D fixing with reduced end-plate 1. this is rapid and can be performed without using any tools.L 8 .W 6 .O 4 .W 8 .1 4 FURTHER DETAILS 12 9-wire connector 14 25-wire connector 16 Brackets for din bar 2 3 4 2-167 mul timAch DISTRIBUTORS .5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable 5 Blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede 7 Blind intermediate 20 Exhaust section 4 car tridge 4 6 car tridge 6 8 car tridge 8 1 2 . codE 0227300300. supplied complete with bracket fixing with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300200 or with end-plate codE 0227300201 fixing with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300200 or with end-plate 1 codE 0227300201 using the m4-thread found on the m5 end-plate fixing on the din bar with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300 using the reduced end-plate 1 codE 0227300300 or end-plate codE 0227300201 using the push-in bracket codE 0227300600.

a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 4 Symbol I4 W4 L4 DISTRIBUTORS Code 7068030532 Manual control monostable Weight [g] 118 7068030632 monostable 118 7068030732 monostable 118 V4 K4 O4 7068030132 monostable 100 7068030112 monostable 114 7068030212 monostable 115 mul tim Ach a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 6 Symbol I6 W6 L6 V6 K6 O6 Code 7069030532 Manual control monostable Weight [g] 110 7069030632 monostable 110 7069030732 monostable 110 7069030132 monostable 90 7069030112 monostable 107 7069030212 monostable 108 a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 8 Symbol I8 W8 L8 V8 K8 O8 2-168 Code 7070030532 Manual control monostable Weight [g] 124 7070030632 monostable 124 7070030732 monostable 124 7070030132 monostable 105 7070030112 monostable 120 7070030212 monostable 121 .

b END-PLATE 1-11 c END-PLATE 1 Code 0227300200 Description End-plate kit 1-11 Weight [g] 223 Code 0227300201 Description End-plate kit 1 Weight [g] 224 t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated: port 2. port 4 and pilot supply Code 0227300300 Description r educed end-plate kit 1 Weight [g] 148 Code 0227300500 Description Blind end-plate Weight [g] 168 f INTERMEDIATE THROUGH g INTERMEDIATE BLIND Code 0227300301 Description intermediate through Weight [g] 92 Code 0227300302 Description intermediate blind Weight [g] 89 2-169 mul tim Ach d REDUCED END-PLATE 1 e BLIND END-PLATE DISTRIBUTORS .

9 WIRES Code 0226180004 Description rEA r conn Ector BASE Kit.t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH h AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE. 9 wires Weight [g] 31 2-170 . 25 wires Weight [g] 54 mul tim Ach i AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE. 9 Wir ES Weight [g] 77 Code 0226180102 Description Straight and 90° connector kit. 25 WIRES Code 0226180002 Description Axial connector base kit. 9 wires Weight [g] 51 Code 0226180003 Description r ear connector base kit. 9 WIRES l STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT. 9 WIRES j REAR CONNECTOR BASE. 25 wires Weight [g] 73 k REAR CONNECTOR BASE. 25 WIRES DISTRIBUTORS Code 0227300303 Description intermediate exhaust switch Weight [g] 95 Code 0226180001 Description Axial connector base kit.

20 CABLES NOTES Cod. counting from the connector At the 3/5-exhaust port of the reduced end-plate 1 ref. 4 and of the intermediate through of the exhaust switch ref. 25 WIRES p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) ~50 ~9 14 Code 0226180101 Description Straight and 90° connector kit. Ø 8 Code 0226180399 0226180400 0226180401 Description c onnector kit + wire 1-6* c onnector kit + wire 7-12** c onnector kit + wire13-30*** Weight [g] 3 4 5 Code W0970530084 Description Silencer for fittin .n STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT. Description 0226107201 10-wire cable 0226107101 19-wire cable 0226107102 25-wire cable Specify the number of metres desired Weight [g] 86 122 130 2-171 mul tim Ach q r s CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE DISTRIBUTORS . 25 wires Weight [g] 48 Code 0227300600 individually packed Description c onnection brackets on din bar Weight [g] 8 SILENCER FOR FITTING. counting from the connector *** f or valve connection from 13th to 30th position. Ø 8 Weight [g] 15 f or valve connection from 1st to 6th position counting from the connector * ** f or valve connection from 7th to 12th position.

packs GRUB SCREW R17 . pack 2-172 .25 pins male connector kit .PIPE RELEASE SPANNER l enght = 140 mm Code 0227300800 Description Grub screw for multimach Code 2L17001 Description rl 17 Ø Tube from Ø 3 to Ø 10 c omes in 10-pc.5 m c onnector + 9-wire 90° cable l = 5 m c onnector + 25-wire 90° cable l = 1 m c onnector + 25-wire 90° cable l = 2.STRAIGHT PRE-WIRED CONNECTOR KIT PRE-WIRED 90° CONNECTOR DISTRIBUTORS Code 0226900100 0226900250 0226900500 0226920100 0226920250 0226920500 Description c onnector + 9-wire axial cable l = 1 m c onnector + 9-wire axial cable l = 2.5 m c onnector + 9-wire axial cable l = 5 m c onnector + 25-wire axial cable l = 1 m c onnector + 25-wire axial cable l = 2.9 pins Code 0226107000 Description identification plate ki c omes in 10-pc.5 m c onnector + 25-wire axial cable l = 5 m Weight [g] 90 220 434 132 320 636 Code 0226910100 0226910250 0226910500 0226930100 0226930250 0226930500 Description c onnector + 9-wire 90° cable l = 1 m c onnector + 9-wire 90° cable l = 2.5 m c onnector + 25-wire 90° cable l = 5 m Weight [g] 90 220 434 132 320 636 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTORS 25 pIn Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Colour of the corresponding wire blue/black red/brown white/black red/blue black/orange yellow/red black/brown white/red red/black Position of electrical contact 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Colour of the corresponding wire brown/white red/orange light blue yellow/white yellow red/green orange orange/white green Position of electrical contact 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Colour of the corresponding wire yellow/black white blue/white brown green/white red green/black Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 pIn Colour of the corresponding wire green/black white blue/black blue yellow/black yellow red/black green white/black mul tim Ach MALE CONNECTOR KIT + CONTACTS + COMMON TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT Code 0226180201 0226180202 Description male connector kit .

note: available with positive common wire on request. WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 25-PIN CONNECTOR note: available with positive common wire on request. 2-173 mul timAch DISTRIBUTORS .WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 9-PIN CONNECTOR note: available with positive common wire on request.

intermediates elements and common accessories.br-automation. B&r smart connectors can be connected to multimach islands using the multimach connector support for B&r presented below.com r efer to page 2-159 for details of iP20 and iP67 intelligent connectors and X67 modules. also available on the web site www. referance must be made to the B&r documentation. mul tim Ach + B& r DISTRIBUTORS APPLICATIONS OF B&R MODULES TO THE MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT r efer to page 2-156 for valves. B&r has developed a new standard for automation. f or further details about features. called formul A X.MUl TIMAc H + B&R An advanced field bus system inte facing with the multimach world. functions and qualities of this system. MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT FOR B&R Code 0226180005 Description 25-pin connector support kit for B&r Weight [g] 140 2-174 .

designed specifically for v y easy control of islands of pneumatic solenoid valves. le D 14 OFF On (green) On (green) OFF ReD (flashing OFF On (red) OFF GReen (flashing le D 12 OFF OFF On (green) On (green) OFF ReD (flashing OFF On (red) OFF DeSc RIpTIOn OF THe FAUl n o fault. which means applications with cm s do not require the use of other field-buses or master and slaves. Each valve has a microchip that performs a series of functions connected with operation and dialogue with the valves before and after it. SMART VALVE Each valve comes with a microchip that controls operation and dialogue with the other valves. communication faulty 2-175 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS .cleve R MUl TIMAc H THE VALVE IN DETAIL c lever multimach valves can be used to form autonomous and intelligent valve island subsystems. cm refers to the communication protocol patented by metal Work.Ev 2=on Solenoid pilot Ev 1 interrupted or disconnected Solenoid pilot Ev 2 interrupted or disconnected Solenoid pilot Ev 1 short circuit Solenoid pilot Ev 2 short circuit data update time out. cm s communicate with the Pc /Plc via multi-core cables. Ev 1-Ev 2=on n o fault. LOCAL DIAGNOSTICS Each c lever multimach valve has a l Ed diagnostic system that identifies immediately whether a pilot is energized. Ev 1=on . Ev 1=off . Addressing of single outputs is not required as the connection number of each solenoid pilot is assigned automatically based on the position occupied by the valve. the contact is interrupted or there is a short-circuit. Ev 1-Ev 2=off n o fault. it can also be used to verify during installation that all connections are correct. cm valves have a diagnosis system that detects electrical faults. v alves communicate via serial transmission.Ev 2=off n o fault. it is a field-bus in its own right.

it interprets the return signals from the valve. even on the same module. wich can be used for: • diGitAl in Put S.e. relays signals to any slave islands and sends diagnosis messages back to the Pc /Plc . All the in Put S/out Put S must be the same type. c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS CLEVER CENTER t he c lever c enter input terminal converts signals in parallel from the connector pins into a serial transmission to the valves. o rdering code 0227302900 A yellow l Ed for each input/output (visible for digital types) 2-176 .INPUT MODULES By choosing the specially designed c lever c enter you can add in Put /out Put signal management modules. giving a total of 32 input signals. 44-pin connector for valves 44-pin connector for inputs MAXIMUM EXPANSION u p to 4 modules can be connected. i. as cylinder sensors for example • diGitAl out Put S • An Alo Gu E in Put S (but the l Eds do not light up) • An Alo Gu E out Put S (but the l Eds do not light up) t hey can be combined. you can choose between Pn P or n Pn connections via a dip switch-type selector. all Pn P or n Pn .

again via cables with m8 connectors. c ommands can be sent from the first slave island to other slave islands in cascade. t his means that other slaves can be added downstream at any time. in serial mode. t ransmission. Slave 1 m8 Serial connection input/output module 3 Slave 2 Slave 3 input/output module 4 c lever c enter input/output module 1 input/output module 1 Slave 4 NOTES 2-177 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS . Addresses are assigned automatically. is via a cable with m8 connectors. until all 32 available outputs are in use. based on intuitive sequential logic.EXAMPLE OF A CM LAYOUT t he c lever c enter can relay command signals to other islands of “slaves”.

f or defects signalled look at the manual.10 8 / 45 8 / 33 20 / 20 20 / 20 insert the pipes in the fittings.in case of no use) n ominal icc 30 mA .port 1 t hreaded connection of exhausts 3/5 v alve supply .9 f 155 iP65 (with conveyed exhust. m5 thread for exhaust pilot port Automatic fitting Ø 4 m 32 32 (same as the max. Please refer to page 6-7 of the technical documentation DISTRIBUTORS Power for each pilot Solenoid Pilot insulation class degree of protection dc input current without valve modules max input current with all valves on diagnosis Solenoid rating maximum latency time of the serial transmission tr A/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar tr A/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar n ote on use c ompatibility with oils INPUT module for CM islands Sensor supply voltage max sensor power input impedance max input voltage t ype of input Protection Active input signalling W A c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach ms ms ms ms ms mA KΩ v cc 24 vdc ±10% 200 (distributed over eight connectors) 3. and that . of pilots) -10 to +60 f iltered air without lubrication.TECHNICAL DATA v alve port connections c onnection on the end-plate 1-11 for the supply of pilots maximum number of pilots maximum number of valves o perating temperature range °c f luid f low rate at 6 bar DP 1bar n l/min Pressure range t erminal 1-11 t erminal 1 v oltage range Ø 4.instantaneous icc (+ # 25 ms) 650 mA 1.Solenoid pilot 82/84 v alve supply .9 -5 to +30 Pn P/n Pn configurable via dip switc Protected inputs against overload and short-circuit o ne l Ed for each in Put COMPONENTS a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r 2-178 Exhaust .5 l ocal through l Ed and out fault reporting. if used. must be continuous 11 mm Ø 4 = 200 11 mm Ø 6 = 500 14 mm Ø 8 = 800 X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply) 3 to 7 bar vacuum at 10 bar 3 to 7 bar 24 vdc ±10% (slave protected against overload and reverse polarity) 0. solenoid valve energised) Pneumatic symbol identification of the monostable or bistable manual contro v alve ordering code v alve identification cod Blank space for valve number c lever c enter terminal . lubrication. before passing air through the valves otherwise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of ai .8 mm automatic fitting for po ts 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 automatic fitting 3/8 thread for exhaust port.port 11 Electrical control supply X Blind end-plate Screw for valve wall-mounting u tility port for pipe Ø 8 mm u tility port for pipe Ø 6 mm u tility port for pipe Ø 4 mm manual control l Ed (l Ed on.6. no. o utlets protected against overload and short-circuit 100% Ed .

E l ateral fixing using the blind te minal. using the push-in bracket code 0227301600. and its the m4 threads on the side lateral. f ixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate . using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals. D f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal.THE CLEVER MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY t he numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly position of the single elements represented as follows FIXING THE BASE A f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal. 2-179 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS . An opening for the pipes is made in the plate. F Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed. using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals. B C f ixing from above using the 1 or 1-1 input terminal and the blind terminal.

t he manual control returns to the home position.O4 .5 TYPE OF VALVE I n° 2 3/2 nc W n° 2 3/2 no L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc V 5/2 monostable K 5/2 bistable O 5/3 monostable 5 blind end-plate 6 Passing-intermede 7 Blind intermediate 20 Exhaust section 4 c artridge 4 6 c artridge 6 c artridge 8 8 M8 .B.M8 .B.t he manual control returns to the home position. .B. . W. W. • t he reference code for the monostable control ends in 0.t he type K valve remains switched mono St ABl E ov Errid E Por t 4 servo-assisted • Press and hold the manual control in position (not necessary for bistable type K valve) • r elease the manual control: . .15 . n .t he manual control returns to the home position.OUTPUTS ONLY a indicator l Ed b Grounding 2-180 .t he type K valve remains switched With type v valves. . and then release it: . l .16 FURTHER DETAILS module 8 input m8 Shell 44 pin Shell 44 + 44 pin n° 2 brackets for din bar M B M8 14 15 16 DISTRIBUTORS MANUAL CONTROLS c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach mono St ABl E ov Errid E Por t 2 servo-assisted • Press and hold the manual control in position (not necessary for bistable type K valve) • r elease the manual control: .L8 . l v and o reposition. v and o reposition.W8 .valves type i. . v and o reposition. this manual control is not present.B. l .t he type K valve remains switched BiSt ABl E ov Errid E Por t 4 servo-assisted • Press the manual control right in then turn it 90 degrees clockwise and l eave it in position. and then release it. . • r otate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise. BiSt ABl E ov Errid E Por t 2 servo-assisted • Press the manual control right in then turn it clockwise 90 degrees and l eave it in position.t he manual control returns to the home position. • il codice di riferimento per il comando bistabile é quello con finale “1 Example: 707403053 Example: 707403053 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE CLEVER CENTER TERMINAL . . • r otate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise. v and o reposition. W.: t he pilot power supply X must be present. .: t he pilot power supply X must be present. .: t he pilot power supply X must be present.KEY TO CODES – CLEVER MULTIMACH C M VALVE c lever multimach 2 INPUT END-PLATE 2 End-plate 1-11 3 End-plate 1 I/O FUNCTION O o nly valves I/O input/o utput and valves ADD Additional (slave) M MANUAL TYPE monostable manual control Bistable manual control I6 . n .valves type i. n .valves type i. l . this manual control is not present.t he type K valve remains switched With type v valves.W6 . n .: t he pilot power supply X must be present.valves type i. W.

INPUTS AND OUTPUTS in Put conn Ection diAGr Am mAl E f EmAl E a indicator l Ed b Grounding c input selector type Pn P/n Pn WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE ADDITIONAL TERMINAL a indicator l Ed b Grounding 2-181 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS .WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE CLEVER CENTER TERMINAL .

a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø4 Symbol Code 7074030530 7074030531 7074030630 7074030631 7074030730 7074030731 7074030130 7074030131 7074030110 7074030111 7074030210 7074030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 130 I4 W4 L4 DISTRIBUTORS 130 130 115 V4 K4 O4 130 130 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø6 Symbol Code 7075030530 7075030531 7075030630 7075030631 7075030730 7075030731 7075030130 7075030131 7075030110 7075030111 7075030210 7075030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 130 I6 W6 L6 V6 K6 O6 130 130 115 130 130 a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø8 Symbol Code 7076030530 7076030531 7076030630 7076030631 7076030730 7076030731 7076030130 7076030131 7076030110 7076030111 7076030210 7076030211 Manual control monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable monostable bistable Weight [g] 140 I8 W8 L8 V8 K8 O8 2-182 140 140 130 140 140 .

2-o OUTPUT END-PLATE 1-11 3-o OUTPUT END-PLATE 1 t erminator Code Description 0227302200 End-plate cm kit 1-11 out t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated: port 2.Add ADDITIONAL END-PLATE 1 Code 0227302224 Description End-plate cm kit 1-11 Add Weight [g] 770 Code 0227302226 Description End-plate cm kit 1 Add Weight [g] 770 t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated: port 2.i/o DISTRIBUTORS .i/o 3 .Add ADDITIONAL END-PLATE 1-11 3 . port 4 and pilot supply n ote: terminator included Weight [g] 722 Code 0227302201 t erminator Description End-plate cm kit 1 out Weight [g] 722 n ote: terminator included INPUT END-PLATE 1-11 INPUT END-PLATE 1 terminator Code Description 0227302223 End-plate cm kit 1-11 in t his end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated: port 2. port 4 and pilot supply n ote: terminator included Weight [g] 722 Code 0227302225 terminator Description End-plate cm kit 1 in Weight [g] 722 n ote: terminator included 2 . port 4 and pilot supply 2-183 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach 2 .

e BLIND EN-PLATE f INTERMEDIATE THROUGHT DISTRIBUTORS Code 0227302500 Description Blind en-plate cm Weight [g] 230 Code 0227302301 Description intermediate throught cm Weight [g] 120 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach g INTERMEDIATE BLIND t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH Code 0227302302 Description intermediate blind cm Weight [g] 117 Code 0227302303 Description intermediate exhaust switch cm Weight [g] 125 n 44-PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT IP 65 o 44+44 PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT IP 65 FOR I/O Code 0226180108 Description 44-pin cup connector kit ip 65 Weight [g] 60 Code 0226180109 Description 44+44 pin cup connector kit ip 65 for i/o Weight [g] 80 2-184 .

Ø 8 Weight [g] 15 Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one grub screw individually packed At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate through reference 6 and the exhaust switch reference 20 M8 8-INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE in Put Pn P 1 = + 24 vdc 3 = ovdc 4 = in Put out Put Pn P 1 = + 24 vdc 3 = ovdc 4 = in Put diP SWitch in Put n Pn 1 = + 24 vdc 3 = ovdc 4 = in Put out Put n Pn 1 = + 24 vdc 3 = ovdc 4 = in Put diP SWitch out Put An Alo Gic in Put An Alo Gic Code 0227302900 Description m8 8-input module cm Weight [g] 273 CABLES M8 INPUT CONNECTOR Code 0226107201 0226107101 0226107102 0226107103 Description 10-wire cable 19-wire cable 25-wire cable 44-wire cable Weight [g/m] 86 122 130 160 Specify the number of metres desired M8 PLUG Pin 1 3 4 Cable colour Brown Blue Black Code 0240009039 Description Plug m8 Code 0240009009 Description m8-m8 straight connector with 3 m cable 2-185 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach 8 .m8 DISTRIBUTORS .p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR SILENCER FOR FITTING. Ø 8 Code 0227301600 Description c onnection brackets on din bar hdm /cm Weight [g] 30 Code W0970530084 Description Silencer for fittin .

connet. iP 65 + cable 44-wire l = 5 m Weight [g] 740 Code 0226980500 Description Acc. iP 65 + cable 44 + 44-wire l = 5 m Weight [g] 1550 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE 44-PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT 44 pIn FeMAle pRe-WIReD FOR vAlve Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Corresponding wire colour white brown green yellow gray pink blue violet gray/pink red/blue white/green brown/green white/yellow yellow/brown white/gray gray/brown white/pink pink/brown white/blue brown/blue white/red brown/red white/black brown/black gray/green yellow/gray pink/green yellow/pink green/blue yellow/blue green/red yellow/red green/black gray/blue gray/red red red red yellow/black pink/red pink/blue black black black Function o ut 1 o ut 2 o ut 3 o ut 4 o ut 5 o ut 6 o ut 7 o ut 8 o ut 9 o ut 10 o ut 11 o ut 12 o ut 13 o ut 14 o ut 15 o ut 16 o ut 17 o ut 18 o ut 19 o ut 20 o ut 21 o ut 22 o ut 23 o ut 24 o ut 25 o ut 26 o ut 27 o ut 28 o ut 29 o ut 30 o ut 31 o ut 32 f ault reporting nc nc +24v dc +24v dc +24v dc c onfig.44-PIN PRE-WIRED CUP CONNECTOR 44+44-PIN PRE-WIRED CUP CONNECTOR DISTRIBUTORS Code 0226950500 Description Acc. n P/n Pn nc nc 0 v dc 0 v dc 0 v dc 44 pIn MAle pRe-WIReD FOR Inp UT/OUTpUT Position of electrical contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Corresponding wire colour white brown green yellow gray pink blue violet gray/pink red/blue white/green brown/green white/yellow yellow/brown white/gray gray/brown white/pink pink/brown white/blue brown/blue white/red brown/red white/black brown/black gray/green yellow/gray pink/green yellow/pink green/blue yellow/blue green/red yellow/red green/black gray/blue gray/red red red red yellow/black pink/red pink/blue black black black Function in 1 in 2 in 3 in 4 in 5 in 6 in 7 in 8 in 9 in 10 in 11 in 12 in 13 in 14 in 15 in 16 in 17 in 18 in 19 in 20 in 21 in 22 in 23 in 24 in 25 in 26 in 27 in 28 in 29 in 30 in 31 in 32 nc nc nc +24v dc +24v dc +24v dc nc nc nc 0 v dc 0 v dc 0 v dc 2-186 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach . connet.

DISASSEMBLY KEY Code 2L17001 Description rl 17 Ø Tube from Ø 3 to Ø 10 l enght = 140 mm 2-187 c m cl Ev Er mul tim Ach DISTRIBUTORS . cm m8 prewired connector for valve islands conn. cm m8 prewired connector for valve islands conn.u M8 PREWIRED CONNECTOR FOR VALVE ISLANDS CONNECTIONS 23 Code 0240005003 0240005005 0240005006 0240005008 Pin 1 2 3 4 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black Description m8 prewired connector for valve islands conn. cm m8 prewired connector for valve islands conn. cm l l l l =5m =1m =3m = 10 m M8 INPUT CONNECTOR Code 0240009010 Description m8 3-pin straight connector IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT Code 0226107000 Description identification plate ki c omes in 10-pc. packs GRUB SCREW KIT Code 0227301800 c omes 1 + 1 packs Description Grub screw for multimach hdm /cm R17 .

2-188 DISTRIBUTORS NOTES .

FIELDBUS SUMMARY P HDM + AS-Interface SEE PAGE 2-144 P HDM + PROFIBUS-DP SEE PAGE 2-149 P HDM + CANopen SEE PAGE 2-153 P HDM + B&R SEE PAGE 2-159 FIELDBUS SUMMARY 2-189 P PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION PAGE 2-190 P MULTIMACH + B&R SEE PAGE 2-174 P INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M12 PAGE 2-195 P INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 PAGE 2-199 DISTRIBUTORS .

for 4 analogue inputs and for 4 analogue outputs. 25-pin Sub-D connectors with a 25-core cable. Each of these can manage 24 outputs. • The slaves are mounted on a 35 mm DIN bar. DEVICE NET. These modules are electrically connected together. • The electric connection between the slave and the unit is simply obtained with a kit comprised of pre-wired. • With this system.40 to + 85 95% 35 mm DIN bar °C °C THE MULTIMACH WORLD: SLAVES. the slave can be configured by fitting the various modules offered: • Slaves are available for 3 alternate bus systems: PROFIBUS-DP. With full freedom. a maximum of 144 Inputs/Outputs can be managed with just one slave! PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS TECHNICAL DATA Supply voltage EMC and ESD test Resistance to vibration and impacts test Operating temperature range Storage temperature Admitted relative humidity Assembly 24 VDC + 20% . using a small plate-connector (housed under the modules. INPUTS AND OUTPUTS 2-190 . next to the Multimach unit. inside the DIN bar). for 8 digital outputs. • Other modules – up to a maximum of 15 (31 for DeviceNet) can be fitted alongside the slaves to manage other inputs and outputs. • There are 4 other types of modules available: for 8 digital inputs. CAN-OPEN.PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION The expandable modular slaves for Multimach and bases for PLT-10 multiple connection follow the same application philosophy of total modularity common to the Multimach system.15% in compliance with IEC 801-2/IEC 801/4 (up to level 3: 8kV/2kV) according to IEC68-2-6/IEC 68-2-27 (1g/12g) 0 to 60 .

a SLAVE PROFIBUS-DP 24 OUTPUT Code 0240004002 Slave kit SLAVE PROFIBUS+DO24xDC24V c CAN-OPEN SLAVE. max total 4A 800 mA . max total 4A 800 mA 2-191 PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS Technical data PROFIBUS-Interface Transmission speed Max number of modules which can be connected Output interface Number of outputs Output data Nominal supply voltage Maximum current for each output Absorption 24V (out excluded) RS485: 9 pins SubD 9.6 kBaud up to 12 Mbaud 31 (depending on the maximun corrent) 25 pins SubD 24 4 Byte (3used +1) 24 VDC 1A. 24 OUTPUTS Code 0240004022 Slave kit SLAVE CAN-OPEN+DO24xDC24V Technical data CANopen-Interface Transmission speed Max number of modules which can be connected Output interface Number of outputs Nominal supply voltage Maximum current for each output Absorption 24 V (out excluded) 9 pins SubD 10 k Baud up to 1 Mbaud 31 (depending on the maximun corrent) 25 pins SubD 24 24 VDC 1A.

24 OUTPUTS Code 0240004032 Slave kit SLAVE DEVICE-NET+DO24xDC24V PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS Technical data DEVICE-NET-Interface Transmission speed Max number of modules which can be connected Output interface Number of outputs Nominal supply voltage Maximum current for each output Absorption 24 V (out excluded) DeviceNet Open Style 125.5A unit Technical data Nominal voltage Number of outputs Output data Absorption for each channel Internal Bus voltage Absorption 5V BUS 24 VDC 8 1 Byte 1A (max 8A) 5V 70 mA 2-192 . 250. max total 4A 800 mA e 8-DIGITAL INPUT MODULE Code 0240004053 Description DI 8XDC24V unit Technical data Nominal input voltage Number of inputs Input data Input voltage at “1” Output voltage at “0” Response time Internal Bus voltage Absorption 5V BUS 24 VDC 8 1 Byte 15…28.d DEVICE NET SLAVE. 500 k Baud 31 (depending on the maximun corrent) 25 pins SubD 24 24 VDC 1A.8V 0…5V 3 ms 5V 20 mA f 8-DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE Code 0240004051 Description DO 8XDC24V 0.

R. 600 Ω. 0. Ni1000 Resistance 60 Ω. +/-20 mA Temperature Pt100. 1…5V Current 0…20 mA. ±20 mA 12 BIT Minimum voltage 1 kΩ. ± 4V. 85 Ω current 5…70 ms 5V 280 mA . ± 10V. Ni100. T. 4…20 mA. Current 0/4…20 mA.. 16000 Ω Thermoelements J.g 4-ANALOG INPUT MODULE Code 0240004054 Description AL 4X16 BIT unit Technical data Number of Inputs Input data Input range Resolution Input resistance Time Internal Bus voltage Absorption 5V BUS h 4-ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE Code 0240004055 Description AO 4X12 BIT unit Technical data Number of outputs Output data Output range Resolution Output resistance Conversion time Internal Bus voltage Absorption 5V BUS 4 8 Byte Voltage 0…10V. K. ±10V. ± 4 mV. 3000 Ω. S 12/16 Bit 20M Ω voltage. N. Maximum current 500 Ω 0. Pt1000.45 ms 5V 75 mA i SLAVE/MULTIMACH CONNECTION KIT Code 0226940000 Description Slave/Multimach connection kit NOTES 2-193 PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS 4 8 Byte Voltage 0 to 50 mV.10V..

but the user can combine cables and connectors as required. DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH AND PLT-10 Code 0226180105 Description 25-pin plug connector for slave Code 0226180106 Description 25-wire connector – double output kit Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables  9-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR. DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR SLAVE  25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT. A cable for a certain number of outputs goes to connectors  and . they can be distributed over several valve units using double-output connectors. The connector  mounted on the slave is used to distribute the outputs on two cables. The above drawing refers to one possible configuration. STRAIGHT OR 90° OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH    CABLES Code 0226180102 Description 9-pin plug connector Code Description 0226107201 10-wire cable 0226107101 19-wire cable 0226107102 25-wire cable Indicate the desired length in metres 2-194 .  25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT. Some wires are soldered to the connector pins and the unused ones can be soldered to the wires of another cable from the second output carrying signals to the next unit.CONNECTING ONE SLAVE WITH SEVERAL VALVE UNITS PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION DISTRIBUTORS In order to make the best use of the available slave outputs.

30. please look at the connectors at the following pages Transmission protocol Transmission mode Transmission speed Addresses Inputs Output Technical Data Type Supply Indicator Output Technical Data Voltage Maximum current for each actuator Maximum current contemporary Maximum signal exchange frequency Indicator LED Autotest Field bus Insufficient voltage signa Short-circuit sensor INPUT or OUTPUTS Autotest Desina® (pin 2) COMPONENTS a b IN-OUT diagnostic connectors c Led Power. Diagnostics provides information on the type and location of the error of each channel with: • de-activation of the coupling point “involved” and not the complete module. • signal to the controller..2V) to EN 61131-2. Run d IN feeding connector e OUT feeding connector f IN BUS connector g OUT BUS connector h Rotaring switches for addressing i Diagnostic LED for single channel BUS IN/OUT 1 = VP 2 = A (green) 3 = DGN 4 = B (red) 5 = Sch Thread. Error. TECHNICAL DATA Application Supply voltage Degree of protection Temperature Field Bus Data 8 inputs or outputs + 8 inputs or outputs or diagnostic 24 VDC (18V.INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12 The Profibus DP IP 67 is a robust metallic slave that can be connected flexibly sin M12 connectors to outputs and solenoid valves and/or inputs. each according to one of the above combinations. ≥ 200 mA for M12 coupling point.6 A. One LED for each 24 VDC (18-30.: for the disposition of the contact.2V) output.. Closure contact Opening contact Digital output 3 = O VDC 4 = Digital input -. One single slave or an island of solenoid valves complete with slave and connectors can be ordered. to EN 61131-2..... Closure contact Opening contact Digital output 5 = PE 2-195 INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12 DISTRIBUTORS . 20 Hz induction One LED for each output RUN-LED LED + alarm signal to master Red LED for channel on M12 coupling point PIN 2 diagnostic with red LED for M12 coupling point and signal to master N. according to EN 61131-2 IP67 0 to 55°C (32 to 131° F) Profibus-DP EN 5017 synchronous or Freeze-Mode 12MBit/s rotating switches BCD. system protected by fuse in case of short-circuit 10W 20 Hz Ohm.B. Sch POWER-SUPPLY IN/OUT 1 = GND 2 = GND 3 = PE 4 = Sensor feeding 5 = Actuator feeding IN/OUT CONNECTORS 1 = +24 VDC 2 = Diagnostic input Digital input -..99 pnp proximnity sensors or EN 61131-2 compatable mechanical limit switch 24 VDC (18-30.. Each connector can be used freely for: • 1 Output + 1 diagnostic Input • 2 Outputs • 1 Output + 1 Input • 2 Inputs • 1 Input + 1 diagnostic Input Each slave can handle a total of 16 signals. The catalogue shows the 1/8” and 1/4” valve islands in the 70 series and the ISO5599 valve islands.2V). cumulative I ≥ 9A 1. 0.. size 1 and size 2. • display with local LEDs..

5 237 98 118 237 31.SOV 36 SOS CC SOV 26 SOS OC .5 Q + K + (A x *n°-1) 27 Q + K + (A x *n°-1) *n = number of mounted valves N.5 104.SOV 35 SOS 00 SOV 25 SOB 00 .SOV 36 SOS PC Blanking plate 2-196 .8 103.SOV 35 SOB 00 SOV 26 SOS CC . COMPLETE WITH SERIES 70 VALVES A B C 1/8’’ Manifold 25 105 142 1/8’’ Multiple 25 105 142 1/4’’ Manifold 27 112 156 1/4’’ Multiple 27 112 156 D 225 225 239 239 E 20 20 25 25 F G K P Q 305 24 R Q + K + (A x *n°-1) Q + K + (A x *n°-1) 12.SOV 33 SOB 00 SOV 25 SOS 0 .SLAVE IP67 Code 0240008001 Description 8 I/O + 8 I/O/autotest Profibu INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12 DISTRIBUTORS IP67 SLAVE.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves KEY TO CODES B U S P P Profibu V V IP67 B C B 70 1/8’’ 70 1/4’’ O O Multiple base 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 0 2 2 positions 4 positions 6 positions 8 positions 10 positions 12 positions 14 positions 16 positions D H Z M J G E B A D D SOV 23 SOS NO .5 85.B.5 230 7 10 7 98 115 230 85.SOV 36 SOS OC SOV 26 SOS PC .SOV 33 SOS NC SOV 23 SOB 00 .SOV 33 SOS NO SOV 23 SOS NC .

ISV 65 SOB 00 ISV 56 SOS CC .ISV 66 SOS OC ISV 56 SOS PC . COMPLETE WITH ISO VALVES ISO1 ISO2 A 43 56 B 80 90 C 140 165 D 158 180 E 28 35 F 10.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves KEY TO CODES B U S P P Profibu V V IP67 D E D ISO1 ISO2 1 1 Manifold base side 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 0 2 2 positions 4 positions 6 positions 8 positions 10 positions 12 positions 14 positions 16 positions M J G E B A MM ISV 55 SOS 00 .ISV 66 SOS CC ISV 56 SOS OC .4 77.5 H 22 26 L 11 14 M 47 61 N 150 178 P 230 240 R H + L + (A x *n°) H + L + (A x *n°) *n = number of mounted valves N.B.ISV 65 SOS 00 ISV 55 SOB 00 .ISV 66 SOS PC Blanking plate 2-197 INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12 DISTRIBUTORS .IP67 SLAVE.5 G 76.5 12.

5 m 90° curve with cable 5 m Code 0240009002 0240009003 Description Straight. with 5 m cable Y-DISTRIBUTOR WITH CABLE AND M12 STRAIGHT CONNECTORS MALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING “IN” Code 0240009031 0240009032 Description Y-Distributor cable 0. with 1.ACCESSORIES 90° ELBOW WITHOUT CABLE STRAIGHT FITTING WITHOUT CABLE Code 0240009001 Description 90° Elbow without cable Code 0240009021 Description Straight fitting without cabl DISTRIBUTORS 90° ELBOW WITH CABLE Pin 1 2 3 4 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black STRAIGHT FITTING WITH CABLE Pin 1 2 3 4 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12 Code 0240009022 0240009023 Description 90° curve with cable 1.5 m cable Straight.5 m Code 0240009033 Description Male connector “IN” feeding FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING “OUT” M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS Code 0240009034 Description Female connector “OUT” feeding Code 0240009035 Description M12 male connector B coding M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS PLUG M12 Code 0240009036 Description M12 female connector B coding Code 0240009040 Description M12 plug 2-198 .6 m Y-Distributor cable 1.

30 V “NET” LED+alarm signal to master Red LED for each channel at M8 connection point M8 (600 mA) SLAVE IP67 Code 0240008002 Description IP67 M8 PROFIBUS INPUT 2-199 INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 DISTRIBUTORS ..INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 The Profibus DP “COM ACT” input module is a sturdy and compact IP67 slave that can be used for connecting up to 8 inputs. A series of diagnostic functions provides information on the state of operation through lights and signals to the controller..5 V 10..99 PNP proximity sensors or IEE 1131-2 compact mechanical stop 24 VDC (18 to 28 V) One green LED for each input 2.no condensate DP-VO Profibus to EN 50170 Synchronous or Freeze-Mode Up to 12 MBit/s Rotary switches. 1... TECHNICAL DATA Application Power supply Index of protection Temperature range Field Bus technical data Transmission protocol Transmission mode Transfer rate Addresses Input technical data Type Power supply Signal Input 0 signal voltage Input 1 signal voltage Diagnosis Field bus INPUT short-circuit sensor 8 PNP inputs 24 VDC (13-28 V) IP67 -20 to +70°C RH 5-95% ..

Power supply module and input 2 .GND 4 .GND 5 .24VDC 3 .5 VDC power 2 .INPUT INPUT CONNECTORS M8 three-pole female connector A coding 1 .INPUT LED ASSIGNMENT NETWORK (red): slave not configured or not communicating with master (green): slave configured and communicating with master MODULE FAILURE (red): check signal LEDs Channel LEDs (inputs) (green): input enabled (red): sensor faulty.Screen DISTRIBUTORS POWER CONNECTOR INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 M12 male connector A coding 1 .Bus B 5 .GND 4 .GND 4 . +24V power supply short-circuit NOT USED INPUT MODULE POWER SUPPLY (green): on 2-200 .NC 3 .PIN ASSIGNMENT PROFIBUS CONNECTORS BUS OUT M12 female connector B coding for profibu 1 .GND 4 .Bus A 3 .Screen BUS IN M12 male connector B coding for profibu 1 .Bus B 5 .Bus A 3 .5 VDC power 2 .

M12 BUS-OUT MALE CONNECTOR M12 BUS-IN FEMALE CONNECTOR Code 0240009035 Description M12 male connector. B coding Code 0240009036 Description M12 female connector. B coding M8-M12 PLUG M8 INPUT CONNECTOR WITH CABLE Code 0240009039 0240009040 Description M8 plug M12 plug Code 0240009009 Description M8-M8 straight connector with 3 m cable M8 INPUT CONNECTOR M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR Code 0240009010 Description M8 3-pin straight connector Code W0970513001 Description 5-pin M12x1 straight connector M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black Grey M12 90° SUPPLY CONNECTOR Code W0970513002 Description 5-pin M12x1 straight connector with 5 m cable Code W0970513003 Description M12x1 5-pin 90°connector M12 90° SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Cable colour Brown White Blue Black Grey NOTE Code W0970513004 Description M12x1 5-pin 90° connector with 5m cable 2-201 INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 DISTRIBUTORS .

UNITS .

UNITS P P P P P P SYNTESI BIT SKILLAIR NEW DEAL ONE PAGE 3-2 UNITS 3-1 PAGE 3-49 PAGE 3-74 PAGE 3-144 PAGE 3-191 PRECISION REGULATORS. PROPORTIONAL VALVES. PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-205 .

SUMMARY P INTRODUCTION PAGE 3-4 P KEY TO CODES PAGE 3-7 P FILTER PAGE 3-8 P DEPURATOR PAGE 3-11 P ACTIVE CARBON FILTER PAGE 3-14 UNITS P REGULATOR PAGE 3-17 P IN-SERIES REGULATOR SUMMARY Syntesi® PAGE 3-20 P FILTER-REGULATOR PAGE 3-23 P LUBRICATOR PAGE 3-27 P SHUT-OFF VALVE PAGE 3-30 P PROGRESSIVE STARTER PAGE 3-33 P PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-35 P AIR TAKE-OFF PAGE 3-37 3-2 .

P FR+LUB PAGE 3-38 P V3V+FR+LUB PAGE 3-40 P FIL+DEP PAGE 3-42 P FIL+LUB PAGE 3-44 P ACCESSORIES PAGE 3-46 3-3 SUMMARY Syntesi® UNITS P SPARE PARTS PAGE 3-47 .

flow options from left to right or vice versa. The basic version of Syntesi® incorporates numerous functions that are not provided or are only optional with traditional units. It has been studied in minute detail to obtain the best possible performance in a reduced space and with limited weight. regulators with compensation system - which are accurate even when the upstream pressure changes. 1 MPa. 2 M5 screws Ex II 3 GD c T5 T 100°C -20°C<Ta<50°C UNITS 3-4 NOTES . stay bolts or yoke for assembling the elements. This modular unit features a very simple yet effective system that requires no brackets. automatic condensate drain even in size 1. front and rear. additional pneumatic ports on the front and back. the result of thirty years’ experience producing air-treatment units.5 217 SIZE 2 1’’ AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi® 3/8’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 13 1. The capacity is much higher than that of other units of the same size. 145 psi Padlockable knob Fluid Mounting position Direction of flow Additional air take-off. input pressure Flow rate Min/max temperature at 10 bar. on all modules No.3 188 See catalogue of the various elements from -10 to +50 from -10 to +50 The knobs of the regulators. TECHNICAL DATA Threaded port Max. for pressure gauges or fittings Wall fixing screws Certification for potentially explosive atmosphere according to 94/9/CE bar MPa psi °C 1/8’’ SIZE 1 1/4’’ 15 1. on all modules 1/4”.AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi® is an important milestone achieved by Metal Work. 2 M4 screws No. front and rear. with rapid downstream pressure relief - full indelible marking. and 360° visual inspection of oil and condensate levels. Examples are padlockable knobs. filter regulators and standard sectioning valves can all be padlocked Compressed air or other inert gases See catalogue of the various elements Flow options right to left or vice versa 1/8”.

3/4”. e. allow high torques. On the front and back of all Syntesi® is an (1/8” for size 1. 1/4”. without the need for brackets. - The pneumatic inlet port can be the same or different from the outlet port. 1” for size 2. Only two through screws are needed. 3-5 AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi® UNITS . a regulator port can supply air at a set pressure or a filter port can supply filtered air (not valid for actived carbon filter and depurator). so. 3/8”.g. Standard ports Syntesi® are: 1/8”. intermediate. Padlockable knob . for example. filter regulator and sectioning valves can all be padlocked. - The metal threads of the fittings. Regulator fixing bracket. as additional air take-off . For the insertion of the bushings on the size 2 it could be necessary to push with the assistance of a vice. The regulators and filter regulators can be fixed in position using a steel bracket . These ports are downstream of the element. Wall fixing. 1/4” for size 2) port for use with pressure gauges or pressure switches or. - Maximum flexibility. The knobs on the regulators. Additional ports . 1/2”. The steel plate is included in the supply. - Free composition of multiple elements. stay bolts or yoke. You can insert up to two padlocks on size 1.MODULARITY AND FLEXIBILITY The various elements of Syntesi® can be fixed together and connected to the air feed and delivery circuit using nickel brass or passivated aluminium bushes . including taper thread. a unit can be transformed at any time by adding an element or replacing a port with another one. and up to three padlocks on size 2. This solution has numerous advantages: - Reduced overall dimensions. air take-off. 1/4” instead of 1/8”. The bushes are easy to remove by unscrewing the two front screws . considering the high flow rate. 3/8” for size 1. No bulky brackets or additional flanges are required.

where relevant - Week and year of manufacture - Atex category - Made in Italy 3-6 .MOUNTING OPTIONS On the wall. The following is marked indelibly on the body: - Metal Work trademark - Code - Maximum pressure and temperature - Degree of filtratio or pressure range. 3/4” and 1” bushings in Size 2 rotate freely to facilitate assembly operations. using two screws Using a bracket On a panel AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi® UNITS FIXING TO FRONT PORTS ROTARY BUSHINGS LASER MARKING Do not use a spanner for fixin taper threaded elements to the front ports. Mount by hand and apply a liquid sealant (not teflo ®).

KEY TO CODES SINGLE ELEMENT 56 SYNTESI 56 Syntesi 1 SIZE 1 Size 1 1 THREADED INPUT CONNECTION 0 Without bushing 1 1/8’’ port 2 1/4’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 0 Without bushing 3 3/8’’ port 4 1/2’’ port 5 3/4’’ port 6 1’’ port F ELEMENT F Filter D Depurator C Active carbon filte R Pressure regulator B Filter-regulator L Lubricator V Shut off valve A Progressive starter S Pressure switches P Air take-off 10 TYPE Varies from element to element 1 THREADED OUTPUT CONNECTION 0 Without bushing 1 1/8’’ port 2 1/4’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 0 Without bushing 3 3/8’’ port 4 1/2’’ port 5 3/4’’ port 6 1’’ port 2 Size 2 KEY TO CODES UNIT COMPOSED OF TWO OR THREE ELEMENTS 56 SYNTESI 56 Syntesi 1 SIZE 1 Size 1 2 Size 2 1 THREADED INPUT CONNECTION 1 1/8’’ port 2 1/4’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 4 1/2’’ port 5 3/4’’ port 6 1’’ port V ELEMENT 1 F Filter D Depurator C Active carbon filte R Pressure regulator B Filter regulator L Lubricator V Shut off valve A Progressive starter S Pressure switches P Air Take-off 10 TYPE Varies from element to element B ELEMENT 2 F Filter D Depurator C Active carbon filte R Pressure regulator B Filter regulator L Lubricator V Shut off valve A Progressive starter S Pressure switches P Air Take-off 24 TYPE Varies from element to element L ELEMENT 3 F Filter D Depurator C Active carbon filte R Pressure regulator B Filter regulator L Lubricator V Shut off valve A Progressive starter S Pressure switches P Air Take-off 10 TYPE Varies from element to element 1 THREADED OUTPUT CONNECTION 1 1/8’’ port 2 1/4’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port 4 1/2’’ port 5 3/4’’ port 6 1’’ port 3-7 AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi® UNITS .